Inbox News: November 2025 - Issue 648

Week Four November 2025 (November 17-23)

If—
By Rudyard Kipling

(first published in 1910 as part of the collection ‘Brother Square-Toes’—Rewards and Fairies)

If you can keep your head when all about you   
    Are losing theirs and blaming it on you,   
If you can trust yourself when all men doubt you,
    But make allowance for their doubting too;   
If you can wait and not be tired by waiting,
    Or being lied about, don’t deal in lies,
Or being hated, don’t give way to hating,
    And yet don’t look too good, nor talk too wise:

If you can dream—and not make dreams your master;   
    If you can think—and not make thoughts your aim;   
If you can meet with Triumph and Disaster
    And treat those two impostors just the same;   
If you can bear to hear the truth you’ve spoken
    Twisted by knaves to make a trap for fools,
Or watch the things you gave your life to, broken,
    And stoop and build ’em up with worn-out tools:

If you can make one heap of all your winnings
    And risk it on one turn of pitch-and-toss,
And lose, and start again at your beginnings
    And never breathe a word about your loss;
If you can force your heart and nerve and sinew
    To serve your turn long after they are gone,   
And so hold on when there is nothing in you
    Except the Will which says to them: ‘Hold on!’

If you can talk with crowds and keep your virtue,   
    Or walk with Kings—nor lose the common touch,
If neither foes nor loving friends can hurt you,
    If all men count with you, but none too much;
If you can fill the unforgiving minute
    With sixty seconds’ worth of distance run,   
Yours is the Earth and everything that’s in it,   
    And—which is more—you’ll be a Man, my son!

Australia's Upwellings: Bonney, Perth Canyon, Western Tasmania - the November Songs of the Blue Whales

Upwelling is a process in which deep, cold water rises toward the surface. Winds blowing across the ocean surface push water away. Water then rises up from beneath the surface to replace the water that was pushed away. This process is known as “upwelling.”

Upwelling occurs in the open ocean and along coastlines. The reverse process, called “downwelling,” also occurs when wind causes surface water to build up along a coastline and the surface water eventually sinks toward the bottom.

Water that rises to the surface as a result of upwelling is typically colder and is rich in nutrients. These nutrients “fertilise” surface waters, meaning that these surface waters often have high biological productivity.  Therefore, good fishing grounds typically are found where upwelling is common, as are fish.

The Australian coastline has three: the Perth Canyon and the Bonney, along with another brought to light in 2014 on the Western coast of Tasmania.

Of the Perth Canyon Upwelling Whale Watch W.A. - a sixth generation family owned business, states:
Just 30 nautical miles from Fremantle in Western Australia and you will find yourself in the largest submarine canyon in Australia… the Perth Canyon. Stretching over 2,900 square kilometres and reaching down to depths as far as 4.5 kilometres, the Perth Canyon is truly enormous and can be easily sighted from satellite images of the Western Australian coastline. 

The history of the Perth Canyon dates back to the original Swan River mouth before water levels rose and the continental shelf was engulfed by the ocean. Larger than the Grand Canyon in size but displaying similar features such as deep gorges and sheer cliff faces, the Perth Canyons topography has only recently been discovered and better understood. Hosting visitors of every kind the Perth Canyon is one of only three known locations in Australia and one of very few places in the world Blue Whales are known to congregate and feed every year without fail.

The Perth Canyon is located within the pathway of two important currents located off the Western Australian coastline. The Leeuwin current is a warm, southward flowing current that travels at approximately 1 knot all the way to Cape Leeuwin (Australia’s most south westerly point) before making a sharp turn and continuing its reach all the way towards Tasmania. Mixing with this current is the cooler, northward bound Leeuwin Undercurrent and when the two combine within the walls of the Perth Canyon an incredible event eventuates. Eddies and upwelling begin to occur in the steep canyon walls and dissolved oxygen and micro nutrients from the Leeuwin Undercurrent provide a food source for the tiniest of creatures such as phytoplankton which begins the food chain. Euphausia Recurva is the main species of krill found in the Perth Canyon and is the finest of krill for the largest creature to have ever graced our planet, the Blue Whale.

The feeding season peaks in March to May as hundreds of Blue Whales gather to feast on up to 40 million krill per day. Sperm Whales, Oceanic Dolphins, Sunfish, Beaked Whales and pelagic species of fish and seabirds all join in on the plentiful food supply, a vitally important feeding ground for many. The Perth Canyon is an Australian Marine Park and importantly so to ensure that future generations of Blue Whales and many others species of cetaceans and sea life who visit always have a fridge full of food waiting for them in the cellars of the Perth Canyon.


Submarine canyons are dramatic topographic features that connect shallow continental shelves to deep ocean basins and create marine hotspots due to their unusual characteristics. They are highly productive zones that support an astonishing diversity of marine life within their depths. Perth Canyon is no exception, and has long been known to attract large aggregations of pygmy whales and other marine mega-fauna. In fact, it is the only marine hotspot along the several thousands of coastline between Ningaloo Reef (northwest Australia) and Kangaroo Island near Adelaide (South Australia). Some may ask, why Perth Canyon is a marine hotspot, and why does it support such a high productivity? The answer to these questions lies in the Canyon’s unusual oceanography, which scientists on board R/V Falkor have been studying in great detail.


Map showing sea surface temperature (SST) and currents in the area surrounding the Perth Canyon. The southward flowing current represented in green is the Leeuwin Current.

The Bonney Upwelling is the largest and most predictable upwelling in the GSACUS. It stretches from Portland, Victoria to Robe, South Australia. The continental shelf is narrow offshore of the "Bonney Coast" - only about 20 kilometres (12 mi) from the shore to the continental slope - and deep water is funnelled to the surface through a series of submarine canyons.

Recently, a new upwelling centre has been discovered on the western shelf of Tasmania. Since this new upwelling centre is located outside South Australian waters, it was proposed that the entire upwelling system should be rather called the Great Southern Australian Coastal Upwelling System.


Abstract:
Analyses of >10 years of satellite-derived ocean-colour data reveal the existence of a highly productive ecosystem on the west Tasmanian shelf. A closer event-based analysis indicates that the nutrient supply for this system has two different dynamical origins: (a) wind-driven coastal upwelling and (b) river plumes. During austral summer months, the west Tasmanian shelf forms a previously unknown upwelling centre of the "Great South Australian Coastal Upwelling System", presumably injecting nutrient-rich water into western Bass Strait. Surprisingly, river discharges render the study region productive during other seasons of the year, except when nutrient-poor water of the South Australian Current reaches the region. Overall, the west Tasmanian shelf is more phytoplankton-productive than the long-known coastal upwelling along the Bonney Coast. The existence of phytoplankton blooms during the off-upwelling-season may explain the wintertime spawning aggregations of the blue grenadier (Macruronus novaezelandiae) and the associated regionally high abundance of Australian fur seals (Arctocephalus pusillus doriferus).

The Great South Australian Coastal Upwelling System is a seasonal upwelling system in the eastern Great Australian Bight, extending from Ceduna, South Australia, to Portland, Victoria, over a distance of about 800 kilometres (500 mi). 

Upwelling events occur in the austral Summer (from November to May) when seasonal winds blow from the southeast. These winds blow parallel to the shoreline at certain areas of the coast, which forces coastal waters offshore via Ekman transport and draws up cold, nutrient-rich waters from the ocean floor.

Because the deep water carries abundant nutrients up from the ocean floor, the upwelling area differs from the rest of the Great Australian Bight, especially the areas offshore of Western Australia and the Nullarbor Plain in South Australia, which are generally nutrient-poor. Every summer, the upwelling sustains a bountiful ecosystem that attracts blue whales and supports rich fisheries.[

The Great South Australian Coastal Upwelling System (GSACUS) is Australia's only deep-reaching coastal upwelling system, with nutrient-enriched water stemming from depths exceeding 300 metres (980 ft).

For 20 years, the Blue Whale Study has conducted ecological research on blue whales and their upwelling habitats in southern Australia. Their website states under 'Our Story':

The Blue Whale Study was born in 1998.  The previous year, after fifteen years of involvement in cetacean research projects in Australia, Antarctica and the south-west Pacific, Pete Gill became aware of a report detailing numerous sightings in December 1995 of blue whales in Discovery Bay just west of Portland, south-west Victoria. A subsequent conversation with CSIRO oceanographer Dr George Cresswell led to a realisation that seasonal cold water upwelling probably explained the presence of these whales. In February 1998, Pete led a preliminary field trip on the 15m yacht Iniquity, quickly finding blue whales feeding on krill in Discovery Bay. This spurred a decision to start a long-term ecological study on the blue whales and their habitat.

For the first critical years, this research program was known as the Blue Whale Study, until the not-for-profit organisation of the same name was founded in 2007. The research was funded initially by the Australian Government’s Natural Heritage Trust, while Pete completed a PhD through Deakin University. These studies helped to hone the focus of the Study.

In 2002, Pete was joined by Margie Morrice. Their 12 year collaboration saw them study varying aspects of blue whale ecology such as foraging behaviour, population genetics, movements between areas and patterns of residency. They also undertook photo-identification of individual whales they encountered, an important and ongoing component of current research. 

On The Bonney Upwelling:

In general terms, upwellings are powerhouses of nutrient cycling.  Driven by wind, the process of upwelling draws deep, nutrient-rich cold water upwards towards the ocean’s surface replacing the warmer, usually nutrient-depleted, surface water.  The nutrients in upwelled water are derived from marine organisms (both plant and animal) dying and sinking to the ocean floor. These nutrients are most abundant near coasts and river outlets but may be conveyed by currents great distances along the ocean floor, to be upwelled far from their source.

When upwelled nutrients meet sunlight near the surface, minute phytoplankton (plant-like cells) ‘bloom’, turning the ocean green and providing a vital food source for a range of animals from krill (a type of zooplankton) to small schooling fish. These feed larger animals including rock lobsters, giant crabs, fish (including commercial species), squid, seabirds, seals, dolphins and whales.  Humans too are part of this complex food web, commercially fishing both krill and the larger predators that feed on it.

Upwelling events may last from hours to weeks and are followed by ‘relaxation’ periods as winds calm or blow from other directions. Their timing and intensity varies from year to year. The right balance between upwelling and relaxation events is crucial to primary (phytoplankton) production.

Named after the Bonney Coast west of Portland, the Bonney Upwelling is driven by spring-summer winds that blow from the south-east.  These winds drive ocean currents to the north-west along the coast and displace surface water offshore (due to the Coriolis effect). This displaced warm, surface water is replaced with cold Antarctic Intermediate Water that has travelled slowly across the floor of the Southern Ocean and onto the shallower continental shelf. The shelf is narrow offshore of the Bonney Coast (about 20km from shore to continental slope) and each season, from November to May deep water is funnelled toward the surface through a series of submarine canyons.  Upwelling extends right across much of the continental shelf (waters less than 200m deep) as shown in the map below, but only surfaces in certain areas, such as the Bonney Upwelling, where upwelled water is deflected by the coast. The narrower the shelf, the more intense the surface upwelling.

Extensive upwelling of nutrient-rich water makes the GSACUS an important marine hot spot on Australia's southern shelves. During upwelling events, the abundance of the GSACUS ecosystem can approach that of some of the world’s most productive upwelling centres, such as those offshore of Peru, California, and Namibia.

During upwelling events, surface chlorophyll a concentrations, an indicator of phytoplankton abundance, increase tenfold. Phytoplankton blooms bring about swarms of krill, which in turn attract blue whales. Blue whales are found in various locations off the southeast coast of Australia, but most predominantly in the Bonney Upwelling region, which is one of 12 identified blue whale feeding sites worldwide. Marine biologist Peter Gill estimates that 100 blue whales visit the Bonney Upwelling area every year, ranging over 18,000 square kilometres (6,900 sq mi) of ocean from Robe, South Australia to Cape Otway in Victoria. The feeding grounds may extend further northwest, encompassing the rest of the GSACUS, but incomplete whale surveys are insufficient to establish their true range.

Other marine life that thrives in the upwelling includes filter feeders like sponges, bryozoans, and corals. These animals feed predators such as seabirds, fishes, Australian fur seals, and penguins.  The upwelling plays also an important role in the life cycle of juvenile southern bluefin tuna (Thunnus maccoyii), which accumulate in the eastern Great Australian Bight during the upwelling season and feed on sardines (Sardinops sagax) and anchovies (Engraulis australis). Furthermore, the many dead organisms that fall to the continental shelf support populations of southern rock lobster and giant crab.

The Bonney Coast forms the western extension of the Maugean Province that encloses Tasmania's coastline. The "Bonney Coast" is named after Charles Bonney (1813-1897), an early Australian explorer and stockman who, along with Joseph Hawdon, led one of the first overland cattle drives to South Australia in 1838. The coastal upwelling system off the coasts of South Australia and Victoria was also named the Bonney Upwelling after him. 

Charles Bonney (1813-1897), by unknown artist, c1900, courtesy State Library of South Australia, SLSA: B 7390, with the permission of the City of Norwood, Payneham & St Peters


Abstract
This study employs a fully coupled physical-biological model to explore the oceanic dynamics and phytoplankton production in one of Australia’s most prominent coastal upwelling systems, the Bonney Coast Upwelling, that has barely been studied before. The study focusses on how physical processes provide two different food sources for blue whales (Balaenoptera musculus), namely, krill (treated as nonbuoyant particles) and zooplankton, both feeding on phytoplankton. While plankton grows in the euphotic zone in response to nutrient enrichment on time scales of weeks, krill can only be transported into the region via ambient currents. Findings of this study suggest that phytoplankton blooms appear slowly in the main upwelling plume on timescales of 4-8 weeks. Dynamical influences from incoming coastal Kelvin waves significantly weaken or strengthen this classical upwelling plume and its plankton productivity. On the other hand, the upwelling-favourable wind induces a continuous coastal current that also extends eastward past the Bonney Coast. This current operates to transport and distribute krill (that cannot swim horizontally) westward along the shelf, which explains the apparent conundrum why blue whales also feed on the upstream side of the upwelling plume. The author postulates that the variability of both plankton production and the intensity of the upwelling flow (passing krill swarms along the shelf) control the feeding locations of blue whales and other baleen whales on Australia’s southern shelves.


Fig. 1. An example of a coastal upwelling event occurring during 13–20 March 2020 along Australia's southern shelves in terms of horizontal distributions of a) sea surface temperature (SST, oC) and b) chlorophyll-a (mg/m3). Panel a) shows selected cities and locations. SAC stands for the South Australian Current. Red arrows indicate the flow direction of coastal upwelling jets. The rectangle in Panel b) displays the horizontal extend of the model domain. Image source: NASA-Giovanni data visualization interface using MODIS-Aqua data.

The Portland Upwelling Festival took place on Saturday 1st November 2025. The Upwelling Festival Portland, in Glenelg in Victoria, is a community celebration of the Bonney Upwelling

The blue whale (Balaenoptera musculus) is a marine mammal and a baleen whale. Reaching a maximum confirmed length of 29.9–30.5 m (98–100 ft) and weighing up to 190–200 t (190–200 long tons; 210–220 short tons), it is the largest animal known to have ever existed.[a] The blue whale's long and slender body can be of various shades of greyish-blue on its upper surface and somewhat lighter underneath. Four subspecies are recognized: B. m. musculus in the North Atlantic and North Pacific, B. m. intermedia in the Southern Ocean, B. m. brevicauda (the pygmy blue whale) in the Indian Ocean and South Pacific Ocean, and B. m. indica in the Northern Indian Ocean. There is a population in the waters off Chile that may constitute a fifth subspecies. Both the pygmy blue whale and Antarctic blue whale subspecies use Australian waters.

Balaenoptera musculus. Photo: NOAA Photo Library

The blue whale populations migrate between their Summer feeding areas near the poles and their Winter breeding grounds near the tropics. There is also evidence of year-round residencies, and partial or age- and sex-based migration. 

Blue whales are filter feeders; their diet consists almost exclusively of krill. They are generally solitary or gather in small groups, and have no well-defined social structure other than mother–calf bonds. Blue whales vocalize, with a fundamental frequency ranging from 8 to 25 Hz; their vocalisations may vary by region, season, behaviour, and time of day. Orcas are their only natural predators.

The blue whale was abundant in nearly all the Earth's oceans until the end of the 19th century. They were hunted almost to the point of extinction by whalers until the International Whaling Commission banned all blue whale hunting in 1966. The International Union for Conservation of Nature has listed blue whales as Endangered as of 2018. Blue whales are listed as endangered in Australia, with populations still recovering from historic whaling. Blue whales continue to face numerous human-made threats such as ship strikes, pollution, ocean noise, and climate change.

November 17,, 2025 - Blue whale mum and bub off WA:


The Southern Ocean upwelling is a mecca for whales and tuna that’s worth celebrating and protecting

NOAA Photo Library/AnimaliaCC BY
Jochen KaempfFlinders University

The Great Southern Australian Coastal Upwelling System is an upward current of water over vast distances along Australia’s southern coast. It brings nutrients from deeper waters to the surface. This nutrient-rich water supports a rich ecosystem that attracts iconic species like the southern bluefin tuna (Thunnus maccoyii) and blue whale (Balaenoptera musculus brevicauda).

The environmental importance of the upwelling is one reason the federal government this week declared a much-reduced zone for offshore wind turbines in the region. The zone covers one-fifth of the area originally proposed.

This year marks the 20th anniversary of a research publication that revealed the existence of the large seasonal upwelling system along Australia’s southern coastal shelves. Based on over 20 years of scientific study, we can now answer many critical questions.

How does this upwelling work? How can it be identified? Which marine species benefit from the upwelling? Does the changing climate affect the system?

Where do the nutrients come from?

Sunlight does not reach far into the sea. Only the upper 50 metres of the water column receives enough light to support the microscopic phytoplankton – single-celled organisms that depend on photosynthesis. This is the process of using light energy to make a simple sugar, which phytoplankton and plants use as their food.

As well as light, the process requires a suite of nutrients including nitrogen and phosphorus.

Normally, the sunlight zone of the oceans is low in nitrogen. Waters deeper than 100m contain high levels of it. This deep zone of high nutrient levels is due to the presence of bacteria that decompose sinking particles of dead organic matter.

Upwelling returns nutrient-rich water to the sunlight zone where it fuels rapid phytoplankton growth. Phytoplankton production is the foundation of a productive marine food web. The phytoplankton provides food for zooplankton (tiny floating animals), small fish and, in turn, predators including larger fish, marine mammals and seabirds.

The annual migration patterns of species such as tuna and whales match the timing and location of upwelling events.

What causes the upwelling?

In summer, north-easterly coastal winds cause the upwelling. These winds force near-surface water offshore, which draws up deeper, nutrient-enriched water to replace it in the sunlight zone.

The summer winds also produce a swift coastal current, called an upwelling jet. It flows northward along Tasmania’s west coast and then turns westward along Australia’s southern shelves.

Satellites can detect the areas of colder water brought to the sea surface. Changes in the colour of surface water as a result of phytoplankton blooms can also be detected. This change is due to the presence of chlorophyll-a, the green pigment of phytoplankton.

From satellite data, we know the upwelling occurs along the coast of South Australia and western Victoria. It’s strongest along the southern headland of the Eyre Peninsula and shallower waters of the adjacent Lincoln Shelf, the south-west coast of Kangaroo Island, and the Bonney Coast. The Bonney upwelling, now specifically excluded from the new wind farm zone, was first described in the early 1980s.

Coastal upwelling driven by southerly winds also forms occasionally along Tasmania’s west coast.

Satellites can detect the phytoplankton blooms resulting from the upwelling along Australia’s southern coastline. Author provided

Coastal wind events favourable for upwelling occur regularly during summer. However, their timing and intensity is highly variable.

On average, most upwelling events along Australia’s southern shelves occur in February and March. In some years strong upwelling can begin as early as November.

Recent research suggests the overall upwelling intensity has not dramatically changed in the past 20 years. The findings indicate global climate changes of the past 20 years had little or no impact on the ecosystem functioning.

What are the links between upwelling, tuna and whales?

The Great Southern Australian Coastal Upwelling System features two keystone species – the ecosystem depends on them. They are the Australian sardine (Sardinops sagax) and the Australian krill (Nyctiphanes australis), a small, shrimp-like creature that’s common in the seas around Tasmania.

Sardines are the key diet of larger fish, including the southern bluefin tuna, and various marine mammals including the Australian sea lion (Neophoca cinerea). Phytoplankton and krill are the key food source for baleen whales. They include the blue whales that come to Australia’s southern shelves to feed during the upwelling season.

Unlike phytoplankton and many zooplankton species that live for only weeks to months, krill has a lifespan of several years. It does not reach maturity during a single upwelling season. It’s most likely the coastal upwelling jet transports swarms of mature krill from the waters west of Tasmania north-westward into the upwelling region.

So the whales seem to benefit from two distinct features of the upwelling: its phytoplankton production and the krill load imported by the upwelling jet.

Seasonal phytoplankton blooms along Australia’s southern shelves are much weaker than other large coastal upwelling systems such as the California current. Nonetheless, their timing and location appear to fit perfectly into the annual migration patterns of southern bluefin tuna and blue whales, creating a natural wonder in the southern hemisphere.The Conversation

Jochen Kaempf, Associate Professor of Natural Sciences (Oceanography), Flinders University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Amyl and The Sniffers and Ninajirachi top the 2025 ARIA Awards

Full winners from Australian music’s night of nights revealed: November 19 2025

  • Amyl and the Sniffers claim four Award wins including: Album of the Year, Best Group, Best Rock Album presented by Tooheys, and Best Cover Art (John Stewart and Thomas Rennie)
  • Ninajirachi proves she is one of Australia’s most exciting artists, taking home three major Awards: Best Solo Artist, Michael Gudinski Breakthrough Artist presented by Spotify, and Best Independent Release presented by PPCA
  • Olivia Dean delivers an outstanding, exclusive ARIA Awards performance with global hit-single Man I Need.
  • Dom Dolla receives inaugural Global Impact Award presented by Spotify
  • Troye Sivan wins Best Australian Live Act presented by Destination NSW
  • Tame Impala win two ARIA Awards: Engineer – Best Engineered Release (Kevin Parker), Producer – Best Produced Release (Kevin Parker)
  • In an ARIA-first, all nominees from Best Soul/R&B category perform melody of hits
Fresh from a triumphant 2025 European festival tour, Amyl and the Sniffers take their place as Australia’s most electrifying band, 
claiming the night’s top honours with four wins at the 2025 ARIA Awards in partnership with Spotify at Hordern Pavilion on Gadigal land.

Turning six nominations into four victories, the band’s unstoppable momentum saw them win Album of the Year, Best Group, Best Rock Album presented by Tooheys, and Best Cover Art for John Stewart and Thomas Rennie; all for their latest release, Cartoon Darkness.

The most nominated artist of 2025, Ninajirachi, has marked yet another defining moment in her career:  her first ARIA Award (plus an extra two to boot). The phenom took home Best Solo Artist, Michael Gudinski Breakthrough Artist presented by Spotify, and Best Independent Release presented by PPCA for her acclaimed debut album I Love My Computer.

Ninajirachi poses with the ARIA Awards for Breakthrough Artist presented by Spotify, Best Independent Release presented by PPCA and Best Solo Artist during the 2025 ARIA Awards at Hordern Pavilion at Hordern Pavilion on November 19, 2025 in Sydney, Australia. (Photo by Wendell Teodoro/Getty Images)

Nina Wilson (born August 10 1999), better known by her stage name Ninajirachi, is an Australian electronic DJ and producer. Wilson grew up in Kincumber on the Central Coast and attended Gosford High School.  Nina taught herself electronic music production as a teenager, using FL Studio. Her stage name is a combination of her first name and Jirachi, her favourite Pokémon.

Nina achieved breakthrough success with her 2017 single "Pure Luck" featuring Freya Staer, which received high rotation on triple j and was a finalist in triple j’s Unearthed High competition in both 2016 and 2017. She released her debut EP Lapland in 2019. In 2021, her collaborative EP True North with Kota Banks was named the 8th best album of the year by The Atlantic.

In 2021, Wilson developed the official demo project for Ableton Live 11, which was included for all users with the software's release, providing insights into her production techniques and demonstrating new features like comping, MPE, and updated audio effects. 
In June 2023, Wilson released "SHYPOP" with ISOxo. Her fourth EP 4x4 was released in November 2023. Ninajirachi's fifth EP, Girl EDM was released on 14 May 2024. In April 2025, 4×4 and Girl EDM were released as part of Record Store Day.

On 8 August 2025, Wilson's debut album I Love My Computer was released. The album follows a theme of Wilson's relationship with her computer. The album peaked at number 18 on the ARIA Charts and went on to garner eight nominations at the 2025 ARIA Awards, the most of any artist that year.

Inaugural Global Impact Award: Australian DJ, producer, and songwriter Dom Dolla 

In one of the most heartfelt moments of the night, Dom Dolla made history as the inaugural recipient of the ARIA Global Impact Award presented by Spotify. 

The ARIA Global Impact Award presented by Spotify recognises Australian recording artists who have demonstrated outstanding breakthrough international success and cultural influence, celebrating those making an impact for Australian music through artistry, innovation, and global connection over the 12 months prior to the Awards.

Designed to sit alongside the prestigious ARIA Hall of Fame, the ARIA Global Impact Award presented by Spotify will be presented at the discretion of the ARIA Board to an artist whose international achievements exemplify Australia’s influence in contemporary music worldwide. 

Over the past year, Dom Dolla has continued to redefine Australian electronic music on the world stage, earning his first Grammy nomination for Best Remixed Recording at the 66th GRAMMY Awards for his remix of Gorillaz’s ft. Tame Impala & Bootie Brown's "New Gold". Dom has sold out headline tours across the US, UK, Europe, and Australia, including two landmark shows at New York’s Madison Square Garden, sold out Alexandra Palace in London, headline festival performances at Austin City Limits, Lollapalooza Chicago, Bonaroo Tenesse, Reading & Leeds Festival, Creamfields UK, and most recently completing a 10-week residency at the world’s #1 club, Hï Ibiza.

In 2024, Dom reached new heights, selling over 170,000 tickets on his Australian homecoming tour: the largest-ever tour by an Australian electronic artist. He also became the first solo electronic artist to feature on the cover of Rolling Stone AU/NZ, where he also received the Rolling Stone “Global Award”. Dom has amassed over 1.5 Billion streams globally including over 450 million Spotify streams this year, frequently with more than 10M monthly listeners. Dom is a strong advocate for Australian electronic and dance music globally and consistently promotes and shares the achievements of other Aussie artists in the genre.

ARIA CEO, Annabelle Herd, said: “We couldn’t be more proud to launch this brand-new ARIA Award with an artist as exciting and generous as Dom, who smashes ceiling after ceiling when it comes to the world’s expectations of what an Aussie electronic artist can achieve. He is an integral part of the vanguard of new Australian artists proving that a sustainable and record-breaking career in music is achievable through hard work, determination and creativity: something Aussie artists have in spades. He is also an amazing ambassador for Aussie music and is hugely supportive of his fellow dance and electronic artists. So many things to love, congrats Dom!” 

Australian music has never travelled further or faster. From global festival stages to viral moments online, our artists are capturing the attention of audiences around the world and redefining what it means to sound Australian.

The international success of homegrown talent not only creates new opportunities for artists but also strengthens Australia’s cultural influence and creative economy on the global stage. That is why we are introducing the new ARIA Global Impact Award: to recognise outstanding achievement and success by an artist in taking Australian music to the world.

Spotify's Head of Music AUNZ, Ben Watts, said: "Dance and electronic music continue to be among Australia’s biggest drivers of music export, and Dom Dolla's rise is a powerful example of that global momentum. Together with ARIA, we’re proud to celebrate Dom’s extraordinary achievements with the first ARIA Global Impact Award presented by Spotify as he continues to help shape Australia’s global cultural influence.”

Dom Dolla said: “It’s such an honour to receive this award from ARIA. I really try to do my best to fly the flag for Aussie dance music overseas so I’m so grateful. Australian music is the best, the talent and output across the board is incredible. I can't wait to see who receives this award in the years to come because there are so many deserving artists, but I’m incredibly grateful to be the first recipient.

Recognised for his outstanding international success and cultural influence, Dom has significantly elevated Australian music on the world stage through his artistry, innovation, and global reach over the past year. Alongside this landmark achievement, Dom secured the ARIA for Best Dance/Electronic Release.

Keli Holiday set the tone for the 2025 ARIA Awards with an unforgettable opening, sending the crowd to their feet with his explosive hit Dancing2. Boasting over 6 million Spotify streams this year, the track’s cinematic brilliance was also recognised, earning it an ARIA Award for Best Video (Ryan Sauer), and cementing Keli as one of the country’s most party-ready exports.

International superstar Oliva Dean joined the ARIA Awards stage to perform her breakout mega-hit, Man I Need. With over 4.5 billion global streams and 236 million career streams in Australia alone, Olivia has quickly become one of the most celebrated voices of her generation. Alongside her performance, Olivia presented Best Solo Artist to Ninajirachi and Album of the Year to Amyl and The Sniffers.

More winners on the night included Troye Sivan for Best Australian Live Act presented by Destination NSW, Taylor Swift for Most Popular International Artist, Tame Impala, who took home two ARIA Awards for Engineer – Best Engineered Release (Kevin Parker), and Producer – Best Produced Release (Kevin Parker), BOY SODA for Best Soul/R&B release, Thornhill for Best Hard Rock/Heavy Metal Album, The Teskey Brothers for Best Blues & Roots Album, Emma Memma for Best Children’s Album, BARKAA for Best Hip Hop/Rap Release, Kasey Chambers for Best Country Album, Lucy Clifford for Best Jazz Album and Gurrumul for Best World Music Album. The full list of winners can be found at the bottom of this release.

Laneway Festival was honoured with the inaugural Best Music Festival Award presented by Tixel and developed in close partnership with the Australian Festivals Association (AFA). The award was introduced this year to recognise and celebrate the critical role Australian music festivals play in showcasing and advancing local talent, offering breakthrough moments and essential exposure, and transforming the careers of Australian artists by connecting them with wider audiences. 

Other incredible performances included the very-first super collaboration from the full field of nominees for Best Soul/R&B Release, including BOY SODA (Lil’ Obsession), JACOTENE (Why’d You Do That / Stop Calling), Jerome Farah (Good Girl), Larissa Lambert (Cardio) and PANIA (Pity Party). Kita Alexander graced the stage to perform Press Pause and Missy Higgins – who also took the ARIA for Best Adult Contemporary Album – had everyone captivated with her performance of Complicated Truth.

It was a big night for Thelma Plum, who performed Nobody’s Baby before winning Best Pop Release for her album I'm Sorry, Now Say It Back. In an epic melody of hits, Young Franco was joined on stage by friends including Baker Boy, Kobie Dee, Anna Ryan and Touch Sensitive.

Closing out the show in style was none other than Daniel Johns inducting the 2025 ARIA Hall of Fame to Australian rock icons, You Am I, who treated the crowd to hits Heavy Heart and Berlin Chair.

Tim Rogers of You Am I speaking as the group is inducted into the ARIA Hall Of Fame during the 2025 ARIA Awards at Hordern Pavilion on November 19, 2025 in Sydney, Australia. (Photo by Mark Metcalfe/Getty Images)

Joining hosts Tim Blackwell and Concetta Caristo throughout the evening were presenters Anna Lunoe, Budjerah, Cody Simpson, Dom Dolla, Dylan Alcott, G Flip, John Pearce, Josh Pyke, Kacey Musgraves, Kate Ceberano, Kaylee Bell, King Stingray, Kobie Dee, MALLRAT, Meg Washington, Melanie Bracewell, Mia Wray, Sosefina Fuamoli, Tim Nelson and Sam Netterfield from 2Charm, Tait McGregor, Tkay Maidza, Tyra Banks and Vidya Makan.

The ARIA Awards streamed live across Paramount+, followed by a special presentation on 10 from 8.45pm with performances and moments available on the @ARIA.official social channels.

ARIA CEO, Annabelle Herd, said “Tonight shows just how extraordinary Australian artists are when they are given a global platform to shine. Amyl and The Sniffers and Ninajirachi deserve all the congratulations for these career-defining moments, but every winner and performer on the ARIA stage represents the strength and diversity of a culture that refuses to stand still. What we saw at the Hordern tonight – soul and R&B artists coming together in a first-ever whole of category collaboration, international sensation Olivia Dean stepping into our world to celebrate it, and our own homegrown global superstar Dom Dolla being honoured – all proves Australian music is being heard louder than ever.

“It’s an incredible privilege to celebrate these stories. Thank you again from all of us at ARIA. Thank you to the artists, managers, teams, labels, our incredible partners at Spotify, and Destination NSW for putting AusMusic on the global stage.”

Spotify AUNZ Managing Director, Mikaela Lancaster, said: “Tonight truly belongs to the artists whose creativity and ambition continue to push Australian music forward. Congratulations to all of this year’s nominees and winners, and to ARIA for an unforgettable celebration of local music. Spotify is proud to partner with the ARIA Awards to support artists who are connecting with passionate fans around the world while shaping culture at home. Australian stories have never travelled further or faster, and we’ll continue doing our part to help them be heard in even more places.”

NSW Minister for Jobs and Tourism, Steve Kamper, said: “Congratulations to all the outstanding recipients of the 2025 ARIA Awards. Once again, the incredible depth and diversity of Australia’s music talent shines bright through the prism of the ARIAs. Music is a huge part of our state’s cultural vibrancy, which is why the NSW Government has changed the rules to allow venues and communities to make live performances more accessible, not only for fans but also as a vital breeding ground for music talent. I thank ARIA for their ongoing industry leadership and for supporting our advocacy to bring live music back across NSW.”

The ARIA Awards are supported proudly by the NSW Government through its tourism and events agency, Destination NSW.

Bryce Wilson, Amy Taylor and Declan Mehrtens of Amyl and the Sniffers pose with the ARIA Awards for Album of the Year, Best Group, Best Rock Album presented by Tooheys and Best Cover Art during the 2025 ARIA Awards at Hordern Pavilion at Hordern Pavilion on November 19, 2025 in Sydney, Australia. (Photo by Wendell Teodoro/Getty Images)

Australia is about to ban under-16s from social media. Here’s what kids can do right now to prepare

Dolgachov / Getty Images
Daniel AngusQueensland University of Technology and Tama LeaverCurtin University

If you’re a young person in Australia, you probably know new social media rules are coming in December. If you and your friends are under 16, you might be locked out of the social media spaces you use every day.

Some people call these rules a social media ban for under 16s. Others say it’s not a “ban” – just a delay.

Right now we know the rules will definitely include TikTok, Snapchat, Instagram, Facebook, Threads, Reddit, X, YouTube, Kick and Twitch. But that list could grow.

We don’t know exactly how the platforms will respond to the new rules, but there are things you can do right now to prepare, protect your digital memories, and stay connected.

Here’s a guide for the changes that are coming.

Download your data

TikTok, Instagram, Snapchat and most other platforms offer a “download your data” option. It’s usually buried in the app settings, but it’s powerful.

A data download (sometimes called a “data checkout” or “export”) includes things like:

  • photos and videos you’ve uploaded

  • messages and comments

  • friend lists and interactions

  • the platform’s inferences about you (what it thinks you like, who you interact with most, and the sort of content it suggests for you).

Even if you can’t access your account later, these files let you keep a record of your online life: jokes, friendships, cringey early videos, glow-ups, fandom moments, all of it.

You can save it privately as a time capsule. Researchers are also building tools to help you view and make sense of it.

Downloading your archive is a smart move while your accounts are still live. Just make sure you store it somewhere secure. These files can contain incredibly detailed snapshots of your daily life, so you might want to keep them private.

Don’t assume platforms will save anything for you

Some platforms may introduce official ways to export your content when bans begin. Others may move faster and simply block under-age accounts with little warning.

As one example, Meta – the parent company of Facebook, Instagram and Threads – has begun to flag accounts they think belong to under-16s. The company has also provided early indications that it will permit data downloads after the new rules comes into effect.

For others the situation is less clear.

Acting now, while you can still log in normally, is the safest way to keep your stuff.

4 ways to stay connected

Losing access to the platform you use every day to talk with friends can feel like losing part of your social world. That’s real, and it’s okay to feel annoyed, worried, or angry about it.

Here are four ways to prepare.

1. Swap phone numbers or handles on non-banned platforms now.

Don’t wait for the “you are not allowed to use this service” message.

2. Set up group chats somewhere stable.

Use iMessage, WhatsApp, Signal, Discord, or whatever works for your group and doesn’t rely on age-restricted sign-ups.

3. Keep community ties alive.

Many clubs, fandom spaces, gaming groups and local communities are on multiple sites or platforms (Discord servers, forums, group chats). Get plugged into those spaces.

4. Don’t presume you’ll be able to get around the ban.

Teens who get around the ban are not breaking the law. There is no penalty for teens, or parents who help them, if they do get around the ban and have access to social media under 16.

It’s up to platforms to make these new laws work. Not teens. Not parents.

Do prepare, though. Don’t assume you will be able to get around the ban.

Just using a VPN to pretend your computer is in another country, or a wearing rubber mask to look older in an age-estimating selfie, probably won’t be enough.

A note for adults: take big feelings seriously

Most people recognise the social connections, networks and community enabled by social media are valuable – especially to young people.

For some teens, social media may be their primary community and support group. It’s where their people are.

It will be difficult for some when that community disappears. For some it may be even worse.

The ideal role of trusted adults is to listen, validate and support teens during this time. No matter how older people feel, for young people this may be like losing a large part of their world. For many that will be really hard to cope with.

Services like Headspace and Kids Helpline (1800 55 1800) are there to support young people, too.

How to keep your agency in a frustrating situation

A lot of people will find it frustrating that we’re excluding teens, rather than forcing platforms to be built safer and better for everyone. If you feel that way, too, you’re not alone.

But you aren’t powerless.

Saving your data, preparing alternative communication channels, and speaking out if you want to are all ways to:

  • own your digital history

  • stay connected on your own terms

  • make sure youth voices inform how Australia thinks about online life going forward.

You’re allowed to feel annoyed. You’re also allowed to take steps that protect your future self.

If you lose access, you’re not gone – just changing channels

Social media bans for teens will create disruption. But they won’t be the end of your friendships, creativity, identity exploration, or culture.

It just means the map is shifting. You get to make deliberate choices about where you go next.

And whatever happens, the online world isn’t going to stop changing. You’re part of the generation that actually understands that, and that’s a strength, not a weakness.The Conversation

Daniel Angus, Professor of Digital Communication, Director of QUT Digital Media Research Centre, Queensland University of Technology and Tama Leaver, Professor of Internet Studies, Curtin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

City Of Millions

Published by NFSA
NFSA Title: 15020 c 1964. A NSW Government film. Directed by William M Carty.  Documentary promoting the development of the city of Sydney. Examines the transport system, industry, construction and leisure. Includes Australia Square, the State Office Block and the Sydney Opera House and Sydney Harbour Bridge. Sydney Stock Exchange, General Motors Holden assembly line. Darling Harbour and Walsh Bay; Mascot International Airport; Mitchell and State Library of NSW, Sydney Grammar School and St James Church; demolition of old buildings and construction of office towers.

Looks at the Rocks district (claiming that the area is an 'outmoded backwater' that will soon be demolished and 'replaced by a well-conceived group of office buildings, modern apartments and skyscraper hotel'). Modern suburban homes and home units, including Housing Commission towers at Redfern and more upmarket apartment buildings in Elizabeth Bay, Darling Point and Blues Point Tower. High school chemistry class and Sydney University students. The newly built Gladesville Bridge (opened 1964) and the Cahill Expressway. The Rex Hotel (Kings Cross), the State Theatre, William Street, the AWA Tower.

Opportunities:

Backing buskers: delivering a soundtrack to Sydney’s harbour precincts

November 19, 2025
The NSW Government is increasing busking locations across The Rocks, Darling Harbour and Barangaroo by nearly two thirds.

Our harbour precincts already host 22 existing busking locations. As part of our ongoing vibrancy reforms we’re turning up the volume, working with the busking community to deliver 16 new locations. 

The additional locations include:
  • Four spots in Barangaroo, bringing busking to Barangaroo for the first time
  • Seven additional spots in The Rocks
  • Five additional spots in Darling Harbour
The Rocks, Darling Harbour and Barangaroo attract millions of tourists and locals every month, making them the perfect place to platform talented street performers.

The additional busking locations are now available and have been selected based on existing suitability assessments and engagement with the busking community to make sure they meet their needs.

This builds on the Minns Labor Governments on-going vibrancy agenda which has recently seen event caps lifted and red tape around entertainment, outdoor dining and events slashed.

For more information visit:  The RocksDarling Harbour or Barangaroo.
NB: these webpages will tell you need to Apply for a Permit - details:

Details and resources required on applying for a busking permit at Darling Harbour.
  • Current Public Liability Insurance Certificate of $10M (Property New South Wales as an interested party)
  • Proof of identification
  • Parental consent (if under 18 years of age)
  • A Visa or Mastercard for payment of the $20 administration fee
  • A recent standard size facial photo
  • A Special Busking Permit is required if the performance involves the use of dangerous materials and/or implements. Buskers must complete the CBRE Safety assessment to be issued a Special Permit or audition if required
FAQ's: Darling Harbour
Can we get one permit and work as a group?
Community groups such as youth associations, church groups, schools, dance or band groups where enrolment or registration is required can apply for a Group Permit. The group will be covered by the Public Liability Insurance of the community group or association. The cost of this permit will also be $20 which will cover the group. A group leader/delegate will apply and sign for this permit and will be the responsible delegate. This delegate must be present when the group is busking. The group permit may only be used for group performances and may not be used by members performing as individuals. Children under 18 years old performing as part of the group are required to have completed the parental consent form as part this application.

How do I apply for the permit?
You can apply online through this website.

Can I sell my CD?
Buskers can only sell digital recordings of their own performance and music and advertise the sale of their CDs and DVDs by way of an A4 sign. The sale of other items or other performers recordings is prohibited. When buskers accept the terms of conditions of the busking policy, they also accept these terms and conditions.

Can I book or reserve a busking pitch?
Pitches are not allowed to be booked or reserved. If buskers are prepared to do so, they are permitted to wait at an occupied pitch until the current busker’s two hours expires, at which time there should be a changeover of performer. To perform at the Aboriginal Busking Site, performers must hold a busking permit and be able to be identified as Aboriginal with accreditation from Metropolitan Local Aboriginal Land Council. Performing at special events is by invitation only.

How long can I busk for?
Darling Harbour encourages buskers to consider their operating environment and the impact each busking activity has on its immediate surrounds. In order to promote a variety of artistic expression as well as avoid repetitive activity, the Authority imposes a two hour period on all busking pitches. Special Busking Sites with Circle Acts are limited to 45 minute performances without repetition.

FAQ's: The Rocks
When can I busk?
The Rocks Buskers are permitted to operate in areas covered by the policy between of 8am and 9pm in Circular Quay, excluding CQ3 and CQ4 which operate from 10am to 9pm. The Rocks imposes a two hour period on all busking pitches. There is no busking on New Year’s Eve, Australia Day or in locations effected by special events or activities. The Rocks imposes a two hour period on all busking pitches. Restrictions may be placed on busking pitches when special events or activations are programmed in the area.

Can I busk at The Rocks Market?
Busking at The Rocks Market is by invitation only and if you think your musical act is a good fit for the market please call Alissa Bruce for a trial booking on (02) 9240 8542.

Can we get one permit and work as a group?
Community groups such as youth associations, church groups, schools, dance or band groups where enrolment or registration is required can apply for a Group Permit. The group will be covered by the Public Liability Insurance of the community group or association. The cost of this permit will also be $20 which will cover the group. A group leader/delegate will apply and sign for this permit and will be the responsible delegate. This delegate must be present when the group is busking. The group permit may only be used for group performances and may not be used by members performing as individuals. Children under 18 years old performing as part of the group are required to have completed the parental consent form as part this application.

How do I apply for the permit?
You can apply online through this website.

Can I sell my CD?
Buskers can only sell digital recordings of their own performance and music and advertise the sale of their CDs and DVDs by way of an A4 sign. The sale of other items or other performers recordings is prohibited. When buskers accept the terms of conditions of the busking policy, they also accept these terms and conditions.

Can I book or reserve a busking pitch?
Pitches are not allowed to be booked or reserved. If buskers are prepared to do so, they are permitted to wait at an occupied pitch until the current busker’s two hours expires, at which time there should be a changeover of performer. To perform at the Aboriginal Busking Site, performers must hold a busking permit and be able to be identified as Aboriginal with accreditation from Metropolitan Local Aboriginal Land Council. Performing at The Rocks Market and special events is by invitation only and will only be offered to current permit holders.

How long can I busk for?
The Rocks encourages buskers to consider their operating environment and the impact each busking activity has on its immediate surrounds. In order to promote a variety of artistic expression as well as avoid repetitive activity, the Authority imposes a two hour period on all busking pitchesSpecial Busking Sites with Circle Acts are limited to 45 minute performances without repetition.

Minister for the Music and Night-time Economy John Graham said:
“We want more busking on our streets, not less. That’s why we’re unlocking new places for buskers to play – and new places for people to enjoy their performances.

“Welcoming more music into the streets of Sydney’s harbour precincts makes sense. Busking brings our city streets alive, buskers surprise and entertain locals and visitors alike."

Minister for Planning and Public Spaces Paul Scully said:

“We are backing in Sydney’s busking community, boosting arts and culture and bringing back fun.

“The Rocks, Darling Harbour and Barangaroo are hubs of activity which welcome millions of locals and visitors, expanding the busking activity here will bring a soundtrack to our streets as people explore the city.

“This is another example of the Minns Labor Government unlocking opportunities which support Sydney to be a bustling and vibrant city.”

Busker Roshani Sriyani Everett said:
“I’ve spent years busking around The Rocks and Circular Quay, and some of my favourite memories were made there — playing by the water, connecting with people from all over the world, and feeling the city come alive around me.

“Busking gave me a stage when I had no stage, and I’ll always be grateful for the way those streets supported my music and helped me grow.

“I fully support the introduction of new busking spots in the Barangaroo precinct. Live music brings a place to life, creates real connection, and gives artists a chance to grow while adding colour and energy to the community.”

Applications Now Open for 2026 NSW Youth Parliament

Member for Manly, James Griffin MP is calling on local students in years 10 to 12 to apply for the 2026 NSW Youth Parliament, with applications now open through the Y NSW. 

Now in its 25th year, Youth Parliament is a hands-on leadership and education initiative that empowers young people from across New South Wales to learn about the parliamentary process, develop policy ideas, and debate real legislation in the NSW Parliament House.

Mr Griffin said the program provides an invaluable opportunity for young people to grow as leaders and community advocates.

“Youth Parliament is an outstanding program that gives young people the chance to develop skills in leadership, communication and public policy, while experiencing first-hand how democracy works,” Mr Griffin said.

“It’s inclusive, inspiring and designed to give every participant the confidence to have their voice heard on issues that matter to them and their community.”

Participants take part in training camps, workshops and mentoring sessions that build leadership, confidence and civic engagement. The Y NSW is seeking Youth Parliamentarians from each of the 93 NSW electorates, with the 2026 program culminating in a Sitting Week from July 13–17 at NSW Parliament House

Mr Griffin said he looks forward to seeing young people from the Manly Electorate representing their community in next year’s program.

“I encourage all interested local students to apply, especially those who are passionate about creating positive change in their community,” Mr Griffin said.

Applications close Sunday 4 January, 2026

Students can apply and find more information at: www.ymcansw.org.au/community-services/youth/youth-parliament

Lion Island Yacht Race 2025

BYRA have changed the date for the annual Lion Island Yacht Race to Sunday 7th December.
All members are welcome to bring their yachts and compete. The Race is also open to yachts from other clubs.
This is a fundraising celebration of the foundation of the club. Prizegiving after the race in the clubhouse from 5pm
The start is at 12.00pm from a line set outside the moorings just off the club, around Lion Island to port and return.
You can enter now at www.byra.com.au/events/322203

AusMusic T-Shirt Day: November 27

AusMusic T-Shirt Day is a national day of celebration, joy and recognition — a chance to show up for the people who make the music happen. From artists and bandmates to crew, techs, managers and beyond, it takes a whole community to bring Australian music to life.

Wearing a tee, raising funds or making a donation is how we celebrate that community — and how we help Support Act continue delivering vital mental health support, crisis relief and dedicated services for those who keep the industry going.

It’s more than a t-shirt. It’s a show of solidarity for the heartbeat of Australian music.

Where do the funds go?
Every dollar raised goes directly to Support Act, helping deliver crisis relief, mental health support, and dedicated First Nations services to artists, crew and music workers in need. Your support helps keep vital programs running — from the 24/7 Wellbeing Helpline to financial grants, mental health education and more.
It’s real help for the people who make the music happen.

Who is Support Act?
Support Act is the music industry’s charity — providing crisis relief, mental health support and wellbeing services to artists, crew and music workers doing it tough. From financial grants to a 24/7 helpline and dedicated First Nations support, we’re here to help the people who make the music happen.

Our services are delivered by a team of qualified social workers and clinical psychologists, with culturally aware support for First Nations music workers provided by First Nations practitioners, or those with strong, cross-cultural training.

How did AMTD come about?
AusMusic T-Shirt Day started as a simple idea — a way to celebrate Australian music and show solidarity with the artists, crew and workers who bring it to life.

What began as a grassroots initiative has grown into a national movement — fuelled by the deep love Australians have for music, and the people who create it.

Today, it’s a joyful, unifying moment to wear your support, raise funds, and help ensure the health and future of our music industry.

Find out more and get involved at: ausmusictshirtday.org.au

Busk at The North Narrabeen NSHS P&C Boot Sale

Are you a budding musician? The NSHS P&C is turning up the volume at our November 30 Car Boot Sale with a brand-new initiative — Busk @ the Boot! 

Whether you’re an up-and-coming performer, a seasoned street musician, or just love to share your sound, we want YOU to help bring the vibe!

Here’s the deal:
  • Open to NSHS students and local community artists
  • Buskers keep 100% of the money collected during their set
Questions? Contact our CAPA Coordinator Katherine Moore at moore.moorefitness@gmail.com


The P&C Executive is committed to making every event more vibrant, inclusive, and fun — and we believe live music is the key to that energy! So, whether you’re acoustic, electric, solo, or in a group, come and help us make this Boot Sale sing!

Newport Pool to Peak Kicks Off Pittwater Ocean Swim Series 2026

The annual Pittwater Ocean Swim Series will kick off with the Newport Pool to Peak, ocean swims on Sunday 4 January 2026. The series provides ocean swimmers around the world the opportunity to experience the beautiful scenery and pristine environment of Pittwater.

The Newport Pool to Peak has become one of the biggest ocean swimming events on the annual calendar and has grown from the traditional 2Kms to offer 400m and 800m courses as well. This has enabled swimmers to test their swim skills and gain experience in ocean swimming which is very different to pool swimming, as ocean swimmers will attest.

John Guthrie, chairman of the Pool to Peak, ocean swim organising committee, says the club’s swims feature a strong safety culture with many safety craft in the water and drone surveillance.

“This means swimmers are being observed at all times which helps to build confidence in tackling the surf and currents. Of course, we encourage swimmers to train for their event with a combination of attaining surf skills, lap swimming in addition to general physical training such as weights.

“Ocean swimming can be arduous so swimmers are responsible for their individual fitness. We will have lifesavers in the break to assist any swimmers who are finding it too difficult. Again, entrants are encouraged to put their hand up if they find themselves unable to complete the course,” said John.

The Pool to Peak is known as the friendly affordable swim event and swimmers all go in the draw for a great range of prizes. Medals are also presented to category winners, one of the few ocean swim events to continue the tradition.

“We are proud of the fun atmosphere generated on the day. Swimmers are welcomed back on shore with succulent, fresh fruit, from Harris Farm Markets, our long-term major sponsors, to take away the salty taste in your mouth. Then there is the barbecue, featuring ingredients from Harris Farm Markets, a popular feature with hungry swimmers,” John continued.

Following the prize and medal presentations, swimmers and their families can enjoy a drink at the club’s bar or take advantage of one of the many coffee shops in the Newport shopping centre including The Peak Café a sponsor of the Pool to Peak, Newport has clubs such as the Royal Motor Yacht Club who would like to enjoy lunch with a view of Pittwater.

There is an added incentive for swimmers to enter the Pittwater Ocean Swim Series in 2026. For swimmers who swim at least three of the swims in the series, they will go in the draw for a $250 voucher a male & female swimmer for a fine dining experience at the Basin Restaurant.

The Pittwater swims start at Newport 4 January, then Bilgola on 11 January, Mona Vale  on18 January and the Big Swim on 25 January. This will be the 52nd Big Swim event. 

To complete the Pittwater Ocean Swim Series the Avalon swims will be on Sunday 15 March. That includes their iconic Around the Bends swim from Newport to Avalon.

Pool to Peak swimmers in 2025. Photo: AJG/PON

Street League Skateboarding Announces Return to Sydney To Kick Off 2026 World Championship Tour

On the back of two sold-out events in Sydney in 2023 and 2024, Street League Skateboarding (SLS) has now announced it’s return to the Australian market, with Ken Rosewall Arena playing host to the season opening event of the SLS World Championship Tour for a special two-day event to be held on Saturday, 14 February to Sunday, 15 February 2026. 

Tickets for SLS Sydney 2026 are available for purchase at streetleague.com starting at $29.00.

This marks the first time in SLS’ history that Australia will host the opening event of the sport’s flagship series. Sydney fans will now be able to watch firsthand as the top male and female skaters in the world – including Tokyo and Paris Olympians - compete in premier SLS competition. 

In addition to the Championship Tour stop, Street League Skateboarding will be taking over the city of Sydney, with a host of activations, headlined by the In Your City event, which allows local skateboarders to ride alongside their heroes in the days leading up to the competition. Look for more details on this special event to be announced soon. 

For a preview of the next level action that Sydney fans can look forward to, go here

Headlining the event will be Australian star Chloe Covell (Tweed Heads, NSW), who has dominated the Women’s category at the past two editions of the Sydney event, claiming the title in both appearances. Covell has been in fine form during the 2025 season taking two contest wins in Santa Monica, USA and Cleveland, USA. The young Australian currently leads the women’s standings and is a favorite for the Super Crown World Champion title in Brazil this December.

Covell said, “SLS is the best of the best when it comes to skateboarding. I’ve loved getting to perform and win in front of my hometown crowd and I can’t wait to do it again in February.”   

Chloé Covell, SLS Paris 2025. Photo: Pierre-Antoine Lalaude 

Veteran Australian SLS Pro, Shane O’Neill (Melbourne, VIC), a former Super Crown World Champion (2016) and a national Skateboarder of the Year, also anticipates Street League’s Sydney return.

O’Neill said, “Australia’s skate scene has always been amazing, and it’s home to so many great skaters. So, it only feels right that Street League’s coming back to Sydney. I already know the crowd’s gonna be louder than ever.” 

Street League Skateboarding in Sydney is proudly supported by the NSW Government through its tourism and major events agency Destination NSW.

NSW Minister for Jobs and Tourism and Minister for Sport, Steve Kamper, said: “Hosting the Street League Skateboarding Championship Tour puts our city back in the spotlight, as the world’s best skaters bring their talent and energy to one of Sydney’s premier sporting precincts.

“It’s another major win for Sydney, attracting visitors from across the globe and showcasing our city’s unmatched energy and lifestyle. We can’t wait to welcome competitors and fans next year to our Harbour City for an unforgettable celebration of sport, skill and vibrant culture.”

Established in 2010, SLS is the street skateboarding’s first professional organization and is recognized as the sport’s preeminent global competition. Its events take place on custom-built, one-of-a-kind, SLS-certified plazas with the best in the sport competing for the highest stakes. 

The 2026 edition of the SLS Championship Tour will dial up the fan experience with an exciting, reimagined competition format featuring the very best of the best in street skateboarding, as well as a host of activations across the city and on-site at Ken Rosewall Arena in Homebush. 

The sport’s elite athletes are set to appear in Sydney, with the likes of Rayssa Leal (Imperatriz, Brazil) - the fourth most-followed female athlete on the planet and three-time SLS Super Crown Champion, Nyjah Huston (Laguna Beach, USA) – the seven-time and defending Men’s SLS Super Crown World Champion, and two-time Olympic Gold Medallist, Yuto Horigome (Tokyo, Japan) who is looking to bring is unique and graceful style to Sydney in February. Other competitors will include Tokyo 2020 Gold Medallist, Momiji Nishiya (Osaka, Japan), 2024 Paris Gold Medallist, Coco Yoshizawa (Kanagawa, Japan), and current standings front runners, Cordano Russell (London, Canada) and Chris Joslin (Hawaiian Gardens, USA). 

For more Street League Skateboarding news, including the Championship Tour updates, broadcast information, and more, go to www.streetleague.com.
Nyjah Huston. Photo:Matt Rodriguez

Financial help for young people

Concessions and financial support for young people.

Includes:

  • You could receive payments and services from Centrelink: Use the payment and services finder to check what support you could receive.
  • Apply for a concession Opal card for students: Receive a reduced fare when travelling on public transport.
  • Financial support for students: Get financial help whilst studying or training.
  • Youth Development Scholarships: Successful applicants will receive $1000 to help with school expenses and support services.
  • Tertiary Access Payment for students: The Tertiary Access Payment can help you with the costs of moving to undertake tertiary study.
  • Relocation scholarship: A once a year payment if you get ABSTUDY or Youth Allowance if you move to or from a regional or remote area for higher education study.
  • Get help finding a place to live and paying your rent: Rent Choice Youth helps young people aged 16 to 24 years to rent a home.

Visit: https://www.nsw.gov.au/living-nsw/young-people/young-people-financial-help

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Ware

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun

1. pottery, typically that of a specified type. 2. manufactured articles of a specified type. 3. articles offered for sale; manufactured articles, products of art or craft, or farm produce. 4. an intangible item (such as a service or ability) that is a marketable commodity

From Old English waru ‘commodities’, of Germanic origin

Adjective - Archaic:  1. Aware.

From Old English wær, from the Germanic base of ware, Old English warian ‘be on one's guard’, from a Germanic base meaning ‘observe, take care’, perhaps the same word as Scots ware ‘cautiousness’, and having the primary sense ‘object of care’; related to ware

suffix: -ware

1. denoting articles made of ceramic or used in cooking and serving food. 2. denoting a kind of software.

E.G.: Warehouse, Tinware, Earthernware

It's a long way to the shop if you want a sausage roll ...

"It's a Long Way to the Top (If You Wanna Rock 'n' Roll)" peaked on the Australian charts at #9 (February 16).

Some state the original lyrics were. "it's a long way to the shop, if you want a sausage roll" and that Bon was inspired to write those lyrics after the band in June 1974 was touring in Victoria and their car broke down just outside of Bendigo. Bon remarked that he was hungry and Mal replied to Bon. "It's a long way to the shop Bon, if you wanna a sausage roll".

The song written by Angus Young, Malcolm Young and Bon Scott is one of the quintessential songs that describes the rock industry, and also one of the few rock songs that includes the bagpipes!

The film clip
Ex-Easybeats and co-producer George Young (older brother of Angus and Malcolm) remembered that Bon Scott was once in a pipe band when he was younger, and being a creative producer, encouraged him to get a set of bagpipes to play in the song.
Scott left the studio that day and returned with a set of bagpipes purchased at a Park Street music store at what was an extortionately high price (AU$479) at the time. 

Bass player Mark Evans later mused that the amount “would have bought two Strats”!

Problem was, Bon Scott was a DRUMMER in the pipe band, and had no idea how to play the bagpipes! They struggled to even put them together. Eventually though, Scott taught himself to play well enough to record and perform the song (initially with the help of tape loops), and the bagpipes were in.

Due to tuning issues, it was difficult to play live, so the song, though iconic of the band's early repertoire, was probably played live no more than 30 times.

The last occasion was in 1976, following an incident where Scott set down the pipe-set at the corner of a stage during a concert at St Albans High School in St Albans, Victoria, Australia and they were destroyed by fans. Subsequent (relatively rare) live performances employed a recording of the song's bagpipe track or an extended guitar solo by Angus Young.

The famous video for "It's a Long Way to the Top (If You Wanna Rock 'n' Roll)", was filmed on 23 February 1976 for the Australian music television program Countdown. It featured the band and the members of the Rats of Tobruk Pipe band on the back of a flatbed truck travelling on Swanston Street in Melbourne. 

The video was directed by Countdown director Paul Drane, who also directed Supernaut's award-winning Countdown video for “I Like It Both Ways".

Despite only making it to #9 on the charts, the song has cemented itself as one of the classics in the history of Australian rock.
In May 2001, Australasian Performing Right Association (APRA) celebrated its 75th anniversary by naming the Best Australian Songs of all time, as decided by a 100-member industry panel. "It's a Long Way to the Top (If You Wanna Rock 'n' Roll)" was ranked #9 on the list.

In January 2018, as part of Triple M's "Ozzest 100", the 'most Australian' songs of all time, "It's a Long Way to the Top (If You Wanna Rock 'n' Roll)" was ranked #5. It was also inducted into the National Film and Sound Archive's Sounds of Australia in 2012.

Civic squares as contested spaces: what history and urban planning can tell us about Fed Square

kevin laminto/Unsplash
Rachel IampolskiRMIT University

On Friday, thousands packed into Melbourne’s Federation Square for a free Amyl and the Sniffers show. Within minutes, fences buckled, the perimeter was breached, and the gig was cancelled over crowd crush fears.

It was gutting for fans – but it’s also the latest episode in a much longer fight over what, or who, Federation Square is really for.

A city that avoided gathering spaces

Melbourne’s uneasy relationship with civic squares goes back to the 1830s, when surveyor Robert Hoddle laid out the city grid without a major central square. This was a deliberate design choice to avoid the open plazas that elsewhere had become magnets for dissent and mass protest.

Map of Melbourne and its suburbs
Early plans of Melbourne and its first suburbs showing a distinct lack of open space, 1855, compiled by James Kearney. Source: State Library of Victoria

In the 19th and 20th century there were repeated failed attempts to retrofit a proper city square.

Proposals for a grand Parliament forecourt, for example, were abandoned in 1929 amid fears it would be used for protest.

City Square eventually opened in 1968 as a temporary design after the City of Melbourne acquired the land across from Town Hall. However, by 1997 it was carved up and sold off for the Westin hotel development, with much of its original design features (including a small waterfall) razed.

Federation Square, opened in 2002 on decking above rail yards, meant to fix our critical civic space gap. A publicly owned, privately operated space, the square blurred public place and commercial asset.

A focus on tourism and entertainment resulted in a square that often struggled to draw people in outside of events and beyond its surrounding venues, such as ACMI and NGV Australia.

In 2017, Fed Square’s management accepted a bid from Apple to demolish an existing building to erect their own flagship store within the square. This triggered fierce community backlash.

In response, Heritage Victoria listed Fed Square on the state heritage register – the youngest place ever to be listed. This limited development in the square, effectively putting a stop to the demolition plans.

The Heritage Council recognised the square as “the most important public square in Victoria”.

This flashpoint triggered a state government review into the square’s management, after which Fed Square was incorporated into the new Melbourne Arts Precinct Corporation in 2019. This brought a renewed emphasis on cultural programming. The irony, however: it has worked almost too well.

When you truly activate civic space, people show up. The Amyl gig proved relevant, exciting events draw crowds. But even with perfect crowd management, Fed Square – or any of Melbourne’s existing squares – simply couldn’t safely accommodate a crowd that size.

Lessons from Friday night

Fed Square has limited entry points and rigid borders: ideally, civic squares should have porous edges with lots of opportunities for spillover, or surrounding streets that can be closed to absorb crowds.

Melbourne’s rigid grid makes this difficult. As such, much of Melbourne’s public life has long been pushed into edge spaces – laneways, riverbanks, footpaths and markets, the State Library lawn (originally designed as a fenced off ornamental space, now inadvertently our most successful protest space following the removal of the picket fence).

This constraint has bred its own cultural innovation: Melbourne’s famed laneway culture emerged partly from necessity. And these diffuse, in-between spaces are genuinely valuable for everyday public life, not just mass gatherings.

But Friday shows we still need more opportunities for large-scale assembly. Other cities with established grids have managed it: Midtown Manhattan closed parts of Broadway to traffic; Barcelona’s Superilles (superblock) program created pedestrianised networks and new public squares within dense neighbourhoods.

Melbourne needs both large gathering spaces for moments like Friday night, and a diffuse network of everyday public spaces. That means seizing opportunities to create new civic plazas from major transport projects and renewal sites, protecting existing spaces like the State Library lawn and City Square from further privatisation, and challenging car dominance by closing more streets – temporarily or permanently.

If our only response to Friday night is tightening controls at Fed Square without also bolstering this diffuse cultural infrastructure – through planning protections, fairer regulation and investment in small venues (like Amyl and the Sniffers did themselves) – we will have missed the point.

Re-imagining public space

After a vexed history, rooted in a colonial planning logic that wanted to minimise gathering, Fed Square is slowly becoming the vibrant civic space people wanted. But we haven’t built the infrastructure to support that success.

People want to gather, but activating civic space without accommodating for growing demand is setting ourselves up for failure. We can’t just program better events; we need flexible crowd management systems, surrounding streets that can absorb overflow, and more public spaces.

Most importantly, we need to support the entire ecosystem – from Fed Square’s big stages to the small venues that quietly hold up Melbourne’s cultural life every night, and continue to carve out opportunities for public life.

Friday night proved Melburnians are hungry for public gathering. Now we need the civic infrastructure to match that appetite.The Conversation

Rachel Iampolski, PhD Candidate, Centre for Urban Research RMIT, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Amyl and the Sniffers’ generosity shows what’s missing for Australia’s live music venues

Sam WhitingRMIT University and Megan SharpThe University of Melbourne

When the Amyl and the Sniffers’ free show at Federation Square was cancelled on Friday night due to safety concerns, the band worked quickly to turn this disappointment around.

Using their performance fee, they placed A$35,000 across the bars of seven prominent grassroots music venues around Melbourne.

Many celebrated the band giving back to spaces that had nurtured them in their infancy, while providing much needed support to a struggling sector.

However, the gesture raises questions as to why these spaces are not already supported. And why are musicians – rather than governments, audiences or the community at large – the ones that need to step in?

Grassroots venues are struggling

Independent, grassroots music venues have been doing it tough. Australia has lost 1,300 venues and stages in the past five years.

Music venues have always been precarious. But inflation and exorbitant insurance costs have made running a venue exceedingly difficult.

Audience behaviours have also changed. Punters today attend more major events at the cost of attendance for smaller venues.

Audiences are also drinking less. This is an existential challenge for these venues, whose primary revenue stream is alcohol sales.

Despite this significant shift in the market, venues appear reluctant to change their business practices.

James Young of Melbourne’s Cherry Bar recently praised the same large arena tours that often draw punters away from grassroots venues for stimulating increased drinking in CBD venues, revealing the priorities of these spaces.

Meanwhile, owners of The Tote and The Last Chance Rock & Roll Bar have decried the lack of government support, while begging punters to come to more shows.

Such responses do not consider the fundamental ways in which the market for live music has changed, or whether live music should be subject to the market at all.

Is a commercial model fit for purpose?

Australian grassroots music venues largely conform to a market-based model of alcohol consumption that cross-subsidises cultural activities like live performances.

Live music may often attract considerable audiences, and young people are spending more on entertainment and leisure – particularly for major concert events. But grassroots music venues often use music as a “loss leader” to promote increased liquor sales.

Such a business model may have been lucrative in the 1980s and 90s. But as audience behaviours have changed, a rethink is needed.

In much of northern Europe and France, there is a strong precedent of nonprofit venues receiving operational subsidies from municipal governments to avoid reliance on alcohol sales.

These models maintain strong public support thanks to disciplined and professional advocacy from the sector. Advocacy has also increased in the United Kingdom through the work of the UK Music Venue Trust.

Having made significant progress on a big ticket levy aimed at supporting grassroots venues, the Music Venue Trust has also encouraged many small venues in the UK to transition to nonprofit corporate structures. As nonprofits, these venues become eligible for greater public funding and tax exemptions.

France’s Scene de Musiques Actuelles (Contemporary Music Venue) model also promotes engagement with disadvantaged communities, facilitating greater accessibility and diversity in return for public subsidies.

This stands in stark contrast to Australia’s alcohol-dependent, market-based approach, which often attracts a homogeneous audience that may not reflect contemporary, multicultural Australia.

Structural reform

Grassroots music venues require structural reform to reduce their reliance on alcohol sales.

Such reform could involve nonprofit structures, such as Lazy Thinking in Dulwich Hill, soon to be incorporated as a registered charity eligible for tax-deductible donations. Charity status also reduces tax obligations on wages and salaries.

Other reforms involve who owns the building itself.

Commercial rents and overheads are exorbitantly expensive. Insecurity of tenure is a recurring problem for venues, such as in the case of The Curtin Hotel in Melbourne and The Crown & Anchor in Adelaide.

In the UK, Music Venue Properties operates as a collectively-owned community benefit society. Through crowd-sourcing shares and donations from passionate live music fans, the organisation is able to purchase the freeholds to grassroots music venues. Through this, they can protect them in perpetuity and offer long-term cultural leases to their operators.

Apart from some additional top-up funding from government, the scheme requires little regulation or intervention to be successful.

Other successful non-government initiatives include voluntary ticket levies, such as in Germany and Wales.

Such community-led reforms are possible in Australia, but require an acknowledgement of the many important non-market roles venues perform and some (literally) sober thinking about how best to support them.

Musicians save the day, again

Amyl’s act of generosity towards seven of Melbourne’s grassroots music venues might have been unprecedented, but it was not surprising. The band is known for their commitment to crowd safety, community spirit and generosity towards fans.

But should the band have been the ones to make it up to the city? Particularly in a chronically underfunded arts and cultural ecosystem that requires musicians to cope with the rising costs of doing the work they love.

Musicians, venues, governments and other industry stakeholders need to work together to ensure that this ecosystem is valued for what happens on stage, rather than just what’s exchanged over the bar.The Conversation

Sam Whiting, Vice-Chancellor's Senior Research Fellow in Music Industries and Cultural Economy, RMIT University and Megan Sharp, Lecturer in Sociology, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How AC/DC’s 1975 debut shocked Australian  culture

Dick Barnatt/Redferns via Getty
Jo CoghlanUniversity of New England

In February 1975, a gang of scruffy Sydney rockers released their first two albums: High Voltage and TNT. A year later, songs from both records were repackaged into AC/DC’s first international album, also titled High Voltage.

AC/DC’s sound was forged in suburban garages and sticky-carpet pubs, part of Australia’s mid-70s pub rock explosion. The era saw Australian pub rock find its confidence to break from British and American influences. Cheap venues like pubs made live music accessible, while a growing youth culture wanted songs about their own lives.

Economic struggles and social change gave the music grit and honesty. This mix of independence, energy, and realism turned pub rock into a symbol of Australian identity.

Two figures defined AC/DC’s identity in 1975. Lead singer Bon Scott’s raspy howl turned songs into bawdy stories of lust, luck, and life on the road. Angus Young, in his now-iconic schoolboy uniform, blasted riffs that felt like jolts of live current.

Homegrown rock

AC/DC’s roots were in Scotland. Brothers Malcolm and Angus Young migrated to Sydney in the 1960s, while frontman Bon Scott grew up in Fremantle after emigrating as a child. Together they channelled those migrant, working-class roots into the raw energy that defined pub rock.

Songs like Rock ’n’ Roll Singer spoke directly to working-class kids who saw themselves in the band.

Their songs are built around tight, driving guitar riffs – short, repetitive, and instantly recognisable – that create rhythm and momentum rather than melody. This stripped-back sound, powered by Angus Young’s guitar and Phil Rudd’s steady drumming, makes the music physical and direct.

The vocals are equally dynamic. Scott delivered lyrics with grit and humour, capturing emotion through tone and attitude rather than complexity.

The five around a desk.
AC/DC group portrait, London, July 1976, L-R Phil Rudd, Bon Scott, Angus Young, Mark Evans, Malcolm Young. Michael Putland/Getty Images

The band came from suburban Australia, but their songs avoided specific local references. Unlike bands tied to national imagery, AC/DC’s identity was built on the myth of rock and roll itself.

Australia’s pop culture in the 1970s was defined largely by imports: Hollywood films, British television, American records. For a homegrown band to make international waves was rare.

AC/DC broke decisively into the American and British markets in the 1970s. Highway to Hell (1979) reached number 17 on the US Billboard 200 and number 8 in the UK, earning platinum status and cementing their international fame.

Outsiders and rebels

In Australia, AC/DC’s rise in the mid-1970s was fast, loud and built from the ground up. Formed in 1973, they started playing pubs and quickly earned a reputation for their relentless live shows.

The band in movement
Angus Young and Bon Scott performing on stage, Lyceum Theatre, London on July 7 1976 from the Lock Up Your Daughters Tour. Dick Barnatt/Redferns via Getty

The band’s raw energy, driving rhythm and defiant attitude fit perfectly with the emerging pub rock circuit, a network of working-class venues that became the heart of Australian music culture.

They were promoted heavily by radio stations like 2JJ (later Triple J). Mainstream commercial radio was initially slower to support them. High Voltage and TNT sold strongly, helped by national touring and constant live exposure rather than airplay alone.

AC/DC banned: Members of the group must decide if they are strippers or musicians, said the general manager of 2SM.
The Canberra Times, December 18 1976. Trove

In the mid-1970s, AC/DC faced moral and media backlash rather than formal government censorship, though the effect was similar in shaping their rebellious image.

Their lyrics, stage antics and raw sexuality drew criticism from music journalists, radio programmers and conservative commentators, who saw them as crude and offensive.

Some stations refused to play songs like The Jack (1975) because of its sexual innuendo and suggestive lyrics (the titular “jack” is Australian slang for a venereal disease).

Scott’s shirtless performances, drag and swagger on shows like Countdown provoked complaints from parents and conservative groups. Newspapers occasionally branded the band “obscene” or “disgusting”, framing them as bad influences on youth.

A cultural marker

High Voltage is now a cultural marker. The lightning-bolt logo and the sight of Angus sprinting in a school blazer are now shorthand for Australian rock.

It is a testament to their enduring cultural power that, 50 years on, AC/DC stand as the only Australian band to score number one albums in five consecutive decades.

AC/DC’s success defies industry trends. They built one of the world’s biggest fan bases without relying on remixes or collaborations. For decades they resisted digital streaming and still resist greatest hits compilations.

Singer Bon Scott hoists guitarist Angus Young on his shoulders at a gig in February 1977 in Hollywood. Michael Ochs Archives/Getty Images

The release of High Voltage in 1975 coincided with broader cultural shifts. Australia was emerging from decades of conservative governments. The newly elected Whitlam government poured A$14 million dollars (worth $122 million today) into the arts, and another 50% on top of that the following year, and established youth radio station 2JJ.

AC/DC were part of a wave of creativity that insisted Australia had something to say, and it didn’t need polishing for overseas approval.

AC/DC’s debut captured a moment when Australian culture stopped waiting for validation and started exporting itself with confidence. AC/DC showed that a band from Australia could storm the global stage. In doing so, they lit the path for a nation’s cultural confidence.The Conversation

Jo Coghlan, Associate Professor, Humanities, Arts and Social Sciences, University of New England

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why two tiny mountain peaks became one of the internet’s most famous images

The icon has various iterations, but all convey the same meaning: an image should be here. Christopher SchabergCC BY-SA
Christopher SchabergWashington University in St. Louis

It’s happened to you countless times: You’re waiting for a website to load, only to see a box with a little mountain range where an image should be. It’s the placeholder icon for a “missing image.”

But have you ever wondered why this scene came to be universally adopted?

As a scholar of environmental humanities, I pay attention to how symbols of wilderness appear in everyday life.

The little mountain icon – sometimes with a sun or cloud in the background, other times crossed out or broken – has become the standard symbol, across digital platforms, to signal something missing or something to come. It appears in all sorts of contexts, and the more you look for this icon, the more you’ll see it.

You click on it in Microsoft Word or PowerPoint when you want to add a picture. You can purchase an ironic poster of the icon to put on your wall. The other morning, I even noticed a version of it in my Subaru’s infotainment display as a stand-in for a radio station logo.

So why this particular image of the mountain peaks? And where did it come from?

Arriving at the same solution

The placeholder icon can be thought of as a form of semiotic convergence, or when a symbol ends up meaning the same thing in a variety of contexts. For example, the magnifying glass is widely understood as “search,” while the image of a leaf means “eco-friendly.”

It’s also related to something called “convergent design evolution,” or when organisms or cultures – even if they have little or no contact – settle on a similar shape or solution for something.

In evolutionary biology, you can see convergent design evolution in bats, birds and insects, who all utilize wings but developed them in their own ways. Stilt houses emerged in various cultures across the globe as a way to build durable homes along shorelines and riverbanks. More recently, engineers in different parts of the world designed similar airplane fuselages independent of one another.

For whatever reason, the little mountain just worked across platforms to evoke open-ended meanings: Early web developers needed a simple shorthand way to present that something else should or could be there.

Depending on context, a little mountain might invite a user to insert a picture in a document; it might mean that an image is trying to load, or is being uploaded; or it could mean an image is missing or broken.

Down the rabbit hole on a mountain

But of the millions of possibilities, why a mountain?

In 1994, visual designer Marsh Chamberlain created a graphic featuring three colorful shapes as a stand-in for a missing image or broken link for the web browser Netscape Navigator. The shapes appeared on a piece of paper with a ripped corner. Though the paper with the rip will sometimes now appear with the mountain, it isn’t clear when the square, circle and triangle became a mountain.

A generic camera dial featuring various modes, with the 'landscape mode' – represented by two little mountain peaks – highlighted.
Two little mountain peaks are used to signal ‘landscape mode’ on many SLR cameras. Althepal/Wikimedia CommonsCC BY

Users on Stack Exchange, a forum for developers, suggest that the mountain peak icon may trace back to the “landscape mode” icon on the dials of Japanese SLR cameras. It’s the feature that sets the aperture to maximize the depth of field so that both the foreground and background are in focus.

The landscape scene mode – visible on many digital cameras in the 1990s – was generically represented by two mountain peaks, with the idea that the camera user would intuitively know to use this setting outdoors.

Another insight emerged from the Stack Exchange discussion: The icon bears a resemblance to the Microsoft XP wallpaper called “Bliss.” If you had a PC in the years after 2001, you probably recall the rolling green hills with blue sky and wispy clouds.

The stock photo was taken by National Geographic photographer Charles O’Rear. It was then purchased by Bill Gates’ digital licensing company Corbis in 1998. The empty hillside in this picture became iconic through its adoption by Windows XP as its default desktop wallpaper image.

A colorful stock photo of green rolling hills, a blue sky and clouds.
If you used a PC at the turn of the 21st century, you probably encountered ‘Bliss.’ Wikimedia Commons

Mountain riddles

“Bliss” became widely understood as the most generic of generic stock photos, in the same way the placeholder icon became universally understood to mean “missing image.” And I don’t think it’s a coincidence that they both feature mountains or hills and a sky.

Mountains and skies are mysterious and full of possibilities, even if they remain beyond grasp.

Consider Japanese artist Hokusai’s “36 Views of Mount Fuji,” which were his series of paintings from the 1830s – the most famous of which is probably “The Great Wave off Kanagawa,” where a tiny Mount Fuji can be seen in the background. Each painting features the iconic mountain from different perspectives and is full of little details; all possess an ambiance of mystery.

A painting of a large rowboat manned by people on rolling waves with a large mountain in the background.
‘Tago Bay near Ejiri on the Tokaido,’ from Hokusai’s series ‘36 Views of Mount Fuji.’ Heritage Art/Heritage Images via Getty Images

I wouldn’t be surprised if the landscape icon on those Japanese camera dials emerged as a minimalist reference to Mount Fuji, Japan’s highest mountain. From some perspectives, Mount Fuji rises behind a smaller incline. And the Japanese photography company Fujifilm even borrowed the namesake of that mountain for their brand.

The enticing aesthetics of mountains also reminded me of the environmental writer Gary Snyder’s 1965 translation of Han Shan’s “Cold Mountain Poems.” Han Shan – his name literally means “Cold Mountain” – was a Chinese Buddhist poet who lived in the late eighth century. “Shan” translates as “mountain” and is represented by the Chinese character 山, which also resembles a mountain.

Han Shan’s poems, which are little riddles themselves, revel in the bewildering aspects of mountains:

Cold Mountain is a house
Without beams or walls.
The six doors left and right are open
The hall is a blue sky.
The rooms are all vacant and vague.
The east wall beats on the west wall
At the center nothing.

The mystery is the point

I think mountains serve as a universal representation of something unseen and longed for – whether it’s in a poem or on a sluggish internet browser – because people can see a mountain and wonder what might be there.

The placeholder icon does what mountains have done for millennia, serving as what the environmental philosopher Margret Grebowicz describes as an object of desire. To Grebowicz, mountains exist as places to behold, explore and sometimes conquer.

The placeholder icon’s inherent ambiguity is baked into its form: Mountains are often regarded as distant, foreboding places. At the same time, the little peaks appear in all sorts of mundane computing circumstances. The icon could even be a curious sign of how humans can’t help but be “nature-positive,” even when on computers or phones.

This small icon holds so much, and yet it can also paradoxically mean that there is nothing to see at all.

Viewing it this way, an example of semiotic convergence becomes a tiny allegory for digital life writ large: a wilderness of possibilities, with so much just out of reach.The Conversation

Christopher Schaberg, Director of Public Scholarship, Washington University in St. Louis

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Learning with AI falls short compared to old-fashioned web search

The work of seeking and synthesizing information can improve understanding of it compared to reading a summary. Tom Werner/DigitalVision via Getty Images
Shiri MelumadUniversity of Pennsylvania

Since the release of ChatGPT in late 2022, millions of people have started using large language models to access knowledge. And it’s easy to understand their appeal: Ask a question, get a polished synthesis and move on – it feels like effortless learning.

However, a new paper I co-authored offers experimental evidence that this ease may come at a cost: When people rely on large language models to summarize information on a topic for them, they tend to develop shallower knowledge about it compared to learning through a standard Google search.

Co-author Jin Ho Yun and I, both professors of marketing, reported this finding in a paper based on seven studies with more than 10,000 participants. Most of the studies used the same basic paradigm: Participants were asked to learn about a topic – such as how to grow a vegetable garden – and were randomly assigned to do so by using either an LLM like ChatGPT or the “old-fashioned way,” by navigating links using a standard Google search.

No restrictions were put on how they used the tools; they could search on Google as long as they wanted and could continue to prompt ChatGPT if they felt they wanted more information. Once they completed their research, they were then asked to write advice to a friend on the topic based on what they learned.

The data revealed a consistent pattern: People who learned about a topic through an LLM versus web search felt that they learned less, invested less effort in subsequently writing their advice, and ultimately wrote advice that was shorter, less factual and more generic. In turn, when this advice was presented to an independent sample of readers, who were unaware of which tool had been used to learn about the topic, they found the advice to be less informative, less helpful, and they were less likely to adopt it.

We found these differences to be robust across a variety of contexts. For example, one possible reason LLM users wrote briefer and more generic advice is simply that the LLM results exposed users to less eclectic information than the Google results. To control for this possibility, we conducted an experiment where participants were exposed to an identical set of facts in the results of their Google and ChatGPT searches. Likewise, in another experiment we held constant the search platform – Google – and varied whether participants learned from standard Google results or Google’s AI Overview feature.

The findings confirmed that, even when holding the facts and platform constant, learning from synthesized LLM responses led to shallower knowledge compared to gathering, interpreting and synthesizing information for oneself via standard web links.

Why it matters

Why did the use of LLMs appear to diminish learning? One of the most fundamental principles of skill development is that people learn best when they are actively engaged with the material they are trying to learn.

When we learn about a topic through Google search, we face much more “friction”: We must navigate different web links, read informational sources, and interpret and synthesize them ourselves.

While more challenging, this friction leads to the development of a deeper, more original mental representation of the topic at hand. But with LLMs, this entire process is done on the user’s behalf, transforming learning from a more active to passive process.

What’s next?

To be clear, we do not believe the solution to these issues is to avoid using LLMs, especially given the undeniable benefits they offer in many contexts. Rather, our message is that people simply need to become smarter or more strategic users of LLMs – which starts by understanding the domains wherein LLMs are beneficial versus harmful to their goals.

Need a quick, factual answer to a question? Feel free to use your favorite AI co-pilot. But if your aim is to develop deep and generalizable knowledge in an area, relying on LLM syntheses alone will be less helpful.

As part of my research on the psychology of new technology and new media, I am also interested in whether it’s possible to make LLM learning a more active process. In another experiment we tested this by having participants engage with a specialized GPT model that offered real-time web links alongside its synthesized responses. There, however, we found that once participants received an LLM summary, they weren’t motivated to dig deeper into the original sources. The result was that the participants still developed shallower knowledge compared to those who used standard Google.

Building on this, in my future research I plan to study generative AI tools that impose healthy frictions for learning tasks – specifically, examining which types of guardrails or speed bumps most successfully motivate users to actively learn more beyond easy, synthesized answers. Such tools would seem particularly critical in secondary education, where a major challenge for educators is how best to equip students to develop foundational reading, writing and math skills while also preparing for a real world where LLMs are likely to be an integral part of their daily lives.

The Research Brief is a short take on interesting academic work.The Conversation

Shiri Melumad, Associate Professor of Marketing, University of Pennsylvania

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why musicians are leaving Spotify – and what it means for the music you love

Vera Harly/Shutterstock
Andrew WhiteKing's College London

Spotify is haemorrhaging artists. In the last few months alone a handful of indie bands have exited the streaming platform. If that includes some of your favourite musicians, you may be wondering how best to support them.

Among the artists leaving the platform is indie band Deerhoof. They reacted to the news that Spotify’s founder Daniel Ek had used his venture capital firm to lead a €600 million (£528 million) investment in Helsing, a German defence company specialising in AI. Their statement said: “We don’t want our music killing people.”

This sentiment chimes with the attitudes of the many listeners who cancelled their Spotify subscriptions after the platform ran recruitment ads for ICE, the US’s controversial Immigration and Customs Enforcement agency.

The exodus reflects a general concern that major tech companies are too cosy with the Trump administration. Spotify’s US$150,000 (£114,000) donation to Trump’s inauguration ceremony was cited by Canadian musician Chad VanGaalen as one of the reasons for his departure from the platform.

But these protests are as much driven by a recognition of ongoing structural problems with music streaming business models as they are with recent events. Music streaming platforms like Spotify, Amazon Music and Apple Music allocate revenue to artists on a pro-rata basis. This means that artists on each platform are entitled to a proportion of the overall revenue from streaming. This percentage is calculated by identifying the proportion of their streams that represent the total number of streams on the platform.


No one’s 20s and 30s look the same. You might be saving for a mortgage or just struggling to pay rent. You could be swiping dating apps, or trying to understand childcare. No matter your current challenges, our Quarter Life series has articles to share in the group chat, or just to remind you that you’re not alone.

Read more from Quarter Life:


There is therefore no direct financial relationship between listeners and the artists that they listen to. This is an opaque structure that fuels musicians’ sense that they are not receiving fair remuneration.

The number of songs on Spotify and similar platforms has grown exponentially in recent years. By Spotify’s own admission, the growth in revenue from music streaming has resulted in a deluge of AI-generated content, with 75 million spam tracks being removed over 12 months in 2024-25.

Despite this success, it can be assumed that many such tracks remain undetected and that there are therefore significant amounts of money being given to fake musicians at the expense of real artists. Spotify’s openness to some AI content, exemplified by the continuing presence of the AI band Velvet Sundown in its catalogue, does not assuage artists’ concerns.

The bundling of different types of content can make the allocation of payments to musicians much more complicated. While Spotify’s music and podcast revenue streams are separate, its audiobooks have been bundled into its premium subscription. The effect of this change in 2024 has been to lower the royalty rate of the songwriters whose music appears on its platform. Around the same time the company decided to remove payments for songs that were streamed less than 1,000 times. This is likely to disproportionately affect artists struggling to get a foothold in the music industry.

Despite all this, overall revenue continues to grow. Spotify claims that the US$10 billion it paid to the music industry in 2024 was the largest ever annual payment by any retailer. Annual rises in the price point of its subscription in the last two years means that its growth will likely sustain. That its latest quarterly figures revealed an operating profit of US$680 million seem to bear this out. This improvement in Spotify’s finances exacerbates musicians’ feeling that they are not getting their fair share.

Where to go next

So where can you go if you decide to leave Spotify? Given that its main competitors also use the pro-rata payment model and offer the same menu of unlimited music, then probably not to them.

Some streamers have experimented with user-centric models of payment whereby listeners pay directly the artists of the songs they stream. This, though, has had limited success, with Deezer capping its scheme to 1,000 streams per person per month, while Tidal ended its own experiment after two years.

There are, though, smaller platforms which deploy user-centric models of payment. Sonstream was popular for a while with independent artists, but at the time of writing its website has only basic functionality.

Resonate is a cooperative with a pay-for-play user-centric model which gives artists and rights-holders 70% of revenue, with the remaining 30% being ploughed back into the business. But the one that appears to come closest to combining an “artists-first approach” with a critical mass of musicians and listeners is Bandcamp. Each time a user purchases something on the platform, 82% of that transaction goes to the artist and/or their label. These payments have amounted to US$1.6 billion to date for not only streamed music, but cassettes, CDs, vinyl records and t-shirts too.

This last observation reflects a wider trend within the music industry and among listeners. That is that the encroachment of algorithms and AI on the curation and listening of music has led many to ditch streaming platforms altogether. This has encouraged artists to be more innovative, with many experimenting with other means of distributing their music, including selling CDs and downloads directly, and setting up their own DIY digital platforms.

For Spotify and other streaming platforms there is then a wider existential question about the extent to which it is possible to construct an economically viable business model that satisfies listeners while ensuring that musicians receive fair remuneration for their creativity.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.The Conversation


Andrew White, Senior Lecturer in the Department of Culture, Media & Creative Industries, King's College London

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The truth about Vikings and mead might disappoint modern enthusiasts

Brambilla Simone/Shutterstock
Simon TraffordSchool of Advanced Study, University of London

A group of friends sit around a table sharing stories and sipping mead. The men sport beards and the women sip from drinking horns – but these aren’t Vikings, they’re modern-day hipsters.

The 21st century has seen a revival of mead, a fermented alcoholic drink made from water and honey. In the past 20 years or so, hundreds of new meaderies have sprung up around the world.

These meaderies often draw on Viking imagery in their branding. Their wares are called things like Odin’s Mead or Viking Blod and their logos include longships, axes, ravens and drinking horns. A few even have their own themed Viking drinking halls. This is part of what might be called the “Viking turn”, the renewed pop culture vogue for the Vikings in the past 20 years, which has made them the stars of a rash of filmsTV showsvideo games and memes.

Since the rowdy banquet scene in the 1958 film The Vikings, wild, boozy feasting has been a staple of the hyper-masculine pop culture Viking. This theme continues in the 21st century, from the History Channel’s Vikings TV series (2013-present) to games like Skyrim (2011) and Assassin’s Creed: Valhalla (2020).

But while modern media suggest that Vikings drank mead as often as water, history tells a slightly different story.

The banquet scene from The Vikings (1958).

Three stories are foundational for the Viking association with mead. The first is the Anglo-Saxon poem Beowulf, which survives in a single manuscript written in Old English and now in the British Library.

The story it tells is set in southern Sweden and Denmark in the early 6th century, so the warrior culture and lifestyle that Beowulf idealises are actually of a period considerably earlier than the Viking age (usually dated from the later 8th century onward). It does share a great deal of its substance with later Viking notions of the good life and so, for good or ill, they have tended to be conflated.

Most of Beowulf’s action plays out around mead-halls – the power centres of lords such as the Danish king Hrothgar, where the leader would entertain his followers with feasts and drinking in return for their support and military service. This relationship, based upon the consumption of food and drink, but inextricably bound up with honour and loyalty, is the basis of the heroic warrior society that is celebrated by the poet. Not surprisingly, therefore, episodes in which mead is drunk are frequent and clearly emotionally loaded.

A second high-profile appearance of mead comes in Norse mythology. At the god Odin’s great hall, Valhöll, the Einherjar – the most heroic and honoured warriors slain in battle – feast and drink. They consume the unending mead that flows from the udders of a goat named Heiðrún who lives on the roof. Norse myth, it should be noted, is sometimes quite odd.

illustration of a bird excreting mead
Odin excreting mead in the form of an eagle, from an Icelandic 18th century manuscript. Det Kongelige Bibliotek

Lastly, another important myth tells of Odin’s theft of the “mead of poetry”. This substance was created by two dwarves from honey and the blood of a being named Kvasir, whom they had murdered. The mead bestows gifts of wisdom and poetic skill upon those who drink it.

The whole myth is long and complicated, but it culminates with Odin swallowing the mead and escaping in the form of an eagle, only to excrete some of it backwards when he is especially hotly pursued.

These are striking and impressive episodes that clearly demonstrate the symbolic and cultural significance of mead in mythology and stories about heroes of the Viking age. But that is far from proof that it was actually consumed on a significant scale in England or Scandinavia.

As far back as the 1970s, the philologist Christine Fell noted that Old English medu, (mead), and compound words derived from it appear far more frequently in strongly emotive and poetic contexts such as Beowulf than in practical ones such as laws or charters.

This contrasts strongly with the pattern of usage of other words for alcohol such as ealu (ale), beor (counter intuitively probably “cider”) or win (wine), which are far more frequently used in a functional and practical way. This led Fell to believe that the concentration on mead in the likes of Beowulf was a “nostalgic fiction”. Mead, she concluded, was a fundamental part of an idealised and backwards-looking imagined heroic world rather than something customarily drunk in the course of everyday life.

In 2007, a PhD candidate at the University of York demonstrated the same point in the Scandinavian sources: mjǫðr (“mead”) is far more common in the corpus of Eddic and skaldic poetry than it is in the saga stories of everyday life. Equally, both the word mjǫðr and compound words derived from it are used far less frequently in the sort of practical and purposeful contexts in which ǫl and mungát (the Old Norse words for ale) are plentiful.

Drinking horns on display at a Viking-themed pub in York.
Drinking horns on display at a Viking-themed pub in York. Author providedCC BY

The strong impression in both England and Scandinavia is that, by the time sources like Beowulf were written from the 10th century onward, the plentiful drinking of mead by a lord’s retinue was largely symbolic. It represented the contractual bonds of honour in an idealised warrior society.

This was more a poetic image than a reflection of frequent real-life practice. The standard drink at feasts, let alone at normal everyday household meals, was far more likely to be ale.

Mead was once a highly prized drink – probably the most desirable beverage well before the Viking age, as its honoured place in Valhöll and Hrothgar’s hall suggests. However, honey’s scarcity made mead expensive and hard to source in northern Europe. By the Viking age, exotic Mediterranean wine, mentioned as Odin’s drink in the Grímnismál, may have begun to replace mead as the elite’s preferred choice.

So what, then, for modern mead-drinking Viking enthusiasts? The point is not, of course, that Vikings or any other early medieval people never drank mead – some clearly did, if not perhaps quite so often as is sometimes alleged – but rather that it served more as a symbol of a story-filled heroic neverland. But that is arguably exactly how many of today’s mead-drinkers also use it.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.


This article features references to books that have been included for editorial reasons, and may contain links to bookshop.org. If you click on one of the links and go on to buy something from bookshop.org The Conversation UK may earn a commission.The Conversation

Simon Trafford, Lecturer in Medieval History, School of Advanced Study, University of London

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The Choral: this moving first world war film reveals the power of music to transcend despair

Laura O'FlanaganDublin City University

Set in the fictional Yorkshire village of Ramsden in 1916, The Choral inhabits a world where the war is distant – yet its shadow lies over every street. Many of the young men are gone to the front, their names echoing through the church and village hall. Those left behind hover between waiting and pretending that life continues as before.

The film reunites Alan Bennett’s pen and Nicholas Hytner’s direction for their fourth film together (The Madness of King George, The History Boys, The Lady in the Van). Bennett’s eye for endurance and small absurdities, his distinct blend of humour and heartbreak, lends the story a warmth which threatens but never fully falls into sentimentality.

Determined to keep something of the village’s heart intact, the local choir opens its doors to all. The remaining boys – “fodder for the mill, fodder for the front” – join with nervous energy and untested voices. Around them unfold the small dramas of youth: crushes, jealousies, the thrill of being noticed – all under the dark cloud of war.

At times, the film recalls early Downton Abbey: the lightness of routine belying a deeper unease as the order of things begins to tremble. Hytner’s direction keeps the tone measured, his pacing unhurried, the village life unfolding in laughter across fields, flirtation in the lanes, and the faint hum of something approaching.

Ralph Fiennes, in superb form, is characteristically restrained as Dr Guthrie, the new choirmaster whose time in Germany prompts quiet gossip and complicates his loyalties. Dressed in tweed with a pocket watch gleaming, he brings calm authority tinged with sorrow. Alongside the enemy across the Channel, Guthrie sees the human faces behind the rhetoric of war, and thus he is both insider and outsider.

Beneath his composure runs a conviction that compassion itself has become a form of dissent. When Jacob Dudman’s traumatised soldier laments “life’s fucking shit”, Guthrie replies simply: “So, sing.” It becomes the film’s credo: music as both defiance and survival, a way to hold despair at bay. That spirit finds its fullest expression in Mary (Amara Okereke), whose voice lifts through the air with a brilliance that soars towards the transcendent.

Disappointingly, in a story otherwise so attuned to compassion, the film’s portrayal of women feels thin. The women of Ramsden are treated as narrative currency, their sexuality quietly commodified and offered as recompense for men’s suffering. The Choral would struggle to pass even the most forgiving version of the Bechdel test: the few conversations between women are framed by men’s absence or desire.

The film hints at a worldview in which women and sex are treated as rites of passage, experiences the young men are owed before war denies them adulthood. Yet for all the attentiveness to male sorrow, its compassion remains finely tuned to the loss which binds the village, finding moments of truth despite its blind spots.

While the choir scenes are wonderful and the climactic performance is deeply moving, the film is most affecting in its quietest moments. Jubilant farewells at the railway station are almost immediately shadowed by trains bringing home the wounded. The innocence of departure meets the silence of return, and in between lies everything the village will lose.

When a young woman rejects a soldier newly home, Hytner captures the moment with painful clarity: the war has already cut him off from the life he fought to reclaim. The village photographer (Mark Addy) records the last flicker of innocence, freezing faces that might have stepped from the stanzas of Philip Larkin’s poem MCMXIV “grinning as if it were all / An August Bank Holiday lark” – still radiant with a trust in life that history will soon betray.

The Choral is both elegy and celebration: a reminder that even in the quietest corners, song can sound like survival – the fragile note of hope that refuses to fade.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.The Conversation


Laura O'Flanagan, PhD Candidate, School of English, Dublin City University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Walking through the North York Moors National Park – a place of adventure, conservation and healing

Black sheep on Spaunton Moor, North York Moors. Richard Pinder/Shutterstock
Tom RatcliffeYork St John University

Thousands of visitors each year explore the landscapes of the UK’s national parks on foot, through walking, rambling, hiking, mountaineering and, more recently, forest bathing.

Many of the earliest advocates for a national park system were notable walkers. They ranged from Lake District conservationists such as William and Dorothy Wordsworth to the ramblers who staged the Kinder Scout trespass in 1932 to demand greater access to the countryside.

I study the relationship between nature and culture in these national parks. As part of my research, I conduct semi-structured walking interviews with communities in the North York Moors national park to further understandings of this relationship. I am part of a wider research team who work with a diverse range of protected landscapes.

Walking, tied to public access and a growing environmental consciousness, grew as an organised leisure activity over the course of the 20th century alongside the development of ideas to protect the UK countryside. Many walkers, often young, working-class people who were members of rambling and hiking clubs, campaigned for greater access to and further protection of the countryside.

The popularity of walking was affirmed with the National Parks and Access to the Countryside Act in 1949, which established England’s rights of way network and founded the UK’s national park system.

A misty pathway and fell in the background
A misty morning in the North York Moors. Ethan Ridd/Unsplash

The North York Moors, in the north-east of England, was designated a national park in 1952, following this Act. The 1950s then saw a new wave of walkers to the park, encouraged by the increasing use of motor cars, the rise of walking clubs and the spread of youth hostels.

The Lyke Wake Walk was created in 1955 by a local farmer and Cambridge graduate called Bill Cowley. It’s a 42-mile crossing of the North York Moors which became a popular charity walk in the 1960s and 1970s. This increase in walkers brought controversy at the time, especially among the farming population, because of the levels of erosion it was causing. At its peak, 10,000 people crossed the moors each year, not always on public rights of way. Challenge walks were very new back then and most of the people attempting it were inexperienced. Two mountain rescue teams were formed as a result of lost and distressed walkers.

Today, it is still a celebrated “challenge” walk undertaken by ramblers and runners. And 2025 marks the 70th anniversary of the first set of ramblers to successfully cross the park.

Walking through modern parks

The national park’s modern history is closely tied to two other long distance footpaths: the Cleveland Way and the Coast to Coast walk. Alec Falconer, one of the founding members of the Middlesbrough Rambling Club campaigned for a long distance walk around the periphery of the North York Moors. Thanks to his work, the Cleveland Way was established in 1969.

This was the country’s second largest trail at the time, following the establishment of the Pennine Way in 1965. Up to 2,000 hikers complete the whole trail each year.

Created by guidebook author Alfred Wainwright, the Coast to Coast walk is one of the UK’s most popular long-distance footpaths and runs across this national park. Some 6,000 people a year walk the trail, which brings many international visitors to the park. Restoration and conservation work is currently ongoing as this walk is upgraded to a national trail.

Purple heather in a field at sunrise
View from the North York Moors towards Whitby. Andy Carne/Unsplash

With the gradual expansion of tourism in the North York Moors since its national park designation in the 1950s and the increasing popularity of these footpaths, more pressure has been put on the landscape through walking. Paths have been eroded in places with the responsibility of maintenance falling upon the national park authority and landowners. A ranger I spoke to during a walking interview as part of my research commented on the condition of a footpath on Fylingdales Moor:

“I know this path very well … this used to be horrendously boggy and the park is doing a damn good job here … you are on the old smugglers trod route.”

Today, walking is one of the most popular activities in the park. Some 6.5 million people in 2024 visited the park for a short or long walk. The park offers an expansive network of public rights of way alongside extensive open access land.

Some paths make use of the park’s industrial heritage, using old rail tracks as walking routes, such as the Cinder Track which is a disused railway and now a footpath and cycle track through the park from Scarborough to Whitby.

Walking in this national park plays a vital role in supporting the wellbeing of nearby urban communities, such as Middlesborough and Scarborough. Residents from disadvantaged backgrounds access the park to improve their physical and mental health and the North York Moors National Park Authority aims to build on this through the growing popularity of NHS programmes which socially prescribe nature-based activities.

As a support worker from the local community told me: “Getting out here in that fresh air. It is relaxation and peacefulness. It brings a different mindset connecting with nature. I get something to take home.”

Since the COVID-19 pandemic, more people have come to appreciate the importance of visiting the national park for health-related reasons. Not only for its extensive heather moorland, the largest in England and Wales, but also for its distinctive coastal villages and other special qualities of the park. Yet many who visit do not realise that the North York Moors landscape is not natural – much of the heather moorland is farmed and managed by private landowners for shooting and farming purposes.

A woman hiking a fell
A woman enjoys hiking in the North York Moor. Paul Maguire/Shutterstock

In a time of ecological uncertainty, walking is a vital means of sensing and interpreting a countryside in transition – marked by biodiversity loss, a deepening climate crisis and emerging landscape recovery and rewilding projects that reimagine the relationship between people and land.

Through walking, new creative responses can emerge to address sustainability challenges, including social inequalities, climate and biodiversity emergencies, across the UK’s protected landscapes.

Many of the debates around walking that shaped the original designation of the UK’s national park system remain relevant today – particularly those concerning access and the right to roam, the balance between land conservation, protection and development and approaches to moorland management and land use.

Walking through the moors enable us to engage deeply, respectfully, and reflectively with these ongoing discussions and consider the future of the UK’s uplands.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.The Conversation


Tom Ratcliffe, Lecturer in Sustainability, Tourism and Heritage Management, York St John University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

When we see someone being touched, our brains automatically simulate how it feels

Sebastian Dumitru / Unsplash
Sophie SmitUniversity of Sydney and Tijl GrootswagersWestern Sydney University

Touch is fundamental to how we perceive our own bodies and connect with others. A gentle brush stroke on our body can feel soothing, while a pinch or cut can be painful. We often think of touch as something we feel through our skin, but our eyes also play an important role in shaping what we experience.

One famous example is the rubber hand illusion. When people see a rubber hand being stroked while their own hidden hand is touched in the same way, they can start to feel as if the rubber hand is part of their body. This illusion shows how what we see can change what we feel.

But how does the brain actually do this? In our latest study, we measured brain activity to see how quickly the brain interprets what the eyes see when someone is touched.

We wanted to know how and when the brain works out whether the touch is pleasant or painful, threatening or safe, or whether it’s happening to our own body or someone else’s.

What happens in the brain when we see someone touched

We used electroencephalography (EEG) to record brain activity from the scalp with millisecond precision while participants watched hundreds of short videos showing different types of touch to a hand. These included soft strokes with a brush, presses with a finger, or sharp contact with a knife.

We then used machine learning to see whether patterns of activity in viewers’ brains could reveal what kind of touch they were seeing.

Within just 60 milliseconds of seeing a touch, the brain distinguished who and what was being touched. For example, it could tell whether the scene showed a hand from a first-person perspective (likely one’s own) or a third-person perspective (likely another’s), and whether it was a left or right hand.

By around 110 milliseconds, sensory information was being processed, such as how the touch might feel on the skin – soft and tingly from a brush stroke or sharp and painful from the tip of a knife.

A little later, around 260 milliseconds, the brain began to register emotional dimensions, such as whether the touch looked soothing, painful, or threatening. These findings show that, in just a fraction of a second, our brain transforms a simple image of touch into a rich sense of who is involved, what it might feel like, and whether it’s comforting or painful.

Why this matters for empathy and social connection

Our findings show that when we see someone being touched, our brains quickly interpret what that touch might feel like. This fits with the idea that the brain briefly “mirrors” what it sees in others, simulating their experience as if it were our own. This rapid, embodied response may form the basis of empathy, a process that helps us to recognise danger and connect socially.

Some people actually feel sensations such as tingling, pressure or pain when they watch others being touched – a phenomenon known as “vicarious touch”. Understanding how the brain instantly decodes observed touch may help explain why seeing an image of injury or pain can make some people physically cringe while others remain unaffected.

Our next step is to explore how these rapid brain responses differ between people who experience vicarious touch and those who do not, which could help explain individual differences in empathy.

In the long run, understanding how the brain sees and interprets touch could help explain problems with empathy, improve therapies that use touch or body awareness, and enhance immersion and social connection in digital environments such as virtual reality.

It reminds us that even seeing touch can help us feel closer to others.The Conversation

Sophie Smit, Postdoctoral Research Associate in Cognitive Neuroscience‬, University of Sydney and Tijl Grootswagers, ARC DECRA Senior Research Fellow in Cognitive Neuroscience, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Are animals and AI conscious? We’ve devised new theories for how to test this

Merlin Lightpainting/Pexels
Colin KleinAustralian National University and Andrew BarronMacquarie University

You might think a honey bee foraging in your garden and a browser window running ChatGPT have nothing in common. But recent scientific research has been seriously considering the possibility that either, or both, might be conscious.

There are many different ways of studying consciousness. One of the most common is to measure how an animal – or artificial intelligence (AI) – acts.

But two new papers on the possibility of consciousness in animals and AI suggest new theories for how to test this – one that strikes a middle ground between sensationalism and knee-jerk scepticism about whether humans are the only conscious beings on Earth.

A fierce debate

Questions around consciousness have long sparked fierce debate.

That’s in part because conscious beings might matter morally in a way that unconscious things don’t. Expanding the sphere of consciousness means expanding our ethical horizons. Even if we can’t be sure something is conscious, we might err on the side of caution by assuming it is – what philosopher Jonathan Birch calls the precautionary principle for sentience.

The recent trend has been one of expansion.

For example, in April 2024 a group of 40 scientists at a conference in New York proposed the New York Declaration on Animal Consciousness. Subsequently signed by over 500 scientists and philosophers, this declaration says consciousness is realistically possible in all vertebrates (including reptiles, amphibians and fishes) as well as many invertebrates, including cephalopods (octopus and squid), crustaceans (crabs and lobsters) and insects.

In parallel with this, the incredible rise of large language models, such as ChatGPT, has raised the serious possibility that machines may be conscious.

Five years ago, a seemingly ironclad test of whether something was conscious was to see if you could have a conversation with it. Philosopher Susan Schneider suggested if we had an AI that convincingly mused on the metaphysics of consciousness, it may well be conscious.

By those standards, today we would be surrounded by conscious machines. Many have gone so far as to apply the precautionary principle here too: the burgeoning field of AI welfare is devoted to figuring out if and when we must care about machines.

Yet all of these arguments depend, in large part, on surface-level behaviour. But that behaviour can be deceptive. What matters for consciousness is not what you do, but how you do it.

Looking at the machinery of AI

A new paper in Trends in Cognitive Sciences that one of us (Colin Klein) coauthored, drawing on previous work, looks to the machinery rather than the behaviour of AI.

It also draws on the cognitive science tradition to identify a plausible list of indicators of consciousness based on the structure of information processing. This means one can draw up a useful list of indicators of consciousness without having to agree on which of the current cognitive theories of consciousness is correct.

Some indicators (such as the need to resolve trade-offs between competing goals in contextually appropriate ways) are shared by many theories. Most other indicators (such as the presence of informational feedback) are only required by one theory but indicative in others.

Importantly, the useful indicators are all structural. They all have to do with how brains and computers process and combine information.

The verdict? No existing AI system (including ChatGPT) is conscious. The appearance of consciousness in large language models is not achieved in a way that is sufficiently similar to us to warrant attribution of conscious states.

Yet at the same time, there is no bar to AI systems – perhaps ones with a very different architecture to today’s systems – becoming conscious.

The lesson? It’s possible for AI to behave as if conscious without being conscious.

Measuring consciousness in insects

Biologists are also turning to mechanisms – how brains work – to recognise consciousness in non-human animals.

In a new paper in Philosophical Transactions B, we propose a neural model for minimal consciousness in insects. This is a model that abstracts away from anatomical detail to focus on the core computations done by simple brains.

Our key insight is to identify the kind of computation our brains perform that gives rise to experience.

This computation solves ancient problems from our evolutionary history that arise from having a mobile, complex body with many senses and conflicting needs.

Importantly, we don’t identify the computation itself – there is science yet to be done. But we show that if you could identify it, you’d have a level playing field to compare humans, invertebrates, and computers.

The same lesson

The problem of consciousness in animals and in computers appear to pull in different directions.

For animals, the question is often how to interpret whether ambiguous behaviour (like a crab tending its wounds) indicates consciousness.

For computers, we have to decide whether apparently unambiguous behaviour (a chatbot musing with you on the purpose of existence) is a true indicator of consciousness or mere roleplay.

Yet as the fields of neuroscience and AI progress, both are converging on the same lesson: when making judgement about whether something is consciousness, how it works is proving more informative than what it does.The Conversation

Colin Klein, Professor, School of Philosophy, Australian National University and Andrew Barron, Professor, School of Natural Sciences, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Kraftwerk’s equipment defined electronic music. Now it’s on sale to the highest bidder

Julien's Auctions
Prudence Rees-LeeRMIT University

On November 18 and 19 in Nashville, United States, auction house Julien’s will auction more than 450 items from the estate of Florian Schneider, the co-founder of German electronic band Kraftwerk.

It is difficult to overstate Kraftwerk’s profound impact on modern electronic music. They influenced artistic giants from David Bowie to New Order and Run-DMC, and defined what it means to be a musician in the age of machines.

What happens to this archive will affect how we understand a key chapter in music and cultural history.

Kraftwerk’s total artwork

Kraftwerk emerged in the 1960s in Düsseldorf, Germany. The young Schneider and his co-founder, Ralf Hütter, forged a modern, forward-looking aesthetic to counter pervasive post-war shame. Their music offered an answer to how Germany could rebuild a credible cultural identity after the atrocities of the Nazi era.

Rooted in Düsseldorf’s industrial grit, the band built a decades-long practice that both channelled and questioned the era’s technologies and anxieties – folding robots, assembly-line machines, driving, cycling and electronics into a new type of electronic music.

Beyond synthesisers, the Julien’s lot includes multiple vocoders (voice-coding processors that analyse speech and imprint its contours onto a synthesiser for “robot” vocals), outboard gear, studio furniture, posters, clothing and ephemera. It even includes Schneider’s Panasonic Panaracer road bike, seen in Kraftwerk’s Tour de France video.

This breadth matters. Kraftwerk embraced the idea of a Gesamtkunstwerk, a total work of art in which the music, graphic design, outfits and tools belong to a single creative statement.

Public interest vs private trophies

Dispersing the pieces into private hands risks severing the links between the objects and their context. Archivists call this the “archival bond”, where records gain meaning through their relationships. In Kraftwerk’s case, the long-running commitment to Gesamtkunstwerk makes these linkages especially significant.

A spokesperson from the Schneider estate said the auction fulfils Schneider’s wish that his instruments “continue living”, and that they be “played and shared” – not left to gather dust.

That is a worthy goal. The worry is that a public auction is won by the highest bidder. There is no guarantee the winners will keep the items in working order, share them, or document them for future generations.

Money sharpens this concern. The collection has been valued at about US$450,000 (A$688,000), but sales will likely exceed this. Earlier this year, Julien’s David Lynch sale was first valued in the low hundreds of thousands but ultimately realised about US$4.25 million (A$6.8 million).

These prices will determine who has access to these instruments in the future, and items are more likely to become trophies for wealthy collectors than productive components in a working music studio.

Lessons from Orwell and Conan Doyle

History shows scholars and the public have objected when important collections were set to be dispersed.

In recent years, academics protested the sale of George Orwell’s Gollancz papers, which consisted of correspondence between Orwell and his publisher and offered unique insights into ideas that shaped his early novels including A Clergyman’s Daughter (1935), Keep the Aspidistra Flying (1936), The Road to Wigan Pier (1937) and Inside the Whale (1940). As a result, the material was secured for University College London.

Similarly in 2004, Sherlockian scholar Richard Lancelyn Green led efforts to stop a Christie’s auction of Sir Arthur Conan Doyle’s papers. Some United Kingdom members of parliament even tabled a motion arguing the collection should be kept intact for research. A large portion of the documents were secured by the British Library, who expressed regret the rest had been dispersed.

These examples suggest there is a strong public interest in preserving creators’ archives intact. And that calculus shifts when dealing with papers and correspondences, versus objects that demand specialised maintenance. The kind of knowledge a letter contains is not the same as that embedded in, say, an early vocoder.

The best outcome would be to keep Schneider’s archive intact in a public home, and ideally in conversation with Düsseldorf, where the work and its aesthetic were formed. A museum, library, or university could care for the collection, preserve its order and open it to researchers, artists, students and the public.

Preservation through use

There is a growing trend towards the idea of “preservation through use” for media archives. Like vintage cars that need their engines turned over, electronic instruments benefit from regular playing to keep their circuitry humming.

For artists and researchers, there is knowledge to be acquired through hands-on engagement that can’t be captured by documentation alone.

There are existing models that demonstrate how this can work. Pete Townshend of The Who donated his instrument collection to the University of West London, where it forms the Townshend Studio. Students and artists can play rare synthesisers under supervision.

In Melbourne, the Melbourne Electronic Sound Studio at Federation Square offers public access to one of the largest collections of museum-grade electronic instruments in the southern hemisphere. It includes rarities such as an original theremin, built by Léon Theremin, and provides access to all, from those making music for the first time, to established touring artists.

What happens to Florian Schneider’s archive will set a precedent. How should collections like this be handled? How do we preserve digital artefacts, and which parts must stay together?

Given Kraftwerk’s role in electronic music and post-war German culture, there is a strong case for keeping the archive intact. This would help build public knowledge, spark new creativity and honour Schneider’s wishes. Once the items are dispersed, that benefit will be lost.The Conversation

Prudence Rees-Lee, PhD Candidate, School of Design, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A global publishing scam assisted by AI has targeted Australia. Here are 5 tips to avoid scammers

Dallas Penner/Unsplash
Per HenningsgaardCurtin University

Aspiring authors in Australia are among those who have been scammed by a global network of publishing houses using cloned websites and AI tools. Some boast testimonials using the images and names of real authors, or listing real books they didn’t publish as their own. Several target the Australian market, trading under names such as Melbourne Book Publisher, Sydney Book Publishing, Aussie Book Publisher and Oz Book Publishers.

I’m a publishing expert, and looking at what happened, I can spot red flags in how these publishers operated and targeted aspiring authors, vulnerable to exploitation in their desire for success.

David Tenenbaum, owner of trusted publishing house Melbourne Books, established in 2000 (and specialising in nonfiction), was the first to sound the alarm. He’d received calls from authors who believed they had been dealing with his business – but had actually been speaking to the similar-sounding Melbourne Book Publisher (which even gave out his ABN).

The real website for Melbourne Books, the trusted publishing house whose ABN was used by Melbourne Book Publisher.

One of the scammed authors, “Andrea”, an aspiring fantasy romance novelist recovering from cancer, told the Guardian she had a video conference with a publishing executive, “Marcus Hale”, who outlined detailed publishing and promotion plans for her novel, down to getting “a presence on TikTok” and a launch at her local bookshop. She realised what had happened when she called Melbourne Books.

Both Andrea and another Australian author, Peter Ortmueller (who also dealt with Marcus Hale), found Melbourne Book Publisher on Facebook. Ortmueller, who lost A$150 he believed was a first down payment on a publishing package, said he thought it was a traditional publisher. Andrea lost A$88, which she was told would buy her an ABN.

Red flags and AI people

An expert from Deakin University’s Cyber Research and Innovation Centre, Ashish Nanda, identified some red flags about Melbourne Book Publisher, too. They told the Guardian they include “varying logos, claims on its website that it was established in 1999 yet a domain search showed it was only registered last month, and a fake 4.7 star rating on Trustpilot (the company has no reviews)”.

The Meet Our Team page on Melbourne Book Publisher’s site used “AI-created images of immaculately groomed white executives”, as did First Page Press. None of these people are known in Australian publishing circles, the Guardian reported. Some of these websites also list real books, which are for sale on Amazon (most of them self-published).

Other websites, Aussie Book Publisher and Oz Book Publishers, have fake testimonials using the images and names of real authors, like Australian children’s author Katrina Germein, who becomes “Sarah” on Aussie Books’ testimonial page.

Australian children’s author Katrina Germein appeared as ‘Sarah’ on Aussie Books’ testimonial page. Katrina Germein

A representative of Melbourne Book Publisher initially responded to the Guardian’s questions, but later ceased communication, removed some of their websites and altered elements of others.

The network of publishing houses appears to have international reach, including First Page Press, with offices in London and Melbourne, and BookPublishers.co.nz in New Zealand. The true scale of the operation is unknown.

Do you want self- or ‘traditional’ publishing?

The Australian Society of Authors (ASA) recently issued a warning titled: “AI is making publishing scams more sophisticated”. They provided the following advice: “As a general rule, a cold approach from a company offering services to publish or promote your work should be interrogated carefully, especially if they are requesting payment from you.”

But what about aspiring authors who go in search of a publisher? What should they look for so they are not taken in by one of these scams?

To answer this question, it’s necessary to distinguish between traditional publishing and self-publishing. In traditional publishing, all upfront costs are paid by the publishing house. The author is expected to contribute time and energy to the book’s promotion, but does not pay for services like editing and design. Nor does the author pay for printing, or the production of an ebook.

The main income for traditional publishers is book sales, which only come after the initial investment has been made: the publisher assumes all upfront costs. This means traditional publishing is a financially risky business. Most of the books you see in brick-and-mortar bookshops were published by traditional publishers.

Meanwhile, self-publishing includes any publishing activity the author financially contributes to. Many self-publishing companies offer an array of services that can be packaged to suit the author’s needs, including editing, cover design, marketing, ebook production and printing.

Melbourne Book Publisher offered packages ranging from an “Advance Worldwide Plan” for A$1,495 to a “Premium Worldwide Plan” for $1,799.

Terms like “vanity publishing”, “subsidy publishing” and “hybrid publishing” are sometimes used – but these can be hard to distinguish from self-publishing.

There are no generally agreed upon definitions of these terms. For example, some so-called hybrid publishers operate exactly like predatory vanity publishers, while other times the term “hybrid publishing” is used by traditional publishing houses that have a side hustle facilitating a bit of self-publishing activity. Some may require authors to commit to buying a certain number of copies to subsidise the print run.

My top 5 tips for avoiding scammers

My tips to help aspiring authors avoid a publishing scam vary. They depend on what you’re looking for: a traditional publishing arrangement or a self-publishing service. Of course, there is some grey area in between these categories, and there are more or less ethical actors in both.

1: Know what you’re looking for

Are you seeking a traditional publisher or a self-publishing service? If a publishing house asks for any financial contribution at all, this is a self-publishing service, as far as I’m concerned. If what you’re looking for is a traditional publisher, this is your sign to walk away!

2: Ask your bookshop about your publisher

If you’re still unsure whether it’s a traditional publisher or a self-publishing service, ask your local bookshop if they’ve ever stocked any books from that publishing house. If they regularly stock the publisher’s books, it’s a sign that it’s a traditional publisher. Or, if it’s a traditional publisher that also engages in a bit of hybrid publishing, they’re a respected operator who can get your books into bookshops.

3: Check an online registry of dodgy publishers

Perhaps you’re an aspiring author who is open to the idea of working with a self-publishing service. How do you distinguish between the legitimate operations and the scams?

Writer Beware is a website sponsored by the Science Fiction and Fantasy Writers Association that documents all types of unethical activity in the publishing industry. Searching this website for a company name can be an illuminating exercise.

It’s worth noting, though, that it would not have helped catch out scams like the one perpetrated by Melbourne Book Publisher. The increased availability of AI tools means scam websites can quickly be created with new AI-generated copy and images, making them harder to identify.

4: Evaluate the publisher’s other books

In the case of Melbourne Book Publisher, they claimed to have published books that were actually published by a different company.

Look for bookseller websites that include the publisher’s books and clearly identify the publisher by name. Some bookseller websites allow you to preview a book’s interior. This is an opportunity to evaluate the quality of the publisher’s editorial and design services.

Even better, search for book titles in library catalogues, including the catalogue of the National Library of Australia.

5: Work with someone local

When working with a self-publishing service or even hiring a freelance editor, it can be safer to work with someone local, rather than through a large online agency.

At least with someone local, there is the sense this person’s reputation in the local publishing industry is on the line. You can also check their bona fides by inquiring with other members of your writing community. Melbourne Book Publisher’s executives are not known in the Australian publishing community: this is a red flag.

Some state-based writers’ centres even feature a database of reputable local service providers for the writing and publishing industries.The Conversation

Per Henningsgaard, Senior Lecturer, Professional Writing and Publishing, Curtin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How pecans went from ignored trees to a holiday staple: the 8,000-year history of America’s only native major nut

Pecan pie is a popular holiday treat in the United States. Julie Deshaies/iStock via Getty Images
Shelley MitchellOklahoma State University

Pecans, America’s only native major nut, have a storied history in the United States. Today, American trees produce hundreds of million of pounds of pecans – 80% of the world’s pecan crop. Most of that crop stays here. Pecans are used to produce pecan milk, butter and oil, but many of the nuts end up in pecan pies.

Throughout history, pecans have been overlooked, poached, cultivated and improved. As they have spread throughout the United States, they have been eaten raw and in recipes. Pecans have grown more popular over the decades, and you will probably encounter them in some form this holiday season.

I’m an extension specialist in Oklahoma, a state consistently ranked fifth in pecan production, behind Georgia, New Mexico, Arizona and Texas. I’ll admit that I am not a fan of the taste of pecans, which leaves more for the squirrels, crows and enthusiastic pecan lovers.

The spread of pecans

The pecan is a nut related to the hickory. Actually, though we call them nuts, pecans are actually a type of fruit called a drupe. Drupes have pits, like the peach and cherry.

Three green, oval-shaped pods on the branch of a tree
Three pecan fruits, which ripen and split open to release pecan nuts, clustered on a pecan tree. IAISI/Moment via Getty Images

The pecan nuts that look like little brown footballs are actually the seed that starts inside the pecan fruit – until the fruit ripens and splits open to release the pecan. They are usually the size of your thumb, and you may need a nutcracker to open them. You can eat them raw or as part of a cooked dish.

The pecan derives its name from the Algonquin “pakani,” which means “a nut too hard to crack by hand.” Rich in fat and easy to transport, pecans traveled with Native Americans throughout what is now the southern United States. They were used for food, medicine and trade as early as 8,000 years ago.

A map of the US with parts of Texas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, Arkansas and Missouri highlighted in green.
Pecans are native to the southern United States. Elbert L. Little Jr. of the U.S. Department of Agriculture, Forest Service

Pecans are native to the southern United States, and while they had previously spread along travel and trade routes, the first documented purposeful planting of a pecan tree was in New York in 1722. Three years later, George Washington’s estate, Mount Vernon, had some planted pecans. Washington loved pecans, and Revolutionary War soldiers said he was constantly eating them.

Meanwhile, no one needed to plant pecans in the South, since they naturally grew along riverbanks and in groves. Pecan trees are alternate bearing: They will have a very large crop one year, followed by one or two very small crops. But because they naturally produced a harvest with no input from farmers, people did not need to actively cultivate them. Locals would harvest nuts for themselves but otherwise ignored the self-sufficient trees.

It wasn’t until the late 1800s that people in the pecan’s native range realized the pecan’s potential worth for income and trade. Harvesting pecans became competitive, and young boys would climb onto precarious tree branches. One girl was lifted by a hot air balloon so she could beat on the upper branches of trees and let them fall to collectors below. Pecan poaching was a problem in natural groves on private property.

Pecan cultivation begins

Even with so obvious a demand, cultivated orchards in the South were still rare into the 1900s. Pecan trees don’t produce nuts for several years after planting, so their future quality is unknown.

Two lines of trees
An orchard of pecan trees. Jon Frederick/iStock via Getty Images

To guarantee quality nuts, farmers began using a technique called grafting; they’d join branches from quality trees to another pecan tree’s trunk. The first attempt at grafting pecans was in 1822, but the attempts weren’t very successful.

Grafting pecans became popular after an enslaved man named Antoine who lived on a Louisiana plantation successfully produced large pecans with tender shells by grafting, around 1846. His pecans became the first widely available improved pecan variety.

A cut tree trunk with two smaller, thiner shoots (from a different type of tree) protruding from it.
Grafting is a technique that involves connecting the branch of one tree to the trunk of another. Orest Lyzhechka/iStock via Getty Images

The variety was named Centennial because it was introduced to the public 30 years later at the Philadelphia Centennial Expedition in 1876, alongside the telephone, Heinz ketchup and the right arm of the Statue of Liberty.

This technique also sped up the production process. To keep pecan quality up and produce consistent annual harvests, today’s pecan growers shake the trees while the nuts are still growing, until about half of the pecans fall off. This reduces the number of nuts so that the tree can put more energy into fewer pecans, which leads to better quality. Shaking also evens out the yield, so that the alternate-bearing characteristic doesn’t create a boom-bust cycle.

US pecan consumption

The French brought praline dessert with them when they immigrated to Louisiana in the early 1700s. A praline is a flat, creamy candy made with nuts, sugar, butter and cream. Their original recipe used almonds, but at the time, the only nut available in America was the pecan, so pecan pralines were born.

Two clusters of nuts and creamy butter on a plate.
Pralines were originally a French dessert, but Americans began making them with pecans. Jupiterimages/The Image Bank via Getty Images

During the Civil War and world wars, Americans consumed pecans in large quantities because they were a protein-packed alternative when meat was expensive and scarce. One ounce of pecans has the same amount of protein as 2 ounces of meat.

After the wars, pecan demand declined, resulting in millions of excess pounds at harvest. One effort to increase demand was a national pecan recipe contest in 1924. Over 21,000 submissions came from over 5,000 cooks, with 800 of them published in a book.

Pecan consumption went up with the inclusion of pecans in commercially prepared foods and the start of the mail-order industry in the 1870s, as pecans can be shipped and stored at room temperature. That characteristic also put them on some Apollo missions. Small amounts of pecans contain many vitamins and minerals. They became commonplace in cereals, which touted their health benefits.

In 1938, the federal government published the pamphlet Nuts and How to Use Them, which touted pecans’ nutritional value and came with recipes. Food writers suggested using pecans as shortening because they are composed mostly of fat.

The government even put a price ceiling on pecans to encourage consumption, but consumers weren’t buying them. The government ended up buying the surplus pecans and integrating them into the National School Lunch Program.

A machine with an arm attached to a tree, and a wheeled cab on the ground.
Today, pecan producers use machines called tree shakers to shake pecans out of the trees. Christine_Kohler/iStock via Getty Images

While you are sitting around the Thanksgiving table this year, you can discuss one of the biggest controversies in the pecan industry: Are they PEE-cans or puh-KAHNS?The Conversation

Shelley Mitchell, Senior Extension Specialist in Horticulture and Landscape Architecture, Oklahoma State University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Pecan pie: Recipe

In 1919, the 36th Texas Legislature made the pecan tree the state tree of Texas; in 2001, the pecan was declared the state's official "health nut", and in 2013, pecan pie was made the state's official pie. The town of San Saba, Texas claims to be "The Pecan Capital of the World" and is the site of the "Mother Tree" (c. 1850) considered to be the source of the state's production through its progeny. Traditionally set aside for Thanksgiving, this is a timeless dish of a yummy gooey filling topped with pecans and will be a  welcome finish for a barbecue in Summer or slightly warmed in Winter. 

The pecan is a nut from a species of hickory trees native to northern Mexico and the southern United States. The nut is a nutrition powerhouse loaded with vitamins and minerals.

The health benefits of pecans include blood sugar management, heart disease protection, and immunity support due to the many nutrients found in pecans, such as healthy fats, protein, vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants. Raw pecans are cholesterol-free, sodium-free, and low in carbohydrates. With their rich, buttery flavour and natural sweetness, they make a tasty and satisfying snack. 

Pecans are rich in many vitamins and minerals important for healthy skin, eyes, teeth, bones, muscles, and nerves.
  • Vitamin A 
  • Folate 
  • Niacin
  • Riboflavin
  • Thiamine
  • Vitamin B6
  • Vitamin E
  • Calcium
  • Iron
  • Magnesium
  • Manganese
  • Phosphorus
  • Zinc
Pecan production in Australia is primarily concentrated in northern New South Wales, particularly the Gwydir Valley near Moree, with smaller production areas in Central Queensland and other parts of NSW and South Australia. The country produces approximately 3,000 tonnes of in-shell pecans annually, with a significant portion coming from Stahmann Farms, Australia's largest grower. 

Australia is the fourth largest global producer and the majority of the crop is consumed domestically. So, when sourcing yours to try out this sensational desert, please try and buy Australian and support our local farmers. More on our local pecan producers here.


Ingredients 
50g unsalted butter, chopped
150g (2/3 cup firmly packed) brown sugar
160ml (2/3 cup) golden syrup
3 eggs, lightly beaten
1 tsp vanilla extract
240g (2 cups) pecan halves
Whipped cream, to serve
Shortcrust pastry
200g (1 1/3 cups) plain flour
Pinch of salt
125g chilled unsalted butter, chopped
1 egg, lightly beaten

Step 1
To make pastry, combine flour and salt in a large bowl. Add butter and, using your fingers, rub into flour mixture until it resembles fine breadcrumbs. Make a well in centre of flour mixture. Combine egg and 1 tablespoon iced water in a small bowl, then pour into well. Using a round-bladed knife, stir until mixture forms a dough.

Step 2
Turn out onto a lightly floured surface and shape into a 2.5cm-thick disc. Wrap in plastic wrap and refrigerate for 30 minutes.

Step 3
Preheat oven to 200C. Place dough on a lightly floured work surface and roll out to a 30cm diameter disc. Line pan with dough, then trim and discard excess. Refrigerate for 15 minutes.

Step 4
Line pastry with baking paper, fill with dried beans or pastry weights and bake for 20 minutes or until light golden. Remove beans and paper. Reduce oven to 175C.

Step 5
Meanwhile, to make the filling, place butter, sugar and golden syrup in a small saucepan over low–medium heat and cook, stirring, for 5 minutes or until butter melts and mixture is smooth. Remove from heat and set aside to cool slightly. Add eggs and vanilla, and whisk to combine. Scatter pecans over pastry base and pour over golden syrup mixture. Place on an oven tray and bake for 35 minutes or until filling is browned and firm to the touch. Cool in pan to room temperature.

Step 6
Cut pie into wedges and serve with whipped cream or vanilla ice-cream.
Derived from Taste

Richard West Stepping Down from PBWBA Presidency

Associate Professor Richard West AM is retiring after a decade as President of the Palm Beach Whale Beach Association. 

During this time, he has remained committed to preserving the natural beauty and residential amenity of our area. 

A/Prof West has been a highly effective advocate across all levels of government. Under his leadership he has protected many conservation zonings in the local area, and led the successful campaign against commercial development on culturally significant Barrenjoey Headland. 

He has championed long-overdue improvements to Governor Phillip Park, supported multiple submissions against inappropriate development, and advocated for repairs to local rock pools. He has also been a strong voice for completing the Coastal Walkway, improving road and pedestrian safety, keeping Avalon and Newport out of the Transport Oriented Development plan, and ending the Public Private Partnership model for Northern Beaches Hospital. 

A/Prof West's broader life has also been one of leadership - as a general and trauma surgeon, a founder of the Sydney Breast Cancer Foundation and a key figure behind Australia's national breast-screening program. 

There is much much more of course - the news service has been working with A/Prof. West on his Profile over the past several months. More to come.


Thank you very much for your service and dedication to our community sir.

Former and current Vice President Frank Edgell-Bush AM will take on the work of the President of PBWBA, ably assisted by current c-Vice President Gordon Lang.

The PBWBA annual Christmas Party will be held on Sunday, 7 December at Dunes Restaurant from 6.30-8.30pm.

Invitations were sent out at the end of October. This is a strictly social evening with only one speech – by the President.
PBWBA Committee 2025-2026
PBWBA President, Assoc. Prof. Richard West AM at 2025 PBWBA AGM Pics: AJG/PON

New report links ageism to serious healthcare harms

November 19, 2025
A new report by the Australian Human Rights Commission into ageism in health settings has found that:
  • Older Australians are being treated unfairly, often ignored, stereotyped or excluded from decisions about their own care.
  • Ageism in the health system can seriously harm health, leading to worse outcomes, slower recovery and even earlier death.
  • The Commission is calling for urgent reform, including better training, inclusive care models, and more research to tackle age bias.
  • Older Australians are feeling dismissed, excluded and stereotyped in healthcare settings, putting their access to life-saving care at risk, according to a new report by the Australian Human Rights Commission.
Titled The age barrier: older adults’ experiences of ageism in health care, the report draws on the lived experiences of older patients, their families and sector experts, supported by a comprehensive literature review. It found that perceptions of ageism are widespread across all levels of the health system – from how older people are treated by staff to broader systemic and policy issues.

‘This report holds a mirror up to our health system. It reflects the voices of older people who have too often felt unseen, unheard or undervalued,’ said Age Discrimination Commissioner Robert Fitzgerald AM.

‘People told us they felt rushed through the system, treated like a burden, a caricature, just another number. They described being dismissed by medical staff, spoken down to, excluded from decisions about their own care and having conversations directed to their family members instead of them.

‘Many said their concerns were ignored, their autonomy overlooked and assumptions made based solely on their age.

‘Ageism, or even the perception of it, has serious consequences. It is linked to poorer health outcomes, delayed recovery, reduced quality of life and even earlier death.’

Recommendations
The report recommends urgent action across three key areas:
  1. Collaboration within the health sector to review clinical guidelines, improve training, and co-design age-inclusive models of care with older adults
  2. Raising awareness and challenging bias through targeted education and ageism awareness training for health professionals
  3. Strengthening the evidence base by investing in research to measure the impact of ageism and its intersection with other forms of discrimination.
''Ageism, or even the perception of it, has serious consequences. It is linked to poorer health outcomes, delayed recovery, reduced quality of life and even earlier death.'' - Robert Fitzgerald AM, Age Discrimination Commissioner

Solutions
To help address these issues, the Commission has launched a new project aimed at the health sector. Through targeted workshops with health workers and consumers, it aims to build awareness of age bias, and support more inclusive, person-centred care across government, non-government and community health settings.

‘We recognise the dedication of our health professionals and the pressures they face,’ Commissioner Fitzgerald said. ‘But as our population ages, demand on health services will only grow. This is an urgent moment for us to find out how care can be improved.

‘This report is not about blame. It is an invitation to doctors, nurses, allied health staff and their employers to work with us toward generational reform. To build a system where every person is treated with dignity, empathy and respect, not as a stereotype, but as a human being.’

Earlier this year, the Commission released a report on systemic racism in healthcare, highlighting how cultural stereotypes and dismissive treatment undermine care, particularly for First Peoples.

‘These reports show how discrimination compounds,’ Commissioner Fitzgerald said. ‘Older people are valued members of our society. They deserve to be heard, respected and cared for like anyone else.

‘Ageism is the enemy to positive and healthy ageing. Our report calls for reflection, conversation and action - toward a health system where age is never a barrier to being heard, respected and receiving quality care.’


Addressing ageism in healthcare crucial for all Australians: COTA

November 20, 2025
Addressing ageism in healthcare will improve the experience of older Australians and support healthy ageing for people of every age, COTA Australia says.

The call comes as the Australian Human Rights Commission releases a report, The age barrier: older adults’ experiences of ageism in health care, and unveils plans to combat ageism in healthcare – including improving collaboration with the health sector, strengthening evidence, and raising awareness of the issues.

Chief Executive Officer of COTA Australia, Patricia Sparrow, said that as Australians live longer, tackling inequity in systems like healthcare is becoming increasingly urgent.

“Reports of older Australians being dismissed, overlooked or treated differently within the health system are unfortunately all too common,” Ms Sparrow said.

“Practical steps such as improving training on ageism for frontline staff are important. This isn’t about pointing fingers at individuals – it’s about acknowledging the ageism that has been embedded in healthcare for decades and taking action to fix it.

“Responsibility to address ageism sits with government, businesses, the community as a whole and each of us individually.”

Ms Sparrow said that addressing ageism delivers benefits far beyond older people.

“Ageism hurts us all. If we improve our systems for older Australians, we improve the system for everyone. A health system that responds well to older people is a system that treats every patient with dignity, respect and evidence-based care.”

Ms Sparrow said that with Australians living longer than ever before, preventive health and early intervention are increasingly critical. As a community we need to support healthy ageing and ensure older Australians have equal access to the health services they need.

“Without serious action, the inequities built into our current systems will persist and continue to make life harder for everyone, young and old.”

“If Australia commits to tackling ageism, we will be a more inclusive, cohesive and prosperous country.”

Exercising in mid and later life can reduce dementia risk – new study

Centre for Ageing Better/Unsplash
Joyce SietteWestern Sydney University

For years, scientists have known that moving our bodies can sharpen our minds. Physical activity boosts blood flow to the brainenhances neuroplasticity and reduces chronic inflammation. These processes are believed to protect against cognitive declineincluding dementia.

Yet despite decades of research, major questions have remained unresolved.

Does exercising at any age help reduce your risk of dementia? Or only when you’re young? And what if you have a higher genetic risk – can exercising still make a difference?

New research from the long-running Framingham Heart Study in the United States, published today, offers some of the clearest answers to date. Their findings support what many clinicians already tell patients: exercise helps.

But the study also offers new insight into the potentially protective effect of staying active at the age of 45 and over – even for those with a certain genetic predisposition to dementia.

What did the study examine?

The new research draws on data from 4,290 participants enrolled in the Framingham Heart Study Offspring cohort. This study began in 1948, when researchers recruited more than 5,000 adults aged 30 and over from the town of Framingham, Massachusetts, to investigate long-term risk factors for cardiovascular disease.

In 1971, a second generation (more than 5,000 adult children of the original cohort, and their spouses) were enrolled, forming the Offspring cohort. This generation then had regular health and medical assessments every four to eight years.

In the new study, participants self-reported their physical activity. This included incidental activity such as climbing stairs as well as vigorous exercise.

Participants first reported these activities in 1971, and then again over several decades. Based on the age at which each participant was first evaluated, they were grouped into three categories:

  • young adulthood (26–44 years): assessed in the late 1970s

  • midlife (45–64 years): assessed during the late 1980s and 1990s

  • older adulthood (65 years and over): assessed in the late 1990s and early 2000s.

To examine how physical activity influences dementia risk, the researchers looked at how many people developed dementia in each age group and at what age they were diagnosed.

Then they considered physical activity patterns within age groups (low, moderate, high) to see if there was any link between how much exercise people did and whether they developed dementia.

They also looked at who had a known genetic risk factor for Alzheimer’s disease, the APOE ε4 allele.

Man doing freestyle in a pool.
Research has long shown moving our bodies can sharpen our minds. Jonathan Borba/Unsplash

What did they find?

Over the follow-up period, 13.2% (567) of the 4,290 participants developed dementia, mostly in the older age group.

This is quite high compared with other long-term longitudinal dementia studies and with Australian rates (one in 12 or 8.3% Australians over 65 currently have dementia).

When researchers examined physical activity levels, the pattern was striking. Those with the highest levels of activity in midlife and later life were 41–45% less likely to develop dementia than those who had the lowest levels of activity.

This was the case even after adjusting for demographic factors that increase dementia risk (such as age and education) and other chronic health factors (such as high blood pressure and diabetes).

Interestingly, being physically active during early adulthood did not influence dementia risk.

A key innovation of this study was its examination of the genetic risk factor, the APOE ε4 allele. This analysis suggests something new:

  • in midlife, higher physical activity lowered dementia risk only in people who didn’t carry this genetic predisposition

  • but in later life, higher physical activity lowered dementia risk in both carriers and non-carriers.

This means for people genetically predisposed to dementia, staying active later in life may still offer meaningful protection.

How significant are these results?

The findings largely reinforce what scientists already know: exercise is good for the brain.

What sets this study apart is its large sample, multi-decade follow-up, and its genetic analysis across different life periods.

The suggestion that midlife activity benefits some individuals differently depending on their genetic risk, while late-life activity benefits nearly everyone, may also add a new layer to public health messaging.

But there were some limitations

Physical activity was largely self-reported in this study, so there is a possibility of recall bias. We also do not know what type of exercise brings the best benefits.

Dementia cases in the youngest age group were rather rare too, so the small sample limits how definitively we can make conclusions about early adulthood.

The cohort is also predominantly of European ancestry and share environmental factors as they come from the same town, so this limits how much we can generalise the findings to more diverse populations.

This is particularly important given global inequities in dementia risk and diagnosis. Knowledge about dementia and risk factors also remains low in ethnically diverse groups, where it is often still seen as a “normal” part of ageing.

What does this mean for us?

The takeaway is refreshingly simple though: move more, at any age. At this stage we know there are more benefits than harm.

The Conversation

Joyce Siette, Associate Professor | Deputy Director, The MARCS Institute for Brain, Behaviour and Development, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

As people live longer and healthier, nurse training needs to respond to avoid ageist attitudes

Getty Images
Samantha HeathUniversity of Waikato

Life expectancy in New Zealand has increased dramatically over the past five decades. In 1970, men lived on average to 68. Today, it’s over 80.

These gains reflect major advances in public health and medical technology. But living longer can mean more years with multiple chronic conditions and disabilities, because age is a significant risk factor for most disease.

This demographic shift will reshape healthcare. Future health professionals will need to be aware of the increasingly complex social, technological and ethical challenges of caring for older people.

Ageism, or discrimination based on a person’s age, should be considered as one of these challenges.

Age influences how health concerns are interpreted. In a recent World Health Organization report, nearly 60% of health professionals admitted to making age-based (or ageist) assumptions about their patients’ abilities or needs.

Genuine symptoms are dismissed as part of normal ageing, leading to flawed decisions. There is evidence that older people are also under-treated, raising the risk of disease progression.

Other consequences include missed diagnoses. Inequalities occur where there is limited access to services or inclusion criteria are set to exclude people over 65.

There is the potential for this kind of thinking to creep into health professional education. It shows up in stereotypes that appear in case studies for learning, or in the way programmes are structured and in the kinds of clinical placements that are used.

Why ageism matters in healthcare

Our national nursing programme review in the polytechnic sector looked at New Zealand student nurses’ experiences.

It shows case studies often favoured information about older people with dementia, falls or end of life care. They rarely reflected active ageing or older adults’ resilience and agency.

Health professionals may adopt ageist attitudes from the rest of society. Student nurses begin their training programmes having been subject to both societal and cultural narratives about the role and importance of older people.

Nurse education programmes often communicated underlying beliefs about the complexity of care. Placements in aged residential care were typically scheduled in the first year of nursing, implying the work was basic if new students could do it.

Almost all nursing students were allocated to an aged-care facility where the frailest 7% of older people live. This reinforces a narrative that older adults are a homogeneous population of dependent, vulnerable people.

It misses the opportunity to teach health promotion for people who are older but remain active and independent.

What students saw

Students’ reflections highlighted the realities of aged residential care and the impact of their perceptions. One participant said:

While on placement, I saw how conveyor belt life was for the residents. It broke my heart. Residents had lost their individual identities and all fun was gone. The nurses and healthcare assistant staff were all so busy and didn’t have much time to interact on personal levels with each resident.

Others noted systemic issues:

People [nurses and carers] in aged residential care do not get paid what they are worth. This severely needs to be changed. They work so hard to not get appreciated as much as they deserve. [They are] constantly understaffed making the workload insurmountable and overwhelming.

Some worried about career stigma:

Being a new graduate and working in aged care would make me unemployable in other areas of nursing.

These comments illustrate how education and system design shape the attitudes of the future nursing workforce towards ageing and aged care. They also highlight the crucial role clinical placements have in shaping future career choices.

Tackling ageism starts in education

The programme review and student comments demonstrate how ageism influences learning, from case studies portraying older people as less capable to placements that equate ageing with frailty and funding systems that appear to devalue older people.

Addressing these issues starts with obvious steps, such as more appropriate design of learning materials and using placements that reflect a spectrum of health needs in later life.

For students who have little experience of older people, fostering inter-generational connection and building empathy can be a powerful tool to reduce ageist stereotypes.

But there is one more area to which we should be alert: ageism is in fact an emerging social determinant of health in later life.

There is a high risk that ageism will compound existing health inequities as Māori, Pacific people and rainbow communities grow older

Preparing the future healthcare workforce means recognising the diverse realities of ageing in contemporary New Zealand. If we want healthcare to meet the needs of an ageing population, education must reflect this complexity.

Tackling ageism in healthcare professional education is a critical first step.The Conversation

Samantha Heath, Senior Lecturer in Nursing , University of Waikato

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

WeChat is now a frontline policing tool in China. Here’s what my research found

Ausma BernotGriffith University

WeChat is best known as China’s all-purpose “super-app”. It is used for everything from messaging and mobile payments to shopping and government services.

As of June 2024, WeChat reported a staggering 1.37 billion active monthly users globally. For many Chinese-speaking diaspora communities – such as in the United States, Australia and the United Kingdom – the app is a lifeline to their homeland and communities.

But my new research, published this week in Policy & Internet, shows WeChat has also become a powerful – and largely overlooked – component of China’s policing and public security infrastructure.

In fact, the app is now functioning as a “police app”. It’s a kind a digital toolkit allowing police to collect intelligence, accept crime reports, verify identities and access citizen data through a private platform that is deeply embedded in everyday life.

From a social platform to a policing tool

Public security bureaus in China began creating official WeChat accounts in 2012.

By 2017, more than 50,000 police accounts existed. Many offered far more than simple announcements.

Across provinces in China, police are now using WeChat to:

  • operate “internet police stations” where citizens report crimes and disturbances
  • collect digital tips, images and clues from users
  • run real-time emergency “WeChat alarms”
  • verify identities using national ID data
  • link WeChat inputs to provincial “police clouds” and population surveillance databases.

In some jurisdictions, WeChat has even become a frontline policing tool.

In Guangzhou city, for example, railway police built a WeChat-based alarm system allowing citizens to send incident details directly to police dispatch. This would then trigger real-time audio and video communication.

In Zhejiang province, officers used WeChat-based facial and ID card scanning to rapidly identify individuals.

In several towns, thousands of “WeChat police groups” were created, pairing residents with local officers and blurring the line between neighbourhood governance and digital surveillance.

These functions go far beyond convenience. They show how a commercial platform has become an extension of the state’s security apparatus.

A patchwork of purposes

My research draws on 53 government procurement documents and additional Chinese-language media reports on two WeChat accounts known as “public security WeChat” and “WeChat policing”. Procurement documents are a great source of data. They are common in research in contexts where information is curated or suppressed.

The research shows how police agencies across China are integrating WeChat directly into their daily operations.

Wealthier provinces such as Fujian and Shanghai invested heavily in integrating WeChat with existing public security systems, enabling hundreds of services through the app.

Fujian province alone aimed to link WeChat with services across ten cities and more than 300 functions.

Other localities treated WeChat as a superficial PR tool. Some accounts offered little more than positive police stories or traffic announcements. Others became “zombie accounts” – created to meet digitisation targets but never properly maintained.

This patchwork reflects broader challenges in China’s digital modernisation. Local agencies face unequal resources, tight performance quotas and limited technical capacity.

For some, deep integration is possible. For others, the use of WeChat is merely symbolic compliance with government modernisation quotas.

Filling a gap for the state

The Chinese government has spent a decade pushing public security agencies to deliver more services online. Yet many local police units lack the expertise or funds to build bespoke digital systems.

WeChat offers a shortcut.

Because it already handles identity verification, payments, location data and messaging for more than a billion users, it can serve as a ready-made platform for police.

Tencent, WeChat’s parent company, has positioned itself strategically. It offers customised WeChat modules to public security departments as a commercial service

The result is a public-private security infrastructure: state needs and corporate incentives moving in the same direction.

Around the world, governments are increasingly partnering with private tech companies for policing and security.

In the United States and Europe, for example, Palantir and similar firms provide predictive policing and data-analysis platforms.

China’s version is different because WeChat is both a consumer platform and a part of the state’s digital infrastructure.

When policing functions are embedded inside an app billions of people rely on for daily life, the boundary between public service and surveillance becomes blurred.

A new future of platform power and state surveillance

For citizens, WeChat-based policing can make bureaucratic processes faster and more convenient.

But it also means everyday digital activities such as sending messages or paying bills and reporting disturbances could feed into a security architecture operated jointly by the state and a private company.

For WeChat, being compliant with the demands of the state will likely be a crucial business survival strategy.

For example, following China’s national crackdown on Tencent and the broader tech sector between 2020 and 2022, Tencent’s founder promised:

Tencent will continue to resonate with the needs of the nation and the times.

As China continues to centralise its digital governance, WeChat’s role in public security is likely to deepen – representing a new future of platform power and state surveillance.The Conversation

Ausma Bernot, Lecturer in Technology and Crime, Griffith University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Manly Writers’ Festival Announces the Inaugural Thomas Keneally Oration

A new national platform for ideas, history and public conversation

The Manly Writers’ Festival have announced the creation of the Thomas Keneally Oration, a new annual keynote honouring one of Australia’s most influential and internationally acclaimed writers and Manly local, Thomas Keneally AO.

The inaugural Oration will be delivered by Thomas Keneally himself on Thursday, 19th March, 2026, in Manly.  The Oration will open the Manly Writers’ Festival, which will be in its third year and will form the centrepiece of the 2026 Festival program.

The Thomas Keneally Oration will be a permanent fixture of the Manly Writers’ Festival. The concept behind the Oration is to each year invite a distinguished writer, historian, public thinker or leader in cultural who reflects the spirit of Keneally - intellectually curious, morally engaged, and deeply human – to deliver the keynote address at the opening of the Manly Writers’ Festival. 
 
Thomas Keneally said:
“I am honoured — and a little astonished — to have my name attached to an oration. If it helps encourage writers and readers to keep an open mind when wrestling with the great questions of our time, then I will be delighted.

“Storytelling has always been, at heart, a democratic act — a way for us to understand who we are, and who we might become.

“Australia has always produced fine storytellers, but we are still learning how to listen to one another. Anything that strengthens that habit, especially through literature, can only be a good thing.”


Festival Director Bonita Mersiades said the Oration reflects both Keneally’s towering literary contribution and the Festival’s commitment to serious, public-minded storytelling:

“Tom has written across history, politics, ethics, faith, footy, colonisation, and the inner life of ordinary people. He reminds us that literature is a means of understanding one another and the world. The Oration will carry forward that tradition by inviting a major thinker each year to challenge us, inspire us, and spark conversation.”

Keneally — whose works include the Booker Prize-winning Schindlers Ark — has published more than 50 books across fiction and non-fiction and remains an important and vital voice in Australian cultural life.

Tickets will be available for the Thomas Keneally Oration and the Manly Writers’ Festival from February next year.

‘Ninety-five Not Out’ – Inspiring NSW seniors share their stories

November 10,2025
Tales spanning technological change, women’s empowerment and New South Wales’s natural beauty are among 100 literary masterpieces featured in Volume 11 of Seniors’ Stories launched today at Parliament House.

Seniors’ Stories elevates the voices of seniors and provides a platform for older authors to reflect on the theme of ‘Then and Now’.

Readers are offered insights into authors’ youthful memories, changing times and life-shaping moments.

Cranebrook author Marie Nevin, who turned 96 in September, is the oldest contributor for this year’s edition. Marie’s story ‘Ninety-Five Not Out’ vividly portrays her transition from childhood to embracing modern technology later in life.

“I was born in 1929 in Marrickville . . . I remember while driving there, the ‘Bottle‑O’ would come down the street in a horse and cart calling ‘Bottle‑o, Bottle‑o’,” she writes.

“I am now ninety‑five years old. I like to go out and have coffee and cake … I have thirty‑four grandchildren, forty great‑grandchildren … I am thankful for having a mobile phone as it keeps me in touch with them all … I have an iPad which I use every day, playing word games to keep my mind active.”

For Marie, writing is a family affair. Her son-in-law Paul Ryan, from Emu Plains, also contributed a short story titled ‘The Wharf’. 

Seniors’ Stories Volume 11 features nine stories translated to an author’s chosen language alongside English versions to reflect the cultural diversity of communities across the state.

Translated languages include Bengali, Cantonese, Dutch, French, German, Hindi, Italian, Malayalam and Sinhalese.

More than 1,100 personal stories of older people across NSW have been published in Seniors’ Stories since the NSW Government launched the initiative in 2013.

The program is open to all Seniors Card and Senior Savers Card holders. Authors from all backgrounds and languages are encouraged to submit their work.

The Fellowship of Australian Writers NSW has led writing workshops to provide guidance and support for seniors seeking to share their stories.

More information on Seniors’ Stories is available at NSW Seniors Card.

Minister for Seniors Jodie Harrison said:

“Seniors’ Stories is a special publication which offers a glimpse into how the lives of older people in New South Wales have evolved over the years.

“It’s a celebration of the diversity and resilience of older people in New South Wales, and I’m delighted to see seniors from all walks of life have shared their stories.

“These books are a beautiful reminder that we all have a story worth sharing.”

Congratulations to residents whose stories are featured in this year's volume:
  • AI Friend 10760: Max by Elizabeth Guthrie MONA VALE
  • Testimony of Time - in French too: Le témoignage du temps by Sylvana Augustyniak DEE WHY
  • Treehouse Time by Frank Astill MANLY
  • Harbord by Kenneth Waldron MANLY

Beware of scams targeting older people: Dept. of Health

November 7, 2025
The Australian Department of Health and Aged Care warns there have been reports of suspicious phone calls and visits from people claiming to be from My Aged Care or allied health services.

The Department asks everyone to please be cautious and remember:
  • aged care assessors will always schedule visits in advance and provide proof of identification
  • older people should refuse entry if they are concerned and not share personal or financial information
  • all legitimate aged care activity can be confirmed by calling My Aged Care on 1800 200 422 (8:00 am to 8:00 pm Monday to Friday, 10:00 am to 2:00 pm Saturday local time)
  • report any incidents to Scamwatch by visiting www.scamwatch.gov.au

Greens to chair Aged Care inquiries - cost of care + future of system

The Senate has voted to establish two further Senate inquiries into Labor’s aged care reforms, amid concerns that the new Act which came into force on Saturday will fail older Australians. (See Greens background on the new Act here)

The previous Senate inquiry into  Aged Care Service Delivery , which explored the transition period leading up to the new Act on 1 November, revealed that the aged care waitlist was more than double what had previously been reported (with over 200,000 Australians waiting for care). That previous inquiry was instrumental in forcing the early release of 20,000 home care packages needlessly withheld by the government.

Now that the Act is in force, two new inquiries have been established.

The first inquiry will investigate the government’s planned transition of the Commonwealth Home Support Program (CHSP), which currently serves more than 800,000 older Australians with at-home supports through “block funding” to providers like Meals on Wheels. 

The second inquiry will investigate the ability for older Australians to access care under the Support at Home program, including the impacts of new pricing mechanisms and co-payments.

The government intends to transition CHSP into Support at Home and has only funded the program up until 30 June 2027. The government has failed to answer previous questions about the impacts of closing CHSP on demand for Support at Home packages, leading to concerns that existing services will be forced to close their doors and waitlists for aged care will only blow out further.

As with the previous inquiry, both the newly established inquiries will be chaired by Greens Spokesperson for Older People, Senator Penny Allman-Payne.

Full terms of reference for the inquiries are below.

Greens Spokesperson for Older People, Senator Penny Allman-Payne stated:

“Older people across the country - hundreds of thousands of whom are on fixed incomes - are copping increased costs for their care at home so that privatised aged care providers can make bigger profits. That’s a broken system.”

“Labor’s Minister for Aged Care, Sam Rae, has tried to hide the truth of these aged care changes, but now the reality is setting in and older Australians are waking up to new care arrangements they cannot afford.”

“Older Australians are still dying waiting a year or more for care, and rather than boost needed supports like the Community Home Support Program, they’re planning to close them.”

“Our parents and grandparents need leaders who will fight for them and their right to care, but instead Labor and the Liberals are shaking pensioners down for cash while propping up the profits of privatised aged care.”

“The Greens will ensure older Australians and their advocates are heard, and fight to fix this system so that everyone can access the care they need at the time that they need it.”

Community Home Support Program Inquiry
That the following matter be referred to the Community Affairs References Committee for inquiry and report by 15 April 2026: the transition of the Community Home Support Programme to the Support at Home Program, with particular reference to:
  1. the timeline for the transition of the Community Home Support Programme to the Support at Home Program after 1 July 2027;
  2. the expected impact of this transition, including on:
    1. waiting periods for assessment and receipt of care;
    2. the lifetime cap of $15,000 on home modifications;
    3. the End-of-Life Pathway time limits; and
    4. thin markets with a small number of aged care service providers. 
  3. aged care provider readiness for the transition, including their workforce; and
  4. any other related matters.

Co-payments inquiry
That the following matter be referred to the Community Affairs References Committee for inquiry and report by the Tuesday of the last sitting week of November 2026: the Support at Home Program, with reference to:
  1. the ability for older Australians to access services to live safely and with dignity at home;
  2. the impact of the co-payment contributions for independent services and everyday living services on the financial security and wellbeing of older Australians;
  3. trends and impact of pricing mechanisms on consumers;
  4. the adequacy of the financial hardship assistance for older Australians facing financial difficulty; 
  5. the impact on the residential aged care system, and hospitals;
  6. the impact on older Australians transitioning from the Home Care Packages Program;
  7. thin markets including those affected by geographic remoteness and population size;
  8. the impact on First Nations communities, and culturally and linguistically diverse communities; and
  9. any other related matters.

Silver Surfers: at Manly + Palm Beach

Who is this lesson for?
Taking place at either Palm Beach or Manly Beach, Seniors and over 55s are invited to join a Bodyboarding and Ocean Safety Clinic, designed to help you connect with the ocean and boost your confidence in the water. This is a fantastic opportunity to learn from the best and join a welcoming community of ocean lovers.

What’s Included:
  • Lessons: Learn bodyboarding and essential ocean safety skills from experienced instructors.
  • All Equipment Provided: Wetsuits and bodyboards will be supplied for the session.
  • Morning Tea: Enjoy a delightful morning tea and connect with others after the session.
Important Info:
Arrive 30 minutes early to change into the provided wetsuits before the session starts.

Sponsored by Surfers for Climate, MWP Community Care, and Manly Surf School, you don’t want to miss these bi-weekly bodyboarding sessions. This is a great chance to meet others in the community, enjoy the surf, and embrace the ocean with confidence.


Lesson Times
Keep an eye out for upcoming FREE events on the calendar:
  • 28th November 2025 – Palm Beach 10am
  • 12th December 2025 – Manly 10am
Cost: FREE!


Silver Surfers group Photo: Manly Surf School

AvPals Term 4 2025

Avalon Computer Pals is back for another term of friendly, hands-on computer classes for seniors 55+. Whether you're a total beginner or keen to brush up your tech skills, we’ve got you covered. Learn at your own pace, meet great people, and feel more confident online.

Come along to Newport, where small groups make learning relaxed, social and fun!  To book in visit: www.avpals.com

A global publishing scam assisted by AI has targeted Australia. Here are 5 tips to avoid scammers

Dallas Penner/Unsplash
Per HenningsgaardCurtin University

Aspiring authors in Australia are among those who have been scammed by a global network of publishing houses using cloned websites and AI tools. Some boast testimonials using the images and names of real authors, or listing real books they didn’t publish as their own. Several target the Australian market, trading under names such as Melbourne Book Publisher, Sydney Book Publishing, Aussie Book Publisher and Oz Book Publishers.

I’m a publishing expert, and looking at what happened, I can spot red flags in how these publishers operated and targeted aspiring authors, vulnerable to exploitation in their desire for success.

David Tenenbaum, owner of trusted publishing house Melbourne Books, established in 2000 (and specialising in nonfiction), was the first to sound the alarm. He’d received calls from authors who believed they had been dealing with his business – but had actually been speaking to the similar-sounding Melbourne Book Publisher (which even gave out his ABN).

The real website for Melbourne Books, the trusted publishing house whose ABN was used by Melbourne Book Publisher.

One of the scammed authors, “Andrea”, an aspiring fantasy romance novelist recovering from cancer, told the Guardian she had a video conference with a publishing executive, “Marcus Hale”, who outlined detailed publishing and promotion plans for her novel, down to getting “a presence on TikTok” and a launch at her local bookshop. She realised what had happened when she called Melbourne Books.

Both Andrea and another Australian author, Peter Ortmueller (who also dealt with Marcus Hale), found Melbourne Book Publisher on Facebook. Ortmueller, who lost A$150 he believed was a first down payment on a publishing package, said he thought it was a traditional publisher. Andrea lost A$88, which she was told would buy her an ABN.

Red flags and AI people

An expert from Deakin University’s Cyber Research and Innovation Centre, Ashish Nanda, identified some red flags about Melbourne Book Publisher, too. They told the Guardian they include “varying logos, claims on its website that it was established in 1999 yet a domain search showed it was only registered last month, and a fake 4.7 star rating on Trustpilot (the company has no reviews)”.

The Meet Our Team page on Melbourne Book Publisher’s site used “AI-created images of immaculately groomed white executives”, as did First Page Press. None of these people are known in Australian publishing circles, the Guardian reported. Some of these websites also list real books, which are for sale on Amazon (most of them self-published).

Other websites, Aussie Book Publisher and Oz Book Publishers, have fake testimonials using the images and names of real authors, like Australian children’s author Katrina Germein, who becomes “Sarah” on Aussie Books’ testimonial page.

Australian children’s author Katrina Germein appeared as ‘Sarah’ on Aussie Books’ testimonial page. Katrina Germein

A representative of Melbourne Book Publisher initially responded to the Guardian’s questions, but later ceased communication, removed some of their websites and altered elements of others.

The network of publishing houses appears to have international reach, including First Page Press, with offices in London and Melbourne, and BookPublishers.co.nz in New Zealand. The true scale of the operation is unknown.

Do you want self- or ‘traditional’ publishing?

The Australian Society of Authors (ASA) recently issued a warning titled: “AI is making publishing scams more sophisticated”. They provided the following advice: “As a general rule, a cold approach from a company offering services to publish or promote your work should be interrogated carefully, especially if they are requesting payment from you.”

But what about aspiring authors who go in search of a publisher? What should they look for so they are not taken in by one of these scams?

To answer this question, it’s necessary to distinguish between traditional publishing and self-publishing. In traditional publishing, all upfront costs are paid by the publishing house. The author is expected to contribute time and energy to the book’s promotion, but does not pay for services like editing and design. Nor does the author pay for printing, or the production of an ebook.

The main income for traditional publishers is book sales, which only come after the initial investment has been made: the publisher assumes all upfront costs. This means traditional publishing is a financially risky business. Most of the books you see in brick-and-mortar bookshops were published by traditional publishers.

Meanwhile, self-publishing includes any publishing activity the author financially contributes to. Many self-publishing companies offer an array of services that can be packaged to suit the author’s needs, including editing, cover design, marketing, ebook production and printing.

Melbourne Book Publisher offered packages ranging from an “Advance Worldwide Plan” for A$1,495 to a “Premium Worldwide Plan” for $1,799.

Terms like “vanity publishing”, “subsidy publishing” and “hybrid publishing” are sometimes used – but these can be hard to distinguish from self-publishing.

There are no generally agreed upon definitions of these terms. For example, some so-called hybrid publishers operate exactly like predatory vanity publishers, while other times the term “hybrid publishing” is used by traditional publishing houses that have a side hustle facilitating a bit of self-publishing activity. Some may require authors to commit to buying a certain number of copies to subsidise the print run.

My top 5 tips for avoiding scammers

My tips to help aspiring authors avoid a publishing scam vary. They depend on what you’re looking for: a traditional publishing arrangement or a self-publishing service. Of course, there is some grey area in between these categories, and there are more or less ethical actors in both.

1: Know what you’re looking for

Are you seeking a traditional publisher or a self-publishing service? If a publishing house asks for any financial contribution at all, this is a self-publishing service, as far as I’m concerned. If what you’re looking for is a traditional publisher, this is your sign to walk away!

2: Ask your bookshop about your publisher

If you’re still unsure whether it’s a traditional publisher or a self-publishing service, ask your local bookshop if they’ve ever stocked any books from that publishing house. If they regularly stock the publisher’s books, it’s a sign that it’s a traditional publisher. Or, if it’s a traditional publisher that also engages in a bit of hybrid publishing, they’re a respected operator who can get your books into bookshops.

3: Check an online registry of dodgy publishers

Perhaps you’re an aspiring author who is open to the idea of working with a self-publishing service. How do you distinguish between the legitimate operations and the scams?

Writer Beware is a website sponsored by the Science Fiction and Fantasy Writers Association that documents all types of unethical activity in the publishing industry. Searching this website for a company name can be an illuminating exercise.

It’s worth noting, though, that it would not have helped catch out scams like the one perpetrated by Melbourne Book Publisher. The increased availability of AI tools means scam websites can quickly be created with new AI-generated copy and images, making them harder to identify.

4: Evaluate the publisher’s other books

In the case of Melbourne Book Publisher, they claimed to have published books that were actually published by a different company.

Look for bookseller websites that include the publisher’s books and clearly identify the publisher by name. Some bookseller websites allow you to preview a book’s interior. This is an opportunity to evaluate the quality of the publisher’s editorial and design services.

Even better, search for book titles in library catalogues, including the catalogue of the National Library of Australia.

5: Work with someone local

When working with a self-publishing service or even hiring a freelance editor, it can be safer to work with someone local, rather than through a large online agency.

At least with someone local, there is the sense this person’s reputation in the local publishing industry is on the line. You can also check their bona fides by inquiring with other members of your writing community. Melbourne Book Publisher’s executives are not known in the Australian publishing community: this is a red flag.

Some state-based writers’ centres even feature a database of reputable local service providers for the writing and publishing industries.The Conversation

Per Henningsgaard, Senior Lecturer, Professional Writing and Publishing, Curtin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Strangers in their own land: how a new citizenship category could avoid a trap for Indigenous children born overseas

John Bryers Ruddock was born in Australia but is a New Zealand citizen by descent through his Māori mother. However, his children are not citizens under the current law because they were born in the United States. John Bryers RuddockCC BY-SA
Sarah-Kay CoulterThe University of Melbourne

Outdated laws mean Indigenous children in Aotearoa New Zealand and Australia can currently be denied citizenship on the lands of their ancestors.

The issue came to the fore last month, when the Waitangi Tribunal in New Zealand considered an urgent claim, challenging whether the Crown has met Treaty of Waitangi obligations to protect the citizenship rights of Māori children born overseas.

The claimant John Bryers Ruddock is affiliated with Ngāpuhi. He was born in Australia but became a New Zealand citizen by descent through his Māori mother. However, despite their tribal connections, his children are not New Zealand citizens under the current law because they were born in the United States.

The claimants argued that whakapapa (genealogy) is a taonga, a treasured right the Crown must actively safeguard.

The tribunal found the Crown breached the Treaty principles of partnership, active protection, rangatiratanga, good government and equal treatment.

The case highlights how Māori families born offshore face exclusion from New Zealand citizenship, even when genealogical and iwi (tribal) affiliations affirm identity and belonging. The findings suggest that citizenship should be reconsidered in a contemporary context.

New Zealand and Australia currently both define citizenship through narrow, Western concepts of nationhood, determined by birth within a country or descent from a citizen.

But both countries have signed the Australia Aotearoa New Zealand Indigenous Collaboration Arrangement (ICA) five years ago. This provides an opportunity to remedy this ongoing injustice by establishing a new Indigenous citizenship class.

Current laws fail to acknowledge Indigenous ways of understanding belonging, identity and place. For Indigenous peoples, citizenship is not merely a question of legal status. Rather, it is about relationships to land, non-human kin, to community and the ancestral connections that bind generations together.

Existing laws in both countries fail to recognise complexities of dispossession, forced removal and encouragement to move away from tribal lands. As a result, Indigenous children whose parents or grandparents were not born in their ancestral homelands can be refused citizenship.

In the case of Aotearoa New Zealand, if both a parent and child were not born on New Zealand soil, citizenship is not guaranteed. There is also a risk of being classified as overstayers. This is regardless of having confirmed tribal affiliation and rights to land.

Navigating the bureaucratic and financial barriers of citizenship law can be distressing and confusing.

Proposal for an Indigenous citizenship class

Currently it is unclear how the New Zealand government will amend citizenship law based on the findings of the Waitangi Tribunal.

One area that requires urgent focus is how citizenship laws affect those who have enjoyed the status and mobility between Aotearoa and Australia. Since the Trans-Tasman travel arrangement was established in 1973, the movement of people between both nations has been encouraged.

Today, more than 170,000 Māori live in Australia and more than 1,150 Indigenous Australians reside in New Zealand. Thus citizenship law and its provisions impact both countries.

Both countries’ prime ministers have acknowledged Indigenous peoples — Māori, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander — as central to shared national identities and to the enduring friendship between the countries.

The ICA, signed in 2020, further strengthens this relationship. It facilitates partnerships in leadership, entrepreneurship and knowledge-sharing among Indigenous peoples across both nations.

Currently, there are letters addressed to both governments asking if the ICA can form part of the advocacy for an Indigenous citizenship class, ensuring recognition of connection to place and territory.

Contemporary rights for enduring citizenship are underscored by legal precedent. In Love v Commonwealth (2020), the High Court of Australia held that Aboriginal Australians cannot be considered “aliens” under the constitution, even if they are not citizens.

The court recognised that Aboriginal identity is grounded in deep and enduring connection to Country which cannot be severed by the state. This decision affirmed what Indigenous peoples have always understood: that identity, kinship and relationship to land are the true foundations of belonging.

Similarly, Ngāti Porou tribal leader Api Mahuika explored tribal membership, suggesting one’s right to reside in a particular area never ends if genealogical links are established.

A Trans-Tasman Indigenous citizenship class could translate these principles into practice. Such a framework would enable Indigenous peoples to obtain citizenship in either country based on genealogical connection.

It would remove the prohibitive administrative and financial barriers that currently exclude Indigenous children and guarantee their cultural and linguistic rights, including the right for children to be educated.

Crucially, the design and governance of this framework must be co-led by Indigenous groups from both nations, ensuring that the reform reflects Indigenous law and self-determination rather than bureaucratic convenience.

This suggestion would not replace existing citizenship categories but complement them. It extends the principles of partnership, reciprocity and belonging that both nations have committed to. Most importantly, it would affirm that Indigenous children can never be strangers on the lands of their ancestors.

Australia and Aotearoa New Zealand have a rare opportunity to lead the contemporary evolution of citizenship law, moving beyond symbolic recognition toward substantive reform that reflects Indigenous law and identity. It would express in law what has always been true in spirit: Indigenous belonging endures, regardless of the borders drawn across ancestral lands.The Conversation

Sarah-Kay Coulter, Lecturer in Indigenous Studies, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Internal controls and governance 2025: Procurement and technology - NSW Audit Office Report shows Conflicts of Interest not being checked in NSW Public Sector agencies

Report snapshot
Internal controls and governance help agencies achieve their outcomes by supporting effective operations, reliable financial reporting, and legal compliance. This report provides Parliament with insights from financial audits of 26 major NSW public sector agencies, focusing on the effectiveness of their internal controls and governance. It presents observations across key elements of these frameworks.

The NSW Audit Office report "Internal controls and governance 2025: Procurement and technology" found significant deficiencies in IT and procurement controls across 26 major NSW public sector agencies. Key areas for improvement include: strengthening IT and cyber security controls, particularly for shared services; better managing user access, including privileged accounts; and improving procurement processes, such as conflict of interest checks and managing third-party risks. Agencies were also urged to better govern the use of artificial intelligence (AI), with many lacking formal policies and strategies for its responsible adoption. 

Key findings
  • IT and cyber security: Deficiencies in IT controls, especially for key financial systems and shared service providers, are a significant risk. Agencies need to better manage cyber security risks and have adequate plans to address them.
  • Access management: Many agencies failed to effectively manage user access to key systems, including privileged accounts and timely deactivation of terminated users.
  • Procurement governance: Over half of agencies do not formally review conflict of interest registers before awarding contracts. There are also weaknesses in third-party oversight and supply chain cybersecurity risk management. More than half of all agencies do not formally review centralised conflict of interest registers to detect undeclared conflicts before awarding procurement contracts. This may limit the ability to detect undisclosed conflicts as part of procurement processes or may impede their management. Most agencies do not have a policy of undertaking structured, periodic reporting to governance bodies or executive management on compliance with conflict of interest plans for high-risk procurement activitiesIn one agency, 15 employees and contractors had positions in external entities that had financial dealings with the agency. These had not been previously disclosed as part of conflict of interest processes by these officials.
  • Artificial intelligence (AI): The adoption of AI is outpacing governance. Fewer than half of agencies have formal AI policies, and only a quarter have developed strategies to maximize its benefits. 
Recommendations
  • Enhance procurement frameworks: Improve processes to better manage vendor details and conflicts of interest.
  • Strengthen IT and cyber security controls: Focus on implementing controls across the cyber security domains and have adequate plans for risk management.
  • Improve AI governance: Establish formal AI policies and integrate AI into existing governance and strategy arrangements.
  • Strengthen third-party and supply chain oversight: Improve management of third-party risks and ensure clarity on roles and responsibilities.
  • Address access control deficiencies: Strengthen processes for granting and deactivating system access. 

The report may read in full HERE

The 2025 Premier’s Awards celebrate public service excellence

November 18, 2025
NSW public servants have been recognised for their outstanding service and community impact at the 2025 Premier’s Awards presentation last night at Parliament House.

This year’s eight award categories reflect outstanding work of public sector teams and individuals who drive innovation, deliver exceptional services, strengthen communities, and uphold integrity.

From advancing education and healthcare to creating economic opportunities and fostering workforce excellence, these awards highlight the commitment to building a safer, fairer, and more prosperous NSW.

This year’s awards celebrated a strong field of finalists who represent the highest standards of integrity, inclusivity and service that lie at the heart of the NSW public sector.

Glenn George from the Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water is the recipient of the 2025 NSW Public Servant of the Year. This award recognises an individual who demonstrates a commitment to shaping an exceptional public service.

Mr George is a highly respected leader in the sector, whose work has resulted in measurable improvements in water quality, operational efficiency, and emergency preparedness. His perseverance, adaptability and commitment to outcomes have supported more than 40,00 people, redefining the partnership between government and community to deliver lasting, meaningful change.

Each year, the Anthea Kerr Award is presented to a future leader, a person who displays outstanding achievement and a deep commitment to public sector values in their work. This year’s Anthea Kerr Award recipient is Jayla Nix from the Murrumbidgee Local Health District.

Ms Nix, a proud Wiradjuri woman, stepped into senior executive leadership following the passing of a valued colleague, and despite personal grief went beyond the expectations of her role to create a supportive environment for all levels of staff.

Through her work, Ms Nix is building a health system where Aboriginal leadership and lived experience drive decision-making and accountability, embedding cultural safety throughout the organisation.

The 2025 Premier’s Awards individual and team recipients are:

  • Anthea Kerr Award: Jayla Nix, Murrumbidgee Local Health District
  • NSW Public Servant of the Year: Glenn George, Department of Climate Change, Energy, the Environment and Water
  • Driving public sector workforce excellence and integrity: NSW Health Pathology Aboriginal & Disability targeted traineeships, NSW Health Pathology
  • Delivering world-class education and training: Life-changing pathways for students with disability, TAFE NSW
    • Partner: Woolworths Group
  • Creating safe and thriving communities: Broadband Cells on Wheels for emergency community Wi-Fi, NSW Telco Authority
  • Delivering innovative economic opportunities for the community: Australia’s first family-friendly Healthy Higher Density Living Guide, Western Sydney Local Health District
    • Partners: City of Parramatta Council and Cities for Play
  • Excellence in service delivery: Language+ App – Connecting Communities with Emergency Services, Multicultural NSW
    • Partner: NSW Police
  • Providing world-class healthcare: All Together Now: Coordinating Care for Kids, Hunter New England Local Health District
  • For more information on the recipients and finalists, visit NSW Premier's Awards Winners and Finalists.

Premier of New South Wales Chris Minns said:

“I’m pleased to recognise the recipients and finalists of the 2025 Premier’s Awards.”

“These awards highlight the important work done every day by public sector employees across NSW, often behind the scenes, to deliver essential services and improve outcomes for communities.

“The finalists represent the best of our public service — people who show professionalism, care and a genuine commitment to making NSW a better place to live.

“On behalf of the NSW Government, I thank all public sector employees for their ongoing dedication and hard work. Congratulations to this year’s recipients and finalists.”

Premier’s Department Secretary Simon Draper said:

“Our public service agencies are at the heart of this state’s delivery and innovation, inspiring positive change across our communities.

“The Premier’s Awards highlight the incredible leadership and commitment of public sector employees, week in and week out, as they serve the people of NSW.

“We are privileged to have such a dedicated public service. Thank you to our unsung heroes that work tirelessly for NSW, and congratulations to our well-deserved recipients.”


Photo: Simon Draper PSM, Secretary, Premier’s Department, Glenn George, 2025 NSW Public Servant of the Year and The Hon. Ron Hoenig MP (representing the Premier of NSW). Image: NSW Government

With the BBC in crisis are there lessons for the ABC?: Media Watch Monday November 17 2025

As the BBC grapples with its Trump-editing scandal, the spotlight has also swung onto the ABC. But is the criticism fair or just the latest episode in a long-running smear campaign run by right-wing media outlets with their own agenda seeking to silence and dismantle Australia's only public broadcaster?

The political meddling that led to BBC crisis – and how to stop it in the future

Steven BarnettUniversity of Westminster

The resignations of the BBC’s director general and director of news were shocking. Perhaps just as shocking is the US$1 billion legal threat the broadcaster now faces from US president Donald Trump.

The full story of what has happened at the BBC may take months (or years) to emerge. But it’s become evident that a combination of poor editorial judgement and political meddling by longstanding BBC critics contributed to Tim Davie and Deborah Turness’s departures.

That there were editorial mistakes is not in question. The BBC Panorama documentary on Trump spliced together two different parts of Trump’s notorious January 6 2021 speech on Capitol Hill, without making the edit clear.

The programme itself, which was broadcast a few days before the 2024 US presidential election, was arguably carefully balanced, containing an equal number of Trump supporters and detractors. Notably, it did not receive a single complaint at the time of transmission.

It was broadcast a week before the 2024 US presidential election – nearly four years after the speech itself. It wasn’t a programme that was likely to sway anyone’s views of the president, who was impeached for “incitement of insurrection” after January 6. He was later acquitted.

Nevertheless, it was wrong to edit the speech in this way. That error was one of many allegations of institutional bias included in a dossier by Michael Prescott. Until June, Prescott – a former political editor for Rupert Murdoch’s Sunday Times and longtime PR professional – was an external adviser to the BBC’s editorial guidelines and standards committee.

The report was leaked to the Telegraph, which splashed with selected excerpts alleging that the programme had been “doctored”, and listing other editorial problems that he claimed the BBC had failed to put right.

Political influence

The Telegraph, like much of the British press, has for decades waged an editorial war against the BBC. As a publicly funded, free-to-air broadcaster, which is by some distance the most trusted news provider in the UK, the BBC is a serious challenge to news publishers’ commercial interests. It also offends the political sensibilities of those opposed to public funding interventions more generally.

It was therefore only a matter of time before the Telegraph “exclusive” on BBC bias and the Panorama programme escalated, especially once noticed by the White House. As the crisis gathered steam, one of the many burning questions was: why on earth is the BBC not responding?

It has now been reported – including by the BBC’s media editor Katie Razzall and BBC presenter Nick Robinson – that an apology was drafted by the BBC news team and was ready to be signed off a week ago.

Unfortunately, the BBC board reportedly prevented Turness from putting out the apology, instead opting for a letter to MPs on the media select committee. What followed was a damaging vacuum, with the BBC unable to defend itself or acknowledge its error. As internal arguments raged, it simply issued a bland statement that it would respond in writing to the select committee.

Key to this institutional paralysis and the fallout that followed were the political appointees to the BBC board. When the BBC charter was renewed in 2016, the then Conservative government introduced a new governance structure. The BBC would be governed by a unitary board of 14, including a chair, and four part-time members, each representing one of the UK’s nations. These five were all government appointees.

That boardroom dissent was, it now appearsled by those political appointees, in particular Sir Robbie Gibb. Following time as a BBC executive in charge of political programmes, Gibb was Conservative prime minister Theresa May’s director of communications. He was subsequently involved in the founding of GB News, an avowedly right-wing news channel.

In the words of Prospect magazine and former Guardian editor Alan Rusbridger, Gibb “does not pretend to be impartial on issues related to British politics or Israel”.

Gibb was appointed to the BBC board by Boris Johnson, reappointed by Rishi Sunak, and his term runs until 2028. It is therefore unsurprising that Liberal Democrat leader Ed Davey has called for Gibb’s immediate removal from the board and for an end to the practice of political appointments.

The Conversation has reached out to Gibb for comment.

In his letter to the chair of the media select committee on Monday, BBC chairman Samir Shah acknowledged the Panorama mistake and apologised for the news team’s “error of judgement”. He made it clear, however, that Prescott’s report “does not present a full picture of the discussions, decisions and actions that were taken”.

Changes for the future

This peculiar arrangement of political appointments appears to have effectively given partisan appointees a veto over a crucial senior management decision, resulting in the forced departure of the BBC’s two most senior news executives.

While Davey is right that this anomaly needs to be rectified, the whole BBC governance structure is in need of an overhaul. At a time of increasing polarisation and social media misinformation, it is more important than ever that the BBC is protected from political interference.

The next BBC charter, starting from January 2028, offers a perfect opportunity to provide the kind of protective structure that the BBC requires. As part of a campaign to support public service broadcasting in the UK, the British Broadcasting Challenge – a group of academics and media professionals that includes myself and The Conversation’s CEO Chris Waiting – published a report last month calling for a “genuinely independent public appointments process for the chair and trustees, insulated from covert and overt government influence”.

This could be done through a dedicated body set up under the same terms as the wholly independent Press Recognition Panel, with no links to any political party or partisan campaigning group. Such a body could be responsible not just for non-executive BBC appointments (including its chair) but also for the chair of regulator Ofcom and the chair of Channel 4 – both currently in the gift of government.

The Labour government is about to kickstart a debate on the next BBC charter. Lisa Nandy, as the responsible secretary of state, has it in her hands to rectify some of the egregious damage inflicted on the BBC’s reputation by the political meddling of the last few days. Let’s hope that she rises to the challenge.The Conversation

Steven Barnett, Professor of Communications, University of Westminster

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Hospitals are under pressure. These changes could save $1.2 billion a year – and fund 160,000 extra hospital visits

Peter BreadonGrattan Institute and Elizabeth BaldwinGrattan Institute

State and territory governments have reacted angrily to a letter from Prime Minister Anthony Albanese in September asking them to rein in hospital spending.

This comes amid negotiations for the next five-year funding agreement to determine the federal government’s contribution to state-run public hospitals.

The states are angry because hospitals are under intense pressure. Demand is rising, emergency departments are packed, and workers are stressed. More money will be needed as Australians get older and sicker.

But public hospital spending has surged by an average of A$3 billion, or 4.5%, every year for the past decade. The federal government is understandably concerned about such rapid spending growth, some of which may not be good value.

To lighten the load, the federal and state governments should invest in prevention and primary care from GPs and others to prevent people getting sick enough to need to go to hospital.

Governments must also strike a deal to pay for rising costs, and to spend hospital dollars better. Our new Grattan Institute report explains how.

Not all spending is necessary

Some hospitals spend a lot more than others on similar admissions. Those gaps can’t be fully explained by differences between patients (such as being older and sicker), or hospitals (such as being smaller, or more specialised).

Instead, variable practices are partly to blame, such as keeping people in hospital longer, higher rates of infections and falls, using more tests, less efficient workforce roles, or costly local procurement of supplies and services.

We estimate there is $1.2 billion of avoidable cost in the system each year, enough to fund 160,000 extra hospital visits.

Graph showing public hospital costs vary a lot within every state
The state-based differences can’t be explained by hospital size or patients being sicker. Grattan InstituteCC BY

Get budgeting back on track

Too often, state budgeting for hospitals is a sham that repeats year after year.

First, hospitals overspend. Then, governments cover the deficit because hospitals are too important to fail. Next, trying to enforce discipline, governments set the next budget unrealistically low. With uncertainty and short-termism baked in, hospitals struggle to plan and invest. Then the cycle repeats.

Even before the COVID pandemic, budgets routinely predicted that hospital funding would fall, which almost never happens. Since 2015-16, actual spending has exceeded state budget funding by an average 6% a year.

It’s a chaotic way to run a vital system. It leaves hospitals without the stability, or the incentive, to invest in productivity.

Graph showing most states overspend their hospital budgets in most years
Hospital funding routinely exceeds state government budgets. Grattan InstituteCC BY

Breaking the cycle requires predictability and responsibility on both sides. States should set realistic system-wide budgets based on the projected growth in demand and costs.

Consistently well-run hospitals should get three-year budgets so they can plan and invest. In exchange, bailouts should stop, with consequences for boards and CEOs that oversee persistent deficits.

Federal contributions should be predictable and fair too. Since 2017, the federal government has capped its hospital funding growth at 6.5% a year. That means the federal share of growth shrinks when inflation or population growth spikes, leaving states funding the shortfall.

The cap should be redesigned so the federal government automatically shares funding for reasonable increases in demand and cost. But it can also push productivity. The cap should rise along with state populations and need for care, but it should go up a little below the projected rise in costs.

Price for best practice

Public hospital pricing is based on paying the average cost of care for a visit of a standard length. But how a standard length is defined is way out of date.

Australia’s independent pricing authority should develop prices that promote shorter stays, when they’re safe. States should be rewarded with more federal funding if they embrace these changes.

Other countries have made pricing changes to promote safe same-day care. France, Denmark, Germany and Norway pay the same amount for same-day and longer stays for many surgeries. That creates a strong incentive to send eligible patients home sooner.

Australia, by contrast, often pays less for one-day stays.

It’s no wonder same-day joint replacements are common overseas but rare here. In 2022–23, just 0.3% of hip replacements and 0.2% of knee replacements were same-day, whereas comparable countries have climbed to 5, 10, or even 20%. This cuts costs, without compromising patient outcomes.

Graph showing how other countries do more same-day care
Australia currently promotes longer stays. Grattan InstituteCC BY

Fund solutions for stranded patients

Some patients stay in hospital long after they are medically ready to leave, because they are waiting for residential aged care or disability services. Those extra bed days shouldn’t be funded like bed days that are needed for health reasons.

The average National Disability Insurance Scheme (NDIS) participant waits 16 days in hospital after being medically ready to leave. State governments report that about 8–10% of public hospital bed days are taken up by people waiting to be discharged somewhere else.

No one likes being in hospital longer than necessary, and every extra day carries the risk of infections or complications. And it’s expensive. The average cost of a hospital visit for a new resident at a residential aged care facility is more than $6,500 higher than for an otherwise identical patient returning home.

Like in England, Sweden and Norway, Australia should impose financial penalties for keeping people stranded in hospital. The federal government is responsible for aged care and the NDIS. It should pay for hospital stays after someone is medically ready to leave, or alternative temporary accommodation arranged by the hospital.

Use purchasing power

Supplies and services are roughly a quarter of hospitals’ operating costs. Bigger contracts mean better deals and less duplicated administration. But many states leave money on the table by letting hospitals buy separately what they could buy together.

Centralised procurement lowers prices and cuts duplication. New South Wales’ HealthShare model shows what’s possible across uniforms, meals, linen, payroll and patient transport. Smaller jurisdictions should piggyback on their bigger neighbour’s buying, and for some specialised technologies, a national approach makes sense.

Spending on temporary doctors and nurses has surged since COVID. Hospitals often end up bidding against one another, driving wages up. States should set maximum daily rates, as Queensland does, or consider an in-house locum agency, like Western Australia’s.

There’s also a clinical dimension to scale: centralising some procedures in high-volume surgical centres is often safer and cheaper. States should steadily consolidate where the evidence supports it, and make sure patients who need help to travel to hospital get it.

Time for a productivity pact

Governments are currently debating the next national health agreement. Recent deals have mostly been about slicing up the funding pie, not making it go further. Now there’s a chance to change that.

With productive prices, and a fairer federal cap, states can give their health systems more certainty and better incentives.

Add tougher, more realistic hospital budgets and savings through scale, and we’ll get more care for every hospital dollar.The Conversation

Peter Breadon, Program Director, Health and Aged Care, Grattan Institute and Elizabeth Baldwin, Senior Associate, Health Program, Grattan Institute

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Roblox set to start checking people’s ages. But it will need to do more to keep kids safe

Lisa M. GivenRMIT University

Online gaming giant Roblox has just announced it will start checking users’ ages from early December in an attempt to stop children and teenagers talking with adults.

In what the company has described as a move that sets a “safety gold standard” for the industry, it says it will be the first online gaming or communication platform to require facial age assurance to access chat features for all users.

This requirement comes into effect in Australia just days before the country’s social media age restrictions launch on December 10. It also comes at a time when Roblox – which boasts nearly 380 million active monthly users worldwide – finds itself embroiled in several lawsuits and facing growing public concerns about child grooming and other harms on the platform.

So how exactly will the age requirement work? And will it actually help to keep users – more than half of whom are under 16 – safe?

A global rollout

The age check requirement will be rolled out first in Australia, New Zealand and the Netherlands in early December. It will be expanded globally in early January.

Roblox will require the checks for all users who want to access chat features.

Age checks will involve either facial age estimation enabled by artificial intelligence (AI) or ID verification. Once the age check is complete, users will then be grouped by age and only allowed to chat with people of similar ages.

Roblox says its age checks (to be run by Persona, a third-party identity verification platform) will be “fast” and “secure”, with the Roblox app using the camera on the user’s device.

Users will take a video selfie and be required to move their face in specific directions, to ensure a real person is being checked, to estimate their age.

Once the video is processed it will be deleted, immediately.

Roblox under fire

At the moment Roblox will not be included in Australia’s social media ban for under 16s. However, the company has come under fire in recent months over concerns about grooming, gambling behaviour, and other potential harms for children on its platform.

In April 2025, a California man was accused of kidnapping and engaging in unlawful sexual conduct with a 10-year-old child he met on Roblox.

This year, several lawsuits have been launched against Roblox.

Earlier this month, Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton sued Roblox for “ignoring [American] online safety laws while deceiving parents about the dangers of its platform”.

Separate lawsuits were filed in Kentucky in October, and Louisiana in August, accusing Roblox of harming children.

Florida also filed a criminal subpoena in October alleging Roblox was “a breeding ground for predators”.

Roblox announced in September that it would implement safety measures in Australia “as a result of eSafety’s engagement with the platform”. These measures include:

  • making accounts for users under age 16 private by default
  • introducing tools to prevent adult users from contacting under 16s, without parental consent
  • switching off by default direct chat and “experience chat” within Roblox games, until a user has completed an age check
  • not allowing voice chat between adults and children 15 and under.

Unlike many other platforms, Roblox does not encrypt private chats. This enables the company to monitor and moderate the conversations.

Age checks won’t fix other problems

While these measures will likely be welcomed by parents and others concerned for child safety online, they are not foolproof.

There are limitations to age assurance technologies, which can estimate a person to be between one to three years older – or younger – than their actual age.

This means some children may be assigned into an incorrect age grouping. It also means some adults over 18 may be estimated to be under 18, enabling them to chat with younger people.

Parents whose accounts are linked to their child’s account will be able to correct their child’s age. All users over 13 will be able to correct their age by uploading ID into the system, which may raise concerns about data privacy for users.

There may also be people who lack the appropriate ID necessary to make the corrections, which may restrict their access to age-appropriate features on the platform.

Roblox also allows users to be “trusted connections” and chat with age-checked users 13 and older, with whom they have an existing real-world connections. This will be verified via a QR code or phone number. This means parents will need to check these connections carefully and continue to monitor children’s interactions.

While Roblox’s restrictions will limit interactions to users of similar ages, that doesn’t mean many of the other potential harms – such as cyberbullying – won’t occur within a peer group.

There are also other potential harms that young users may encounter that may not involve chat features. These include virtual sexual assault, as highlighted by a recent investigation by Guardian Australia into Roblox.

The eSafety Commissioner will continue to monitor Roblox and other platforms in future, and these may be classed as age-restricted social media under the legislation if warranted. Meanwhile, parents and other carers should review eSafety’s advice about the upcoming ban and steps they can take to keep their kids safe online.The Conversation

Lisa M. Given, Professor of Information Sciences & Director, Social Change Enabling Impact Platform, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

WeChat is now a frontline policing tool in China. Here’s what my research found

Ausma BernotGriffith University

WeChat is best known as China’s all-purpose “super-app”. It is used for everything from messaging and mobile payments to shopping and government services.

As of June 2024, WeChat reported a staggering 1.37 billion active monthly users globally. For many Chinese-speaking diaspora communities – such as in the United States, Australia and the United Kingdom – the app is a lifeline to their homeland and communities.

But my new research, published this week in Policy & Internet, shows WeChat has also become a powerful – and largely overlooked – component of China’s policing and public security infrastructure.

In fact, the app is now functioning as a “police app”. It’s a kind a digital toolkit allowing police to collect intelligence, accept crime reports, verify identities and access citizen data through a private platform that is deeply embedded in everyday life.

From a social platform to a policing tool

Public security bureaus in China began creating official WeChat accounts in 2012.

By 2017, more than 50,000 police accounts existed. Many offered far more than simple announcements.

Across provinces in China, police are now using WeChat to:

  • operate “internet police stations” where citizens report crimes and disturbances
  • collect digital tips, images and clues from users
  • run real-time emergency “WeChat alarms”
  • verify identities using national ID data
  • link WeChat inputs to provincial “police clouds” and population surveillance databases.

In some jurisdictions, WeChat has even become a frontline policing tool.

In Guangzhou city, for example, railway police built a WeChat-based alarm system allowing citizens to send incident details directly to police dispatch. This would then trigger real-time audio and video communication.

In Zhejiang province, officers used WeChat-based facial and ID card scanning to rapidly identify individuals.

In several towns, thousands of “WeChat police groups” were created, pairing residents with local officers and blurring the line between neighbourhood governance and digital surveillance.

These functions go far beyond convenience. They show how a commercial platform has become an extension of the state’s security apparatus.

A patchwork of purposes

My research draws on 53 government procurement documents and additional Chinese-language media reports on two WeChat accounts known as “public security WeChat” and “WeChat policing”. Procurement documents are a great source of data. They are common in research in contexts where information is curated or suppressed.

The research shows how police agencies across China are integrating WeChat directly into their daily operations.

Wealthier provinces such as Fujian and Shanghai invested heavily in integrating WeChat with existing public security systems, enabling hundreds of services through the app.

Fujian province alone aimed to link WeChat with services across ten cities and more than 300 functions.

Other localities treated WeChat as a superficial PR tool. Some accounts offered little more than positive police stories or traffic announcements. Others became “zombie accounts” – created to meet digitisation targets but never properly maintained.

This patchwork reflects broader challenges in China’s digital modernisation. Local agencies face unequal resources, tight performance quotas and limited technical capacity.

For some, deep integration is possible. For others, the use of WeChat is merely symbolic compliance with government modernisation quotas.

Filling a gap for the state

The Chinese government has spent a decade pushing public security agencies to deliver more services online. Yet many local police units lack the expertise or funds to build bespoke digital systems.

WeChat offers a shortcut.

Because it already handles identity verification, payments, location data and messaging for more than a billion users, it can serve as a ready-made platform for police.

Tencent, WeChat’s parent company, has positioned itself strategically. It offers customised WeChat modules to public security departments as a commercial service

The result is a public-private security infrastructure: state needs and corporate incentives moving in the same direction.

Around the world, governments are increasingly partnering with private tech companies for policing and security.

In the United States and Europe, for example, Palantir and similar firms provide predictive policing and data-analysis platforms.

China’s version is different because WeChat is both a consumer platform and a part of the state’s digital infrastructure.

When policing functions are embedded inside an app billions of people rely on for daily life, the boundary between public service and surveillance becomes blurred.

A new future of platform power and state surveillance

For citizens, WeChat-based policing can make bureaucratic processes faster and more convenient.

But it also means everyday digital activities such as sending messages or paying bills and reporting disturbances could feed into a security architecture operated jointly by the state and a private company.

For WeChat, being compliant with the demands of the state will likely be a crucial business survival strategy.

For example, following China’s national crackdown on Tencent and the broader tech sector between 2020 and 2022, Tencent’s founder promised:

Tencent will continue to resonate with the needs of the nation and the times.

As China continues to centralise its digital governance, WeChat’s role in public security is likely to deepen – representing a new future of platform power and state surveillance.The Conversation

Ausma Bernot, Lecturer in Technology and Crime, Griffith University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Plane and car crash testing is still designed to keep men safe. That puts women in danger

Karl Baron/Flickr/Wikimedia CommonsCC BY
Natasha HeapUniversity of Southern Queensland

The next time you board a commercial flight and are told how to sit in the brace position for an emergency landing, consider this: did you know that international plane safety testing only requires adult male crash test dummies?

Even with car crashes, male dummies are still used for the majority of crash tests worldwide and in Australia. Bizarrely, until just three years ago, the only supposedly “female” crash test dummies used in car safety tests were just shrunken versions of male dummies.

As a former airline pilot now completing a PhD in aviation safety, I’ve been researching the history of aeroplane and car safety. And I’ve been shocked at how little real-world testing is still being done to keep women safe in the air and on our roads.

The problem with crash test dummies

Crash test dummies, called “anthropomorphic test devices”, were first developed for the military in 1949, then adopted by the automotive industry in the mid-1960s.

One of the most widely used test dummies today for both aeroplanes and cars is the Hybrid III “average” man: 175cm tall, 78kg, first created in 1976. That’s meant to represent a 50th percentile or average-sized man and is even written into US regulations for certification safety testing.

Automotive safety testing does include a “small female” dummy for around 25% of tests. However, the dummy required to be used is not actually shaped like an average biological female.

Supposedly “female” dummies have been made and used over the years, such as the Hybrid HIII-5F.

But at just 149cm tall and 48kg, it’s more like the size of a 12-year-old girl. And this dummy (widely used in car testing, including in Australia) is actually a scaled down version of the widely used average male Hybrid III – with plastic breasts swapped in for its chest.

It was only three years ago that a team of Swedish engineers led by pioneering researcher Astrid Linder finally unveiled the first dummy built to mimic an “average woman” of 162cm and 62kg.

The creation of a new female dummy is a step forward. But using that more accurate “average” female dummy is not yet a legal requirement for car or plane testing.

Women’s higher risk of serious injuries in cars

In cars, women are more likely to be seriously injured in crashes, even at low speeds.

Women sit further forward than men when driving, even if they are the same height. We need to, as we have different limb proportions than men.

In crashes, women are often labelled “out of position drivers” — simply because car designs are based on the average male. Half the world’s population is not sitting wrong; it’s a design flaw.

Startlingly, some car protection systems designed and tested on male dummies have been shown to increase injury severity in women, while decreasing the injury in men.

Aeroplanes are only required to test with male dummies

When it comes to aeroplanes, all research, testing and aircraft certification – including seat and seat belt design, as well as the brace positions to adopt before a crash – use only “average” male dummies, such as the Hybrid III male dummy modified for aviation.

Aeroplanes get safety certified in the country they’re made. The two big global manufacturers are Boeing and Airbus. Boeing planes are assembled and certified in the United States by the Federal Aviation Administration, while parts of Airbus planes are built across Europe, China and Canada, certified by the European Union Aviation Safety Agency.

The US and the European Union aviation safety agencies largely harmonise their standards for crash-worthiness and safety testing through international agreements. They follow standards and recommended practices set by global engineering association, SAE International.

Other national authorities, such as Australia’s Civil Aviation Safety Authority, rely on those international safety certification standards, rather than each country re-testing aeroplanes.

The lack of aeroplane safety research for women

As just one example, US regulations for testing emergency landings are very clear about what to use in those safety tests: the average male dummy. There is no requirement to use a female dummy.

Though I have been searching for it, there has been no research on the effect this male-centric focus has on female aeroplane passengers or crew safety.

Despite clear evidence that women experience different — and often more severe — injury outcomes in car crashes, there is no publicly-accessible research on this in aviation.

A male crash test dummy slamming into an inflating air bag in the driver seat
Past research has found some car protection systems tested on male dummies decreased injury in men – but could increase injury severity in women. Getty Images/Caspar Benson

Women are not simply smaller men

Body proportions, muscle mass and limb length differ between the sexes. Research into injuries from car crashes in the United Kingdom has found men possess 8% greater skeletal mass and a different body mass distribution than women.

Women generally have a smaller height and shoulder width, but a larger hip circumference than men. Female sex hormones lead to more lax ligaments, influencing joint stability.

Physiological differences between women and men matter to safety outcomes.

Such differences need to be considered in better future testing for aeroplanes and cars. One design does not fit all when it comes to safety.The Conversation

Natasha Heap, Program Director for the Bachelor of Aviation, University of Southern Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Just 18 firms won 50% of federal Indigenous procurement spending: new study

Christian EvaAustralian National University

Australia’s decade-old Indigenous Procurement Policy has been hailed by both sides of politics as a success in Indigenous economic policy.

Started in 2015 as a way to address under-investment in Indigenous businesses when the federal government awards contracts, it’s maintained bipartisan support. In ten years, around 80,000 government contracts worth a combined A$12.6 billion have been awarded to more than 4,400 Indigenous-owned businesses.

But my new research – based on freedom of information requests released by the National Indigenous Australians Agency – shows half of the $7 billion spent in the first eight years of the policy went to just 18 businesses.

It also found contracts have flowed mainly to businesses based in major cities – led by Canberra.

These findings are timely, as the federal government is already scaling up its targets for Indigenous procurement between now and 2030, from 3% to 4% of government contracts.

What my research found

While the National Indigenous Australians Agency reports annual spending under the Indigenous Procurement Policy (IPP) at an aggregate level, my new research is the first detailed public analysis of the IPP’s distribution of contracts.

My research, published this month in the Australian Journal of Public Administration, examines all contracts of $10,000 or more awarded to Indigenous businesses under the IPP from 2015–16 to 2022–23. These contracts represent more than 99% of the total value of contracts awarded.

In the first eight years of the IPP, from 2015 to mid-2023:

  • 12,800 contracts worth $7 billion were awarded to more than 900 Indigenous firms.

  • 6,415 or 50% of these contracts went to just 11 businesses

  • $3.5 billion – or 50% of the $7 billion – of these contracts went to just 18 businesses

  • 47% of the total value was awarded to businesses of between 50% and 51% Indigenous ownership, with an additional 27% to businesses with unidentified Indigenous ownership status

  • 5,272 contracts – or more than 40% of the number – and 30% of the value of contracts ($2.1 billion) were awarded to businesses in Canberra. That’s despite the Australian Capital Territory being home to just 1% of Indigenous Australians.

So a very small number of businesses, concentrated in capital cities and especially Canberra, have thrived under the IPP, compared to the much larger total.

That’s despite the fact that, by 2022, there were close to 14,000 Indigenous businesses across Australia.

Why it matters

The IPP makes up only a relatively small slice of federal government goods and services purchases. But this shift has generated a substantial redirection of economic injection into the Indigenous business sector.

Yet because the scale of economic investment has been so large, it’s easy to lose focus on how this investment has been distributed nationally.

Indigenous business people, communities and politicians have raised questions about how widely the benefits of the IPP have been shared. For instance, as recently as last month, several senators raised concerns about issues of access to the IPP for many Indigenous businesses.

Changes now underway

The first decade of the IPP has shown the potential of public procurement as an investment in the growing Indigenous business sector.

But even the federal government has acknowledged the policy needs to work better.

Earlier this year, the government announced changes aimed at “ensuring that the economic benefits of the IPP are genuinely flowing to First Nations Australians as intended”.

Those changes include new rules to strengthen eligibility criteria to access the IPP, starting from July 2026. They’re also aiming to make it easier to report non-Indigenous firms that fake or exaggerate the Indigenous ownership and management of their business to apply for government contracts – known as “black cladding”.

Measuring success beyond raw numbers

Public procurement is a competitive process. As such, it never going to provide equitable opportunities for all businesses.

However, my new research shows the distribution of IPP contracts was highly concentrated until at least 2022-23, both geographically and in the number of businesses that won half of the contracts. That means other Indigenous businesses missed out on valuable economic opportunities.

As the IPP reforms continue to be made into 2026, it’s crucial the policy moves beyond just reporting the number and value of contracts awarded as its measures of success, to increasingly incorporate more Indigenous-defined measures of success for the IPP.

For example, this could involve introducing a greater focus on ensuring firms outside major cities are also well placed to win procurement contracts. It could also include accurately valuing the social impact of Indigenous businesses in the tender process.

The IPP has shown it has great potential. It’s time to make it work better not just for a federal government based in Canberra, but for Indigenous businesses right across the nation.The Conversation

Christian Eva, Research Fellow, POLIS: The Centre for Social Research and Policy, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Years in the making, the first complete monthly inflation report is almost here

John HawkinsUniversity of Canberra

A new “complete” monthly consumer price index (CPI) will be released next week, and will become Australia’s primary measure of inflation.

This new release will finally bring Australia into line with the other advanced economies in the Group of 20, which all publish inflation data every month. It will make it easier to compare inflation trends with other nations.

For the Reserve Bank of Australia, headline inflation from the complete monthly CPI will become the new target for monetary policy.

The Australian Bureau of Statistics has been publishing a monthly CPI “indicator” since 2022. But it only had a partial coverage.

The inflation report measures price changes in a fixed “basket” of goods and services each month.

In an updated explanation of the new data published on Tuesday, the bureau said prices of 87% of the CPI basket of goods and services will be updated each month. That’s up from 50% previously.

quarterly series (an average of the three months) will continue to be published.

What does the new monthly measure mean for our understanding of inflation?

The monthly series will be more volatile

A monthly consumer price index can swing a lot reflecting temporary fluctuations in the volatile prices of goods such as petrol, fruit and vegetables. These get smoothed out somewhat – but not totally removed – in a quarterly index.

The inflation rate based on the new monthly series will therefore be more volatile than that based on the quarterly. We will need to build up some history before we know just how much more volatile. But the experience with the partial monthly measure (and experience in other countries) provides a guide.

The Reserve Bank has commented it “will take time to learn about the properties of the monthly CPI data”.

The Reserve Bank will “initially continue to focus on measures of underlying inflation from the quarterly CPI”. It will forecast the quarterly rather than the monthly CPI.

The monthly index will sometimes give earlier warning of a changing trend in inflation. For example, in mid-2025 the jump from 1.9% in June to 3.0% in August was a warning that inflation was no longer falling.

But it can also give misleading signals. In late 2022, the monthly index showed inflation jumping from 7.4% to 8.4%. But the quarterly index revealed inflation had peaked at 7.8% in the December quarter.

In mid-2023, the monthly index showed inflation picking up from 4.9% in July to 5.6% in September; yet the quarterly index showed inflation was continuing to decline.

In mid-2025 the monthly index showed inflation was down to 1.9%, below the Reserve Bank’s 2-3% target band, leading some commentators to expect a run of further interest rate cuts. But we now know (underlying) inflation has been staying stubbornly near the top of the Reserve Bank’s band.

The Melbourne Institute has produced a monthly Australian inflation gauge since 2002. But it isn’t much quoted, perhaps because of the volatility.

Too much information?

Encouraging the media and the public to pay more attention to the monthly index might create the impression there’s more inflation than there is.

Behavioural economics says people are “loss averse”. They pay more attention to bad news (high inflation) than good news (low inflation). The monthly figures mean the media will be reporting inflation news 12 times a year, rather than four.

Media reporting each month might amplify things. When the monthly number is low, this may get less attention. Some commentators might even succumb to the temptation to “annualise” a month’s movement, multiplying by 12. This can present a misleading, or alarming, picture.

Over the longer term, the more volatile annual inflation rate based on the monthly data may be within the 2-3% target band less often than the rate calculated from the quarterly data.

The Reserve Bank’s task of restraining inflationary expectations may therefore become harder with the focus shifting to the new monthly measure.The Conversation

John Hawkins, Head, Canberra School of Government, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How does the hair-loss drug finasteride work? Can it affect my mental health?

agrobacter/Getty
Nial WheateMacquarie University and Jasmine LeeUniversity of Sydney

For many men the gradual thinning of hair is about more than just their appearance. Finasteride, a drug widely prescribed for the treatment of male pattern baldness has been used effectively for many years for this deeply personal problem.

Yet, behind its use are growing concerns about its link to the development of depression, anxiety, and even suicidal thoughts.

There is now critical discussion among both users and health-care professionals about the potential hazards associated with its continued use.

So how does the drug work? And what does the evidence say about the risk of developing a mental health problem?

How does finasteride work?

Finasteride is used to treat androgenetic alopecia, also known as male pattern baldness. It works to regrow hair and prevent the further loss of hair.

One of the key causes of pattern baldness is the production of a hormone called dihydrotestosterone which the body makes from testosterone. When it binds to the follicles of hairs, it initiates a process called hair follicle miniaturisation. This is where the growth cycle of the hair becomes progressively shorter, resulting in thinner and weaker hair.

Finasteride works by blocking the enzyme that converts testosterone to dihydrotestosterone. By blocking the enzyme, dihydrotestosterone concentrations can be reduced by around 60–70% for the majority of men.

Finasteride was first approved in the late 1990s as a prescription-only medicine and is taken as a daily 1 milligram oral tablet. Medications available at a higher 5 mg daily dose are not used for baldness, but as a treatment for non-cancerous prostate enlargement.

This medication is not indicated for women, even though they can also have this type of hair loss.

How can it impact your mental health?

Changes in mental health are not listed as an established side effect in Australian guidance given to health-care professionals.

Based on clinical trials, the most common effects include:

  • decreased libido
  • erectile dysfunction
  • reduced semen production.

The guidance also describes an increased risk of prostate cancer and a potential risk for breast cancer. Yes, men can get breast cancer too.

While initial clinical trials conducted to obtain approval for the drug didn’t demonstrate mental health concerns, monitoring of patients using the drug has since indicated a potential increased risk of depression and suicidal thoughts. But as this is based on patients self-reporting symptoms, according to the guidance there is no definitive link.

However, in May 2025, the European Medicines Agency safety committee stated suicidal thoughts was a confirmed side effect of finasteride. The European Union also advises patients that finasteride can cause a depressed mood and depression.

Similarly, in a warning about compounded finasteride, the United States Food and Drug Administration stated in April 2025 that topical formulations of the drug has similar side effects to the oral version. These include depression, anxiety and suicidal thoughts.

What should you do if it is affecting your mental health?

If you notice changes in your mental health while taking the drug, try not to handle significant mood changes by yourself. If you’re feeling unusually low, anxious or emotionally unstable, check in with a doctor so they can help you figure out whether finasteride is contributing to your mood and what support you may need.

If the symptoms are mild, they may suggest pausing finasteride to see whether things improve, or continuing with additional mental health support. If your symptoms are more severe, stopping the medication and getting prompt medical review may be appropriate.

If you are taking finasteride and are worried about its side effects, it is safe to stop immediately. Most side effects ease once the medication is out of your system, although a small number of people have reported symptoms that persist.

If you do decide to stop, this will mean that your hormone levels will gradually return to baseline and the hair growth seen with the drug will be lost over time.

If finasteride is not the right fit for you, there is another evidence-based alternative.

Topical minoxidil is a first-line treatment that can be used on its own or with other treatments and is available from pharmacies over the counter. It only works while it’s being used and may irritate the scalp, but its effectiveness is well-established and widely recommended.

While depression and anxiety are associated with minoxidil, the incidence is much lower because of their topical application.

There is also a medication called dutasteride. However, as it works in a similar way to finasteride, it may also increase your risk of developing mental health problems. So it is best to avoid dutasteride if finasteride is not suitable for you.


If this story has raised any issues for you, please contact one of the services below:

Nial Wheate, Professor, School of Natural Sciences, Macquarie University and Jasmine Lee, Pharmacist and PhD Candidate, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Australian drug driving deaths have surpassed drink driving. Here’s how to tackle it

Milad HaghaniThe University of Melbourne

Australia has made major progress in curbing drink driving. Decades of random breath testing, enforcement and powerful social media campaigns have cut alcohol-related road deaths significantly.

Yet new data show more fatal crashes now involve drugs than alcohol.

So, how has drug driving become so prevalent despite strict laws? Why has deterrence succeeded for alcohol but faltered for drugs? And what policy and behavioural changes can reverse this growing source of road trauma?

National trends

National crash data confirm the changing face of road risk.

Between 2010 and 2023, fatal crashes involving drug driving rose from 7.6% to 16.8% – an increase that makes drug driving the most common risk factor in fatal crashes.

During the same period, crashes linked to drink driving fell from 21.6% to 12%, while those linked to not wearing seat belts dropped from 15.3% to 14.7%.

A breakdown of drivers and motorcyclists shows how drastically the balance has shifted.

Among drivers, the share of fatalities involving an illegal blood alcohol concentration has fallen steadily – from about 30% to 14% between 2008 and 2023.

Among motorcyclists it dropped even further, from 27% to 10%.

Yet over the same period, deaths where drugs were detected surged in both groups – roughly quadrupling for drivers and motorcyclists alike, now accounting for about one in five motorcyclist fatalities.

State-level data

Last year in Queensland, there were 49 road fatalities involving drugs, compared with 42 involving alcohol.

In July 2023, the state expanded roadside screening to include cocaine, with more than 1,400 positive detections since.

In New South Wales, drug driving charges have risen more than 30-fold since 2008. Testing volumes have increased, but so, too, has the percentage of positive results, from roughly 2% to peaks near 18%.

Toxicology records confirm a parallel rise in the proportion of road deaths where drugs are detected compared to alcohol, indicating the trend cannot be explained by the increase in testing volume alone.

In Victoria, about 3% of licensed drivers are tested for drugs each year, targeting cannabis, methamphetamine and MDMA.

South Australia has just announced its testing regime will be expanded to include screening for cocaine.

How does testing work?

Drivers are first screened for alcohol when they are stopped. If no alcohol is detected, police may ask for an oral-fluid test using a saliva swab.

The process detects trace amounts of illicit drugs, not impairment itself.

The swab collects saliva, producing an initial result within minutes. If a test shows a positive reading, a second sample is taken and sent to a laboratory for confirmation.

Unlike alcohol testing, which measures a driver’s blood-alcohol concentration against a defined legal limit, drug testing operates under a zero-tolerance rule.

This means any measurable amount of the targeted drugs – cannabis, methamphetamine, MDMA or cocaine in most states – is an offence.

Roadside drug tests are more complex and costlier than breath tests.

In 2024, Australian police conducted about 10.3 million random breath tests, resulting in roughly 58,000 positive detections – a positive rate of 0.6%.

By contrast, there were only 500,000 roadside drug tests but they yielded more than 52,000 positive results – a tenfold higher detection rate.

Behavioural factors

Recent studies show drug driving has grown mainly for three overlapping reasons:

  • perception among drivers they won’t get caught
  • perception of weaker social stigma around drug driving
  • drug testing remaining far less frequent than alcohol testing.

Many drivers believe they won’t be caught. Exposure to roadside drug testing remains low – in some states, fewer than 2% of licensed motorists are tested in a year.

Meanwhile, some social media users send out “police-location” alerts which can help other drivers avoid enforcement sites.

These factors lower the perceived risk of apprehension.

Recent Australian research also found a stark contrast in how drivers view alcohol and drug impairment.

Participants often described drink driving as more dangerous and socially unacceptable whereas drug driving was often considered less risky and less likely to attract police attention.

Misconceptions and lack of awareness about the impairment effects of drugs may also contribute: drug users often perceive their driving ability as unimpaired.

In reality, the drugs most often detected have very different impairment profiles – but all, in their own ways, increase the risk of a crash.

Stimulants such as methamphetamine or cocaine can make drivers more aggressive and reckless. Cannabis slows reaction time, impairs people’s judgement of time and distance, and reduces coordination, particularly within the first few hours after use.

Using drugs together, or combining them with alcohol, further amplifies impairment.

One of the TAC’s public education campaigns targeting occasional cannabis users.

What can be done?

Australia’s success in curbing drink driving came from the right mix of laws, visibility and social messaging.

Tackling drug driving will require the same balance but adapted to new realities.

Four strategies could make a difference:

Testing strategically. Sheer volume isn’t enough. Enforcement should focus on unpredictable, data-driven deployments – targeting high-risk times, routes and driver groups. Deterrence improves when testing resources are used strategically.

Creating more visibility. Drivers don’t need to be tested to be deterred. Regularly seeing roadside operations can raise the perceived risk of being caught.

Countering evasion networks. Social media platforms and group chats that warn users about testing locations undermine deterrence. Police can counter this by tracking these alerts and rotating testing sites and times.

Reframing the message. Public campaigns must highlight how long impairment lasts, the risks of mixing substances and the illusion of control many drug-using drivers report. Australia’s iconic anti-drink driving slogans – such as “if you drink, then drive, you’re a bloody idiot” – helped build powerful social norms. A new generation of drug driving campaigns will need to do the same.The Conversation

Milad Haghani, Associate Professor and Principal Fellow in Urban Risk and Resilience, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘I do get quite anxious’: why so many students are applying for early offers to uni

Ben EdwardsAustralian National UniversityJessica ArnupAustralian National University, and Kate Doery

An increasing number of Australian school students are applying for an early offer to university, before they have their exam results back.

Last Thursday, nearly 16,000 students in New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory got an early offer through the University Admissions Centre, after a 3% growth in applications from last year. This follows a 19% increase in applications between 2023 and 2024.

But amid some concerns about the popularity of these schemes – what does it do to students’ motivation for their final exams? – there has been little research into who is doing this and why.

In our new report we survey almost 4,000 Year 12 students about their thoughts on early offers.

How do early offers work?

Many Australian universities allow Year 12 students to apply for an undergraduate place in a wide range of courses before they finish the school year.

Criteria for entry include a combination of Year 11 results or predicted ATAR, a recommendation from school, personal statements or extracurricular activities.

Typically announced from September, the scheme allows students to receive early acceptance into university before undertaking their final exams. There may be conditions students still need to meet, such as receiving certain scores and passing Year 12. But some offers are unconditional.

This is in contrast to the main round of offers, which come out in January, after exams are over and results are released.

Our research

In our new report, we analysed data from the GENERATION study, a national survey of young people conducted by the Australian National University. Students were recruited from all Australian states and school sectors. Here, we report findings from 3,821 young people who were completing Year 12 in 2024.

University aspirations were high among these Year 12 students, with 69% reporting they planned to go to university, either immediately after finishing school or sometime in the future.

In this round of data, we looked at which students were also applying for early offers, and their motivations for doing so.

Who applied?

We surveyed students between May and July of 2024. Overall, 46% of all Year 12 students reported they were either planning to apply, were in the process of applying, or had already applied to a university through an early offer scheme.

There were significant differences between states and territories.

For example, 71% of students in New South Wales and the Australian Capital Territory reported planning to apply for an early offer, as most universities in these jurisdictions have early offer schemes and there is a centralised application process.

Fewer students applied for early offers in Victoria (37%) and South Australia (25%). This is likely because two of the largest universities in Victoria did not have an early offer scheme in place, and no universities in South Australia have a scheme.

Female students more likely to apply

Female students were more likely to apply than their male peers (60% compared to 44%). Students from private schools were slightly more likely to apply for an early offer than students from government schools (57% compared to 54%).

We also explored whether educationally disadvantaged students were more or less likely to apply for an early offer.

We already know students from an equity group – those from regional/remote areas and disadvantaged schools and those with a disability or from an Indigenous background – are less likely to attend university than the general population. The federal government wants to boost university participation from these underrepresented groups.

Overall, we found the percentage of students who intended to apply for an early offer was lower for equity students (47%) compared to students not in an equity group (59%). However, among students who planned to go to university, the proportions were similar (64% and 69% respectively).

Some students said applying early allowed them to take advantage of equity schemes. As one government school student told us:

Some universities offer equity scholarships for disadvantaged students. I’m a foster kid who left home to escape domestic violence and abuse, so these opportunities are really helpful.

Why are they applying?

Students also reported other reasons for applying for an early offer. This included guaranteeing a place at university. As one student from an ACT government school told us, he wanted to “more effectively plan my future”.

Other students wanted a safety net if other plans did not work out. A Victorian private school student explained, “I want to have as many options as possible for university […].”

Students also told us an early offer could reduce stress in an already stressful year of exams, future planning and decisions. In a previous report, we found 31% of Year 12 students reported significant levels of distress. As one student from a Tasmanian private school told us:

I do get quite anxious and suffer from burnout. [An early offer] gets the stress of applying for uni out of the way early.

Do students slack off?

Some schools have raised concerns students who get an early offer no longer try as hard with their studies for the remainder of Year 12.

While the timing of our survey means we can’t directly test this hypothesis (students were surveyed before getting offers), we did test whether levels of student engagement in Year 11 were associated with planning or applying for an early offer. We had measured the same students’ engagement levels in an earlier survey in 2023.

We found 67% of highly engaged students – those who reported active participation in class and worked hard to meet teacher expectations – wanted to apply for an early offer. This compares to 54% of students rated as low engaged students in Year 11.

So this does not suggest students applying for an early offers scheme intend to slack off. Rather it suggests highly engaged students are planning to apply, perhaps because they want more certainty and to relieve stress.

The next round of our survey (currently being conducted) will give us more insight, as we track the same group through end of school and beyond.The Conversation

Ben Edwards, Professor, Child and Youth Development and Longitudinal Studies, Australian National UniversityJessica Arnup, Research Fellow, Centre for Social Policy Research, Australian National University, and Kate Doery, Research Officer, Centre for Social Policy Research, Australian National University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Franchise businesses have long been plagued by scandals. Domino’s is just the latest

Jenny BuchanUNSW Sydney

The blue and red boxes with white dots are immediately recognisable as containing Domino’s pizzas. The pizza chain is Australia’s largest and is run as a franchise, with the ASX-listed public company Domino’s Pizza Enterprises holding the Australian master franchise rights.

Industry analysts IBISWorld calculate Domino’s has 4.2% of the fast food and takeaway market in Australia.

But recent reports suggest all is not well with many of the store owners, who are struggling with rising costs and declining profitability.

Troubling reports

The central issue appears to be what the federal government describes in its code of conduct as the “the imbalance of power between franchisors and franchisees”.

The Australian Financial Review has reported troubling claims in two key areas:

  • Domino’s appears to have doubled the margin on the key food ingredients it sells to franchisees and increased its advertising levy, according to a letter from store owners represented by the Australian Association of Franchisees. This could reduce their profitability

  • Domino’s Australian chief operating officer, Greg Steenson, reportedly encouraged franchisees in a presentation to take advantage of restructuring schemes that allow insolvent companies to continue to trade by negotiating repayment plans with the tax office and other creditors.

In a letter to Domino’s quoted in the report, the franchisees said their earnings have remained flat for 15 years, and have not kept up with inflation.

A long history of disputes

A former franchisee told a parliamentary inquiry into the franchising model the margin squeeze meant

franchisees can be ripped off by [Domino’s Pizza Enterprises] when forced to buy supplies at a higher price than they could get through their wholesalers.

He said the cost of food, labour, rent and other fixed costs had risen, but in 2019 pizzas were still sold at 1990s prices. “Nobody is left to pay for this but the franchisees,” the former owner said.

According to the Financial Review article, the cost of supplies remains a problem for franchisees. Time will tell whether Domino’s proposed 70 cent increase in pizza prices will help.

In response to questions from the Financial Review, Domino’s said the food margin had not “materially changed” in five years, despite volatility in ingredients prices.

Government reviews found the previous regulations had loopholes that did not sufficiently protect franchisees. There have been a string of high-profile disputes involving auto services company Ultra Tune, coffee chain 85 Degrees CoffeePizza Hut and others.

Following a 2024 inquiry, changes to the code of conduct were introduced this year.

Advertising costs on the rise

Advertising expenditure comes from what is now known as a “special purpose fund” in the code of conduct. Franchisors need to provide franchisees with disclosure about how the money is spent.

In 2017, the consumer regulator Australian Competition and Consumer Commission fined Domino’s A$18,000 for allegedly slipping on its obligations to advise franchisees about its marketing spend.

Ensuring franchisees have a genuine say in how their increased contribution is spent could help to address any imbalance of power between Domino’s and its franchisees.

Franchisees reportedly now pay 6% of their earnings to Domino’s for marketing and advertising, up from 5.35%. That is in addition to 7% of gross sales paid as royalties, and other costs for email and bookkeeping.

What insolvent means

The insolvency law for small businesses is explained by the Australian Taxation Office as a process that enables financially distressed but viable firms to restructure their existing debts and continue to trade.

The press reports say the franchisees of about 65 Domino’s stores were on repayment plans with the Australian Taxation Office. Many franchisees own two or more outlets.

Under the Corporations legislation, companies on these repayment plans may be trading insolvent, or believe they will become insolvent. Insolvent means they cannot pay their debts when they fall due. If this is the case, a key question that needs to be answered by Domino’s is whether their franchised outlets can become profitable.

In another media report, Domino’s was quoted as saying it disputed the number of stores on repayment plans, adding it was a “significantly smaller” number of franchisees.

The company was contacted for comment but did not respond before deadline.

What this means for the stores

So what does this mean for Domino’s store owners who may be trading insolvent?

Under the law, the restructuring process allows eligible small business companies:

  • to retain control of the business, property and affairs while developing a plan to restructure with the assistance of a small business restructuring practitioner
  • to enter into a restructuring plan with creditors.

If a company proposes a restructuring plan to its creditors, it is taken to be insolvent. This is a game changer for the franchisee and its creditors.

Franchisees receive protection from creditors who want to enforce rights under existing contracts. A franchisee’s creditors include suppliers, its landlord, employees, the tax office and the franchisor (in this case, Domino’s).

Currently these store owners are protected from any creditors pushing them to pay their debts. The restructuring process gives the store owners some breathing room while the debt negotiations take place.

The imbalance of power persists

Despite government inquiries and reviews, it seems the imbalance of power between the Domino’s franchisees and their franchisor persists.

But Domino’s can’t afford to stay the same. Franchisees need to make a profit. The move to enter restructuring could be a temporary band aid.

Domino’s largest shareholder and executive chairman, Jack Cowin, was appointed in July after the former chief executive left after just seven months. Cowin understands the franchised fast food sector and has pledged to lead a cost reduction program that will improve the profitability of stores.The Conversation

Jenny Buchan, Emeritus Professor, Business School, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.

Week Three November 2025 (November 10-16)

Street League Skateboarding Announces Return to Sydney To Kick Off 2026 World Championship Tour

On the back of two sold-out events in Sydney in 2023 and 2024, Street League Skateboarding (SLS) has now announced it’s return to the Australian market, with Ken Rosewall Arena playing host to the season opening event of the SLS World Championship Tour for a special two-day event to be held on Saturday, 14 February to Sunday, 15 February 2026. 

Tickets for SLS Sydney 2026 are available for purchase at streetleague.com starting at $29.00.

This marks the first time in SLS’ history that Australia will host the opening event of the sport’s flagship series. Sydney fans will now be able to watch firsthand as the top male and female skaters in the world – including Tokyo and Paris Olympians - compete in premier SLS competition. 

In addition to the Championship Tour stop, Street League Skateboarding will be taking over the city of Sydney, with a host of activations, headlined by the In Your City event, which allows local skateboarders to ride alongside their heroes in the days leading up to the competition. Look for more details on this special event to be announced soon. 

For a preview of the next level action that Sydney fans can look forward to, go here

Headlining the event will be Australian star Chloe Covell (Tweed Heads, NSW), who has dominated the Women’s category at the past two editions of the Sydney event, claiming the title in both appearances. Covell has been in fine form during the 2025 season taking two contest wins in Santa Monica, USA and Cleveland, USA. The young Australian currently leads the women’s standings and is a favorite for the Super Crown World Champion title in Brazil this December.

Covell said, “SLS is the best of the best when it comes to skateboarding. I’ve loved getting to perform and win in front of my hometown crowd and I can’t wait to do it again in February.”   

Chloé Covell, SLS Paris 2025. Photo: Pierre-Antoine Lalaude 

Veteran Australian SLS Pro, Shane O’Neill (Melbourne, VIC), a former Super Crown World Champion (2016) and a national Skateboarder of the Year, also anticipates Street League’s Sydney return.

O’Neill said, “Australia’s skate scene has always been amazing, and it’s home to so many great skaters. So, it only feels right that Street League’s coming back to Sydney. I already know the crowd’s gonna be louder than ever.” 

Street League Skateboarding in Sydney is proudly supported by the NSW Government through its tourism and major events agency Destination NSW.

NSW Minister for Jobs and Tourism and Minister for Sport, Steve Kamper, said: “Hosting the Street League Skateboarding Championship Tour puts our city back in the spotlight, as the world’s best skaters bring their talent and energy to one of Sydney’s premier sporting precincts.

“It’s another major win for Sydney, attracting visitors from across the globe and showcasing our city’s unmatched energy and lifestyle. We can’t wait to welcome competitors and fans next year to our Harbour City for an unforgettable celebration of sport, skill and vibrant culture.”

Established in 2010, SLS is the street skateboarding’s first professional organization and is recognized as the sport’s preeminent global competition. Its events take place on custom-built, one-of-a-kind, SLS-certified plazas with the best in the sport competing for the highest stakes. 

The 2026 edition of the SLS Championship Tour will dial up the fan experience with an exciting, reimagined competition format featuring the very best of the best in street skateboarding, as well as a host of activations across the city and on-site at Ken Rosewall Arena in Homebush. 

The sport’s elite athletes are set to appear in Sydney, with the likes of Rayssa Leal (Imperatriz, Brazil) - the fourth most-followed female athlete on the planet and three-time SLS Super Crown Champion, Nyjah Huston (Laguna Beach, USA) – the seven-time and defending Men’s SLS Super Crown World Champion, and two-time Olympic Gold Medallist, Yuto Horigome (Tokyo, Japan) who is looking to bring is unique and graceful style to Sydney in February. Other competitors will include Tokyo 2020 Gold Medallist, Momiji Nishiya (Osaka, Japan), 2024 Paris Gold Medallist, Coco Yoshizawa (Kanagawa, Japan), and current standings front runners, Cordano Russell (London, Canada) and Chris Joslin (Hawaiian Gardens, USA). 

For more Street League Skateboarding news, including the Championship Tour updates, broadcast information, and more, go to www.streetleague.com.
Nyjah Huston. Photo:Matt Rodriguez

‘Ninety-five Not Out’ – Inspiring NSW seniors share their stories

November 10,2025
Tales spanning technological change, women’s empowerment and New South Wales’s natural beauty are among 100 literary masterpieces featured in Volume 11 of Seniors’ Stories launched today at Parliament House.

Seniors’ Stories elevates the voices of seniors and provides a platform for older authors to reflect on the theme of ‘Then and Now’.

Readers are offered insights into authors’ youthful memories, changing times and life-shaping moments.

Cranebrook author Marie Nevin, who turned 96 in September, is the oldest contributor for this year’s edition. Marie’s story ‘Ninety-Five Not Out’ vividly portrays her transition from childhood to embracing modern technology later in life.

“I was born in 1929 in Marrickville . . . I remember while driving there, the ‘Bottle‑O’ would come down the street in a horse and cart calling ‘Bottle‑o, Bottle‑o’,” she writes.

“I am now ninety‑five years old. I like to go out and have coffee and cake … I have thirty‑four grandchildren, forty great‑grandchildren … I am thankful for having a mobile phone as it keeps me in touch with them all … I have an iPad which I use every day, playing word games to keep my mind active.”

For Marie, writing is a family affair. Her son-in-law Paul Ryan, from Emu Plains, also contributed a short story titled ‘The Wharf’. 

Seniors’ Stories Volume 11 features nine stories translated to an author’s chosen language alongside English versions to reflect the cultural diversity of communities across the state.

Translated languages include Bengali, Cantonese, Dutch, French, German, Hindi, Italian, Malayalam and Sinhalese.

More than 1,100 personal stories of older people across NSW have been published in Seniors’ Stories since the NSW Government launched the initiative in 2013.

The program is open to all Seniors Card and Senior Savers Card holders. Authors from all backgrounds and languages are encouraged to submit their work.

The Fellowship of Australian Writers NSW has led writing workshops to provide guidance and support for seniors seeking to share their stories.

More information on Seniors’ Stories is available at NSW Seniors Card.

Minister for Seniors Jodie Harrison said:

“Seniors’ Stories is a special publication which offers a glimpse into how the lives of older people in New South Wales have evolved over the years.

“It’s a celebration of the diversity and resilience of older people in New South Wales, and I’m delighted to see seniors from all walks of life have shared their stories.

“These books are a beautiful reminder that we all have a story worth sharing.”

Congratulations to residents whose stories are featured in this year's volume:
  • AI Friend 10760: Max by Elizabeth Guthrie MONA VALE
  • Testimony of Time - in French too: Le témoignage du temps by Sylvana Augustyniak DEE WHY
  • Treehouse Time by Frank Astill MANLY
  • Harbord by Kenneth Waldron MANLY


Funding certainty for TAFE NSW

The NSW Government  stated on Friday November 14 it is delivering on its commitment to rebuild and restore stability to TAFE NSW with a major reform that will save more than $80 million over four years and ensure teachers, not external consultants are at the centre of course material development.

For the past 10 years, TAFE NSW has had to compete with private training providers for annual government funding which involves unnecessary bureaucracy and instability across the public training provider.

From next year that will change. TAFE NSW will no longer compete with private providers for annual funding and will instead receive a predictable, long-term budget, allowing it to focus on delivering high-quality education and training to students across the state.

The change will cut administrative red tape for teachers and allow them to dedicate more time to course development and supporting students.

The decision reflects the critical role TAFE NSW plays as the public provider delivering quality vocational education and training to students and communities across NSW. Independent, industry and community training providers will continue to play a vital role to meet the skills NSW needs.

It also delivers on the NSW VET Review recommendation and supports the Minns Labor Government’s commitment to build a strong and stable TAFE NSW which includes a record $3.4 billion investment in Skills and TAFE in the 2025/26 Budget.

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education Steve Whan said:

“TAFE NSW teachers are the best at what they do – they have the skills, professional industry experience, and knowledge to create effective learning environments that engage and support students to develop the skills needed to succeed in the workplace.

“It makes absolute sense that TAFE NSW draws on its incredible internal knowledge base for course development, along with the expertise of other TAFEs and industry partners, rather than rely on external companies.

“We made a commitment to remove TAFE NSW from competitive funding, and this is us delivering on that commitment. Not only will it provide a more reliable budget to support longer-term planning for educational delivery, but it will free up teachers from extra administrative tasks to focus more on what they do best.”  

NSW Teachers Federation Acting President, Amber Flohm said:

“The Federation welcomes the removal of TAFE NSW from contestable funding, receiving direct funding from government just as schools do. 

“Freeing up our TAFE NSW teachers to do more of the job they love, teaching their students and preparing curriculum for them, rather than hours of administration which has no effect on their student's skill development and education, is to be applauded. 

“Returning TAFE NSW to its rightful place as the public education institution which we can all be proud of, a government asset for the public good, serving our students, communities and addressing the skills shortages, is welcomed by the Federation after twelve long years of neglect.”

MCA Australia announces artist line-up for its major summer exhibition Data Dreams: Art and AI


Museum of Contemporary Art Australia
Tallawoladah, Gadigal Country
140 George Street, The Rocks, Sydney 

The Museum of Contemporary Art Australia (MCA Australia) will premiere a landmark assembly of global art innovators for its major summer exhibition for the 2025–26 Sydney International Art Series, Data Dreams: Art and AI. 

Opening on 21 November 2025, this ground-breaking exhibition is the first of its kind to be staged by an Australian institution, bringing together ten visionary artists from around the world to explore the profound impact of artificial intelligence on contemporary life and creative practice.

Through immersive installations, AI-generated films, hallucinatory images and mind-expanding sculptures, Data Dreams invites audiences to experience the possible futures in art and reflect on the evolving relationship between human and machine intelligence.

Artworks in the exhibition highlight AI's role as an artistic collaborator, its impact on reality and perception, its role in shaping human relationships, and its potential to redefine our understanding of intelligence and perhaps even life itself.

Data Dreams presents projects by contemporary artists working at the forefront of art and AI including:
  • Angie Abdilla (palawa, lutruwita/Tasmania, Australia): Indigenous knowledge systems are brought into dialogue with Western astrophysics in Abdilla’s Meditation on Country (2024), combining scientific and cultural datasets.
  • Fabien Giraud (France): MCA Australia presents the world premiere of The Feral – Epoch 1 (2025), a thousand-year-long film fully shot and edited by an artificial intelligence, involving 32 generations of humans in a dramatic landscape in central France.
  • Kate Crawford & Vladan Joler (Australia/Serbia): Anatomy of an AI System (2018) is a visual investigation into the real-world infrastructure and raw materials required to fabricate, power and dispose of ‘smart’ AI devices, mapping the profound implications of these new technologies for humanity and the planet.
  • Lynn Hershman Leeson (USA): Logic Paralyzes the Heart (2021) and Cyborgian Rhapsody: Immortality (2023) from Leeson’s acclaimed Cyborg film series (1994–2023) trace the radical ways that AI and other technologies are reshaping our lives, societies and the environment. As a foundational innovator in the field, Leeson has been exploring the relationship between technology and humanity since the 1960s.
  • Agnieszka Kurant (Poland): In Kurant’s sculptural work Chemical Garden (2021/2025), plant-like crystals grow in an aquarium from the same metal salts found in computers and deep-sea vents. In Conversions (2019 –ongoing) a liquid crystal painting morphs in response to emotional data collected from millions of social media accounts using a custom AI system.
  • Trevor Paglen (USA): In Paglen’s photographic series Adversarially Evolved Hallucinations (2017– ongoing), uncanny AI-powered images invite us to look inside the strange world of datasets and neural networks, probing the limits of machine perception.
  • Christopher Kulendran Thomas (UK): The Finesse (2022) is a monumental video installation which transports audiences into a simulated forest melding pop culture and political science. Combining archival footage with AI-generated avatars – it questions the role AI technologies play in a world where real and fake messages are indistinguishable. Kulendran Thomas invites us to discern the truth for ourselves.
  • Hito Steyerl (Germany): An expansive new installation blending documentary footage, AI-generated imagery, and sculptures of digital forms by acclaimed artist Hito Steyerl, Mechanical Kurds (2025) examines the sinister worlds of AI-led warfare and surveillance, and the hidden human labour behind these powerful systems.
  • Anicka Yi (South Korea): Anicka Yi looks to possibilities for intelligence and collaboration beyond human and organic life in Radiolaria (2023–25), a series of luminous suspended sculptures that undulate like deep-sea creatures. Each Branch Of Coral Holds Up The Light of The Moon (2024) is a 3D animation generated using custom AI software designed to carry on her art practice after her death.
Curated by MCA Australia's Jane Devery (Senior Curator, Exhibitions), Anna Davis (Curator), and Tim Riley Walsh (Assistant Curator), Data Dreams transforms the MCA’s galleries into a series of experiential spaces that invite visitors to engage with the possibilities and provocations at the intersection of art and AI.

Suzanne Cotter, Director of the Museum of Contemporary Art Australia said: "Data Dreams: Art and AI is a landmark exhibition that reflects the Museum’s commitment to presenting bold, forward-thinking contemporary art. It offers everyone who visits the exhibition a unique opportunity to consider how artists are responding to one of the most transformative technologies of our time."

The exhibition will be accompanied by a dynamic public program including talks, workshops, and performances, to be announced closer to the opening.

MCA Australia thanks Strategic Sponsor Destination NSW for its support. The Sydney International Art Series, established in 2010, brings the world’s most outstanding exhibitions exclusively to Sydney through a partnership between Destination NSW, MCA Australia, and the Art Gallery of New South Wales.

Tickets to the exhibition are available to purchase from mca.com.au. The exhibition is free for MCA members and people aged 18 and under.

Data Dreams: Art and AI opens at the Museum of Contemporary Art Australia on 21 November 2025 and is on until 26 April 2026.

Ancient Feelings - until April 2026

While you're at the MCA you will see Ancient Feelings, 2025, a major new public artwork by acclaimed British artist Thomas J Price.

This striking large-scale sculpture marks the launch of the inaugural Neil Balnaves Tallawoladah Lawn Commission, the first in a three-year series of public works to be featured in front of MCA Australia on the Tallawoladah Lawn, overlooking Warrane/Sydney Harbour. It is a spectacular addition to the cultural landscape of Circular Quay and The Rocks precinct for locals and visitors alike. 

This independently funded sculpture is the result of a visionary gift from The Balnaves Foundation on behalf of the family in honour of founder, husband and father, Neil Balnaves AO.

2025 marks a landmark year for Price as a contemporary living artist, with his work unveiled in some of the world’s most iconic public spaces – including Grounded in the Stars in New York’s Times Square and Time Unfolding in Florence’s historic Piazza della Signoria. Ancient Feelings marks the artist’s first public artwork in Australia, bringing Price’s distinctive approach to Sydney, by the world’s most recognisable harbour.

Measuring over three metres tall and cast in a golden bronze, Ancient Feelings is a commanding presence. Price’s work invites reflection on identity, visibility and shared humanity. It challenges the history of public monuments and encourages people to reflect on our own ideas of beauty and commemoration.

Mr. Price uses the traditional material of bronze in his sculptures to challenge the structures of power and representation embedded in classical sculpture. His work deliberately engages with the symbolic weight of bronze, a material historically associated with permanence, authority and commemoration.

'Ancient Feelings raises questions about who gets to be seen and who gets to be valued,' said Thomas J Price

'This glowing bronze sculpture can help illuminate the real issues that still exist around a lack of willingness to acknowledge history, a resistance to accepting people’s accounts of themselves and their lives, and the realness of our shared humanity.

To have a fictional representation of a black woman, beaming in this golden bronze at a scale that is only associated with power, praise and high standing, I think it will be an absolute joy for many people. For others it may provoke discomfort, and that tension is precisely where the work finds its strength.' he said

Thomas J Price with his work, Ancient Feelings, 2025, installation view, MCA Australia, bronze, commissioned by the Museum of Contemporary Art Australia for the Neil Balnaves Tallawoladah Lawn Commission, 2025, courtesy the artist and MCA Australia © the artist, photograph: Anna Kucera and MCA

For MCA Australia, the commission extends contemporary art and ideas into the public realm and provides an exciting opportunity to renew interest in and spark conversation about the role of public monuments.

'Public art is unique in its ability to create dialogue,' said MCA Australia Director, Suzanne Cotter. ‘Everyone has an opinion about the art they might experience in public spaces. And in an era where the role of the monument has never been more hotly debated, The Neil Balnaves Commission offers propositions and time for reflection from living artists who are engaged with our contemporary world.'

Thomas J Price, Ancient Feelings, 2025, installation view, MCA Australia, bronze, commissioned by the Museum of Contemporary Art Australia for the Neil Balnaves Tallawoladah Lawn Commission, 2025, courtesy the artist and MCA Australia © the artist, photograph: Anna Kucera

The Neil Balnaves Tallawoladah Lawn Commission
The Neil Balnaves Tallawoladah Lawn Commission is a new annual initiative made possible by The Balnaves Foundation, honouring the legacy of philanthropist Neil Balnaves AO (1944–2022). This three-year series aims to bring world-class contemporary sculpture to the public – free and accessible to all – in a place of deep cultural and historical significance.

'This commission is a bold and generous addition to the MCA program thanks to The Balnaves Foundation that honours the legacy of Neil Balnaves AO,' said Suzanne Cotter, Director of MCA Australia. 'It demonstrates the transformative power of philanthropy in enabling us to experience ambitious art in our daily lives.'

'My father strongly believed in the power of art to enrich lives,' said Hamish Balnaves, CEO of The Balnaves Foundation. 'He was particularly passionate about bold public sculpture and its ability to challenge perspectives and ignite conversation.'

The power of philanthropy
The Balnaves Foundation’s generous donation demonstrates the transformative power of philanthropy, making art accessible to people as part of their daily lives, further encouraging governments to put forward additional support.

'Neil advocated for both the philanthropic community and the government to fund the arts and cultural sector in Australia. The Foundation is continuing his legacy by supporting the arts and ensuring access to art for all, with the hope that others may be inspired to give,” Hamish Balnaves added.

'We are deeply indebted to the Balnaves family and The Balnaves Foundation for their support and for choosing this Commission Series to honour Neil Balnaves – one of Australia’s most respected arts philanthropists,' said Suzanne Cotter. 'Together the MCA Australia and The Balnaves Foundation are expanding access to the best international contemporary art for millions of people. This Commission is a fitting tribute to Neil’s vision and passion for bold, thought-provoking art that is accessible to everyone.'

Public program
Accompanying the inaugural Lawn Commission, MCA Australia will present an engaging public program of talks, workshops and walking tours which connects people of all ages and backgrounds with themes and ideas inspired by the work Ancient Feelings and the Commission Series. This includes:
  • A series of talks highlighting the importance of public art and redefining of monuments over the last decades
  • Public art walking tours in neighbouring streets and spaces
  • Kids and Families programs on Tallawoladah Lawn and within the Museum
Thomas J Price’s Ancient Feelings will remain on display through to April 2026, offering millions of visitors the opportunity to engage with contemporary art in a dynamic and meaningful way outside of the Museum. 

About the artist – Thomas J Price
Thomas J Price has become renowned for his powerful and poetic artworks that confront deeply entrenched notions of race and power. Price's large-scale sculptures of everyday, imagined people invite us to consider who is typically remembered and represented in public space.

Born in 1981, Price lives and works in London. He studied at Chelsea College of Art and the Royal College of Art, London and has held solo exhibitions at institutions including The Power Plant, Toronto, Canada; The National Portrait Gallery, London; the Yorkshire Sculpture Park, West Bretton, UK; the Victoria and Albert Museum, London; Kunsthalle Krems, Austria; and Kunsthal Rotterdam. Price’s work is held in collections such as the Art Gallery of Ontario, Canada; Brooklyn Museum, New York; National Gallery of Victoria; Studio Museum in Harlem, New York; and The Legacy Museum, Montgomery, AL.

Price was commissioned by Hackney Council to create the first permanent public sculptures to celebrate the contribution of the Windrush generation and their descendants in the UK, unveiled in June 2022. His solo presentation in collaboration with The Studio Museum in Harlem was on view in Marcus Garvey Park from 2021 to 2022.

In 2025 Price opened a multi-venue exhibition in Florence across Piazza della Signoria, Palazzo Vecchio and Museo Novecento, and unveiled the monumental work Grounded in the Stars in New York’s Times Square. In 2026 the artist will present a new public commission for the V&A East Museum as part of the newly established East Bank campus at Olympic Park, London.

About Neil Balnaves AO 1944 – 2022
In 2006 Neil Balnaves AO founded The Balnaves Foundation. Already an established philanthropist, Neil wanted to create a pathway for intergenerational giving, bringing his family together to help create a better Australia through the arts, education and medicine.

Prior to establishing the Foundation, Neil had a long and successful career in the media industry, including founding the Southern Star Group in 1988. As a film and TV executive, Neil was proud to have been involved in bringing many popular shows to Australian screens, including Water Rats, Blue Heelers, Big Brother, The Secret Life of Us, McLeod’s Daughters and Bananas in Pyjamas.

Neil was the Chairman of Ardent Leisure Group, one of Australia’s most successful owners and operators of premium leisure assets, from 2003 until 2016. Other former directorships include Hanna-Barbera Australia, Reed Consolidated Industries, Hamlyn Group, Taft Hardie, Southern Star Group and Southern Cross Broadcasting.

He was the Chancellor of Charles Darwin University, and a former Director and Trustee Member of Bond University, receiving an Honorary Doctorate of the Bond University in 2009. In addition, Neil was a Board Member of the Art Gallery of South Australia from 2013 to 2019, was a former member of the Advisory Council and Dean’s Circle at the University of New South Wales Faculty of Medicine, and in 2010 received an Honorary Doctorate of the University of New South Wales.

Neil was immensely proud to be appointed an Officer of the Order of Australia in 2010, for his services to the community through philanthropic support for the arts, education, medical research and Indigenous programs, and to business. Neil sadly passed away in February 2022 and is greatly missed by his family who honour his legacy, ensuring Neil’s vision for the Foundation, to create a better Australia, will continue.

About The Balnaves Foundation
The Balnaves Foundation is a private philanthropic organisation established in 2006 by Neil Balnaves AO. The Foundation disperses $5 million annually to eligible organisations that aim to create a better Australia through education, medicine and the arts with a focus on young people, the disadvantaged and Indigenous Australia.

Find out more about The Balnaves Foundation.

Thomas J Price, Ancient Feelings, 2025, installation view, MCA Australia, bronze, commissioned by the Museum of Contemporary Art Australia for the Neil Balnaves Tallawoladah Lawn Commission, 2025, courtesy the artist and MCA Australia © the artist, photograph: Anna Kucera

Surfing Is Sydney's Favourite Summer Pastime. Australian Diary 55.

By NFSA
From the Film Australia Collection of the National Film and Sound Archive. Made by the National Film Board 1959. Directed by Jack S Allan. A typical 1950s weekend at Manly Beach, swimming, surfing, sun baking and life savers.

Opportunities:

Applications Now Open for 2026 NSW Youth Parliament

Member for Manly, James Griffin MP is calling on local students in years 10 to 12 to apply for the 2026 NSW Youth Parliament, with applications now open through the Y NSW. 

Now in its 25th year, Youth Parliament is a hands-on leadership and education initiative that empowers young people from across New South Wales to learn about the parliamentary process, develop policy ideas, and debate real legislation in the NSW Parliament House.

Mr Griffin said the program provides an invaluable opportunity for young people to grow as leaders and community advocates.

“Youth Parliament is an outstanding program that gives young people the chance to develop skills in leadership, communication and public policy, while experiencing first-hand how democracy works,” Mr Griffin said.

“It’s inclusive, inspiring and designed to give every participant the confidence to have their voice heard on issues that matter to them and their community.”

Participants take part in training camps, workshops and mentoring sessions that build leadership, confidence and civic engagement. The Y NSW is seeking Youth Parliamentarians from each of the 93 NSW electorates, with the 2026 program culminating in a Sitting Week from July 13–17 at NSW Parliament House

Mr Griffin said he looks forward to seeing young people from the Manly Electorate representing their community in next year’s program.

“I encourage all interested local students to apply, especially those who are passionate about creating positive change in their community,” Mr Griffin said.

Applications close Sunday 4 January, 2026

Students can apply and find more information at: www.ymcansw.org.au/community-services/youth/youth-parliament

Lion Island Yacht Race 2025

BYRA have changed the date for the annual Lion Island Yacht Race to Sunday 7th December.
All members are welcome to bring their yachts and compete. The Race is also open to yachts from other clubs.
This is a fundraising celebration of the foundation of the club. Prizegiving after the race in the clubhouse from 5pm
The start is at 12.00pm from a line set outside the moorings just off the club, around Lion Island to port and return.
You can enter now at www.byra.com.au/events/322203

AusMusic T-Shirt Day: November 27

AusMusic T-Shirt Day is a national day of celebration, joy and recognition — a chance to show up for the people who make the music happen. From artists and bandmates to crew, techs, managers and beyond, it takes a whole community to bring Australian music to life.

Wearing a tee, raising funds or making a donation is how we celebrate that community — and how we help Support Act continue delivering vital mental health support, crisis relief and dedicated services for those who keep the industry going.

It’s more than a t-shirt. It’s a show of solidarity for the heartbeat of Australian music.

Where do the funds go?
Every dollar raised goes directly to Support Act, helping deliver crisis relief, mental health support, and dedicated First Nations services to artists, crew and music workers in need. Your support helps keep vital programs running — from the 24/7 Wellbeing Helpline to financial grants, mental health education and more.
It’s real help for the people who make the music happen.

Who is Support Act?
Support Act is the music industry’s charity — providing crisis relief, mental health support and wellbeing services to artists, crew and music workers doing it tough. From financial grants to a 24/7 helpline and dedicated First Nations support, we’re here to help the people who make the music happen.

Our services are delivered by a team of qualified social workers and clinical psychologists, with culturally aware support for First Nations music workers provided by First Nations practitioners, or those with strong, cross-cultural training.

How did AMTD come about?
AusMusic T-Shirt Day started as a simple idea — a way to celebrate Australian music and show solidarity with the artists, crew and workers who bring it to life.

What began as a grassroots initiative has grown into a national movement — fuelled by the deep love Australians have for music, and the people who create it.

Today, it’s a joyful, unifying moment to wear your support, raise funds, and help ensure the health and future of our music industry.

Find out more and get involved at: ausmusictshirtday.org.au

Busk at The North Narrabeen NSHS P&C Boot Sale

Are you a budding musician? The NSHS P&C is turning up the volume at our November 30 Car Boot Sale with a brand-new initiative — Busk @ the Boot! 

Whether you’re an up-and-coming performer, a seasoned street musician, or just love to share your sound, we want YOU to help bring the vibe!

Here’s the deal:
  • Open to NSHS students and local community artists
  • Buskers keep 100% of the money collected during their set
Questions? Contact our CAPA Coordinator Katherine Moore at moore.moorefitness@gmail.com


The P&C Executive is committed to making every event more vibrant, inclusive, and fun — and we believe live music is the key to that energy! So, whether you’re acoustic, electric, solo, or in a group, come and help us make this Boot Sale sing!

Newport Pool to Peak Kicks Off Pittwater Ocean Swim Series 2026

The annual Pittwater Ocean Swim Series will kick off with the Newport Pool to Peak, ocean swims on Sunday 4 January 2026. The series provides ocean swimmers around the world the opportunity to experience the beautiful scenery and pristine environment of Pittwater.

The Newport Pool to Peak has become one of the biggest ocean swimming events on the annual calendar and has grown from the traditional 2Kms to offer 400m and 800m courses as well. This has enabled swimmers to test their swim skills and gain experience in ocean swimming which is very different to pool swimming, as ocean swimmers will attest.

John Guthrie, chairman of the Pool to Peak, ocean swim organising committee, says the club’s swims feature a strong safety culture with many safety craft in the water and drone surveillance.

“This means swimmers are being observed at all times which helps to build confidence in tackling the surf and currents. Of course, we encourage swimmers to train for their event with a combination of attaining surf skills, lap swimming in addition to general physical training such as weights.

“Ocean swimming can be arduous so swimmers are responsible for their individual fitness. We will have lifesavers in the break to assist any swimmers who are finding it too difficult. Again, entrants are encouraged to put their hand up if they find themselves unable to complete the course,” said John.

The Pool to Peak is known as the friendly affordable swim event and swimmers all go in the draw for a great range of prizes. Medals are also presented to category winners, one of the few ocean swim events to continue the tradition.

“We are proud of the fun atmosphere generated on the day. Swimmers are welcomed back on shore with succulent, fresh fruit, from Harris Farm Markets, our long-term major sponsors, to take away the salty taste in your mouth. Then there is the barbecue, featuring ingredients from Harris Farm Markets, a popular feature with hungry swimmers,” John continued.

Following the prize and medal presentations, swimmers and their families can enjoy a drink at the club’s bar or take advantage of one of the many coffee shops in the Newport shopping centre including The Peak Café a sponsor of the Pool to Peak, Newport has clubs such as the Royal Motor Yacht Club who would like to enjoy lunch with a view of Pittwater.

There is an added incentive for swimmers to enter the Pittwater Ocean Swim Series in 2026. For swimmers who swim at least three of the swims in the series, they will go in the draw for a $250 voucher a male & female swimmer for a fine dining experience at the Basin Restaurant.

The Pittwater swims start at Newport 4 January, then Bilgola on 11 January, Mona Vale  on18 January and the Big Swim on 25 January. This will be the 52nd Big Swim event. 

To complete the Pittwater Ocean Swim Series the Avalon swims will be on Sunday 15 March. That includes their iconic Around the Bends swim from Newport to Avalon.

Pool to Peak swimmers in 2025. Photo: AJG/PON

Financial help for young people

Concessions and financial support for young people.

Includes:

  • You could receive payments and services from Centrelink: Use the payment and services finder to check what support you could receive.
  • Apply for a concession Opal card for students: Receive a reduced fare when travelling on public transport.
  • Financial support for students: Get financial help whilst studying or training.
  • Youth Development Scholarships: Successful applicants will receive $1000 to help with school expenses and support services.
  • Tertiary Access Payment for students: The Tertiary Access Payment can help you with the costs of moving to undertake tertiary study.
  • Relocation scholarship: A once a year payment if you get ABSTUDY or Youth Allowance if you move to or from a regional or remote area for higher education study.
  • Get help finding a place to live and paying your rent: Rent Choice Youth helps young people aged 16 to 24 years to rent a home.

Visit: https://www.nsw.gov.au/living-nsw/young-people/young-people-financial-help

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: Berserk

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Adjective

1. out of control with anger or excitement; wild or frenzied.

From: early 19th century (originally as a noun denoting an ancient Norse warrior who fought with wild or uncontrolled ferocity): from Old Norse berserkr (noun), probably from birn-, bjorn (bear) + serkr ‘coat’, but also possibly from berr ‘bare’ (i.e. without armour).

In the Old Norse written corpus, berserkers (Old Norse: berserkir) were Scandinavian warriors who were said to have fought in a trance-like fury, a characteristic which later gave rise to the modern English adjective berserk 'furiously violent or out of control'. Berserkers are attested to in numerous Old Norse sources.

The Old Norse form of the word was berserkr (plural berserkir), a compound word of ber and serkr. The second part, serkr, means 'shirt' (also found in Middle English serk). The first part, ber, on the other hand, can mean several things, but is assumed to have most likely meant 'bear', with the full word, berserkr, meaning just 'bear-shirt', as in 'someone who wears a coat made out of a bear's skin'.

Thirteenth-century historian Snorri Sturluson, an Icelander who lived around 200 years after berserkers were outlawed in Iceland (outlawed in 1015), on the other hand, interpreted the meaning as 'bare-shirt', that is to say that the warriors went into battle without armour, but that view has largely been abandoned, due to contradicting and lack of supporting evidence.

Berserkers appear prominently in a multitude of other sagas and poems. Many earlier sagas portrayed berserkers as bodyguards, elite soldiers, and champions of kings. This image would change as time passed and sagas would begin to describe berserkers as boasters rather than heroes, and as ravenous men who loot, plunder, and kill indiscriminately. 

Within the sagas, Berserkers can be narrowed down to four different types. The King's Berserkr, the Hall-Challenging Berserkr, the Hólmgangumaðr, and the Viking Berserkr. Later, by Christian interpreters, the berserker was viewed as a "heathen devil".

One theory of the berserkers suggests that the physical manifestations of the berserker alongside their rage was a form of self-induced hysteria. Initiated before battle through a ritualistic performance meant for effect, which included actions such as shield-biting and animalistic howling. It has been suggested that the berserkers' behavior inspired the legend of the werewolf.

They were greatly feared by all whom came across them - especially on their raids.

Compare Viking

Noun; any of the Scandinavian seafaring pirates and traders who raided and settled in many parts of north-western Europe in the 8th–11th centuries.

Some state this word is from Old Norse víkingr, from vík ‘creek’ or Old English wīc ‘camp, dwelling place’.

Víkingr and Víking

By Judith Jesch, Professor of Viking Studies, University of Nottingham, 2017 - The Conversation

The stereotypes about Vikings can partly be blamed on Hollywood, or the History Channel. But there is also a stereotype hidden in the word “Viking”. Respectable books and websites will confidently tell you that the Old Norse word “Viking” means “pirate” or “raider”, but is this the case? What does the word really mean, and how should we use it?

There are actually two, or even three, different words that such explanations could refer to. “Viking” in present-day English can be used as a noun (“a Viking”) or an adjective (“a Viking raid”). Ultimately, it derives from a word in Old Norse, but not directly. The English word “Viking” was revived in the 19th century (an early adopter was Sir Walter Scott) and borrowed from the Scandinavian languages of that time. In Old Norse, there are two words, both nouns: a víkingr is a person, while víking is an activity. Although the English word is ultimately linked to the Old Norse words, they should not be assumed to have the same meanings.

The etymology of víkingr and víking is hotly debated by scholars, but needn’t detain us because etymology only tells us what the word originally meant when coined, and not necessarily how it was used or what it means now. We don’t know what víkingr and víking meant before the Viking Age (roughly 750-1100AD), but in that period there is evidence of its use by Scandinavians speaking Old Norse.

The laconic but contemporary evidence of runic inscriptions and skaldic verse (Viking Age praise poetry) provides some clues. A víkingr was someone who went on expeditions, usually abroad, usually by sea, and usually in a group with other víkingar (the plural). Víkingr did not imply any particular ethnicity and it was a fairly neutral term, which could be used of one’s own group or another group. The activity of víking is not specified further, either. It could certainly include raiding, but was not restricted to that.

A pejorative meaning of the word began to develop in the Viking Age, but is clearest in the medieval Icelandic sagas, written two or three centuries later – in the 1300s and 1400s. In them, víkingar were generally ill-intentioned, piratical predators, in the waters around Scandinavia, the Baltic and the British Isles, who needed to be suppressed by Scandinavian kings and other saga heroes. The Icelandic sagas went on to have an enormous influence on our perceptions of what came to be called the Viking Age, and “Viking” in present-day English is influenced by this pejorative and restricted meaning.

How to use it

The debate between those who would see the Vikings primarily as predatory warriors and those who draw attention to their more constructive activities in exploration, trade and settlement, then, largely boils down to how we understand and use the word Viking. Restricting it to those who raided and pillaged outside Scandinavia merely perpetuates the pejorative meaning and marks out the Scandinavians as uniquely violent in what was in fact a universally violent world.

A more inclusive meaning acknowledges that raiding and pillaging were just one aspect of the Viking Age, with the mobile Vikings central to the expansive, complex and multicultural activities of the time.

In the academic world, “Viking” is used for people of Scandinavian origin or with Scandinavian connections who were active in trading and settlement as well as piracy and raiding, both within and outside Scandinavia in the period 750-1100. The Viking Age was a large and complex phenomenon which went far beyond the purely military, and also absorbed people who were not originally of Scandinavian ethnicity.

As a result, the English word has usefully expanded and developed to give a name to this phenomenon and its Age, and that is how we should use it, without regard either to its etymology, or to its narrower meanings in the distant past.

A fresco in the 11th c. Saint Sophia Cathedral, Kyiv that appears to depict a berserker ritual performed by Varangians (Scandinavians)

Berserk Warriors
Song by Mental As Anything, 1981

Lyrics
Bjorn is just a Viking
He is very a handy with a sword
He loves nothing better
Than to cut and slash right through a horde
Mutilation, jubilation
Friendly muscles, in a tussle

Anna's a girl Viking
She is very handy with a spear
She won't wear silk stockings
Armour-plated garments are her sphere
In the fjords, you can hear them
Eerie horns blow, Viking love show

Bjorn and Anna earn their leisure
They have each other for their pleasure

Bjorn is on his long ship
He and Anna fought it out today
He says it is their Waterloo
Vikings shouldn't mix their work and play

All that blonde hair for them to share
So much plunder, Cut asunder
Now when Bjorn and Anna see each other
It's on the battlefield, not as lovers

Those Vikings love to fight and play
Fighting berserk warriors hey hey!

As Black Friday sales kick off, these are the dodgy sales tactics to look out for

Jeannie Marie PatersonThe University of Melbourne

Once again, the annual shopping extravaganza known as “Black Friday” is nearly upon us, this year falling on November 28. But the sales are already well underway.

What started as a single-day discounted shopping event on the Friday after Thanksgiving in the United States has blown out to a weeks-long sales festival, in stores and online. And it has spread around much of the world – including to Australia.

It might feel like a great time to try to score a bargain. But this week, the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) put retailers on notice. The consumer watchdog announced it would be watching out for various kinds of misleading sales conduct that can be used to trick consumers.

If found to be engaging in misleading or deceptive sales conduct, retailers may face heavy financial penalties. But as a consumer, it also pays to understand how these dodgy tactics work, so you can’t be duped this sales season.

Dodgy sales tactics

The ACCC says it is on the lookout for a range of misleading or deceptive sales advertising tactics. Examples include:

  • advertising sales as “storewide” when only some items are discounted
  • countdown clocks or timers that show a shorter period than the actual sale (to create false urgency)
  • fine-print disclaimers that exclude some items from the sale
  • “up to X% off” discounts that only apply to a few items (or the “up to” text is not prominently displayed)
  • price comparisons of before and after sale discounts that are not accurate (including where the price has gone up in a short period before the discount was applied).

Sadly, there are many examples of allegedly misleading sales conduct occurring at peak shopping periods.

Following a similar sweep of last year’s Black Friday sales, the ACCC recently fined three retailers for allegedly misleading customers by advertising discounts as “storewide” when only some items were on sale.

In 2019, the online marketplace Kogan offered a “tax time” discount of 10% on products that had had their price increased immediately before the promotion (by at least 10% in most cases). It was subsequently fined A$350,000 for misleading conduct in breach of Australian Consumer Law.

Why is the ACCC so strict about this kind of conduct?

These examples of dodgy conduct might seem annoying. But they don’t seem earth-shatteringly bad – such as selling physically dangerous products.

Why is the ACCC so concerned about misleading conduct at Black Friday sale time, and indeed retail pricing more generally?

Shouldn’t consumers just be more careful? The answer lies in the cumulative harms of misleading pricing conduct.

composite image showing various online advertisements
Examples of advertising tactics the ACCC is investigating, including potentially misleading countdown clocks, sitewide sales with exclusions and hard-to-spot text. Supplied, ACCC

Manipulating consumers through marketing

Sales rely on consumers thinking they are getting a good deal on products they want. And sometimes sales marketing seeks to persuade consumers the deal is better than it really is.

Marketing strategies such as countdown timers, strike-through prices or promoted large percentage discounts are designed to appeal to consumers’ emotions and to rush them into closing off a purchase.

Consumers with heightened emotions or feeling pressure to grab a deal are less likely to make a rational assessment of the real value of the discount being offered to them. This is why truth in sales advertising is so important.

What consumer protection laws are for

We have strong protections against misleading conduct in Australia for good reason. If sellers can trick consumers into buying goods at discounts that are actually illusory, those dishonest sellers gain an advantage over honest sellers selling at a transparent and accurate price.

This risks a market that rewards poor conduct and encourages an overall rush to the bottom.

Australian Consumer Law takes the view that consumers should be able take the advertisements they see at face value. Consumers shouldn’t have to assume they are going to be tricked by sellers.

Such an approach would not conform to the object of enhancing the “welfare of Australians” through “the promotion of competition and fair trading” that underlies Australian Consumer Law.

Stopping a bad deal

If you are considering buying goods at the Black Friday sales, it is a good idea to screenshot the item before it goes on sale. That way you can check if the sale discount is genuine and the item is actually the same as the one you want (not an older or cheaper model).

When shopping at a sale, take time to look at the discount offered. Is it a real discount? Does it justify the spend coming up to the holiday period? Discounts may be marked up in an attractive colour but still not represent good value.

Finally, if you think you have been misled by a pricing strategy, such as a discount that isn’t genuine or a fine-print qualification on the discount that is advertised, you can complain to the ACCC.

Ideally, take screenshots of what was advertised and what you received to support your claim to be treated fairly at sales time.The Conversation

Jeannie Marie Paterson, Professor of Law (consumer protections and credit law), The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Are you finishing Year 12? Here’s how to avoid a post-school slump

Mart Production/ Pexels
Sarah JeffersonEdith Cowan University

The period immediately after completing Year 12 can feel unexpectedly anticlimactic.

You have been building up to the end of school for years, then there is the intensity and pressure of exams and festivities of formals and graduation ceremonies. And then suddenly, it’s all over.

Irrespective of how much you enjoyed school, it can be a vulnerable time. The familiar structure of school is gone and the next chapter is murky.

Now, you may face weeks or months of waiting, for exam results or to start study or work. Perhaps there is the (exciting but perhaps terrifying) limbo of a gap year.

Any kind of transition – even a positive one – can be stressful.

You can’t remove the uncertainty. But here are some research-informed strategies to help support you as you navigate the next chapter.

Reflect and debrief

It can be useful to reflect on Year 12. You’ve just completed something major, what did you learn about yourself? This is a life skill that is transferable across a range of contexts and research shows it facilitates self discovery.

Ask yourself what worked, what surprised you, what values or strengths did you discover?

For example, if you’ve applied to do a science degree, but the thing you loved most about Year 12 was your art major work, do you need reconsider your uni preferences? Remember many degrees offer broadening units (units outside your major) which allow you to explore other interests as well.

Make a flexible plan

You may already have a plan for what you do next. Or maybe you don’t. This period is a good time to think through your options, away from the stress and focus of exams.

There are many pathways after school, from TAFE, traineeships, short courses as well as university.

You also don’t need to map out your whole life. You could just include some small, manageable milestones. For example, “this week I’ll research options,” “by the end of the month I’ll have a shortlist of what I want to do next year”.

‘Active’ waiting

Rather than sitting around passively, waiting for “the next stage”, think of something different to do with your time.

This could include some paid work, volunteering or a project – such as starting a new sport, or joining a local community group. There are groups as diverse as tree planting through to visiting your local aged care home.

This is a time where you can explore a field of interest, gaining work, or volunteer experience or developing a new skill like obtaining a barista or responsible service of alcohol licence.

These can also widen your social circle and help you start to see what life outside school looks like.

Maintain some routines

While you need a break after all the work, it’s good for your mental health to continue with some routines.

This includes getting enough sleep and regular exercise.

Monitor wellbeing

Are you OK? This is a stressful time.

Watch for signs of demotivation, persistent anxiety, withdrawal from friends or things you usually like to do, or feeling hopeless. These can be early indicators of mental health strain.

Seek help from a trusted adult or your GP if you are worried – and don’t wait to speak up.

A note for parents

For any parents reading, this can also be a tricky time. Legally, your child may now be an adult or just about to become one.

Research tells us 17- and 18-year-olds do not develop in a linear way. This means they may be ready for some challenges and thrown by others.

So it becomes difficult to know when to provide support and when to pull back and even let young people make their own mistakes. Each young person is different. Some may know exactly what they want and others may need more exploration time. Research shows imposing pressure or controlling too tightly tends to backfire.

For parents it can help to:

  • stay emotionally present. Parental warmth and connection remain crucial even as the child seeks independence. So listen and validate uncertainty but resist the urge to “have all the answers”

  • understand the role shift. You’re becoming more of an adviser, rather than a director in your child’s life. Ask questions and listen carefully to their answers. Their experience will differ to yours, so try to avoid leaping in with your own stories

  • negotiate new boundaries. Maybe you paid their phone bill while they were at school, but this will change once they get a job. Talk this through. Clarity helps avoid resentment

  • monitor wellbeing. Is your child overly stressed or depressed? Do they need help from a health professional? If they are transitioning out of youth mental health services, ensure there’s appropriate handover to adult services or a GP.


If this article has raised issues for you or someone you know, contact Kids Helpline (for ages 5–25 and parents): 1800 55 1800 or kidshelpline.com.au.The Conversation

Sarah Jefferson, Senior Lecturer in Education, Edith Cowan University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A safety expert explains why you should stay in Australia for schoolies and avoid overseas

Wendy Wei/ Pexels
Alison HuttonWestern Sydney University

At the end of November, official schoolies celebrations will begin for the class of 2025. While the Gold Coast, Byron Bay, Lorne and Victor Harbour are still popular, young people are also choosing to travel internationally to celebrate the end of school.

Last year, an estimated 8,000 school leavers went to Bali. Fiji, Vanuatu and Thailand are also popular schoolies destinations.

My work focuses on keeping young people safe from harm at large events. Here’s what you should consider before booking an overseas schoolies trip.

Local laws are different

Laws can be very different overseas. In Indonesia, for example, the local drinking age is 21, and this applies to both nationals and foreigners.

Many drugs are prohibited and have severe penalties. What might be considered a minor offence in Australia can have serious legal consequences, including imprisonment in Indonesia.

Knowing and respecting local laws is crucial to ensure you stay safe while celebrating.

Young people can also be targeted for theft and harm, such as drink spiking, by locals, who may view schoolies as wealthy and inexperienced.

Drinking safely

Since schoolies began in Australia in the 1970s, the event has been designed for young people. This has involved efforts to keep the party environment safe as young people celebrate the end of their school years.

Australian schoolies venues are set up with the expectation schoolies will drink and get up to a bit of mischief. So free services have been developed to support school leavers to party, while reducing the risks of harm.

They include chill out zones, giving out lollies, free water and recharge stations.

Overseas, there may not be regulations to protect young people from the harmful consequence of drinking and drinks may not be safe. This includes the risk of methanol spiking, which can be lethal.

If you are drinking overseas, stick to licensed venues, and stick to sealed and labelled drinks. Be cautious about unusually cheap drinks.

Volunteers and police

If you go to schoolies in Australia, there are dedicated teams of volunteers at official events. These volunteers walk around the venue to ensure people are safe. They can help you find your friends, take you to a safe space or stay with you if you are alone.

There are also event personnel to help you get food or drink or recharge your phone and you can talk to them without consequences. If things go wrong, there is medical attention on standby and it is free and confidential. Police are also there to ensure you are safe.

Overseas, language barriers and unfamiliar environments can make it harder to access help and make safer choices. Some venues may have volunteer helpers, but overall, there are no dedicated medical or police teams to help you if you get into trouble.

Wherever you are partying, make a plan beforehand to stick with your friends and look out for each other. Avoid going anywhere alone, especially at night, and always organise a meet up spot in case you do get separated or your phone dies.

Access to consular and medical support

If something goes wrong overseas there may be limited consular support if you have broken local laws – even if you didn’t mean to. Health systems may not offer the same standard of care and medical evacuation can cost tens of thousands of dollars.

Even if you have travel insurance, it may not always include coverage for alcohol or drug-related incidents.

There will still be huge parties in Australia

Going overseas is exciting, but schoolies is a recognised rite of passage in Australia – supported by a wide range of services designed to help young people celebrate safely.

Staying at home doesn’t mean missing out, it means celebrating in an environment created for young people, surrounded by friends, safety supports, and familiar systems.The Conversation

Alison Hutton, Professor of Nursing, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A new way to measure the age of dolphins opens a window onto the lives of these iconic animals

Carolyn Cole/Los Angeles Times via Getty Images
Evi HanningerTe Kunenga ki Pūrehuroa – Massey UniversityEmma BettyTe Kunenga ki Pūrehuroa – Massey UniversityKaren A StockinTe Kunenga ki Pūrehuroa – Massey UniversityKatharina J. PetersUniversity of Wollongong, and Livia GerberCSIRO

Knowing the age of an animal reveals key information about how long it lives and when it reproduces.

Age is also essential to understanding the health of a population and how well it can cope with threats such as pollution and habitat loss.

But figuring out the age of wild animals is not easy, especially for dolphins.

Two common dolphins jumping above the water.
Common dolphins in the wild. Auckland Whale and Dolphin SafarisCC BY

Until recently, researchers had to slice the teeth of dead dolphins and count growth layers, much like tree rings.

This method becomes more problematic in older animals because teeth wear and the growth layers sit closer together, which can lead to dolphins’ age being underestimated. It is obviously also impossible to extract teeth from living dolphins.

In our new research, we linked DNA markers with known tooth ages of dead dolphins to build the first molecular “epigenetic clock” for common dolphins (Delphinus delphis).

This allows scientists to estimate the age of living common dolphins from just a skin sample, opening a new window onto the lives of these iconic animals.

But this research also raises two key questions: could the limitations of tooth-based ageing affect the accuracy of the clock, and does DNA degradation in dead animals influence the age estimates? Our work addresses both concerns.

How DNA becomes a clock

New DNA-based techniques are transforming how scientists estimate age by reading tiny chemical changes in DNA that change predictably as animals grow older.

Researchers have studied these DNA patterns in hundreds of mammal species and developed epigenetic clocks – reliable tools that estimate age without having to remove teeth or use invasive methods.

A microscope image of a slide of a common dolphin tooth, with yellow dots marking growth layers.
The yellow dots mark individual growth layer groups (similar to tree rings) in a common dolphin tooth, each representing one year of age. Massey UniversityCC BY

While epigenetic clocks are now emerging for dolphins, these DNA changes have only been studied in a few species so far. Until now, no epigenetic clock has existed for common dolphins – one of the world’s most widespread dolphin species.

This is because scientists first need skin samples from animals whose ages are already known to build these clocks.

These reference ages often come from dolphins monitored since birth in the wild or from animals in human care. But for many long-lived species, such long-term records simply don’t exist.

A handful of studies used tooth ages from dead dolphins, but this has historically raised questions about the effect of decomposition, and also whether errors in tooth ageing older animals may affect accuracy of the DNA clocks.

To address these concerns, we analysed 75 common dolphins that had stranded or been accidentally caught in fishing nets in New Zealand. For each animal, we counted growth layers in teeth to determine age and used a skin sample to measure DNA markers at almost 38,000 sites across the genome.

We combined these data to build a model that estimates age from DNA to create an epigenetic clock for common dolphins.

Putting the clock to the test

Our clock can predict age to within about two years, although estimates became less precise in older dolphins.

This brings us back to our key question: is this due to less accurate tooth ageing in older animals, or because DNA breaks down after death?

In our study, the clock tended to underestimate the age of older dolphins. However, if tooth ageing were the problem, we would expect the opposite — that the DNA clock would give older ages than tooth readings.

This makes dental ageing errors unlikely. We also tested whether skin decomposition affected age estimates, and found no effect.

An illustration showing how the research team addressed
We built the first DNA-based age clock for common dolphins, addressing issues of tooth ageing and postmortem samples for clock calibration. Massey UniversityCC BY

Why then are older dolphins underestimated? This is a biological effect seen in many species. The DNA changes that track age become more gradual later in life, which means the clock has fewer signals to work with.

It’s not caused by teeth or decay, but because ageing slows naturally at the molecular level.

A game changer for dolphin conservation

Our findings address longstanding concerns about whether tooth ages are reliable to calibrate epigenetic clocks. We show the method is genuinely robust, even when using stranded or by-caught dolphins.

This means DNA age clocks can be built for animals whose ages are only known from tooth readings. This is important because for many dolphin species, tooth records from dead animals are the main or only method scientists have to determine an individual’s age.

A common dolphin entangled in fishing line.
A common dolphin entangled in fishing line. Massey UniversityCC BY

This molecular clock is a major step forward for conserving common dolphins.

Scientists can now determine age from minimally invasive biopsy samples and, in turn, estimate survival and reproductive rates in free-ranging wild dolphins.

This will help identify how threats such as climate change and fisheries bycatch affect different age groups.

Common dolphins are one of the most widespread dolphin species on Earth and have long been considered abundant. But they face significant human pressures globally and are increasingly vulnerable.

In New Zealand and across Australasia, they are among the most frequently caught dolphins in fisheries bycatch. Experience from other regions such as the Mediterranean Sea shows that even “common” species can decline rapidly under sustained pressures such as overfishing, pollution and habitat degradation.

Being able to accurately estimate age from a small skin sample means scientists can better understand how long common dolphins live, when they reproduce and how many young survive. Such information is critical for protecting populations before they decline.The Conversation

Evi Hanninger, PhD Candidate in Marine Science, Te Kunenga ki Pūrehuroa – Massey UniversityEmma Betty, Research Officer in Cetacean Ecology, Te Kunenga ki Pūrehuroa – Massey UniversityKaren A Stockin, Professor of Marine Ecology, Te Kunenga ki Pūrehuroa – Massey UniversityKatharina J. Peters, Lecturer in Biological Sciences, University of Wollongong, and Livia Gerber, Postdoctoral Fellow in Genetics, CSIRO

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How a medieval Oxford friar used light and colour to find out what stars and planets are made of

William CrozierDurham University

During the 1240s, Richard Fishacre, a Dominican friar at Oxford University, used his knowledge of light and colour to show that the stars and planets are made of the same elements found here on Earth. In so doing he challenged the scientific orthodoxy of his day and pre-empted the methods and discoveries of the 21st-century James Webb space telescope.

Following the Ancient Greek philosopher Aristotle, medieval physics affirmed that the stars and planets were made from a special celestial element – the famous “fifth element” (quinta essentia) or “quintessence”. Unlike the four elements found here on Earth (fire, water, earth and air), this “fifth element” is perfect and unchanging.

Fully transparent, it formed the basis of what were believed to be the nine concentric celestial “spheres” surrounding the Earth, as well as the various stars and planets attached to them. These, it was argued, were merely condensed versions of the “fifth element”, with each of the first seven spheres having its own planet, and the outermost eighth and ninth spheres containing the stars and heaven itself, respectively.

Colour, light and the stars

Lacking access to telescopes and rock samples, Fishacre – the first Dominican friar to teach theology at Oxford University – openly rejected the idea that the stars and planets were made from some special “fifth element”. In his opinion, they consisted of the same four elements found here.

His reason for asserting this position was his understanding of how colour and light behave.

Colour, Fishacre noted, is typically associated with opaque bodies. These, however, are always composite, meaning made up of two or more of the four terrestrial elements. When we look up at the stars and planets, however, we see that the light they emit often has a faint colour. Mars appears red, and Venus yellow, for example. This suggests, of course, that they are composite and thus made “ex quattuor elementis” – “out of the four elements”.

In Fishacre’s opinion the surest proof that the stars and planets were not made of some special “fifth element” came from the Moon. It has a very definite colour, and, crucially, every so often it eclipses the Sun. Were it made from the transparent fifth element – even a highly condensed version of it – then surely the Sun’s light would pass through it, just as it does a pane of glass. This, however, is not the case.

The Moon, Fishacre reasoned, must therefore be made of the same elements found on Earth. And if this was true of the Moon, which is the lowest celestial body, then it must also be true of all the other stars and planets.

A brave move

In arguing this, Fishacre knew that he was risking criticism. “If we posit this position,” he wrote, “then they, that crowd of Aristotelian know-it-alls (scioli aristoteli), will cry out and stone us”.

Sure enough, stones were thrown at Fishacre – and from high places. In 1250, his teaching was denounced at the University of Paris by St Bonaventure of Bagnoregio, a Franciscan friar who ridiculed in his lectures those “moderns” like Fishacre who foolishly questioned Aristotle’s teaching on the celestial fifth element.

Contemporary astrophysics has, of course, vindicated Fishacre’s position. The stars and planets are not made of some special fifth element, but rather from many of the same metals and elements found here on our home planet. The James Webb space telescope, for example, recently established that the atmosphere of the Neptune-like exoplanet TOI-421 b, some 244 light years away, contains high quantities of water and sulphur dioxide.

Remarkably, how the James Webb space telescope established this – a process known as transmission spectroscopy – is very similar, at least in principle, to the method which Fishacre employed. It detected subtle variations in the brightness and colour of the light emitted by TOI-421 b which could only be caused by water and sulphur dioxide.

Given how much criticism his claims received, Fishacre would no doubt have been delighted to know that nearly 800 years after his death, contemporary astronomy, just like him, is using light and colour to show that far flung stars and planets are all made from the same elements.

William Crozier, Duns Scotus Assistant Professor of Franciscan Studies, Durham University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Healing, purification and holiness: how ancient Greeks, Romans and early Christians used olive oil

DEA PICTURE LIBRARY / Contributor/Getty
Tamara LewitThe University of Melbourne

Today, olive oil is often hailed as helping to protect against disease, but beliefs in its medicinal or even sacred properties date back millennia.

Olive oil was used for healing and purification and associated with important rituals from at least the second millennium BCE, in ways which still influence practices today.

A holy liquid

Mid 2nd millennium BCE texts from the capital of the Hittite empire (in what is now Turkey) describe the anointing of a newborn child and the mother to ward off the dangers of birth.

In ancient Syria the high priestess of the god Baal was initiated with an anointing of “fine oil of the temple”.

Mycenaean Bronze Age tablets from the palace of Pylos in what is now Greece record the making of special scented oil to be offered to the gods.

In the Hebrew scriptures, oil is used to to initiate priests and kings such as David and Solomon, and to sanctify ritual objects.

A preserver of health

Olive oil was used by Greeks and Romans for cleansing and healing.

Oiling while bathing was a vital part of health regimes. No visit to the baths was complete without rubbing your body with oil (in place of soap) and scraping it off with a metal tool called a strigil.

Roman author Pliny the Elder wrote:

There are two liquids that are especially agreeable to the human body: wine inside and oil outside […] but oil is an absolute necessity.

He recommended olive oil as a cure for nettle stings and a base for many medicinal herbs.

Celsus, a Greek medical writer of the second century CE Roman Empire, advised:

If an exhausted person is bordering on a fever, they should immerse themselves […] in warm water to which a little oil has been added and then gently rub the whole body […] with oil.

Another medical writer Soranus says to anoint a newborn with olive oil, as had the Hittites 1,500 years earlier.

A recent study has shown that perfumed oil was used in Greco-Roman offerings to deities, and for the ritual anointing of statues.

Olive oil and Christianity

When Christianity developed in the later Roman Empire, the Greek term Christos was used as a translation of the Hebrew word messiah, meaning “one anointed with sacred oil”. This was the origin of the words Christian and Christ.

Scented and blessed olive oil called a chrism was used for sanctification and purification.

A church council of 381 CE records that:

Those who […] are being saved from the heretics […] are first anointed with holy chrism on the forehead, eyes, nostrils, mouth and ears […] and then we baptise them.

Such perfumed olive oil was (and indeed still is) used to sanctify liturgical objects such as chalices, in rituals such as the ordination of priests, before baptism, and to anoint the sick.

A child is annointed with oil during a Catholic ceremony.
Oil is still used in religious rituals today. Photo by Matt McClain/The Washington Post via Getty Images

Churches were lit by a new type of lamp called a polycandelon, which had multiple glass bowls filled with scented olive oil, as well as lamps made in symbolic shapes such as a dove, crown or boat. These symbolised the light of God and contributed a heavenly fragrance.

The oil from saints’ tombs and sacred places was reputed to bring about healing miracles. Reliquaries containing the remains of saints had special holes for oil to be poured in and then dispensed.

This and the scented oil from lamps at martyrs’ shrines was used to anoint the sick.

A ninth century text describes how at Saint Menas’ tomb in Egypt:

a lamp before the grave […] burned day and night and was filled with fragrant oil. And when anyone took of this lamp oil […] and rubbed a sick person with it the sick person was healed.

Pilgrims who visited holy sites collected such oil in flasks, hoping to take home its healing power.

Ampulla (Flask) of Saint Menas
Pilgrims used flasks like this to carry oil from the pilgrimage site of Saint Menas. Rogers Fund, 1927/The Met

The early Church not only used olive oil, but also produced it.

Sixth century and later monastic and church archives record gifts of olive groves and enslaved workers to ecclesiastical and monastic estates.

This is confirmed by my own recent research into archaeological finds of oil production remains in episcopal complexes, annexes attached to churches, and in monasteries.

Christian symbols appear on the seals of oil transport containers from a fourth century CE shipwreck recently found off the coast of Mallorca.

Their painted inscriptions identify the contents as a special “sweet oil”, perhaps produced at monasteries in southern Spain and marketed for ritual and healing use.

Olive oil today

Ancient uses of olive oil for rituals of initiation, sanctification and healing have a modern legacy.

In 2023, oil for the coronation of Charles III was harvested from groves on the Mount of Olives, processed at local monasteries and blessed by archbishops in Jerusalem.

The anointing ritual continued a tradition derived from early medieval coronations of the first English kings, in turn modelled on that of the ancient King Solomon.

Olive oil is still used in Christian sacraments, the consecration of churches, and anointing of the sick.

Beautiful to taste, touch, see and smell, olive oil has had a special significance in human history. Its uses today have grown from the roots of a long tradition.The Conversation

Tamara Lewit, Honorary Fellow, School of Historical and Philosophical Studies, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Amelia Earhart disappeared almost 90 years ago. Why are so many people still looking for her?

Getty Images
Natasha HeapUniversity of Southern Queensland

It has been more than 88 years since the world’s most famous female aviator, Amelia Earhart, and her navigator Fred Noonan, disappeared on the second-last leg of their around-the-world flight odyssey.

According to the United States government’s official report of the 16-day search, Earhart and Noonan ran out of fuel and crashed into the Pacific Ocean, short of their objective of Howland Island, on July 2 1937.

The disappearance, which is often labelled as “mysterious”, continues to captivate the world. With no confirmed wreckage found, millions of dollars have been spent on repeated, fruitless searches. And sensational claims of a possible discovery make splashy headlines with alarming regularity.

A black and white photo of American pilot Amelia Earhart and her navigator, Captain Fred Noonan, standing in front of a plane in a hangar.
American pilot Amelia Earhart with her navigator, Captain Fred Noonan, in the hangar at Parnamerim airfield, Brazil, on June 11 1937. Topical Press Agency/Getty Images

Interest in Earhart’s case has also been bolstered by United States President Donald Trump who, in September, said he would order his administration to declassify secret government records related to the disappearance.

A cycle of discovery and disappointment

Many expeditions for Earhart have followed a predictable four-step pattern: a dramatic announcement of a new, startling find; “we found Amelia” stories in the press; the evidence is quietly debunked, or the expedition is postponed; the coverage fades from the media cycle until the next “startling find”. And repeat.

In recent months, we have seen extensive media coverage of yet another such planned expedition. The destination is the so-called “Taraia object”, photographed off Nikumaroro Island, Kiribati – some 644km south-west of Earhart’s destination of Howland Island.

The expedition team includes experts from Purdue University, and the Archaeological Legacy Institute (ALI), headed by ALI’s Executive Director Richard Pettigrew.

It is based on a hypothesis by The International Group for Historic Aircraft Recovery (TIGHAR) that Nikumaroro Island was the final destination of Earhart and Noonan. However, the US government’s initial search (which included Nikumaroro) turned up no evidence of Earhart, Noonan or the aircraft.

Still, the joint ALI and Purdue team seem hopeful. As Pettigrew told Newsweek:

Everything that we see indicates it’s very possible, perhaps even likely, that this is what remains of Amelia Earhart’s aircraft.

The Conversation reached out to TIGHAR founder Ric Gillespie, who said he does not think the Taraia object is the wreck of Earhart’s Lockheed Model 10E Electra aircraft.

Originally scheduled to launch on November 4, the joint ALI and Purdue expedition was postponed last month due to issues with getting permits from the Kiribati government.

ALI continues to publicly fundraise for it, hoping to reach a target of US$900,000 for “Phase 1” (a site visit). Estimated costs for the proposed Phase 2 (the archaeological excavation) and Phase 3 (the “recovery of the aircraft remains”) are yet to be released.

Before ALI, there was TIGHAR

TIGHAR was founded by as a private non-profit in 1985 by Ric Gillespie, and has been searching for aircraft wrecks, including Earhart’s, since 1989. It has mounted at least five expeditions to Nikumaroro since 2010.

Last year, Gillespie said he was “absolutely certain” Earhart crash-landed and lived as a castaway on Nikumaroro Island. But no definitive evidence has been presented.

The organisation has never recovered a complete aircraft of any type, nor a single verified piece of an historic aircraft. For each search project, it raises funds from members, the public, and other interested parties.

Although Gillespie told The Conversation TIGHAR is currently “not fundraising for Earhart research or expeditions”, the organisation’s website contradicts this.

Dorothy Cochrane, a now-retired curator of the Smithsonian National Air and Space Museum, and a long time sceptic of TIGHAR’s work, said in 2016:

He’s (Ric Gillespie) used the same quote unquote evidence over and over again. […] He does this on a routine basis whenever he wants to mount another expedition … It’s his business. It’s his livelihood.

TIGHAR generates income through multiple channels, including various tiers of membership fees, the sale of publications, and general donations. But its website provides little information regarding how funds are allocated to or used within projects.

In response to questions about transparency around how donations are used, Gillespie told The Conversation:

TIGHAR is a recognised educational non-profit foundation. Like any non-profit organisation, we raise money to cover the cost doing our work. All US non-profits are prohibited from “making” money. All money raised is put into the organisation.

Professional heritage and preservation organisations have also raised concerns regarding private bodies searching for, and salvaging, historic wrecks – especially when such organisations only speak of finding and recovery, and not of subsequent preservation or research.

The competing hypotheses

There are several competing views on what happened to Earhart. Some searchers follow the official report’s finding that she crashed and sank close to Howland Island.

In January 2024, much media hype was generated by a sonar image – taken by exploration company Deep Sea Vision – of what some claimed was Earhart’s aircraft. But in November, it was revealed to be a natural rock formation, with far less publicity. Many people will have seen the “discovery”, but not the correction.

The Nauticos Corporation has also been searching for Amelia since 2001, mounting searches in 2002, 2006 and 2017. Each one has come back empty-handed.

Some searchers have also put forward outlandish theories that have all been debunked. These include the claims that Earhart was a spy for then US president Franklin D. Roosevelt, that she crashed in Papua New Guinea, that she was taken prisoner by the Japanese, and that she survived the flight and returned to live anonymously in the US.

Cultural fascination and media myth-making

The global media loves a sensational story: if it bleeds, it leads. But while there’s no fresh blood in the Earhart story, the legacy and modern media have contributed to the proliferation of reports from dubious organisations.

This kind of sensationalism can overshadow critical inquiry, and lead to unsupported claims being remembered long after quiet retractions and scientific rebuttals are published.

At the time of her death, Earhart was among the most famous women in the world. She was a record-breaking pilot, best-selling author, feminist hero and friend of the first lady Eleanor Roosevelt. She disappeared at the peak of her career, and towards the end of the golden age of aerial exploration.

Even people with no interest in historical aviation or aviation archaeology have heard of her, and want to read about the next expedition to find her. But at what cost?

Each high-tech expedition costs millions of dollars. As yet, not one has produced irrefutable evidence of the wreckage. As searches continue, we must ensure they are supported by ethical funding and evidenced-based reporting.

The story of Earhart’s disappearance persists not just because of what we don’t know, but because of how we choose to keep the myth alive. Perhaps one day we can let her rest in peace.The Conversation

Natasha Heap, Program Director for the Bachelor of Aviation, University of Southern Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

5 health benefits of line dancing – according to science

Energy Films Library/Getty Images
Danielle Le LagadecCQUniversity Australia and Catherine HungerfordCQUniversity Australia

Line dancing is enjoying a global resurgence, rising to a level of popularity not seen since Billy Ray Cyrus’ Achy Breaky Heart topped the charts in 1991.

But it’s no longer just for cowgirls and cowboys. While traditionally associated with country music, line dancing has evolved to include variations of waltzswingsalsadisco and rock'n'roll.

This kind of synchronised dance involves people in rows repeating choreographed steps. It doesn’t require a partner, so you can turn up solo and learn on the go. And its popularity is rising among people of all ages.

So, why has line dancing gone viral?

The craze is partly driven by social media users embracing line dancing’s easy-to-follow routines. But a post-COVID pandemic demand for gathering in community has also seen line dancing groups spring up in bars, clubs, community halls and outdoor areas.

It’s also nostalgic and accessible, with an emphasis on fun rather than skill.

While doing research on its health benefits, one of us (Danielle) decided to give line dancing a go. Unable to follow the steps at first, it was a lesson in humility. But a year later, Danielle is still happily pounding the floor each week in her line dancing group – and encouraging others to give this science-backed mood-booster a try.

Our research reviewed 16 studies about line dancing. Here are the health benefits we found.

1. It’s a workout

Line dancing is good exercise: it incorporates coordination and balance with a cardiovascular workout.

The steps can also be adapted to match the dancers’ abilities. Energetic young people might bootscoot and boogie while more mature dancers can shuffle and sway – all to the same tune.

Research has shown regular physical activity help prevent many chronic conditions, such as diabetes, cardiovascular disease, obesity and even some cancers.

In older people, line dancing has been shown to improve motor skills, flexibility and gait, reducing fall risk and helping to maintain good overall health.

2. Good for mental health

Our study showed line dancing boosts mental wellbeing, reduces anxiety and depression, and relieves stress.

This is largely due to endorphins, the pain-relieving chemicals the body releases during exercise. They improve mood and can leave dancers feeling elated and full of joy and self-confidence after a session.

But you don’t even have to participate to feel the benefits. There is evidence to suggest watching dancing can stimulate some of the body’s mood-boosting responses and reduce stress.

3. It’s social – but you don’t need a partner

With more than 43% of young people saying they feel persistently lonely, and elder isolation on the rise, finding connection with other people is more important than ever.

Research shows participating in sport – and particularly team activities – is a protective factor against loneliness.

Compared to partnered types of dance such as ballroom, line dancing might seem like a solitary activity. But this actually means people can show up alone and still connect with others, uniting around an activity. People get involved with a community and may even develop friendships.

We found that line dancing can also break down cultural and social barriers and expand social support networks, helping to develop a sense of belonging and unity.

4. A workout for your brain, too

The combination of stomps, backsteps and kicks can be overwhelming at first. But the sense of achievement when you master these steps is worth it.

Studies have shown that, as line dancers become more proficient, their memory and brain function improves.

There is evidence this can help prevent dementia and improve university students’ concentration.

5. Line dancing builds community

Our research found line dancing has benefits beyond the individual.

For example, in one 2008 study researchers interviewed 30 women aged over 60 about their involvement in line dancing. Many said it led them to become more engaged in the community, including volunteering.

But if you’re thinking of getting involved yourself, a word of warning: there may be no turning back. Line dancing can be profoundly addictive and seriously fun.The Conversation

Danielle Le Lagadec, Senior Lecturer and Head of Course, Graduate Certificate in Nursing, CQUniversity Australia and Catherine Hungerford, Associate Professor and Head of College, Nursing and Midwifery, CQUniversity Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How ‘build-to-rent-to-own’ could help more renters get a toehold in the housing market

Jakub Zerdzicki/PexelsCC BY
Caitlin McGeeUniversity of Technology Sydney and Gordon NobleUniversity of Technology Sydney

With record low housing affordability and more Australians destined for lifelong renting, governments are encouraging more “build-to-rent” housing across Australia.

Build-to-rent housing is designed for long-term rental and owned by institutional investors, such as superannuation and pension funds. It’s well-established internationally, already making up 12% of housing in the United States and 5% in the United Kingdom. But it’s relatively new in Australia.

Here, a small but growing commercial build-to-rent sector mostly targets homes for urban professionals, while community housing providers aim to deliver more affordable long-term rental housing. In New South Wales, state-owned developer Landcom is developing build-to-rent housing for essential workers and regional communities.

Last year, the Australian government introduced new legislation and tax breaks to encourage more investment in build-to-rent homes. While still only a small part of the housing market today, there are a growing number of built-to-rent projects.

Our new research, released today, recommends taking advantage of that growth to help renters get a toehold in the housing market – with a model called “build-to-rent-to-own”.

What is build-to-rent-to-own? Has it been done before?

Our proposed build-to-rent-to-own model means residents could build an ownership stake in their build-to-rent development without a deposit or bank loan, potentially for as little as A$10 per week.

Residents wouldn’t own a property title. Instead, they would own shares in the build-to-rent corporate entity. Only residents of a development could purchase shares in it, including residents living in affordable housing tenancies.

Residents participating in a build-to-rent-to-own scheme would receive a dividend. This could be used to offset their rent or buy more shares, with the option to accumulate shares up to the full value of their own home.

Shares would be valued quarterly and could be “cashed out” (sold back to the corporate entity), or passed on as inheritance to family members wanting to live in the development.

This model has similarities to “limited equity” housing cooperatives, which thrive in Northern Europe. This model is not to be confused with rent-to-buy models, which allow renters to buy their unit at a set price through a conventional mortgage when the lease expires.

Build-to-rent-to-own wouldn’t deliver a quick fix for our housing affordability crisis, but could have a real impact in the longer term.

As of 2022, existing build-to-rent developments only made up about 0.2% of the housing market or around 23,000 apartments.

But the sector is growing fast, with around 39,300 apartments worth around A$30 billion now in the pipeline across Australia.

Who could benefit most?

More Australians are finding themselves locked out of the housing market. What if they could build an ownership stake from day one of moving into a build-to-rent development?

Our research identified several types of buyers most likely to benefit from build-to-rent-to-own, including:

Build-to-rent-to-own could particularly help regional communities, facing extra challenges to access home loans and limited downsizing options.

It’s not only residents who could benefit, but the investors and developers delivering build-to-rent. Lifelong tenants are the “holy grail”: reducing turnover costs and increasing long-term risk-adjusted returns.

How to make it happen

To develop this build-to-rent-to-own blueprint, we consulted with investors, housing providers, developers, policymakers and local councils.

We don’t see a need for legal changes, as the model is designed to work within the federal build-to-rent legislation and financial market guidelines.

But more work is still needed to turn our concept into reality, including:

  • common national guidelines for a build-to-rent-to-own scheme
  • pilots in cities and regions, to test how it could best work for wider rollouts
  • and a working group to provide the governance foundations to develop build-to-rent-to-own across Australia and oversee the recommendations above.

Turning build-to-rent-to-own into a reality will require a collaborative effort between governments, investors, community housing providers, developers and community groups. Based on our consultation, we think it could provide a new way to help more Australians finally get a toehold in a tight housing market.


The authors acknowledge the contribution of our colleagues Matthew Daly and Joshua Gilbert to this research.The Conversation

Caitlin McGee, Research Director, Institute for Sustainable Futures, University of Technology Sydney and Gordon Noble, Research Director, Institute for Sustainable Futures, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Dogs 10,000 years ago roamed with bands of humans and came in all shapes and sizes

Kylie M. CairnsUNSW Sydney and Melanie FilliosUniversity of New England

From village dogs to toy poodles to mastiffs, dogs come in an astonishing array of shapes, colours and sizes. Today there are estimated to be about 700 million dogs living with or around humans.

To many of us, dogs are loyal companions, working partners, and beloved family members – and the histories of our species are deeply woven together. But how did this incredible diversity come to be – and how far back does this relationship with humans go?

Two new studies published today in Science provide some answers. One, led by Allowen Evin from the University of Montpelier, draws on ancient skeletal remains. The other, led by Shao-Jie Zhang from the Kunming Institute of Zoology, draws on the study of DNA from ancient Eastern Eurasian dogs.

Together, these studies suggest the story of dogs and their relationship with humans is older and more complex than once thought.

The origins of modern dog diversity

The study by Evin and her colleagues used 643 dog and wolf skulls spanning the past 50,000 years to address the origins of modern dog diversity.

Her team’s analysis suggests the distinctive “dog-like” skull shape first arose around 11,000 years ago, during the Holocene epoch, the time since the most recent ice age. They also found substantial physical diversity in dog skulls from the same period.

Two skulls with long snouts.
Photograph of an archaeological canid skull (top) and a modern dog skull (bottom) used for the photogrammetric reconstruction of 3D models in the study. C. Ameen/University of Exeter

This means the wide range of shapes and sizes dogs have today isn’t solely a product of the intense selective breeding programs that became popular in the last few centuries. Some of that variation emerged millennia earlier.

The team re-analysed the skull shapes of all 17 known dog or wolf skulls from the Late Pleistocene, a geological period from 129,000 to 11,700 years ago. Some skulls were 50,000 years old.

They found all of these Pleistocene skulls were essentially wolf-like in shape, including some previously identified as early dogs.

Importantly, this suggests that while the split between wolves and dogs likely occurred during the Pleistocene, the skull shape of early dogs didn’t start to change until closer to the Holocene – that is, 11,000 years ago. However, some Holocene dog skulls still retained wolf-like features.

This research suggests early dogs were much more diverse than previously thought. This diversity may have laid the groundwork for the extreme variations in size and shape of the dogs we have today.

Travelling companions

Earlier genomic studies have uncovered four major dog lineages that likely originated about 20,000 years ago: Eastern (East Asian and Arctic) and Western (Europe and Near East) dogs.

The origins of these ancient dog lineages are still being untangled. However, studying shifts in the ancestry of dogs through time and between different regions can help us better understand both the origins of dogs and the movement of Neolithic (new stone-age) humans.

The new study by Zhang and his colleagues used 73 ancient dog genomes spanning the last 10,000 years to explore how humans and dogs moved across Eastern Eurasia through time.

Analysis of these ancient dogs identified multiple shifts in the ancestry of dogs in Eastern Eurasia at times that correlate with the movement of specific human groups (hunter-gatherers, farmers and pastoralists). This suggests that as different human cultural groups moved across Eurasia, their dogs often moved with them, carrying their unique genetic signatures.

There was some discrepancy between human and dog population ancestry in some parts of Asia. For example, Eastern hunter-gatherers from Veretye and Botai, who were more closely related to Western Eurasian humans, had largely Eastern (Arctic) dogs rather than the Western dogs observed with other Western Eurasian cultures at the time.

This means dogs may have been a key part of cultural exchange or trade between different human cultures or communities. It may also illustrate complexities in the evolution of dogs that we are yet to understand.

The work by Zhang and his team presents compelling evidence that in Eastern Eurasia thousands of years ago dogs played an indispensable role in human societies as crucial “biocultural packages” that moved with humans. In other words, humans took their companions with them on their journeys (and perhaps traded them), rather than simply acquiring new dogs after moving.

These findings highlight the long-term, complex and intertwined relationship between dogs and humans that spans more than 10,000 years.

The genetic ancestry of dogs can act as a living record of ancient human migrations, trade networks and cultural exchanges. Studies on ancient dogs may also help us understand the environmental factors that contributed to the evolution of dogs, and their relationship with humans.

A group of white dogs running across a field.
The groundwork for the extreme variations in size and shape of the dogs we have today was laid about 10,000 years ago. Monika Simeonova/Unsplash

Reshaping our understanding of dogs

Together, these new studies profoundly reshape our understanding of how dogs became so diverse and how they have related to humans along the way.

Both studies underscore that the incredible diversity in modern dogs is not an entirely recent phenomenon. The genetic and morphological foundations for this variation were laid thousands of years ago, shaped by natural selection, human selection and diverse environments, long before the structured breeding of the past few centuries.

Future studies investigating the physical diversity and ancestry of dogs through time could deepen our understanding of the complex origins and spread of dogs across the globe. Whatever their origins, this research deepens our appreciation for the unique and ancient bond between humans and dogs that was almost as diverse as canines themselves.The Conversation

Kylie M. Cairns, Research Fellow in Canid and Wildlife Genomics, UNSW Sydney and Melanie Fillios, Professor, Department of Archaeology and Palaeoanthropology, University of New England

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What should you do if you find a meteorite? Space rock experts explain

NASA / Ron Garan
Heather HandleyMuseums Victoria Research InstituteMonash UniversityDermot HenryMuseums Victoria Research Institute, and Oskar LindenmayerMuseums Victoria Research Institute

On Sunday November 2, people in eastern Victoria witnessed a bright streak across the sky followed by a loud sonic boom that felt like an earthquake. The event was captured by security cameras and mobile phones.

Last month, in South Australia, the SA Museum investigated whether a meteorite had struck a moving car, cracking and scorching its windscreen.

Two months earlier, in August, another fireball lit up central Victoria, prompting scientists and volunteers to search farmland near Ballarat and Bendigo for fragments, though none have yet been found.

So meteorites are more common than you might think. But what should you do if you find one?

How often do meteorites land on Earth?

Every day, Earth is showered with more than 100 tonnes of cosmic dust. Every year, hundreds of meteorites fall somewhere on Earth, but most splash unnoticed into oceans or land in remote wilderness.

Only around ten witnessed falls each year are currently recovered. Australia, with its vast deserts and sparse vegetation, is one of the world’s best places to spot and preserve these rare visitors from space.

To date, more than 78,000 meteorites have been identified worldwide. Most originate from asteroids, with some even traced to Mars or the Moon.

Collecting meteorites on Earth is often described as the cheapest form of space exploration. Scientists now have over five times as much Moon rock from meteorites than was returned by the Apollo missions, and with a greater diversity of rock types, providing insights into parts of the Moon that astronauts never sampled.

Famous Australian meteorites

Australia has produced some of the world’s most notable finds. The Cranbourne meteorites (Victoria, described scientifically from 1854 onward), include massive iron specimens and are among the largest recovered in the country.

The Murchison meteorite (1969, Victoria) contains the oldest minerals to form in our solar system, amino acids – the building blocks of life – and “stardust” that formed in exploding stars billions of years before our Sun existed.

More recently, Bunburra Rockhole (2007, Western Australia) was captured on camera by the Desert Fireball Network. The meteorite’s unusual basaltic composition offers rare insights into the diversity of asteroids.

Large meteorite dug out from the surrounding ground with a chain around it
Cranbourne meteorite photographed by Richard Daintree on 21 February, 1862. State Library of Victoria

Today, observation programs such as the Desert Fireball Network track meteors across Australian skies. These help researchers locate and recover new falls such as Murrili (2015, Kati Thanda-Lake Eyre, SA), Puli Ilkaringuru (2019, Nullarbor Plain, WA) and Pindarri Punju Puri (2025, Lake Hope, WA) meteorites. Australia’s arid regions, particularly the Nullarbor Plain, preserve meteorites exceptionally well, with more than half of Australia’s known meteorites found there.

What to do if you think you’ve found a meteorite

If you stumble on a dark, unusually heavy rock with a smooth, sometimes glossy or dimpled surface – known as a fusion crust – and it looks different from the surrounding stones, it could be a meteorite. Some of the most unusual meteorites, such as Murchison, are not particularly heavy, so don’t rule your possible meteorite out on weight alone.

If you think you might have found one, follow these steps to preserve its scientific value.

  1. Photograph it before touching. Include wide and close-up shots and include something for scale, such a coin.

  2. Record GPS coordinates, date and time. Your phone’s location data is fine.

  3. Don’t clean it. Avoid washing, scrubbing or polishing to preserve delicate minerals and chemical signatures.

  4. Handle carefully. Use gloves and wrap in clean aluminium foil, not plastic.

  5. Note everything. Describe the ground type and any features, including nearby rocks.

  6. Contact your state or territory museum for advice and identification.

Dark black rock with smooth bumpy surface
Fragment of the Murchison meteorite showing its black fusion crust that fell in Victoria, Australia in 1969. Rodney Start, Museums VictoriaCC BY

When good intentions go wrong

Unfortunately, not all meteorite finds have been handled with care. Over the years, many have been damaged by well-meaning collectors who soaked them in acid, accelerating corrosion. Some have been scrubbed or hit with a sledge hammer, destroying their fusion crust. Still others were removed them from strewn fields without recording their locations.

Some were even sold or exported illegally, putting them beyond scientific reach. These actions have caused the permanent loss of valuable evidence, sometimes the only clues to a meteorite’s cosmic origin.

Who owns meteorites?

In Australia, meteorite ownership is governed by state and territory laws rather than a single national rule, so it depends on where the meteorite lands.

In WA, all meteorites are state property under the Museum Act, while in SA they belong to the Crown and are managed by the SA Museum. The Northern Territory also declares meteorites Crown property under the Meteorites Act 1987. Finders must report discoveries to the relevant museum. Museums may acknowledge the finder, but the specimens remain part of public collections for research and display.

Other states may allow finders to keep meteorites, though it’s always best to check and report the find to your state museum. Export of meteorites from Australia is regulated at the federal level and permits are required.

These rules ensure meteorites remain accessible for scientific study and for the public to see, contrasting with some other countries where ownership often passes directly to either the finder or private landowner, such as the United Kingdom, United States and some Canadian provinces.

meteorite rock samples in a display cabinet
Meteorites on display at Melbourne Museum. Ursula Smith / Museums VictoriaCC BY

Australia’s skies are still falling – and you can help

Fireballs continue to light up Australian skies each year. By documenting finds carefully, reporting them, and respecting ownership laws, anyone can contribute to planetary science. And sometimes, the next big discovery might literally fall at your feet.


If you’re in Victoria, please contact the Ask Us team at Museums Victoria to have your potential space rock inspected.The Conversation

Heather Handley, Senior Curator, Geosciences, Museums Victoria Research InstituteMonash UniversityDermot Henry, Head of Sciences, Museums Victoria Research Institute, and Oskar Lindenmayer, Collection Manager, Geosciences, Museums Victoria Research Institute

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

55 million years: Australia’s oldest crocodile eggshells found in Queensland

davidgwhite/iNaturalistCC BY-NC
Michael David SteinUNSW Sydney

In southeast Queensland, roughly 250 kilometres from Brisbane, lies the tiny town of Murgon. Located on Wakka Wakka Country, it’s home to about 2,000 people – and one of the most important fossil sites in the world.

From the 55 million-year-old clays there, palaeontologists have unearthed a range of precious fossils over several decades. These include the world’s oldest fossil songbirds, the only known fossils of salamanders in Australia and the oldest fossil marsupial remains in Australia.

And the site continues to serve up ancient treasures. In a new study, published today in the Journal of Vertebrate Paleontology, my colleagues and I report the discovery of the oldest crocodilian eggshells ever found in Australia.

These eggshells now serve as the basis for a new eggshell type, Wakkaoolithus godthelpi. They belong to the oldest known member of a now extinct group of crocodiles known as mekosuchines. And they offer a new look into not just their evolution – but also the forest-lined wetlands they lived in.

Tree-climbing crocodiles

Mekosuchines were Australia’s own unique, local branch of the crocodile family. They dominated inland waters of the continent 55 million years ago. They were part of the group of species that includes alligators, true crocodiles, gharials and caiman.

But they represent a much older branch than the saltwater and freshwater crocs found in Australia today. These modern species made their way to the continent much later, as it came into contact with southeast Asia about five million years ago.

In the 1980s, fossil finds began to take off at sites such as Murgon and the Riversleigh World Heritage Area in Queensland, and Alcoota in the Northern Territory. Since then, palaeontologists have been able to piece together a good picture of the diversity of mekosuchines. This was much higher than what we see today, with ten extinct genera now accounted for.

These fossil finds preserve a vigorous evolutionary history, and in particular a trend towards land-based hunting by about 33 million years ago.

This diversity includes the likes of Quinkana, a large land-based crocodile with narrow jaws, and dwarf species such as Trilophosuchus which may have been in a position to fill the niche of a tree-climbing hunter – a kind of “drop croc”.

The latter case was originally suggested by palaeontologist Paul Willis on the basis of the unusual musculature at the back of Trilophosuchus’s skull. Although hotly debated, Willis suggested this would allow Trilophosuchus to hold its head aloft and scan through the three dimensional environment of the canopy.

A brown, pointed skull.
A Kambara skull at the Melbourne Museum. Melbourne Museum

Reading eggshells

The new study, however, takes a look at one of the oldest genera of Mekosuchines, Kambara. It grew up to two metres long and is thought to have fed on fish and softshell turtles.

At Murgon, University of New South Wales researchers led by Henk Godthelp and Michael Archer uncovered fragments of eggshell, a comparatively rare find. Surprisingly little work has been done in the area of analysing crocodile eggshells.

Xavier Panadès I Blas from the Institut Català de Paleontologia at the University of Barcelona took up the challenge to explore the shell’s preserved microstructure with high-resolution microscopy.

What he found was intriguing. The eggshells of Kambara have their own unique micro-structural features, still preserved after 55 million years.

These features differ from what we know of the microstructures that have evolved among modern crocodiles and alligators. However, it will take a lot more work to put things formally into context.

Still, these eggshells may provide a valuable new avenue for understanding how mekosuchines fit into the big picture of evolution that spans Australia, Asia, Africa and the Americas.

A microscopic image of a material with small holes.
One of the new eggshell fragments under high focus microscopy. Xavier Panadès I Blas.

A window into an ancient ecosystem

Beyond evolution, these eggshells are an insight into the environment that existed at Murgon 55 million years ago. Crocodile reproduction is intimately tied to their local environment and modern species display a complex mix of nesting strategies in response.

In the case of the eggshell of Kambara, there is little sign of degradation from bacteria.

This suggests the nest may have experienced periods of dryness due to the ephemeral nature of the surrounding wetlands at Murgon.

While mekosuchines enjoyed a much larger range of territories compared to our modern crocodiles, they eventually experienced a considerable contraction as the continent became increasingly arid.

Between this and the decline of large prey, mekosuchines eventually went extinct on the Australian continent.The Conversation

Michael David Stein, Research Associate, School of Biological, Earth & Environmental Sciences, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How the ‘one singular vision’ of Brian Eno’s Another Green World changed music

Estate Of Keith Morris/Redferns/Getty Images
Dean BironQueensland University of Technology

Now a suite of bespoke apartments, the 17th century chapel at 8 Basing Street, Notting Hill in London once housed a recording studio.

Following in the clomping footsteps of Led Zeppelin and Black Sabbath, in the northern summer of 1975, ex-Roxy Music member Brian Eno booked the premises at a daily rate of several hundred pounds to record his third solo album.

Eno came to Basing Street with a very sketchy plan. Essentially, the plan was to not have a plan. At first this approach became an ordeal of crooked paths, blind alleys and generalised straw-grasping.

Three months later he emerged with Another Green World, one of the most sublime and influential records ever made.

A transmission from another galaxy

Eno’s first two post-Roxy Music solo albums – 1973’s Here Come the Warm Jets and 1974’s Taking Tiger Mountain (By Strategy) – hinted that he was primed to cut ties with conventional rock methods and sounds.

Even more telling was his 1973 collaboration with Robert Fripp (at the time cast adrift from his own monolithic prog rock outfit, King Crimson). Their album No Pussyfooting featured extraordinary “mirrored room” cover art and two elongated, gently quavering tracks evocative of American minimalist composer Terry Riley.

Even with these omens, Another Green World arrived like a transmission from another galaxy. It seamlessly merged five (sort-of) conventional rock songs with nine highly-distinctive instrumental fragments.

There had never been anything like Fripp’s coruscating “Wimshurst guitar” solo on the typically atypical Eno song, St. Elmo’s Fire. There had never been anything to resemble the sumptuous, stately drift of The Big Ship (used to great effect in the 2015 film Me and Earl and the Dying Girl).

No ostensible rock artist had ever come up with something like the title track, a snippet of tranquillity that became widely recognised as the title theme to the BBC’s Arena documentary series.

Just as unheralded was the sampling of the distant lilt of children’s voices in a playground, as featured on Zawinul/Lava.

A plethora of influences

Much has been made of Eno’s use of “oblique strategies” cards when making Another Green World. Developed with his artist friend Peter Schmidt, the card system works to encourage lateral thinking and overcome cerebral impasses.

But while this proved valuable in dealing with heat-of-the-moment tangles in the studio, there are more crucial contexts in terms of the music’s provenance.

First is the mindboggling range of influences impinging upon Eno around that time. Steve Reich’s manipulated sound collages, African American doo-wop and gospel music, German bands Can and Cluster, Afrobeat pioneer Fela Kuti, Japanese composer Tōru Takemitsu, the Velvet Underground, Sly and the Family Stone, Mondrian’s paintings, cybernetics, avant-garde cinema …

The list is virtually endless.

Eno in a recording studio with various drums and drum kit
Brian Eno in the recording studio at Earls Court, London, 1975. Erica Echenberg/Redferns via Getty Images

This broad palette fed into the incredible variety of projects Eno was involved with around that time. He had recently established the Obscure Records label, which introduced composers such as Gavin Bryars, Jan Steele and Michael Nyman to wider audiences. He was also on the cusp of what would be momentous liaisons with David Bowie and Talking Heads.

Then there was Eno’s own Obscure release Discreet Music, which came mere weeks after Another Green World and more or less invented the ambient genre. Arriving in the same absurdly fecund final months of 1975 was the Fripp/Eno album Evening Star (featuring An Index of Metals, a sinister epic which anticipated the rise of the noise and dark ambient categories by a decade).

‘One singular vision’

A further key to Another Green World can be found in its creator’s claimed role as a “non-musician”. Just as punk was emerging as a scruffy, do-it-yourself antidote to bloated classic rock, Eno was revelling in his own self-taught status and upending the inevitable career trajectory foisted upon rock and pop stars.

With no interest in fronting a band or being in the spotlight on stage, by 1975 Eno had begun to see making music as analogous to painting. Another Green World reflects this philosophy. Unlike almost all other rock albums from the period, it is a meticulously constructed collection of studio “atmospheres” that could never be duplicated in a live setting.

With reference to Eno’s oeuvre, critic William Doyle says

Another Green World brings together the strands of Eno’s work that came before it while simultaneously laying the groundwork for everything that he created afterwards, in one singular vision.

Music writer Geeta Dayal takes this even further: she argues that listening to the album, one sees “the pathways of all the electronic music that came before or after it, travelling through that record like so many streams”.

Another Green World finds Brian Eno hovering at the intersection of left-field rock and ambient tranquility. It is a masterpiece of tact, introversion and serenity that has only become more relevant in a 2025 world inundated with ostentation, hubris and bluster.The Conversation

Dean Biron, Teaches in School of Justice, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Beware of scams targeting older people: Dept. of Health

November 7, 2025
The Australian Department of Health and Aged Care warns there have been reports of suspicious phone calls and visits from people claiming to be from My Aged Care or allied health services.

The Department asks everyone to please be cautious and remember:
  • aged care assessors will always schedule visits in advance and provide proof of identification
  • older people should refuse entry if they are concerned and not share personal or financial information
  • all legitimate aged care activity can be confirmed by calling My Aged Care on 1800 200 422 (8:00 am to 8:00 pm Monday to Friday, 10:00 am to 2:00 pm Saturday local time)
  • report any incidents to Scamwatch by visiting www.scamwatch.gov.au

Greens to chair Aged Care inquiries into cost of care and future of the system

The Senate has voted to establish two further Senate inquiries into Labor’s aged care reforms, amid concerns that the new Act which came into force on Saturday will fail older Australians. (See Greens background on the new Act here)

The previous Senate inquiry into  Aged Care Service Delivery , which explored the transition period leading up to the new Act on 1 November, revealed that the aged care waitlist was more than double what had previously been reported (with over 200,000 Australians waiting for care). That previous inquiry was instrumental in forcing the early release of 20,000 home care packages needlessly withheld by the government.

Now that the Act is in force, two new inquiries have been established today:

The first inquiry will investigate the government’s planned transition of the Commonwealth Home Support Program (CHSP), which currently serves more than 800,000 older Australians with at-home supports through “block funding” to providers like Meals on Wheels. 

The second inquiry will investigate the ability for older Australians to access care under the Support at Home program, including the impacts of new pricing mechanisms and co-payments.

The government intends to transition CHSP into Support at Home and has only funded the program up until 30 June 2027. The government has failed to answer previous questions about the impacts of closing CHSP on demand for Support at Home packages, leading to concerns that existing services will be forced to close their doors and waitlists for aged care will only blow out further.

As with the previous inquiry, both the newly established inquiries will be chaired by Greens Spokesperson for Older People, Senator Penny Allman-Payne.

Full terms of reference for the inquiries are below.

Greens Spokesperson for Older People, Senator Penny Allman-Payne stated:

“Older people across the country - hundreds of thousands of whom are on fixed incomes - are copping increased costs for their care at home so that privatised aged care providers can make bigger profits. That’s a broken system.”

“Labor’s Minister for Aged Care, Sam Rae, has tried to hide the truth of these aged care changes, but now the reality is setting in and older Australians are waking up to new care arrangements they cannot afford.”

“Older Australians are still dying waiting a year or more for care, and rather than boost needed supports like the Community Home Support Program, they’re planning to close them.”

“Our parents and grandparents need leaders who will fight for them and their right to care, but instead Labor and the Liberals are shaking pensioners down for cash while propping up the profits of privatised aged care.”

“The Greens will ensure older Australians and their advocates are heard, and fight to fix this system so that everyone can access the care they need at the time that they need it.”

Community Home Support Program Inquiry
That the following matter be referred to the Community Affairs References Committee for inquiry and report by 15 April 2026: the transition of the Community Home Support Programme to the Support at Home Program, with particular reference to:
  1. the timeline for the transition of the Community Home Support Programme to the Support at Home Program after 1 July 2027;
  2. the expected impact of this transition, including on:
    1. waiting periods for assessment and receipt of care;
    2. the lifetime cap of $15,000 on home modifications;
    3. the End-of-Life Pathway time limits; and
    4. thin markets with a small number of aged care service providers. 
  3. aged care provider readiness for the transition, including their workforce; and
  4. any other related matters.

Co-payments inquiry
That the following matter be referred to the Community Affairs References Committee for inquiry and report by the Tuesday of the last sitting week of November 2026: the Support at Home Program, with reference to:
  1. the ability for older Australians to access services to live safely and with dignity at home;
  2. the impact of the co-payment contributions for independent services and everyday living services on the financial security and wellbeing of older Australians;
  3. trends and impact of pricing mechanisms on consumers;
  4. the adequacy of the financial hardship assistance for older Australians facing financial difficulty; 
  5. the impact on the residential aged care system, and hospitals;
  6. the impact on older Australians transitioning from the Home Care Packages Program;
  7. thin markets including those affected by geographic remoteness and population size;
  8. the impact on First Nations communities, and culturally and linguistically diverse communities; and
  9. any other related matters.

Silver Surfers: at Manly + Palm Beach

Who is this lesson for?
Taking place at either Palm Beach or Manly Beach, Seniors and over 55s are invited to join a Bodyboarding and Ocean Safety Clinic, designed to help you connect with the ocean and boost your confidence in the water. This is a fantastic opportunity to learn from the best and join a welcoming community of ocean lovers.

What’s Included:
  • Lessons: Learn bodyboarding and essential ocean safety skills from experienced instructors.
  • All Equipment Provided: Wetsuits and bodyboards will be supplied for the session.
  • Morning Tea: Enjoy a delightful morning tea and connect with others after the session.
Important Info:
Arrive 30 minutes early to change into the provided wetsuits before the session starts.

Sponsored by Surfers for Climate, MWP Community Care, and Manly Surf School, you don’t want to miss these bi-weekly bodyboarding sessions. This is a great chance to meet others in the community, enjoy the surf, and embrace the ocean with confidence.


Lesson Times
Keep an eye out for upcoming FREE events on the calendar:
  • 28th November 2025 – Palm Beach 10am
  • 12th December 2025 – Manly 10am
Cost: FREE!


Silver Surfers group Photo: Manly Surf School

AvPals Term 4 2025

Avalon Computer Pals is back for another term of friendly, hands-on computer classes for seniors 55+. Whether you're a total beginner or keen to brush up your tech skills, we’ve got you covered. Learn at your own pace, meet great people, and feel more confident online.

Come along to Newport, where small groups make learning relaxed, social and fun!  To book in visit: www.avpals.com

As Black Friday sales kick off, these are the dodgy sales tactics to look out for

Jeannie Marie PatersonThe University of Melbourne

Once again, the annual shopping extravaganza known as “Black Friday” is nearly upon us, this year falling on November 28. But the sales are already well underway.

What started as a single-day discounted shopping event on the Friday after Thanksgiving in the United States has blown out to a weeks-long sales festival, in stores and online. And it has spread around much of the world – including to Australia.

It might feel like a great time to try to score a bargain. But this week, the Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) put retailers on notice. The consumer watchdog announced it would be watching out for various kinds of misleading sales conduct that can be used to trick consumers.

If found to be engaging in misleading or deceptive sales conduct, retailers may face heavy financial penalties. But as a consumer, it also pays to understand how these dodgy tactics work, so you can’t be duped this sales season.

Dodgy sales tactics

The ACCC says it is on the lookout for a range of misleading or deceptive sales advertising tactics. Examples include:

  • advertising sales as “storewide” when only some items are discounted
  • countdown clocks or timers that show a shorter period than the actual sale (to create false urgency)
  • fine-print disclaimers that exclude some items from the sale
  • “up to X% off” discounts that only apply to a few items (or the “up to” text is not prominently displayed)
  • price comparisons of before and after sale discounts that are not accurate (including where the price has gone up in a short period before the discount was applied).

Sadly, there are many examples of allegedly misleading sales conduct occurring at peak shopping periods.

Following a similar sweep of last year’s Black Friday sales, the ACCC recently fined three retailers for allegedly misleading customers by advertising discounts as “storewide” when only some items were on sale.

In 2019, the online marketplace Kogan offered a “tax time” discount of 10% on products that had had their price increased immediately before the promotion (by at least 10% in most cases). It was subsequently fined A$350,000 for misleading conduct in breach of Australian Consumer Law.

Why is the ACCC so strict about this kind of conduct?

These examples of dodgy conduct might seem annoying. But they don’t seem earth-shatteringly bad – such as selling physically dangerous products.

Why is the ACCC so concerned about misleading conduct at Black Friday sale time, and indeed retail pricing more generally?

Shouldn’t consumers just be more careful? The answer lies in the cumulative harms of misleading pricing conduct.

composite image showing various online advertisements
Examples of advertising tactics the ACCC is investigating, including potentially misleading countdown clocks, sitewide sales with exclusions and hard-to-spot text. Supplied, ACCC

Manipulating consumers through marketing

Sales rely on consumers thinking they are getting a good deal on products they want. And sometimes sales marketing seeks to persuade consumers the deal is better than it really is.

Marketing strategies such as countdown timers, strike-through prices or promoted large percentage discounts are designed to appeal to consumers’ emotions and to rush them into closing off a purchase.

Consumers with heightened emotions or feeling pressure to grab a deal are less likely to make a rational assessment of the real value of the discount being offered to them. This is why truth in sales advertising is so important.

What consumer protection laws are for

We have strong protections against misleading conduct in Australia for good reason. If sellers can trick consumers into buying goods at discounts that are actually illusory, those dishonest sellers gain an advantage over honest sellers selling at a transparent and accurate price.

This risks a market that rewards poor conduct and encourages an overall rush to the bottom.

Australian Consumer Law takes the view that consumers should be able take the advertisements they see at face value. Consumers shouldn’t have to assume they are going to be tricked by sellers.

Such an approach would not conform to the object of enhancing the “welfare of Australians” through “the promotion of competition and fair trading” that underlies Australian Consumer Law.

Stopping a bad deal

If you are considering buying goods at the Black Friday sales, it is a good idea to screenshot the item before it goes on sale. That way you can check if the sale discount is genuine and the item is actually the same as the one you want (not an older or cheaper model).

When shopping at a sale, take time to look at the discount offered. Is it a real discount? Does it justify the spend coming up to the holiday period? Discounts may be marked up in an attractive colour but still not represent good value.

Finally, if you think you have been misled by a pricing strategy, such as a discount that isn’t genuine or a fine-print qualification on the discount that is advertised, you can complain to the ACCC.

Ideally, take screenshots of what was advertised and what you received to support your claim to be treated fairly at sales time.The Conversation

Jeannie Marie Paterson, Professor of Law (consumer protections and credit law), The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Are berries safe to eat? How worried should I be about the pesticide dimethoate?

Alexander Sinn/Unsplash
Ian MusgraveUniversity of Adelaide

Australia’s regulator has suspended use of a common pesticide used on blueberries, raspberries and blackberries known as dimethoate.

But this year-long suspension isn’t due to any new information about the pesticide itself. Rather, the Australian Pesticides and Veterinary Medicines Authority (APVMA) says it’s because we’re eating more berries so our potential exposure has increased.

In particular, it says children aged two to six years may be at increased risk of exceeding maximum limits.

Here’s what we know about dimethoate and whether berries are still safe to eat.

What is dimethoate?

Dimethoate is a pesticide that has been used in Australia since 1956. It belongs to a class of pesticides that inhibits the enzyme acetylcholinesterase. This prevents the breakdown of a key neurotransmitter (chemical messenger) and so paralyses an insect’s nervous system, killing it.

Mammals, including humans, also have the enzyme acetylcholinesterase, and can be poisoned by this class of pesticide.

So careful regulation of both application of dimethoate and levels of dimethoate residues on food are required so we are not exposed to harmful levels.

The amount of maximum permissible residues depends, in turn, on how much someone is exposed to from their food.

To do this, you need to have estimates of how much residue is on food and how much food we eat.

How much is too much?

The APVMA has a maximum limit for how much dimethoate we should be exposed to from our food. This is known as the acute reference dose (or ARfD), which is 0.02 milligrams per kilogram of body weight.

This maximum dose includes a safety factor of ten. In other words, the maximum dose allowed is ten times lower than the lowest dose that has no effect.

This dose was set in 2017. But it is consistent with current World Health Organization limits and Canadian regulations. Australia’s maximum dose is lower than limits from the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

So, what’s changed?

But our dietary habits have changed. Australian consumption of blueberries, blackberries and raspberries has increased substantially since the APVMA last assessed dimethoate. Consumption is up 285–962% compared to levels considered for its 2017 assessment.

Eating more berries is a good thing. But this means that current trace levels of dimethoate on berries (0.0033 micrograms per kilogram of body weight per day for a toddler) might potentially exceed the maximum limit for children aged two to six years.

The APVMA states:

The level of residues detected are unlikely to pose a serious risk to human health, but has proposed suspension of these specific dimethoate products as a precautionary measure.

What can you do?

Don’t give up on berries. Eating berries is an important part of a balanced diet. And the APVMA is at pains to emphasise the risk of harm is low.

The simplest approach is to wash your berries. You should be washing fruit and vegetables anyway. Washing helps get rid of soil, and potentially harmful microorganisms.

Washing berries will not remove all dimethoate, but can substantially reduce the levels so you can continue to enjoy them and their benefits.The Conversation

Ian Musgrave, Senior Lecturer in Pharmacology, University of Adelaide

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘Ninety-five Not Out’ – Inspiring NSW seniors share their stories

November 10,2025
Tales spanning technological change, women’s empowerment and New South Wales’s natural beauty are among 100 literary masterpieces featured in Volume 11 of Seniors’ Stories launched today at Parliament House.

Seniors’ Stories elevates the voices of seniors and provides a platform for older authors to reflect on the theme of ‘Then and Now’.

Readers are offered insights into authors’ youthful memories, changing times and life-shaping moments.

Cranebrook author Marie Nevin, who turned 96 in September, is the oldest contributor for this year’s edition. Marie’s story ‘Ninety-Five Not Out’ vividly portrays her transition from childhood to embracing modern technology later in life.

“I was born in 1929 in Marrickville . . . I remember while driving there, the ‘Bottle‑O’ would come down the street in a horse and cart calling ‘Bottle‑o, Bottle‑o’,” she writes.

“I am now ninety‑five years old. I like to go out and have coffee and cake … I have thirty‑four grandchildren, forty great‑grandchildren … I am thankful for having a mobile phone as it keeps me in touch with them all … I have an iPad which I use every day, playing word games to keep my mind active.”

For Marie, writing is a family affair. Her son-in-law Paul Ryan, from Emu Plains, also contributed a short story titled ‘The Wharf’. 

Seniors’ Stories Volume 11 features nine stories translated to an author’s chosen language alongside English versions to reflect the cultural diversity of communities across the state.

Translated languages include Bengali, Cantonese, Dutch, French, German, Hindi, Italian, Malayalam and Sinhalese.

More than 1,100 personal stories of older people across NSW have been published in Seniors’ Stories since the NSW Government launched the initiative in 2013.

The program is open to all Seniors Card and Senior Savers Card holders. Authors from all backgrounds and languages are encouraged to submit their work.

The Fellowship of Australian Writers NSW has led writing workshops to provide guidance and support for seniors seeking to share their stories.

More information on Seniors’ Stories is available at NSW Seniors Card.

Minister for Seniors Jodie Harrison said:

“Seniors’ Stories is a special publication which offers a glimpse into how the lives of older people in New South Wales have evolved over the years.

“It’s a celebration of the diversity and resilience of older people in New South Wales, and I’m delighted to see seniors from all walks of life have shared their stories.

“These books are a beautiful reminder that we all have a story worth sharing.”

Congratulations to residents whose stories are featured in this year's volume:
  • AI Friend 10760: Max by Elizabeth Guthrie MONA VALE
  • Testimony of Time - in French too: Le témoignage du temps by Sylvana Augustyniak DEE WHY
  • Treehouse Time by Frank Astill MANLY
  • Harbord by Kenneth Waldron MANLY

Socioeconomic Indicators Shape Neighbourhood Environment Effects on Cognitive Health in Older Adults

Recent research underscores the importance of designing neighbourhoods that support cognitive health in older adults with various socioeconomic profiles.

The research, published in Science of the Total Environment, examined data from the 60+ years cohort of the Personality and Total Health Through Life (PATH) project, an on-going population-based longitudinal cohort study of mental and cognitive health in Australia. Across a 12-year follow-up period, researchers aimed to understand whether socioeconomic indicators moderated the relationship between the neighbourhood environment and cognitive health in older adults. 

A lead author Prof Ester Cerin emphasised that multiple socioeconomic indicators, which include area-level status of the neighbourhood, homeownership, financial problems and education, should be studied together as moderators of the neighbourhood-cognition associations to disentangle how to support cognitive health in older residents of various socioeconomic profiles.

The authors found that neighbourhoods with a variety of non-commercial services, more trees and interconnected streets favoured the less educated and those reporting financial problems. On the other hand, population density and more parks benefited those with more years of education. Non-homeowners living in populated neighbourhoods with high concentrations of PM2.5 had poorer cognitive health. Better access to services benefited more residents of high- than low-socioeconomic status neighbourhoods. 

The study sends an important message to the community, urban designers, architectures, policymakers and the government – cognitive benefits and costs of living in certain neighbourhoods are not shared equally in older adults. The findings underscore the importance of designing neighbourhoods that support cognitive health in older adults with various socioeconomic profiles. It is now the time for equity-driven urban planning and design, so cities are cognitively good for all residents.

Read the full article; Do associations of neighbourhood attributes with cognitive function vary by socio-economic status? A 12-year follow-up study of older Australians

Remote assessment of physical function in older people

November 11, 2025
A study has highlighted the potential of remote assessment to extend the reach of clinical care, allowing clinicians to monitor mobility from home-based settings.

Published in Age and Ageing, this study by AFI members A/Prof Kim van Schooten, Prof Kim Delbaere and colleagues (NeuRA and UNSW) investigated whether standard physical function tests can be reliably administered through telehealth. Thirty-seven community-living older people (average age 75) completed five common tests, i.e. the five-times sit-to-stand (5STS), Timed Up-and-Go (TUG), standing balance, 4-metre walk, and Short Physical Performance Battery (SPPB), both at home via telehealth and in-person in the clinic. 

Remote testing proved safe, feasible, and well accepted, with no adverse events and only minor technical issues. Several older people had to be excluded because they were unable to attend the clinic but were willing to complete the remote assessments, demonstrating how telehealth can improve access and equity in functional assessment.

The 5STS and TUG tests showed good agreement between settings, supporting their use for remote monitoring of lower-limb strength and mobility. The standing balance test also showed good agreement but limited sensitivity across settings. Walking speed and overall SPPB scores showed greater variability, suggesting that small changes should be interpreted with caution.

Lead author A/Prof van Schooten noted that telehealth offers clinicians a safe and practical way to assess strength, balance, and mobility in older people who cannot attend the clinic.

“This study supports the integration of telehealth-based functional testing into clinical and rehabilitation practice, particularly for patients with mobility, transport, or geographic barriers. These findings suggest that remote assessment can extend the reach of clinical care, allowing clinicians to monitor mobility safely and effectively from home-based settings.”

Read the full article; Remote assessment of physical function in older people: feasibility, safety and agreement with in-person administration

Online age checking is creating a treasure trove of data for hackers

PeopleImages
Mark TsagasUniversity of East London

A variety of websites now have processes designed to verify the ages of their users. These checks are carried out in several ways. For instance, AI can be used to analyse whether a photo of the person looks old enough for the age threshold on a website.

Asking for photo ID, such as a scan of a person’s driving licence or passport, is another method, along with asking for a verified credit card.

However, the amount of personal data involved in completing age verification comprises a veritable treasure trove for hackers.

Recent incidents have further highlighted the privacy and security concerns around age verification. In October 2025, Discord, a social media and chat platform popular among gamers was hacked, with an unspecified amount of data extracted.

However, the company said it had identified 70,000 users globally who potentially had their photo IDs exposed to the hackers. Discord said the data was accessed through a third-party service provider, although it remains unclear exactly how the breach occurred.

Age verification checks for the UK were brought in by Discord in order to comply with the Online Safety Act. The act required that websites allowing pornography and harmful content introduce age checks by July 25 2025.

In July 2025, the Tea app, which allows women to anonymously share information about the men they date for safety purposes, was also hacked. The app requires a photo selfie and photo ID in order to register. The breach reportedly revealed these photos along with content and messages.

Grave consequences

These breaches highlight issues of compliance with website privacy policies, security practices and general data protection regulations (GDPR) legislation.

When Discord brought in age verification, its support website said it did “not permanently store personal identity documents or your video selfies”. It added: “Images of your identity documents and ID match selfies are deleted directly after your age group is confirmed, and the video selfie used for facial age estimation never leaves your device.”

The consequences of such breaches can be grave. Leaked images of selfies and photo IDs can lead to users facing a range of harms, such as identity theft and fraud. The kind of data that’s hacked also lends itself to particularly sophisticated forms of these crimes, particularly when you consider the availability of deepfake technology and generative AI tools.

In fact, third-party providers have represented a consistent vulnerability to be relentlessly exploited by cybercriminals, as seen in recent breaches of the UK Ministry of Defence, the Co-op supermarket and M&S to name but a few.

The proliferation of age verification checks in recent years is partly a response to new legislation, such as France’s Security and Regulation of the Digital Space law, the European Commission’s Digital Services Act and the Online Safety Acts in the UK and Australia. These all deem checks where users self-declare their age as unfit for purpose. Instead, they require websites to use more effective methods, such as photo ID matching, or credit card checks.

In a recent press release, the UK’s Department of Science, Innovation and Technology attempted to address the cybersecurity and privacy concerns arising from such checks. The department’s guidance says that any measures implemented by platforms to confirm a user’s age must be done “without collecting or storing personal data, unless absolutely necessary”.

This reiterates rules from the EU’s GDPR legislation. Further guidance is offered by the UK Information Commissioner’s Office and the regulator, Ofcom.

However, the Tea and Discord breaches highlight regulators’ inability to prevent data retention or enforce data deletion in practice. This is particularly relevant when the third parties are located outside of the UK.

The incidents show that the implementation and use of age verification requires genuine review; further regulation of data handling with enforcement powers – beyond mere guidance. This is a necessity to safeguard privacy, especially when third-party companies are involved.The Conversation

Mark Tsagas, Senior Lecturer in Law, Cybercrime & AI Ethics, University of East London

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The golden age of Japanese cinema: 5 Tatsuya Nakadai films you must see

Visual China Group via Getty Images
Kristian RamsdenUniversity of Adelaide

The great Japanese actor Tatsuya Nakadai has died, aged 92. Alongside fellow actor Toshiro Mifune (1920–97), Nakadai was, for many, the face of Japanese cinema across the globe.

Starring in more than 100 films, his filmography features numerous outstanding collaborations with many of the most significant directors of Japanese cinema, such as Akira Kurosawa, Masaki Kobayashi, Kon Ichikawa, Mikio Naruse, Keisuke Kinoshita and Kinuya Tanaka.

With his passing, the world loses one of the supreme titans of world cinema.

In tribute, I have chosen five performances as demonstrations of his remarkable career.

Black River (1957)

Nakadai was discovered working as a shop clerk in Tokyo by the young director Masaki Kobayashi. His first role for the director was a small uncredited bit part in The Thick Walled Room (1956), the debut feature for both. In their subsequent pairing, Black River (1957), Nakadai’s star presence would be established.

A love triangle set on the outskirts of a United States Naval Base, Nakadai plays a young yakuza named “Joe”. The film plays against the actor’s handsome and youthful appeal – while his character’s behaviour is abhorrent, the audience is drawn towards his undeniable charisma.

Dressed up in a Hawaiian shirt and sunglasses, casually smoking a cigarette, the performance oozes a contemporary cool. However, his adoption of “American” garb symbolises a casual indifference to the violence and suffering to those around him.

Kobayashi would be Nakadai’s most frequent collaborator. They would go on to make 11 feature films together, featuring classics such as The Human Condition Trilogy (1959–61), Kwaidan (1964) and Samurai Rebellion (1967).

When a Woman Ascends the Stairs (1960)

After Black River, Nakadai’s star began to rise. In 1960, he appeared in a major role in Mikio Naruse’s When a Woman Ascends the Stairs.

Directing films since the 1930s, Naruse specialised in female-centred melodramas, exploring the shifting roles of women in Japan’s modernising society. Exploring the life of a widowed bar hostess in post-war Ginza, played by Hideko Takamine, Naruse cast Nakadai as her manager.

Nakadai considered this role his most unique. He said,“I’ve played fiercer characters, or more evil” but this character had a “vagueness” and “certain ruthless” about him.

Nakadai strikes a very difficult balance between the paternalistic and the controlling. He spoke of the difficulty of externalising the character’s hidden “hot blooded” temper, deriving from unspoken romantic feelings.

Yojimbo (1961)

After an uncredited appearance in Seven Samurai (1954), the actor appeared in five other films with director Akira Kurosawa.

The first of these films was Yojimbo (1961). Nakadai played the villain, opposite Kurosawa’s regular leading man Toshiro Mifune. At the time, Mifune was the biggest star in Japan. Nakadai was a generation younger, still an up-and-comer.

Nakadai nearly steals the show as Unosuke, the ruthless gangster who brings a gun to a samurai sword fight.

Kurosawa allows his youthful tempestuousness to shine, bringing a sense of fun to his villainous performance. In one particularly striking moment, Nakadai brims with a maniacal smile as an inn burns behind him in the background.

Throughout the rest of the decade, Nakadai and Mifune would play adversaries again in Sanjuro (1962) and Samurai Rebellion (1967). As such, it is a breath of fresh air to see Nakadai play the morally upright police detective who aids Mifune’s character in Kurosawa’s procedural High and Low (1963).

Harakiri (1962)

Harakiri (1962) is Nakadai’s most defining role, and the one in which he truly asserts his status as a leading man. Critic Wal Khairy said the performance “rivals even the best work by Toshiro Mifune”.

As the wandering samurai, Nakadai enters the manor of a feudal lord requesting to die by seppuku. The physicality of Nakadai’s performance is remarkable as the actor oscillates between an intensely controlled stillness and sudden outbursts movements.

The film received the Special Jury Prize at Cannes and Nakadai won the Best Actor Prize from the Association of Tokyo Film Critics. Its reputation has only increased over time, especially amongst younger audiences on Letterboxd where it is the highest rated film on the app.

Ran (1984)

Kurosawa’s last true master work, Ran (1984) is an adaptation of Shakespeare’s King Lear, transposed to medieval Japan. Originally, Kurosawa had planned for Mifune to portray Hidetora, the Lear stand-in.

However, after having played the central role in the director’s previous film Kagemusha (1980), Nakadai was cast. It is perhaps his most impressive role.

Only 53 at the time, Nakadai is transformed into a much older man with the help of his wild gray mane and expressionistic make-up inspired by the masks of classical Noh theatre. In Noh, masks are used to refine expressions down to their essence, forcing actors to convey emotions through precisely calibrated movements of the body.

Throughout the film, Nakadai’s facial expression remains relatively stable. Despite what might be thought of as restrictions, Nakadai manages to express a range of emotions through the rest of his body. At once, he appears a frail old man, hunched over and shifting slowly around, and also a commanding figure of fear, bubbling up with contemptuous anger.

Like Lear, Hidetora is a tragic figure with the character’s pride, arrogance, and vanity leading to his downfall.

The film is highly regarded as one of the great war epics featuring some of the most towering battle sequences ever shot on celluloid. However, underneath all the carnage and chaos, the film is held together by Nakadai’s towering performance as a tiny, little man of history.The Conversation

Kristian Ramsden, PhD Candidate in English, Creative Writing and Film, University of Adelaide

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Kneecap is revitalising Irish. These 5 artists are doing the same for Indigenous languages

Emily Wurramara/Instagram
Jill VaughanMonash University and Josef Noel TyeMonash University

Northern Irish hip hop trio Kneecap have been making waves, not just as musicians, but as language activists who rap in both English and their native Irish. In Belfast’s Gaeltacht Quarter, Irish is a living language. It is also a political statement – a form of resistance against British cultural dominance.

Kneecap’s music is having a big impact, particularly on young Irish people. While language study in Northern Ireland is declining overall, the number of students taking Irish at the GCSE level has increased in recent years.

This isn’t an isolated trend. Indigenous communities the world over are working to save and strengthen their own languages. Languages don’t die on their own. They are driven to endangerment by colonialism and assimilation – actively minoritised.

In the modern nation of Australia, all Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander languages are now under threat. Australia suffers from a bad case of “monolingual mindset” which can blind us to the cultural and social benefits of multilingualism.

About 120 First Nations languages are spoken here today. A dozen traditional and several new languages are still learned by Aboriginal children.

Many other “sleeping” First Nations languages are being revitalised through inspiring work around the country.

Resistance through language and music

Kneecap’s impact shows music can be a powerful force for language revival. Songs are the crown jewels of cultural heritage, and a common way to connect with a treasured heritage language.

They belong to the family and community domains, which are crucial for passing on language. Songs can make language more visible, memorable, and even help it go viral.

From punta-rock in Belize to pop-folk in Chulym (Siberia), communities are using old and new songs to revitalise their languages.

In Australia, song has always been central to language keeping and storytelling. This is felt powerfully among the Yorta Yorta people, including co-author Josef Tye.

Take the song Ngarra Burra Ferra, a Yorta Yorta translation of the African-American spiritual Turn Back Pharoah’s Army. It was introduced in 1887, at the Maloga mission in New South Wales, by the African-American travelling Fisk Jubilee Singers. The song’s theme of escaping enslavement resonated with the Yorta Yorta’s own experiences of colonisation.

Translated by Yorta Yorta Elder Theresa Clements, and transposed by Tye’s great-great Grampa Thomas Shadrach James, Ngarra Burra Ferra became a powerful act of defiance and language preservation. It would go on to feature in the 2012 film The Sapphires.

In the Victorian context, language revitalisation is a key component of resistance to colonial oppression. It also plays a crucial role in implementing our Peoples’ ambitions around Truth Telling and Treaty.

Many Victorians are unaware they’re speaking terms from Indigenous languages every day. The linguistic landscapes of Victoria and Naarm are rich with Indigenous names and words, and should serve as a reminder of the First Peoples of this continent.

Activating languages through song

Many contemporary Australian artists are centring First Nations languages in their music. Earlier acts such Yothu Yindi, Warumpi Band and Saltwater Band paved the way for newer artists including Baker Boy, King Stingray and Electric Fields.

The public’s enthusiastic response suggests a bright future for musicians who look beyond English in their work. Here are five artists leading the way:

Emily Wurramara

A Warnindhilyagwa woman, Wurramara sings blues and roots in Anindilyakwa – the language of Groote Eylandt – and English. Her 2024 album Nara won the ARIA Award for Best Adult Contemporary Album, making Wurramara the first Indigenous woman to win the award. She was also named Artist of the Year at the National Indigenous Music Awards.

Ripple Effect

This all-female rock band from Maningrida (north-central Arnhem Land) sings about country, bush food, local animals and mythological beings in five languages: NdjébbanaBurarraNa-karaKune and English. Ripple Effect broke new ground in bringing female voices into Maningrida’s already prolific music scene. Their song Ngúddja (“language”) explicitly celebrates Maningrida’s linguistic diversity.

Neil Morris (also known as DRMNGNOW)

A Yorta Yorta, Dja Dja Wurrung and Wiradjuri yiyirr (“man”), Morris weaves together hip-hop, experimental electronic elements and sound design to explore Indigenous rights and culture in his work as DRMNGNOW. A passionate language advocate, he entwines Yorta Yorta language revitalisation with muluna (“spirit”), Yenbena (“ancestors”) and Woka (“Country”). His latest release Pray is out now.

Aaron Wyatt

Noongar man Wyatt is a violist, composer, conductor and academic, as well as the first Indigenous Australian to conduct a major Australian orchestra. He has conducted works that have been trailblazers of language revitalisation, such as Gina Williams and Guy Ghouse’s opera Wundig Wer Wilura in Noongar and Deborah Cheetham Fraillon’s children’s opera Parrwang Lifts the Sky, sung partly in Wadawurrung.

Jessie Lloyd

A musician, historian and song-keeper, Lloyd founded the Mission Songs Project to collect songs from the Aboriginal mission era. She recently launched the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Songbook to support schools in bringing Indigenous music into the classroom.

For First Nations languages to thrive in the music scene and beyond, they need support through grassroots initiatives in communities, schools and public life. One such example is an award-winning song project run by Bulman School in the Northern Territory.

This project is revitalising the local Dalabon and Rembarrnga languages, showing music can be a powerful and fun way to keep languages strong.

Where communities are supported to strengthen, use and teach their languages, the benefits for cultural and emotional wellbeing are clear.The Conversation

Jill Vaughan, Senior Lecturer, Monash University and Josef Noel Tye, Director Indigenous Innovation and Experience Programs, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

ICAC beefed up in fight against corruption

November 9 2025
The Minns Government has agreed to a request from the NSW Independent Commission Against Corruption for additional funding, as it deals with a steady rise in corruption inquiries.

The creation of an additional investigations team, including greater capacity for artificial intelligence-backed analysis, represents a return to resourcing levels prior to cuts made by the former Coalition government.

The $800,000 increase will be reported to the parliament, in line with ICAC’s independent funding arrangements introduced by the Minns Labor Government.

An Assistant Commissioner has also been appointed to deal with an anticipated increase in private and public hearings.

ICAC has reported a surge in new matters for investigation, putting pressure on its three existing investigation teams.

The agency’s cases have become increasingly complex due to the widespread public use of new digital technologies.

The fourth team will include a digital forensic officer to tackle the increase in the volume of data being collected.

In the 2024-25 financial year, 46.5 terabytes of data were processed by ICAC’s digital forensics team. In the 1 July 2025 – 30 September 2025 quarter, 37 terabytes were processed, the equivalent of 240 million pages of documents.

Since 1 July 2025, the Commission has executed seven search warrants, seizing or moving a total of 18 terabytes of data.

Section 11 referrals, which require NSW Government agencies and local councils to report suspected corrupt conduct to ICAC, have increased by 80 per cent, from 728 in 2018-19 to 1,311 in 2024-25.

The increased resourcing will strengthen the independent agency’s work to investigate, expose, prevent and educate against corrupt conduct and streamline operations to more efficiently carry out investigations using state-of-the-art technology.

ICAC protects the public interest, prevents breaches of public trust and guides the conduct of public officials in the NSW public sector.

Recent ICAC investigations include:
  • A Canterbury-Bankstown Council former manager was found to be engaging in corrupt conduct by receiving about $208,000 in benefits from a close friend and Council contractor, whose business reaped more than $4.5 million in gross profit.
  • The Commission is investigating whether, since 2012, TfNSW employees partially and/or dishonestly exercised official functions by awarding contracts to, or favouring, companies on the TfNSW panels, in return for benefits.
  • Allegations of corrupt conduct at School Infrastructure NSW between 2017 and about 2024, including evidence of improper recruitment practices, misuse of contracts and the misallocation of funds from school projects to favour particular businesses and fund consultancy positions for friends and business associates.
Treasurer Daniel Mookhey said:

“We have established stringent guidelines for the independence of our integrity agencies, and to ensure Parliament’s role in independently overseeing their funding.

“This is part of the Minns Labor Government’s reform agenda to restore public trust and improve public integrity, transparency and accountability.

“ICAC’s funding boost is the first delivered to the Commission under the improved arrangements, and shows the new system working as intended.”

Special Minister of State John Graham said:

“The return of this ICAC investigations team will help alleviate some of the strain on the integrity agency to ensure its important investigations are carried out to the highest standard.

“We’re providing ICAC with the resources it needs to stop and deter corrupt activity in NSW.”

Strata reforms kick-in with new powers for NSW Fair Trading and better support for owners in financial hardship

New strata laws are now in place to provide relief for owners facing cost-of-living pressures.  This includes new powers for NSW Fair Trading to ensure repairs and maintenance of common property aren’t neglected in a bid to prevent owners from being hit with expensive special levies. 

These world-leading rules form part of an extensive strata reform package implemented by the Minns Labor Government to help address the housing challenges in NSW. 

The new laws include:
  • Introducing a crucial consumer protection measure helping owners pay off their strata debt by requiring owners’ corporations to offer a payment plan before taking debt recovery action and prohibiting blanket rules to refuse payment plans.
  • Providing practical assistance to owners in financial stress by requiring a Financial Hardship Information Statement to be sent with every strata levy notice to make it easier for owners to stay on top of their levies and get help faster when they need it.
  • Ensuring building managers are held to the same accountability and transparency standards as strata managing agents by requiring them to act in the best interests of their clients, with penalties of between $11,000 and $22,000 for breaches, and to disclose any conflicts of interest or kickbacks, and
  • A world-first in strata regulation by allowing NSW Fair Trading to issue compliance notices and enter enforceable undertakings with owners’ corporations that do not meet their duties to maintain and repair common property. These changes will ensure serious maintenance issues and defects can be fixed without expensive and time-consuming litigation through the courts or tribunal.  
Starting at the end of October, the new laws are part of three tranches of strata reforms the Minns Government has introduced since November 2023. These reforms have been designed to restore consumer confidence in strata living which is vital to the Government’s housing agenda. More than 1.2 million people already live in strata, with that number set to rise under the Government’s strategic planning reforms. 

Previous reforms include increased penalties for strata managing agents who don’t disclose conflicts of interest or kickbacks; a ban on unfair contract terms in strata or building management, cleaning, and gardening contracts; making it easier for owners to do minor renovations and removing barriers to the uptake of sustainability measures such as solar panels and electric vehicle charging by prohibiting bylaws that block the infrastructure due to external appearance. 

Compliance with the reforms will be led by the $8.4 million Strata and Property Services Taskforce within NSW Fair Trading, which has dedicated inspectors and investigators who examine issues across the real estate industry including strata. 

For more information on strata reforms, please visit Guide to strata law changes for strata committees and owners

Minister for Better Regulation and Fair Trading Anoulack Chanthivong said: 

“The Minns Labor Government is focused on giving the 1.2 million people living in strata schemes across New South Wales greater trust and confidence in how strata is regulated. 

“These changes build on successive reforms to our state’s strata laws that are lifting accountability for strata professionals, increasing transparency in the management process and putting owners back in control over how their schemes are managed.  

“Strengthening the owners corporation’s repair and maintenance obligation will drive strata communities to be more focused on building upkeep and safety for everyone who lives in or owns property in the scheme.  

“When schemes don’t meet their repair and maintenance obligations under strata laws, they risk their building falling into disrepair leading to cost blowouts to fix damage, safety issues, legal disputes, and limiting the insurability of the strata complex. 

“Anyone can experience financial hardship, and these reforms help provide more clarity and certainty for owners who may need more time to pay their levies, as well as for the strata scheme managing the levy payments.” 

Director of Casework at Financial Rights Legal Centre Alexandra Kelly said: 

“Providing information about the National Debt Helpline on levy notices is already having an impact. 

 “When stressed callers tell us about being unable to pay their levies, we can advise them they can now request a payment plan. This flexibility should result in more people getting back on track and contributing to their schemes, without unnecessary debt collection fees and charges being added.  

“Before these reforms, we frequently spoke to people who were refused a payment plan for no reason, or simply ignored when they requested it. Payment plans are a smart way to let people catch up when life happens and they fall temporarily behind. Hopefully the dubious practice of adding large fees for chasing small debts will also significantly reduce.”  

CEO of Financial Counselling Australia Dr Domenique Meyrick: 

"These reforms are a huge step forward. Financial counsellors witness the hardship faced by struggling strata owners as they deal with aggressive debt recovery over relatively small debts, with little support and no clear pathway to resolve the issue. 

"The new laws strike a better balance, giving people a fair chance to get back on track without immediately facing legal action, escalating costs or the risk of losing their homes. 

"Financial Counselling Australia is proud that our sector helped drive these reforms and we applaud the NSW Government for listening to our concerns and putting in place much-needed safeguards. 

"Financial Counselling Australia would like to see similar safeguards introduced across the country because access to fair treatment shouldn’t depend on your postcode."  

Some people choosing DIY super are getting bad advice, watchdog warns

Maskot/Getty
Di JohnsonGriffith University

It’s no secret Australians are big fans of a do-it-yourself (DIY) project. How many other countries have a weekend sausage sizzle at a hardware store embedded in their national mythology?

That DIY attitude may be flowing into the way we save for retirement. Since the early 1990s, it has been compulsory for employers to pay part of their employees’ income into a superannuation account.

Typically, that money is then invested and managed on their behalf for retirement by their chosen super fund. But it doesn’t have to be. Australians can also elect to put their money in a “self-managed super fund” (SMSF) and choose how it’s invested themselves, for their own benefit.

This option comes with far more risk and personal responsibility for compliance. Yet increasingly, people are choosing it: over the year to June, the number of SMSF accounts grew by 6.2% to 653,062, with about 5% of Australian adults now an SMSF member.

SMSFs account for about a quarter – A$1 trillion – of Australia’s $4.3 trillion superannuation sector.

Last week, a review by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) raised serious concerns many financial advisers may be encouraging people to set up an SMSF even though it isn’t in their best interests.

The DIY approach to super

Most SMSFs have one (25%) or two members (68%), but they’re allowed to have up to six.

For some people, the benefits of an SMSF may outweigh those offered through a regular super fund. It can allow them to select from a wider range of investments – choosing exactly where they want to put their money, and how they want to diversify.

It may also allow some people to optimise the amount of tax they have to pay – by selecting more tax effective assets and timing the sale of investments.

Some company directors may be able to benefit from favourable tax arrangements by putting commercial properties into an SMSF – though this is a complex arrangement with strict rules.

Not for everyone

However, there are also many potential pitfalls. First and foremost, though an SMSF gives members control over how their savings are invested, poorly selected investments can result in losses.

All members of an SMSF are equally responsible for ensuring it meets its compliance obligations. This can be complex and expensive. Ongoing costs – such as audit fees and preparing financial statements – can be high.

On top of this, leaving an industry or retail fund could mean losing its included insurance coverage. It can also mean losing access to some compensation schemes and consumer protections.

Advice not up to scratch

In this context, corporate watchdog ASIC set out to understand why some clients were advised to establish an SMSF even though it was not suitable or beneficial for them.

It looked at 100 advice files that had recently been provided to real retail clients by financial advisers. It’s important to note this wasn’t a random sample – they were selected based on red flags that the advice may not have been suitable.

ASIC’s report found in 62 of the 100 files, the financial adviser failed to demonstrate compliance with the “best interests duty” and related obligations. Meeting this duty is a legal requirement. Advisers must provide appropriate advice, that is in the best interests of the client after taking all relevant circumstances into account, prioritising the client’s interests over their own.

Before recommending a financial product to a client, advisers must also conduct a reasonable investigation into the options.

Alarmingly, the review found 27 files – more than a quarter – raised “significant concerns about client detriment”. That is, these clients should not have been advised to set up an SMSF, but had been anyway.

‘Control’ and conflicts of interest

One of the biggest concerns raised in the report related to the way the idea of “control” was being used inappropriately to justify recommending clients set up an SMSF.

Using an SMSF does offer more control over how retirement savings are invested. But ASIC said many advisers weren’t exploring “what control meant” to a particular client.

This includes asking questions such as: does this client have the skills and experience to operate an SMSF? Is this option cost effective, and does it meet the client’s goals?

The report also found many advisers weren’t sufficiently investigating existing products or alternatives for their clients, and in some cases, where there was a conflict of interest, didn’t act in the best interest of clients.

Why this matters

ASIC’s report points out there were still examples of good quality advice about establishing an SMSF. They do not suggest the sample is representative of all SMSF advice.

But a targeted focus on SMSF red flags seems warranted, with significant interest from Australians on lower incomes: in the June quarter this year, 47% of new members entering into an SMSF had taxable incomes under $100,000.

Relatively low incomes don’t necessarily mean an SMSF was established inappropriately.

However, they do raise questions about whether other options (often lower cost, lower risk) are being properly explored and offered to clients seeking advice.The Conversation

Di Johnson, Senior Lecturer, Finance and Financial Planning, Griffith University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Timely home repairs are needed for good health in remote Aboriginal communities

Stephanie EnkelThe Kids Research Institute AustraliaAsha BowenThe Kids Research Institute AustraliaHannah M.M. ThomasThe Kids Research Institute Australia, and Rachel BurgessThe Kids Research Institute Australia

For people living in metro areas, a broken hot water system or washing machine is a nuisance. But it can usually be sorted by a phone call for a same-day repair or a quick trip to the hardware store.

In remote communities, the same repair is slowed by distance and lack of services, often taking weeks or months to fix. When families can’t easily wash themselves or their clothes, the risk of infections, including skin infections, rises.

Compared with non-Indigenous Australians, Aboriginal people are 2.3 times more likely to be hospitalised and 1.7 times more likely to die from illnesses linked to poor environmental conditions.

Illnesses such as acute rheumatic fever and rheumatic heart disease – often driven by untreated skin sores and sore throats – remain common in remote communities. These diseases were once widespread among all Australian children, but have largely disappeared elsewhere thanks to improvements in housing and services.

There’s been plenty of public discussion about remote housing but the voices of people living with these conditions is usually missing.

To inform this discussion, we yarned with more than 200 people over four years about housing, infrastructure and the services they rely on to stay healthy across nine communities in the Kimberley region of Western Australia. Our results are published in Health & Place.

Long waits for repairs

People told us they had no choice but to live in homes too small for their families. This pushed plumbing, hot water and laundries past breaking point.

Once broken, they were unable to be repaired until the next service trip, often months later. Many told us they relied on relatives or neighbours while their own taps, showers or washers sat waiting for repair.

People told us they knew the environment was making them sick when basic services failed, but they were limited in what they could do about it.

Local Aboriginal environmental health teams – praised by community and able to handle small jobs – were constrained by narrow remits, funding limits and bureaucracy.

Those living in public housing also faced a convoluted process in order to achieve repairs.

One local woman taught herself to fix a broken industrial washing machine behind the art centre so Elders and mums could wash their clothes and linen. When we asked why, she said:

It was for the old ladies. I wanted to help make sure they felt clean.

She has run this unofficial community laundromat for a decade.

What’s causing this?

People framed inadequate housing maintenance and household “environmental health” in remote Aboriginal communities as the cumulative result of successive state and federal policies that have failed to deliver.

Decades of policy fragmentation have normalised substandard environmental health in the home. None of this was new to the people living it. Their stories have been consistently ignored.

These housing and inadequate environmental conditions sit within a longer history of colonisation: dispossession, mission and pastoral control, and later public housing regimes that centralised asset ownership and decision-making away from Aboriginal communities.

When families can’t access secure land and home ownership, they become dependent on government housing systems, with limited ability to assert their rights. Economic exclusion compounds this: distance, wet-season logistics and chronic under-investment drive high costs and long delays.

Homes have often been built without genuine community consultation, leaving dwellings that don’t fit local family structures, climate or daily life.

Closing the Gap commits all governments to improve housing. To get there, however, consultation is needed with remote Aboriginal communities themselves, as well as policymakers and experts, including those in preventive health. This should happen before any build or upgrade.

Too often consultation is skipped or rushed to save time and costs, resulting in houses that fail their residents and requiring frequent repair.

What’s the solution?

Addressing these inequities requires clear, measurable standards and accountable delivery:

  • decision-making rights for residents and local communities

  • locally based maintenance with guaranteed response times and transparent reporting

  • sustained funding for new builds, maintenance and remediation

  • community-led housing design that tackles structural crowding and the realities of remoteness and climate change.

Most importantly, there should be increased reliance on local service providers operating in these regions. These teams already have community trust and should be the first call, not the last.

As well as housing, health care should also be co-designed with communities to include a strong focus on prevention, primary health care, community engagement and capacity-building for local health services. This also requires greater funding and support.

Ultimately, listening to communities is the most important way forward. The culture and uniqueness of remote Aboriginal communities thrive despite challenges, but people shouldn’t have to contend with conditions that wouldn’t be accepted elsewhere in Australia.

As a local Elder emphasised during our conversations:

You need to be healthy, kids need to be healthy. We don’t want them to get sick, they’re the future, the future of our communities.The Conversation

Stephanie Enkel, Postdoctoral Researcher, The Kids Research Institute AustraliaAsha Bowen, Team Lead, Healthy Skin and ARF Prevention, The Kids Research Institute AustraliaHannah M.M. Thomas, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, Skin Health, The Kids Research Institute Australia, and Rachel Burgess, Social Scientist and Aboriginal Senior Research Fellow, The Kids Research Institute Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How scientists are hacking bacteria to treat cancer, self-destruct, then vanish without a trace

Could engineered bacteria, including Listeria monocytogenes, help treat cancer? quantic69/Getty
Josephine WrightSouth Australian Health & Medical Research Institute and Susan WoodsSouth Australian Health & Medical Research Institute

Bacteria are rapidly emerging as a new class of “living medicines” used to kill cancer cells.

We’re still a long way from a “cure” for cancer.

But one day we could have programmable, self-navigating bacteria that find tumours, release treatment only where needed, then vanish without a trace.

Here’s where the science is up to.

Current treatments aren’t perfect

Many tumours are hard to treat. Sometimes, treatments cannot penetrate them. Other times, tumours can “fight back” by suppressing certain parts of the immune system, reducing the impact of treatments. Or tumours can develop resistance to treatments.

Using bacteria could overcome these obstacles.

More than a century ago, surgeons noticed some people with cancer who developed bacterial infections unexpectedly went into remission. That is, their cancer signs or symptoms decreased or disappeared.

Now we’re learning what could explain this. Broadly speaking, bacteria can activate the body’s immune system to attack cancer cells.

In fact, this approach is already used in the clinic. Bacteria are now the treatment of choice worldwide for certain cases of bladder cancer. When doctors deliver a weakened version of Mycobacterium bovis directly into the bladder through a catheter, the body’s immune response destroys the cancer.

Why bacteria?

Certain bacteria have an unusual talent. They can naturally find and grow inside solid tumours – ones that grow in organs and tissues – but leave healthy tissue relatively untouched.

Solid tumours are perfect homes for these bacteria as they contain lots of nutrients from dead cells, are low in oxygen (an environment these bacteria prefer), and typically have reduced immune function, so cannot defend themselves against the bacteria.

All this suggests possible careers for these bacteria as delivery couriers to carry targeted, anti-tumour therapies.

Over the past 30 years or so, more than 500 research papers, 70 clinical trials and 24 startup companies have focused on bacterial cancer therapy, with growth accelerating sharply in the past five years.

Most bacterial cancer therapies in clinical trials today target solid tumours, including pancreatic, lung, and head and neck cancers, which are the kinds that often resist conventional treatments.

Bacteria could deliver cancer vaccines

Cancer vaccines work by presenting a cancer’s unique molecular “fingerprints”, known as tumour antigens, to the immune system so it can hunt down and eliminate tumour cells displaying those antigens.

Bacteria can serve as couriers for these anti-cancer vaccines. Using genetic engineering, the genetic instructions (or DNA) in bacteria that might make us unwell can be removed and replaced with DNA for immune-stimulating tumour antigens.

Listeria monocytogenes is the main character in more than 30 cancer vaccine clinical trials. Unfortunately, most of these trials did not show that these treatments work better than current ones.

The challenge is teaching the immune system to recognise cancer’s telltale antigens strongly enough to remember them, without pushing the body into dangerous overdrive.

Bacteria could boost existing cancer therapies

Nearly half of current clinical trials using bacteria in cancer therapies pair bacteria with immunotherapies or chemotherapy as part of personalised treatment plans to enhance the body’s attack on cancer.

Various approaches have finished phase 2 clinical trials. These include using immunotherapy combined with modified Listeria to activate the immune system for recurrent cervical cancer.

Another trial used modified Salmonella in people with advanced pancreatic cancer alongside chemotherapy to increase survival.

Bacteria could be ‘bugs as drugs’

Arming bacteria with a drug means they could destroy the tumour from the inside, creating “bugs as drugs”.

For this, we need precise genetic control over how bacteria behave. Researchers can already reprogram bacteria to sense, compute and respond to molecular signals around the tumour.

Researchers can also engineer bacteria to self-destruct after delivering a drug, secrete immune-boosting molecules, or activate other therapies on command.

Researchers are building “multi-function” strains that combine several treatment strategies at once.

Probiotic species used in humans for many years are also candidates, including Escherichia coli NissleLactobacillus and Bifidobacterium. These can be engineered to produce cancer-killing molecules or alter the environment around the tumour.

How close are we, really?

While early human trials have shown this approach is generally safe, finding the right dose remains a delicate balance.

Bacteria are also living entities that can evolve in unpredictable ways, and their use in humans demands strict safety controls. Even strains modified for safety can cause infection or trigger excessive inflammation.

So scientists are developing “biocontainment” strategies – engineered safeguards that prevent bacterial spread beyond tumours or triggers them to self-destruct after treatment.

If we can overcome these issues, such “living medicines” would still need to successfully complete clinical trials and receive regulatory approval before being commonly used in the clinic.

If so, this could mark a profound shift in how we treat cancer, from static drugs to adaptive biological systems.The Conversation

Josephine Wright, Senior Research Fellow,, South Australian Health & Medical Research Institute and Susan Woods, Associate Professor, GESA Bushell Research Fellow, University of Adelaide and Principal Research Fellow, Precision Cancer Medicine, South Australian Health & Medical Research Institute

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

What is myasthenia gravis, the rare disease tennis great Monica Seles lives with?

Clive Brunskill/Getty Images
Gozde AydinMonash University and Yong Lin WangMonash University

Former tennis star Monica Seles recently revealed she is living with the rare disease myasthenia gravis, which affects 12 in 100,000 people globally.

Seles explained her first symptoms appeared suddenly around three years ago. She began experiencing double vision and weakness in her arms and legs. This made everyday activities, such as drying her hair, a challenge.

So what is this condition?

Myasthenia gravis is a chronic autoimmune disorder, where your own immune system disrupts the communication between nerves and skeletal muscle.

In healthy people, nerve cells send a chemical messenger called acetylcholine. This tells muscles to contract by binding to its receptor.

In myasthenia gravis, antibodies block or destroy these receptors, so the signal is weakened or lost.

The result is muscle weakness that worsens with activity and improves with rest. This is called “fatigueability”.

What are the symptoms?

Muscle weakness can affect everyday functions such as walking, speaking, breathing and swallowing.

Symptoms, which can appear suddenly, may also affect the eyes, causing drooping eyelids and double vision.

In some cases, weakness of the muscles makes it difficult to breathe or can result in choking on food or water. This is called a “myasthenic crisis” and requires hospitalisation and sometimes life support.

In our research interviews, a young woman in her 30s living with myasthenia gravis described what it feels like to experience a crisis:

My speech slows, and I sound like I’m drunk, even though I’m fighting to breathe. Sometimes I can’t talk at all. Having my mum there to advocate for me has been life-saving, because I can’t explain what’s happening. Staying calm helps me cope.

Another man in his 70s explained just how suddenly the disease can appear:

It came on at my 70th birthday party. I developed ocular MG [a form of myasthenia gravis affecting the eyes] in the middle of my speech, and my grown children thought I was having a stroke. They rushed me to hospital – and that’s how it all began.

What causes it and who does it affect?

It’s unclear what causes the disease but it’s not thought to be hereditary.

There is some evidence it is more likely to occur with other autoimmune conditions such as autoimmune thyroid disease, lupus and rheumatoid arthritis but the evidence remains incomplete.

Myasthenia gravis can appear at any age. Early onset is more common in women (often before 40), while men are more likely to develop myasthenia gravis later in life.

How is it diagnosed?

Despite its serious impact, myasthenia gravis remains under-recognised and is difficult to diagnose. The diagnosis is “clinical”, which requires a doctor with experience in myasthenia gravis to make a judgement, based on the information available.

A handful of tests are available to support the diagnosis: blood tests for antibodies, nerve conduction studies and needle electromyography, which record the electrical activity of nerves and muscles. But these are far from perfect in establishing the diagnosis.

How is it treated?

There is currently no cure for myasthenia gravis, but a range of treatments can help manage symptoms. These include:

  • oral medicines called anticholinesterase inhibitors, which temporarily improve communication between nerves and muscles

  • immunosuppressant medications, which are generally taken by mouth. These dampen the immune system and reduce its attack

  • plasma exchange and intravenous immunoglobulin (IVIg), which is a blood product. These are resource-intensive therapies that remove or block the harmful antibodies. These treatments require hospital admission for at least half a day to administer via an intravenous drip

  • in some patients, surgery is performed to remove the thymus gland, which is located in the chest between the lungs. This plays a key role in the abnormal immune response in people with myasthenia gravis.

While most treatments are subsidised through the health system, access remains a challenge for some people. Plasma exchange and IVIg are not available in all hospitals, for example, meaning patients in regional areas may face long travel distances or delays in receiving urgent care.

What is the long-term outlook?

While myasthenic crises are life-threatening, the evidence so far suggests the disease won’t have a significant impact on life expectancy for most people. Treatments aim to reduce disease activity rather than offering a complete cure.

People with myasthenia gravis can have very different journeys with their disease. Some may need frequent hospital admissions, and around 10% have a form of disease which is difficult to treat.

Others may experience minimal symptoms requiring little to no treatment.

Many find their symptoms are unpredictable. As a woman in her 60s, who has had myasthenia gravis for ten years, told us:

I think you just get used to managing – to finding your own rhythm in all the uncertainty.The Conversation

Gozde Aydin, Research Fellow, Centre for Health Economics, Monash University and Yong Lin Wang, Neurologist and Phd Candidate, Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Is your child’s school using generative AI? Here are 8 questions to ask

Eugene Mymrin/ Getty Images
John FischettiUniversity of NewcastleKylie ShawUniversity of NewcastlePhuong Quyen VoUniversity of Newcastle, and Scott ImigUniversity of Newcastle

There have been at least three watershed moments in how humans access information.

One came with the invention of the printing press in 1440, which revolutionised the spread of knowledge. Another came in 1998, when the launch of Google changed how we search for and retrieve information.

The third happened in late 2022, with the introduction of generative artificial intelligence (AI). This technology can not only answer our questions, it can help us generate new content and propose solutions to real-life problems. Generative AI teaches itself even when we are not using it.

Unlike past technological shifts, which unfolded over decades or even centuries, this one is happening in just a few years.

While parents may be hearing about AI in their work or in the news, they may not realise it is also being introduced into their child’s classrooms.

As part of our new book published this week, we outline the questions parents should be asking their schools about AI.

What’s the difference between AI and generative AI?

You’ve likely encountered AI in everyday life – when your web browser remembers your preferences, your GPS suggests a faster route, or your bank flags unusual spending. These systems analyse data and make predictions based on patterns.

Generative AI goes a step further. It doesn’t just analyse, it creates. Ask it to plan a summer barbecue, and it can generate a menu, write a shopping list, design invitations, compile a playlist, or even compose an original party song. It adapts to your needs in real time, whether you’re catering to vegans or entertaining toddlers.

Our research

In our book, The Future of Schooling in a GenAI World, we investigate what generative AI means for schools.

We sought the views of more than 350 experts via surveys, interviews and international forums. We spoke to developers inventing AI, academics and business leaders who understand the implications of it, and school leaders who are adopting it. We asked participants to tell us the implications of AI for schooling.

We found generative AI is already being used in primary and secondary schools in Australia and around the world to personalise learning. It helps teachers develop study guides on key content, tutors young people at their own pace, creates lesson plans, and varies assessments depending on the student.

As generative AI tools “remember” prior interactions, they can come back to where the student left off the day before and prompt for repetition or jump ahead – similar to a private tutor.

But with these opportunities come risks. This includes an over-reliance on technology, rather than independent thinking (called “cognitive offloading”). It is also easy for students to cheat.

The technology can also be biased and inaccurate, and can threaten our privacy. In the process, there are fears it could dehumanise education.

What should parents be asking?

In our book, we pose key questions parents should be asking themselves, their children, and their schools to ensure generative AI is being used safely to enhance learning and teaching.

  1. What is the school’s plan for adopting AI learning tools and resources? Schools should at least have a framework in place, but in our research, we found some do not have any formal planning.

  2. How are we already using AI in the classroom? Is it just being used by teachers or are students also using in their daily work?

  3. How are we planning to use AI in the foreseeable future?

  4. What is an example of how using AI could benefit my child’s learning? Could it be used to focus on a particular part of the curriculum (for example, science and technology), or to focus on an area where a child needs extra work (such as multiplication)?

  5. How is the school safeguarding student identity and other private data?

  6. How is the school instructing students about the pros and cons of AI and its appropriate use and potential misuse? This means students are learning how to be thoughtful, responsible users of AI.

  7. How can AI learning tools help my child who has an identified special need?

  8. What AI tools do you recommend we have at home to support learning? Will my child need a new laptop or special software, or will we need this at home?

You could also suggest the school hosts a workshop for parents and carers to learn how to use AI tools and to address any AI concerns.

Where is all this heading?

We don’t yet know, and the pace of the change is so fast even the experts we talked to are having difficulty staying up with the latest iterations of the tools.

But we do know schools and teachers will remain essential to our society. What will change is the kind of schools we need and the role of teachers in leading them.

For parents and our educators, the challenge is to keep the HI — our human intelligence — in front of the AI.The Conversation

John Fischetti, Professor, Leadership and School Transformation, School of Education, University of Newcastle, University of NewcastleKylie Shaw, Dean of Graduate Research (Education), University of NewcastlePhuong Quyen Vo, Researcher, University of Newcastle, University of Newcastle, and Scott Imig, Associate professor, Educational Leadership and Management, University of Newcastle

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

centuries-old grid of holes in the Andes may have been a ‘spreadsheet’ for accounting and exchange

An aerial photo of Monte Sierpe, facing northeast. Jacob L Bongers
Jacob L. BongersUniversity of Sydney and Charles StanishUniversity of South Florida

In 1931, geologist Robert Shippee and US Navy Lieutenant George R. Johnson led one of the first aerial photography expeditions in South America. They captured stunning photographs of landscapes across the Andes, including some peculiar “pockmarks” in the Pisco Valley of southern Peru.

These “pockmarks” make up the mysterious archaeological site of Monte Sierpe. Stretching 1.5 kilometres and consisting of approximately 5,200 precisely aligned holes, Monte Sierpe translates as “serpent mountain” in Spanish, but the site is also known as the Band of Holes.

The purpose of Monte Sierpe has baffled researchers and members of the public alike, but new archaeological research carried out by an international team has uncovered evidence for a new interpretation.

As we explain in a new study, published today in Antiquity, Monte Sierpe, which dates to at least 700 years ago, may have functioned as an Indigenous system of accounting and exchange centuries before the European invasion.

Drone mapping and sediment analyses

We used a drone to map Monte Sierpe. Analyses of aerial imagery revealed that the site has a “segmented” organisation, composed of around 60 sections (or blocks) of holes, some of which are separated by empty spaces.

We also found numerical patterns in layout. For example, one section has nine consecutive rows with eight holes each. Another section has at least 12 rows that alternate between counts of seven and eight holes. These patterns hint at an underlying intention in the organisation of Monte Sierpe.

Our team analysed sediment samples collected from several holes across Monte Sierpe. We identified ancient pollens of maize (corn), one of the most important staple crops in the Andes, and of Typha (bulrush) and willow, which have been traditionally used to make baskets and mats.

These unexpected findings indicate that people deposited plants in the holes, perhaps using woven baskets or bundles for transport.

Parallels with a record-keeping device

To our surprise, we discovered that the organization of Monte Sierpe is similar to the structure of at least one Inca knotted-string device used for detailed record-keeping (khipu) that was recovered near Pisco.

Photo of a device made from knotted string
A knotted-string record keeping device known as a khipu found in the same region as Monte Sierpe shows some parallels to the Band of Holes. Ethnologisches Museum, Staatliche Museen zu Berlin / Claudia ObrockiCC BY

Monte Sierpe’s 60 distinct sections of holes parallel the approximately 80 groups of cords documented in this local khipu.

This crucial discovery suggests Monte Sierpe may have played a significant role in Indigenous accounting practices.

A new model

Our results provide little support for alternative theories connecting Monte Sierpe to defence, water collection, or fog capture.

There is no evidence of fortification or weapons at Monte Sierpe.

The Band of Holes does look somewhat like the pits used for grape cultivation in Lanzarote, Canary Islands, but rainwater is effectively non-existent at these elevations (440–700 metres) in the Pisco Valley.

The site is located in an area of ephemeral fog oases (patches of dense fog that persist for up to a week), so it could have captured moisture. However, the resulting water would not be enough to grow crops, especially maize. Groundwater is not available on Monte Sierpe’s slope.

Photo of many shallow holes in the ground.
In the absence of currency or writing, Monte Sierpe may have functioned as a ‘social technology’ for exchange of goods and accounting. Charles StanishCC BY

Instead, we hypothesise that Monte Sierpe initially served as a barter marketplace before being turned into a large-scale accounting device under the Inca Empire (1400–1532 AD) for collecting tribute from local communities.

The Andes is one of the few world regions where large-scale societies, such as the Inca Empire, developed, but there is no strong evidence of pre-Hispanic currencies or writing systems. How did Andean societies exchange resources and administer large numbers of people without currency or writing?

Monte Sierpe may offer answers.

Barter marketplace

Barter marketplaces are built around a shared understanding among participants about how the value of one type of good compares to the value of another.

A shallow pit in the ground approximate one metre across
One of the thousands of holes at Monte Sierpe, with a 20cm bar for scale. Charles StanishCC BY

We envision the holes at Monte Sierpe as potential units of exchange. Depositing goods in the holes could have been a way of publicly displaying information about the quantity of goods available as well as the quantity of goods required for a fair exchange.

For example, a certain number of holes containing maize would have been equivalent to a certain number of holes containing another type of good, such as cotton or coca.

Accounting device

Across the Andes, the Inca reorganised communities into new groups that were expected to take “turns” paying a labour tax or its equivalent in tribute.

In our model, each section at Monte Sierpe could have been linked to a particular social group for the payment of tax. Numerical patterns in layout and variation in the number of holes across sections may reflect differences in tribute levels, or the number of taxpayers from specific villages and towns.

Aerial photo showing carefully arranged groups of holes in the ground.
The thousands of holes at Monte Sierpe are divided into groups or blocks. J. L. BongersCC BY

In a sense, Monte Sierpe may have functioned as a large “spreadsheet” for the Inca Empire.

While our model remains tentative, our research brings us closer to unravelling the purpose behind one of the most enigmatic archaeological sites in the Andes.The Conversation

Jacob L. Bongers, Tom Austen Brown Postdoctoral Research Associate, University of Sydney and Charles Stanish, Exec. Director, Institute for the Advanced Study of Culture and the Environment; Professor of Anthropology, University of South Florida

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

BBC resignations over Trump scandal show the pressures on public broadcasters – and why they must resist them

Denis MullerThe University of Melbourne

The resignations of BBC Director-General Tim Davie and CEO of BBC News Deborah Turness over dishonest editing of a speech in 2021 by US President Donald Trump raise several disturbing questions.

These concern the effectiveness and integrity of the BBC’s internal editorial procedures for investigating complaints, and the pressure being brought to bear on the BBC by conservative political and media forces in the United Kingdom.

The Trump controversy originated from the editing of a BBC Panorama documentary called “Trump: A Second Chance?” It went to air a week before the 2024 US presidential election, and contained replays of sections of the speech Trump had made to his supporters just before the insurrection in Washington on 6 January 2021.

In the speech, Trump said at one point: “We’re going to walk down to the Capitol, and we’re going to cheer our brave senators and congressmen and women.” Fifty minutes later, in the same speech, he said: “I’ll be with you. And we fight. Fight like hell.”

According to the BBC’s own account, these two quotes were spliced together to read: “We’re going to walk down to the Capitol […] and I’ll be there with you. And we fight. We fight like hell.”

The effect was to give the impression Trump was egging on his supporters to violence.

At that time, a journalist called Michael Prescott was working as an independent external adviser to the BBC’s editorial standards committee. According to The Guardian, Prescott’s appointment to this role had been pushed by a BBC board member, Robbie Gibb, who had been communications chief for the former Conservative prime minister Theresa May and had also helped set up the right-wing broadcaster GB News.

Prescott left the BBC in June 2025, but during his time there he wrote a letter to the BBC board drawing their attention to what he saw as problems of “serious and systemic” editorial bias within the broadcaster. The dishonest editing of the Trump speech was one example he gave to support his case.

He wrote that when these lapses had been brought to the attention of editorial managers, they “refused to accept there had been a breach of standards”.

That letter came into the possession of London’s Daily Telegraph, a conservative newspaper. On November 3 it published a story based on it, under the headline: “Exclusive: BBC doctored Trump speech, internal report reveals”. The sub-heading read: “Corporation edited footage in Panorama programme to make it seem president was encouraging Capitol riot, according to whistleblower dossier”.

It is not known who the whistleblower was.

The Trump White House was on to this immediately, a press secretary describing the BBC as “100% fake news” and a “propaganda machine”. Trump himself posted on his Truth Social platform that “very dishonest people” had “tried to step on the scales of a Presidential Election”, adding: “On top of everything else, they are from a Foreign Country, one that many consider our Number One Ally. What a terrible thing for democracy!”

News Corporation’s British streaming service TalkTV predicted Trump will sue the BBC. As yet there have been no developments of that kind.

The Prescott revelations come only three weeks after the BBC reported that the British broadcasting regulator Ofcom had found another BBC documentary, this time about the war in Gaza, had committed a “serious breach” of broadcasting rules by failing to tell its audience that the documentary’s narrator was the son of the Hamas minister for agriculture.

Ofcom concluded that the program, called “Gaza: How to Survive a War Zone” was materially misleading by failing to disclose that family link.

These are egregious errors, and the journalists who made them should be called to account. But the resignation of the director-general and the CEO of news is so disproportionate a response that it raises questions about what pressures were brought to bear on them and by whom.

The Daily Telegraph and the Daily Mail ran hard for a week on the Trump story, and this generated pressure from the House of Commons culture committee to extract explanations from the BBC.

Politically, the timing was certainly inconvenient. The BBC is about to begin negotiations with the government over its future funding, and perhaps a calculation was made that these might proceed more fruitfully with a new director-general and head of news after a procession of controversies over the past couple of years.

On top of that was the Trump factor. Were there diplomatic pressures on the British government from the White House to see that some trophy scalps were taken?

Davie and Turness have each said that mistakes had been made, that the buck stopped with them, and that they were resigning on principle. Perhaps so, but the sources of pressure – the White House, the House of Commons, the conservative media – are such as to invite a closer scrutiny of the reasons for their departure.

They also seemed unable to respond effectively to the week-long onslaught from The Telegraph and Mail, either by defending their journalists or admitting mistakes had been made and that they had taken remedial steps.

It is also a reminder to public broadcasters like Australia’s ABC, that in the current political climate they are high-priority targets for right-wing media and politicians. The ABC has had its crisis with the Antoinette Lattouf case, which cost it more than $2.5 million for its management’s failure to stand up for its journalists against external pressure.

Fortunately it coincided with the planned departures of the chair and managing director, giving it the opportunity of a fresh start. The BBC is about to get a similar opportunity. Clearly it needs to more effectively enforce its editorial standards but it also needs to stand up for its people when they are unfairly targeted.The Conversation

Denis Muller, Senior Research Fellow, Centre for Advancing Journalism, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The Wiggles admit Emma Bow headband likely breached consumer law and commit to raise awareness: ACCC

November 11, 2025
Children’s entertainment group The Wiggles Holdings Pty Ltd (The Wiggles) has admitted it likely breached the Australian Consumer Law by selling Emma Bow headbands without mandatory safety warnings required for products containing button batteries, and has committed to raising awareness of the dangers that button batteries can pose.

The Wiggles’ Emma Bow is a yellow and black headband featuring four lights powered by button batteries.

Between June 2022 and March 2024, The Wiggles sold the headband without mandatory safety warnings that it contained button batteries and about the risks that button batteries pose.

The Wiggles has provided the ACCC with a court-enforceable undertaking in which it admits it likely breached the Australian Consumer Law by supplying headbands which failed to comply with the Button Battery Information Standard and commits to implementing a consumer law compliance program within their organisation.

The importer and distributor of the headband, CA Australia Pty Ltd (CA Australia), has also provided a written commitment to the ACCC to improve its consumer law compliance.  

“The Emma Bow was aimed for children’s use and was available at The Wiggles’ live concerts.  It was also sold by other suppliers on The Wiggles online store and through various physical retail stores” ACCC Deputy Chair Catriona Lowe said.

“Without a warning on the product, parents may not have known it contained button batteries and not understood the severity of the risk.”

“If swallowed, a button battery can become stuck in a child’s throat and result in catastrophic injuries, and even death, in as little as two hours,” Ms Lowe said.

As part of its co-operation with the ACCC’s investigation, The Wiggles has committed to produce an episode of its podcast “Wiggle Talk – A Podcast For Parents”, which will refer to the recall of the Emma Bow headband, and discuss safety issues relating to button batteries and children’s toys to help raise awareness.

The Wiggles and CA Australia recalled the product and a recall notice was published on the ACCC website on 1 August 2024. Consumers who still have the Emma Bow should refer to the recall notice for further information, including to arrange for a return of the product.

Compliance with button battery standards is a priority for the ACCC. Button batteries pose a significant risk to vulnerable young children and the button battery mandatory standards are an important step in helping to prevent injuries to children.

The undertaking can be found here: The Wiggles Holdings Pty Ltd 

Images of the Emma Bow product

ACCC guidance for businesses and consumers
The mandatory button battery standards aim to make button battery products safer and provide consumers with important safety information to mitigate the risks associated with button batteries.

The Information Standard requires certain warnings and safety information to be provided with button battery products and/or packaging.

Button batteries are small, round and shiny and can be appealing for young children to swallow or insert, which poses a significant risk of serious injury or death. In Australia, three children have died from incidents involving button batteries. Compliance with the mandatory standards helps to prevent this.

If you suspect your child has swallowed or inserted a button battery:
  1. call Triple Zero (000) immediately if your child is bleeding or having any difficulty breathing
  2. call 13 11 26 immediately for 24/7 fast and expert advice from the Poisons Information Centre.
Prompt action is critical, do not wait for symptoms to develop. Serious injury can occur in as little as two hours and can be fatal.

The ACCC strongly encourages consumers to check for button battery products in their homes and take steps to secure them to keep them safe for young children. Consumers can check the list of recalled products on the ACCC Product Safety website.

Anyone who has experienced product safety incidents (including near misses) is strongly encouraged to report these to the supplier and to report safety concerns about particular products to the ACCC via the Product Safety website.

Suppliers of button battery products must submit a report to the ACCC within 2 days if they become aware that a consumer good they have supplied caused or may have caused a death, serious injury or serious illness. Further information about this reporting can be found in the ACCC’s Mandatory Reporting Guideline.

The ACCC has published a fact sheet and guide for businesses on the button battery mandatory standards to assist businesses with meeting their obligations.

ACCC puts retailers on notice ahead of Black Friday sweep

November 10, 2025
The ACCC will conduct a Black Friday sales sweep to identify misleading or deceptive sales advertising used by retailers.

The sweep will focus on a range of sales advertising tactics used by retailers. This includes misleading limited time representations that create a false sense of urgency for consumers, misleading ‘site-wide’ or ‘store-wide’ claims about sales, and claims of ‘up to X% off’, where few products are on sale at X% off.

“We are putting retailers on notice to review their sales advertising practices to ensure that any sales or discount claims they make are accurate, clear, and not likely to mislead or deceive consumers,” ACCC Deputy Chair Catriona Lowe said.

“Misleading advertising may influence a consumer’s behaviour and impact their ability to make an informed purchasing decision during the sales,” Ms Lowe said.

“We will pay special attention to retailers who were identified as having problematic sales practices in the sweep we conducted during last year’s Black Friday and Boxing Day sales and expect to see improved compliance across the retail sector.”

Retailers that use misleading or deceptive tactics during the Black Friday sales period may face enforcement action by the ACCC.

“If consumers are waiting for the Black Friday sales to make a big purchase, we encourage them to consider checking the prices now before sales start, so they can compare the price and determine if they are making a legitimate saving,” Ms Lowe said.

The ACCC encourages consumers to be wary of broad claims about discounts or savings during Black Friday and to check for any disclaimers or conditions in sales advertisements.

“Consumers shopping during the Black Friday sales are encouraged to report promotions or ads that raise concerns to the ACCC, including images of the potential misconduct,” Ms Lowe said.

The best way for consumers to report any potentially misleading or deceiving advertising representations is by the ACCC website, where images and specific detail can be provided.

The ACCC has guidance that retailers should review on advertising and promotions.

Consumer and fair-trading concerns in the supermarket and retail sectors, with a focus on misleading pricing practices, is a 2025-26 Compliance and Enforcement Priority for the ACCC.

Background
The ACCC sweep will focus on a range of conduct, including:
  • Misleading time representations, including, the use of phrases such as ‘3 days only’ and devices such as countdown timers that don’t align with the true duration of the sale.
  • Claims of store-wide or site-wide sales, when in fact the sales involve exclusions
  • Fine print or disclaimers that seek to limit headline claims about the sale, including member-only deals or excluding a range of products.
  • ‘Up to X% off’, where the ‘up to’ text is not prominently displayed, or where few or very few products are on sale at X% off.
  • Misleading ‘was/now’ or ‘strikethrough’ pricing representations
In 2024, the ACCC conducted a sweep of sales advertising by Australian retailers online and in store to target the Black Friday and Boxing Day sale periods. The 2024 sweep uncovered a range of concerning practices, including those listed above.

Following the sweep, the ACCC launched a number of investigations into specific retailers and wrote to those retailers where the most concerning conduct was identified and asked them to justify their claims.

In June 2025, Michael Hill, My House and Hairhouse online paid penalties for allegedly making false and misleading representations about their Black Friday Sales.

There are still ongoing investigations as a result of the sweep conducted in 2024.

Examples of the type of advertising that the upcoming sweep will focus on:
Above: Example of the use of a countdown time which, if not accurate, can create a false sense of urgency.
Above: Example of a retailer that advertises a ‘sitewide’ sale when in fact there are a range of products which are excluded from the sale.
Above: Example of an ‘Up to’ X% off claim, where ‘up to’ text is easily missed by consumers.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.

Week Two November 2025 (November 3-9)

Johann Strauss II - The Blue Danube Waltz

Everyone wants to write music that will transcend the ages, reach across all borders, mean something different to every individual. The Blue Danube is one such piece of music, used today in comedies to hit the right notes as accumulated gags converge, film scores to summon up luminous amphitheatres within the soul, or to remember and dance again for near to ten minutes, a classic that lives still.

The piece was originally written as a choral work. Strauss was commissioned to write a piece for the Vienna Men's Choral Society to uplift the people of Vienna who were reeling after losing the Austro-Prussian War. 

Johann Strauss II, an Austrian composer known as the "Waltz King", wrote the waltz in 1866, and it was first performed in 1867.

Strauss recalled a poem by Karl Isidor Beck (1817-79). Each stanza ends with the line: 'By the Danube, beautiful blue Danube'. It gave him the inspiration and the title for his new work – although the Danube could never be described as blue and, at the time the waltz was written, it did not flow through Vienna.

The Danube River is the second longest in Europe after the Volga. It rises in the Black Forest mountains of western Germany and flows for some 1,770 miles (2,850 km). The river  flows southeast through or alongside countries such as Austria, Slovakia, Hungary, Croatia, Serbia, Romania, Bulgaria, Moldova, and Ukraine, and into the Black Sea. Strauss's waltz captured the spirit of the Danube as it flows through Vienna.

The Most famous Waltz in the World

The work epitomises the symphonic richness and variety of Strauss’s dance music, and it has become the best-known of his many dance pieces, and is reputed to be the most famous waltz in the world.

Originally performed on 15 February 1867 at a concert of the Wiener Männergesang-Verein (Vienna Men's Choral Association), it has been one of the most consistently popular pieces of music in the classical repertoire. 

After the original music was written, the words were added by the Choral Association's poet, Joseph Weyl. Strauss later added more music, and Weyl changed some of the words. However, this version only received a lukewarm reception in Vienna when first performed.

Strauss adapted it into a purely orchestral version for the 1867 Paris World's Fair (1 April to 3 November 1867), and it became a great success in this form. The instrumental version's success at the Exposition marked the beginning of Johann Strauss II's international fame, which was cemented by performances in the United States and Great Britain later that year.  "The Blue Danube" premiered in the United States in its instrumental version on 1 July 1867 in New York, and in the UK in its choral version on 21 September 1867 in London at the promenade concerts at Covent Garden. The instrumental version is by far the most commonly performed today.

Wilhelm Gause (1853 - 1916): "Ball in der Wiener Hofburg" (1900)

When Strauss's stepdaughter, Alice von Meyszner-Strauss, asked the composer Johannes Brahms to sign her autograph-fan, he wrote down the first bars of "The Blue Danube", but added "Leider nicht von Johannes Brahms" ("Unfortunately not by Johannes Brahms").

The introduction, typically a simple functional passage serving to call dancers to the ballroom floor, is transformed into an airy, drifting prelude in which fragments of the main themes can be distantly heard. The composition then proceeds through five waltz themes, linked as intricately as they would have been in the era’s most-sophisticated concert music.

The waltz, (from German walzen, “to revolve”), is a highly popular ballroom dance evolved from the Ländler in the 18th century. Characterised by a step, slide, and step in 3/4 time, the waltz, with its turning, embracing couples, at first shocked polite society. It became the ballroom dance par excellence of the 19th century, however, and tenaciously maintained its popularity in the 20th. Its variations include the rapid, whirling Viennese waltz and the gliding, dipping Boston. Composers of famous waltzes include Frédéric Chopin, Pyotr Ilyich Tchaikovsky, but Johann Strauss II was 'the Waltz King'.

The first waltz theme in the Blue Danube is a familiar gently rising triad motif played by cellos and horns in the tonic (D major), accompanied by the harp; the Viennese waltz beat is accentuated at the end of each 3-note phrase. The Waltz 1A triumphantly ends its rounds of the motif, and waltz 1B follows in the same key; the genial mood is still apparent.

Waltz 2A glides in quietly (still in D major) before a short contrasting middle section in B-flat major. The entire section is repeated.

A more dour waltz 3A is introduced in G major before a fleeting eighth-note melodic phrase (waltz 3B). A loud Intrada (introduction) in G minor is then played. Waltz 4A starts off in a romantic mood (it is in F major) before a more joyous waltz 4B in the same key.

After another short Intrada in A, cadencing in F-sharp minor, sonorous clarinets spell out the poignant melody of waltz 5A in A. Waltz 5B is the climax, punctuated by cymbal crashes. 

The coda recalls earlier sections (3A and 2A) before furious chords usher in a recap of the romantic Waltz 4A. The idyll is cut short as the waltz hurries back to the famous waltz theme 1A again. This statement is also cut short, however, by the final codetta: a variation of 1A is presented, featuring a dialogue with the trilling Flutes, the strings, and the quiet sounding horns, connecting to a rushing eighth-note passage in the final few bars: repeated tonic chords underlined by a snare drum roll and a bright-sounding flourish.

A typical performance lasts around 10 minutes, with the seven-minute main piece, followed by a three-minute coda. 

However, in listening to the shifts in the music people are also imagining the river - the little creeks and eddies as it tumbles down the mountains where it begins, the birds that flit across its surface, the trees that dip into its waters, the broad rush in midstream as the waters gather and rush onwards through country after country to the sea.

The Danube played a vital role in the settlement and political evolution of central and south-eastern Europe. Its banks, lined with castles and fortresses, formed the boundary between great empires, and its waters served as a vital commercial highway between nations. The river’s majesty has long been celebrated in music. The famous waltz An der schönen, blauen Donau (The Blue Danube), by Johann Strauss the Younger, became the symbol of imperial Vienna, the city itself and its culture.

Johann Strauss II

Johann Strauss II (born October 25, 1825, Vienna, Austria—died June 3, 1899, Vienna) was known as “the Waltz King,” a composer famous for his Viennese waltzes and operettas.

Strauss was the eldest son of the composer Johann Strauss I. Because his father wished him to follow a nonmusical profession, he started his career as a bank clerk. He studied the violin without his father’s knowledge, however, and in 1844 conducted his own dance band at a Viennese restaurant. In 1849, when the elder Strauss died, Johann combined his orchestra with his father’s and went on a tour that included Russia (1865–66) and England (1869), winning great popularity. In 1870 he relinquished leadership of his orchestra to his brothers, Josef and Eduard, in order to spend his time writing music. In 1872 he conducted concerts in New York City and Boston.

Johann Strauss the Younger. Harris & Ewing Collection/Library of Congress, Washington, D.C. (Digital File Number: LC-DIG-hec-23696)

Strauss’s most famous single composition is An der schönen blauen Donau (1867; The Blue Danube), the main theme of which became one of the best-known tunes in 19th-century music. His many other melodious and successful waltzes include Morgenblätter (1864; Morning Papers), Künstlerleben (1867; Artist’s Life), Geschichten aus dem Wienerwald (1868; Tales from the Vienna Woods), Wein, Weib und Gesang (1869; Wine, Women and Song), Wiener Blut (1871; Vienna Blood), and Kaiserwaltzer (1888). Of his nearly 500 dance pieces, more than 150 were waltzes. Among his stage works, Die Fledermaus (1874; The Bat) became the classical example of Viennese operetta. Equally successful was Der Zigeunerbaron (1885; The Gypsy Baron). Among his numerous other operettas are Der Karneval in Rom (1873; The Roman Carnival) and Eine Nacht in Venedig (1883; A Night in Venice).

The Danube's flow

From Britannica and Wikipedia

Three sections are discernible in the river’s basin. The upper course stretches from its source to the gorge called the Hungarian Gates, in the Austrian Alps and the Western Carpathian Mountains. The middle course runs from the Hungarian Gates Gorge to the Iron Gate in the Southern Romanian Carpathians. The lower course flows from the Iron Gate to the delta-like estuary at the Black Sea.

The symbolical source of the Danube in Donaueschingen: the source of the Donaubach (Danube Brook), which flows into the Brigach. Photo: Andredonau 

The upper Danube springs as two small streams—the Breg and Brigach—from the eastern slopes of the Black Forest mountains of Germany, which partially consist of limestone. From Donaueschingen, where the headstreams unite, the Danube flows north-eastward in a narrow, rocky bed. To the north rise the wooded slopes of the Swabian and the Franconian mountains. Between Ingolstadt and Regensburg the river forms a scenic canyonlike valley. To the south of the river course stretches the large Bavarian Plateau, covered with thick layers of river deposits from the numerous Alpine tributaries. The bank is low and uniform, composed mainly of fields, peat, and marshland.

At Regensburg the Danube reaches its northernmost point, from which it veers south and crosses wide, fertile, and level country. Shortly before it reaches Passau on the Austrian border, the river narrows and its bottom abounds with reefs and shoals. The Danube then flows through Austrian territory, where it cuts into the slopes of the Bohemian Forest and forms a narrow valley. 

A 3-color confluence of (from left to right) Inn, Danube, and Ilz in Passau. Photo: Carsten Steger - Aerial image of Passau showing the old town and the confluence of the Inn, Danube, and Ilz rivers (from left to right)

In its middle course the Danube looks more like a flatland river, with low banks and a bed that reaches a width of more than one mile. Only in two sectors—at Visegrád (Hungary) and at the Iron Gate—does the river flow through narrow canyonlike gorges. The basin of the middle Danube exhibits two main features: the flatland of the Little Alfold and Great Alfold plains and the low peaks of the Western Carpathians and Transdanubian Mountains.

Basilica of Esztergom, Hungary. Photo: Kriccs 

Panorama of the Danube in Budapest with the Hungarian Parliament (left). Photo: Ivanhoe

The Danube enters the Little Alfold plain immediately after emerging from the Hungarian Gates Gorge near Bratislava, Slovakia. There the river stream slows down abruptly and loses its transporting capacity, so that enormous quantities of gravel and sand settle on the bottom. A principal result of this deposition has been the formation of two islands, one on the Slovak side of the river and the other on the Hungarian side, which combined have an area of about 730 square miles (1,900 square km) that support some 190,000 inhabitants in more than 100 settlements. The silting hampers navigation and occasionally divides the river into two or more channels. East of Komárno the Danube enters the Visegrád Gorge, squeezed between the foothills of the Western Carpathian and the Hungarian Transdanubian Mountains. The steep right bank is crowned with fortresses, castles, and cathedrals of the Hungarian Árpád dynasty of the 10th to 15th century.

The Danube then flows past Budapest, and across the vast Great Alfold plain, traversing Croatia, Serbia, and Romania until it reaches the Iron Gate gorge. The riverbed is shallow and marshy, and low terraces stretch along both banks. River accumulation has built a large number of islands, including Csepel Island near Budapest. In this long stretch the river takes on the waters of its major tributaries—the Drava, the Tisza, and the Sava—which create substantial changes in the river’s regime. The average runoff increases from about 83,000 cubic feet (2,400 cubic metres) per second north of Budapest to 200,000 cubic feet (5,600 cubic metres) at the Iron Gate. The river valley looks most imposing there, and the river’s depth and current velocity fluctuate widely. The rapids and reefs of the Iron Gate once made the river unnavigable until a lateral navigation channel and a parallel railway allowed rivercraft to be towed upstream against the strong current.

Iron Gates, Serbia-Romania border. Photo: Cristian Bortes - 'Evening at Danube gorge'.

The Iron Gate, on the Serbian-Romanian border (Iron Gates natural park and Đerdap national park). Photo: Lys3rg0 - Danube at the narrowest point of the Iron Gates, seen from the Serbian side.

The river splits into three channels: the Chilia, which carries 63 percent of the total runoff; the Sulina, which accounts for 16 percent; and the Sfântu Gheorghe (St. George), which carries the remainder. Navigation is possible only by way of the Sulina Channel, which has been straightened and dredged along its 39-mile (63-km) length. Between the channels, a maze of smaller creeks and lakes are separated by oblong strips of land called grinduri. Most grinduri are arable and cultivated, and some are overgrown with tall oak forests. A large quantity of reeds that grow in the shallow-water tracts are used in the manufacture of paper and textile fibres. The Danube delta covers an area of some 1,660 square miles (4,300 square km) and is a comparatively young formation. About 6,500 years ago the delta site was a shallow cove of the Black Sea coast, but it was gradually filled by river-borne silt; the delta continues to grow seaward at the rate of 80 to 100 feet (24 to 30 metres) annually.

Panorama of the Danube in Vienna. Photo: Dmitry A. Mottl

The word "Danube" ultimately means "river" or "flowing" and originates from the Proto-Indo-European dānu-. The name was passed down through various languages, including Celtic (where it was Dānuvius) and Latin (Dānubius), and it appears in the names of other rivers, such as the Don, Dnieper, and Dniester. The river was known to the ancient Greeks as the Istros from a root possibly also encountered in the ancient name of the Dniester (Danaster in Latin, Tiras in Greek) and akin to Iranic turos 'swift' and Sanskrit iṣiras 'swift', from the wood root isro-, sreu 'to flow'.

Today the river carries its name from its source confluence in Donaueschingen, Germany, to its discharge into the Black Sea via the Danube Delta in Romania and Ukraine.

Have a listen to a piece of music that, 159 years on is still lifting up the spirits - inciting your feet to float up into the air, and is still recognised by everyone everywhere - do you hear the river or see the dancers?:

High School Certificate exams period finished

Friday November 7 2025

The 2025 HSC exams officially ended this afternoon when 4,300 students completed their Food Technology exam.

Over the past 17 test days, close to 75,000 HSC students have sat more than 400,000 exam sessions in 123 different subjects, running across more than 750 exam locations.

This year’s exams included the assessment of new syllabuses in Geography, Software Engineering, and Computing – with the latter two examined online for the first time.

Thousands of dedicated teachers, principals, and support staff have been working behind the scenes during the HSC, ensuring exams run smoothly and deliver a fair outcome for students.

Marking is well underway, with over 6,500 markers assessing responses from more than 1.2 million exam papers. Students will receive their HSC results and ATAR on Thursday 18 December.

The 2025 HSC enrolment snapshot can be found on the NESA website.

Acting Minister for Education and Early Learning Courtney Houssos said:

"On behalf of the entire NSW Government I want to congratulate the Class of 2025 on reaching this milestone.

Exams are now behind you, and you can look with confidence to the future knowing you have put your best foot forward.

"Thank you to everyone who has supported our students in the lead up to and during exams – parents, families, teachers, and school staff who have been there every step of the way.”

NSW Education Standards Authority Chief Executive Officer Paul Martin said:

“Thank you to our exam staff, markers, and school communities for your support in delivering the HSC exams.

“All the best to the HSC Class of 2025 – who can now relax before results are released next month.”

2025 NSW Schools Spectacular's Remarkable participants

Meet the 2025 NSW Schools Spectacular featured artists who are gearing up to lead in next month’s ‘Remarkable’ show. Alyssa Terese reports.

The spotlight is set to shine on 53 of the state’s most gifted student performers, who will lead a cast of more than 5,500 NSW public school students at the NSW Schools Spectacular on 28 and 29 November 2025.

The group of 36 featured vocalists, six featured instrumentalists, nine backing vocalists and two SpecArena Co-Hosts who will take to the stage at Sydney’s Qudos Bank Arena, includes four local students; Felix S from Pittwater High School as a Backing Vocalist, Galileo R from Davidson High School as a Featured Instrumentalist (Bass), Remington P from Northern Beaches Secondary College at the Cromer Campus as a Featured Vocalist and Teagan D from the Northern Beaches Secondary College at the Mackellar Girls Campus as a Featured Vocalist.

Galileo has been playing with his dad Bill this year at a few gigs around town, including the Manly Jazz Festival.

Featuring new and returning students from Years 5 to 12, the 2025 Schools Spectacular ‘Remarkable’ will see instrumentalists, dancers, actors and vocalists from a diverse range of backgrounds and talents celebrate the vibrancy of NSW public schools.

Year 10 Newtown High School of the Performing Arts student Isabella Laga’aia and Year 11 Wagga Wagga High School’s Jazmin Castle are both celebrating six years in the Schools Spectacular.

Having started her Spectacular journey in Year 4, Jazmin remains one of the youngest featured artists in the production’s 42-year history.

The seasoned performer is excited to bring her years of learnings into this year’s musical numbers.

“When I started in 2018, I had little to no experience in being able to read music and was slow to pick up songs; but after years in the show, these things are second nature to me and I can now easily read sheet music, harmonise, and learn from other vocalist’s techniques,” Jazmin said.

This year’s youngest featured vocalist is Sans Souci Public School Year 5 student Ruby McDonald who will take to the Qudos Bank Arena stage for the very first time in November.

Ruby said she was very excited to be in the 2025 production and said it would make her “really, really happy if people come to watch me or watch me on their TV”.

The eager young performer will share the stage with another newcomer, Gomeroi singer-songwriter and 2025 Triple J Unearthed High Indigenous Initiative winner Kyla-Belle Roberts.

The Year 11 student from Moree Secondary College, Albert Street Campus, will mark her debut with a performance of her original hit “Scars” in front of the 25,000 in-person audience.

Creative Director Sonja Sjolander said this year’s featured artists were chosen from an exceptionally strong group of applicants who would be sure to take audiences on a moving journey through music and performance.

“We’ve seen some of the most remarkable talent ever this year; students who are not just technically skilled, but who bring powerful messages of hope, courage and creativity to the stage,” Ms Sjolander said.

“The performance promises an extraordinary variety of music and art forms, from classical to jazz, hip hop to rock, reflecting the diverse voices and stories of young Australians today.”

In its 42nd year, this year’s theme ‘Remarkable’ will explore what it means to stand out, speak up, and shine – a fitting motif for the trailblazing students who are leading this show.

“This year we have focused on the student voice more than ever before with three original student songs included across the arena show and SpecFest,” Ms Sjolander said.

“This is a show about making your mark, about daring to live out loud and standing up for one another and our students are excited and ready to inspire others.”

“Whether it’s a heartfelt solo, a dazzling instrumental, or a choreographed group number, these students will blow you away.”

Executive Producer Richard Spiewak echoed this sentiment, describing the event as “truly remarkable”, both in scale and spirit.

“Remarkable things get your attention, and this show certainly will,” Mr Spiewak said.

“This is the 42nd year of the Schools Spectacular, which is a Guinness World Record holder and a pioneer of youth arts events in Australia.

“With a cast of 5,500 performers from around 400 NSW public schools, and an additional 500 students involved in our outdoor SpecFest, it’s simply exceptional.”

Tickets for this year’s show are on sale now through Ticketek

Her Name is Siale

And yes - ORRCA can officially confirm she is a true albino humpback whale!

On Wednesday, November 5th, ORRCA received footage of a potential white whale travelling north off the NSW South Coast. The ORCCA team mobilised, relocated her, and captured detailed drone imagery for identification. By sharing these images with @happywhale, the global whale identification database, and liaising with @whale_discoveries, the whale tourism operators who first documented her in Tonga, ORRCA were able to piece together her story and confirm her identity.

The Happywhale team quickly matched our drone footage with an existing record. Happywhale tracks individual whales worldwide using the unique patterns of their flukes. This international collaboration allows us to follow whales across entire ocean basins as they migrate, breed, and grow - a powerful example of citizen science in action.

This beautiful juvenile is a female calf born in Tonga in 2024. She is known locally as “Siale” (named after a fragrant white flower). She is one of two white whales born in 2024 Tonga whale season, both females according to Dave and Tris Sheen - one of which may have been spotted off the New Zealand coast in mid-October.

The extraordinary footage below of Siale and her mother was originally captured in Tonga last year by Dave and Tris Sheen through @whale_discoveries. These images confirm Siale’s true albinism, evidenced by her red eyes, unlike leucitic whales who may have no pigmentation but have dark eyes.

Images: Dave and Tris Sheen of @whale_discoveries. 

True albinism in humpback whales is extraordinarily rare, occurring in only about 1 in 40,000 births. The only other confirmed albino humpback on the Australian east coast is Migaloo, making this identification a truly historic moment.

Her appearance may clarify that Humpbacks do and can migrate different routes, and that calves stay north of Antarctica for their 1st year or more of life. Maybe she will turn up next season in her birth ground of Ha’apai.

A huge thank you to everyone who reported sightings, shared footage, and helped contribute to this remarkable identification. Community involvement and citizen science play a crucial role in marine conservation.

If you spot Siale on our coast, a special exclusion zone of 500m applies for vessels and personal watercraft. Please contact ORRCA on our 24/7 Hotline on (02) 9415 3333 if sighted.

As our migration season draws to a close, she’s a powerful reminder of the wonders just off our incredible coastline.

Opportunities:

Greece and Crete named as destinations for 2026 Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship tour

Wednesday October 22, 2025

NSW Premier Chris Minns and Minister for Veterans David Harris today announced Greece and Crete as destinations for the 2026 Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship school study tour exploring Australia's military history of the Second World War.

The announcement comes a week after students from schools across NSW returned from the 2025 study tour to the Republic of Korea and Singapore.

The students visited the site of the Battle of Kapyong, the Demilitarised Zone and the UN First Battle Memorial in the Republic of Korea. In Singapore, the tour included visits to the Kranji War Memorial, Changi Prison Chapel and Museum, and the Fort Siloso and Surrender Chambers.

Sixteen students from across NSW will be selected to participate in next year’s study tour to Greece and Crete, with 2026 marking the 85th anniversary of the Greek and Crete campaigns of 1941.

Key locations on the tour include Athens, war cemeteries at Phaleron and Suda Bay, and the historic site of the Battle of Rethymno, where Australian and Greek troops faced a fierce German paratrooper assault. Of the more than 17,000 Australians who served in the campaigns, nearly 600 died and over 1,000 were wounded. Each site holds deep significance in the nation’s involvement in the Second World War.

Applications opened today for Accompanying Teachers for the 2026 tour that will take place in the Term 3 school holidays.

NSW teachers of Stage 5 History and/or Stage 6 Modern History are encouraged to apply for this unique professional development opportunity to enrich their understanding and teaching of Australian war time history.

Student applications will open in early 2026.

Applications for the role of Accompanying Teacher for the 2026 tour close at 11:59pm on 26 November 2025. Eligible teachers can apply here: https://veteransaffairs.smartygrants.com.au/PAMS2026Teachers.

Students who will be in Year 10 or 11 in 2026 are encouraged to register their interest. 

More information is available here: https://www.veterans.nsw.gov.au/education/premiers-anzac-memorial-scholarship/

NSW Premier Chris Minns said:

“The Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship is a wonderful opportunity for high school History students to further develop their understanding of the history of Australians at war.

“The 85th anniversary of the Greek and Crete campaigns of 1941 provides a unique opportunity to offer NSW high school students passionate about history a chance to commemorate and better understand the experience of Australian men and women who served in this important theatre of the Second World War.”

Minister for Veterans David Harris said:

“The PAMS tour presents a unique opportunity for teachers and students from all over New South Wales, and I highly recommend that history teachers consider applying.

“The 2026 tour will explore Australia’s military history during the Second World War, visiting locations that experienced the war’s impact first-hand. Students and teachers will hear the stories of those who served and sacrificed their lives in these campaigns that defined our nation’s involvement in the Second World War.

“The study tour is an important initiative in ensuring the legacy of our Second World War veterans is preserved. By connecting young Australians with the places where our veterans served, we honour their courage, service and sacrifice, while strengthening our commitment to remembrance.”

Elizabeth Farmer, Nowra High School teacher and 2025 PAMS accompanying teacher said:

"The Premiers’ Anzac Memorial Scholarship experience is more incredible than can be believed. From gaining experiential learning ideas on the ground where Australians have fought to deepening your understanding of syllabus content, the study tour was an outstanding opportunity to further my knowledge of HSIE content, but to also link my family history and service to locations vital to Australian history.

“The Scholarship offers more than a chance to walk in the footsteps of our past servicemen and servicewomen, it offers the chance to help shape the way future generations interact with our shared history and our past, present and future veterans."

Christian Bell, Christian Brothers' High School Lewisham teacher and 2025 PAMS accompanying teacher said:

"The Premiers’ Anzac Memorial Scholarship tour is one of the most rewarding professional development experiences a History teacher can undertake. It offers the rare chance to explore overseas sites of Australian service, memorials including museums, and battlefields, alongside expert historians, whose knowledge and storytelling bring history vividly to life.

“Equally inspiring is working with the students. A group of curious, respectful, and deeply engaged young people whose enthusiasm for learning about Australia’s military past makes every moment on tour meaningful. I strongly encourage teachers to apply.”

Biana Nguyen, 2025 PAMS Scholar, St George Girls High School:

"The Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship tour to Korea and Singapore was a powerful experience that reshaped how I see history.

“Visiting sites of remembrance and learning about the impacts of war in both countries made the past feel real and immediate.

“Standing in places where Australians once served and hearing stories of resilience, loss and recovery gave me a deeper understanding of the legacy of military service.”

Liam Harrison, 2025 PAMS Scholar, Mereweather High School said:

"Participating in the PAMS tour was a transformative experience that deepened my understanding of history far beyond the classroom. Through immersive visits to significant sites and memorials, gained a significant appreciation for the complexities of war and the enduring legacy of those who served.

"I very much encourage other students to apply for the scholarship. It’s more than a tour, it’s an opportunity to grow, connect, and carry forward the memory of our shared past."

Avalon Sailing Club Try Sailing Day is Saturday 15th November.

It's an opportunity for members of the public to visit the club, explore the facilities and try sailing on a yacht or dinghy. Speak to members and experts about ways to get into sailing.

Sailing opportunities at Avalon for all ages from 8 years up to 88 !

Click here for details: www.revolutionise.com.au/avalonsailingclub/events/321427

Busk at The North Narrabeen NSHS P&C Boot Sale

Are you a budding musician? The NSHS P&C is turning up the volume at our November 30 Car Boot Sale with a brand-new initiative — Busk @ the Boot! 

Whether you’re an up-and-coming performer, a seasoned street musician, or just love to share your sound, we want YOU to help bring the vibe!

Here’s the deal:
  • Open to NSHS students and local community artists
  • Buskers keep 100% of the money collected during their set
Questions? Contact our CAPA Coordinator Katherine Moore at moore.moorefitness@gmail.com


The P&C Executive is committed to making every event more vibrant, inclusive, and fun — and we believe live music is the key to that energy! So, whether you’re acoustic, electric, solo, or in a group, come and help us make this Boot Sale sing!

Narrabeen SLSC Ocean Swim 2025

Our Annual Narrabeen Beach Challenge Ocean Swim kicks off Sydney’s Ocean swim season on Sunday 2 November 2025. It is a favourite for both local athletes and casual swimmers of all ages. This year, we are introducing a 300 metre Junior Swim alongside our regular 800-metre and 1.8-km races.

Everyone can enter this event via oceanswims.com website or via here. We are looking forward to a wonderful day for our swimmers.

Kevin Lee

Narrabeen Beach Challenge Ocean Swim Co-Organiser, Narrabeen Beach SLSC

Battle Of The Bands: opportunity to listen to great local music at Mona Vale

Every Friday in November
12 Bands | 4 Weeks | One Epic Showdown
At The Mona (Mona Vale Hotel - Park Street Mona Vale)
The Line Up has been finalised, and we're counting down the days! 
Get ready for an epic month of live music, incredible local talent and unforgettable Friday night at The Mona. 

FINAL LINE UP & DATES 
Week 1: Friday, 7th November 
  • Hour Language
  • Josh Evans 
  • Bangalley 
  • Necko 
Week 2: Friday, 14th November 
  • Ramstone 
  • There Goes me
  • Speaking Of Which 
  • Gilroy 
Week 3: Friday, 21st November 
  • Selene and The Strange 
  • Apocalypseboyo
  • Woodhill
  • Social Strangers 
Week 4: Friday, 28th November THE FINAL 
  • To be determined...

Financial help for young people

Concessions and financial support for young people.

Includes:

  • You could receive payments and services from Centrelink: Use the payment and services finder to check what support you could receive.
  • Apply for a concession Opal card for students: Receive a reduced fare when travelling on public transport.
  • Financial support for students: Get financial help whilst studying or training.
  • Youth Development Scholarships: Successful applicants will receive $1000 to help with school expenses and support services.
  • Tertiary Access Payment for students: The Tertiary Access Payment can help you with the costs of moving to undertake tertiary study.
  • Relocation scholarship: A once a year payment if you get ABSTUDY or Youth Allowance if you move to or from a regional or remote area for higher education study.
  • Get help finding a place to live and paying your rent: Rent Choice Youth helps young people aged 16 to 24 years to rent a home.

Visit: https://www.nsw.gov.au/living-nsw/young-people/young-people-financial-help

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: fool

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun

1. a person who acts unwisely or imprudently; a person lacking in judgment or prudence. 2. (Historical) a jester or clown, especially one retained in a royal or noble household. 3. (Archaic) a person who is duped or imposed on.

Verb

1. trick or deceive (someone); dupe.

Adjective

1. (informal) foolish; silly.

From Middle English: from Old French fol ‘fool, foolish’, from Latin follis ‘bellows, windbag’.

Also Noun - Fool

1. a cold dessert made of pureed fruit mixed or served with cream or custard.

Etymology in full 

From early 13c., "silly, stupid, or ignorant person," from Old French fol "idiot; rogue; jester," also "blacksmith's bellows," (12c., Modern French fou), from Medieval Latin follus (adj.) "foolish," from Latin follis "bellows, leather bag," from word root bhel- (2) "to blow, swell."

The sense evolution probably is from Vulgar Latin use of follis in a sense of "windbag, empty-headed person." Compare also Sanskrit vatula- literally "windy, inflated with wind." But some sources suggest evolution from Latin folles "puffed cheeks" (of a buffoon), a secondary sense from plural of follis. One makes the "idiot" sense original, the other the "jester" sense.

The word has in modern English a much stronger sense than it had at an earlier period; it has now an implication of insulting contempt which does not in the same degree belong to any of its synonyms, or to the derivative foolish. 

Also used in Middle English for "sinner, rascal, impious person" (late 13c.). Meaning "jester, court clown" in English is attested c. 1300, though it is not always possible to tell whether the reference is to a professional entertainer counterfeiting mental weakness or an amusing lunatic, and the notion of the fool sage whose sayings are ironically wise is also in English from c. 1300. The French word probably also came into English via its borrowing in the Scandinavian languages of the Vikings (Old Norse fol, Old Danish fool, fol).

There is no foole to the olde foole ["Proverbs of John Heywood," 1546]

To make a fool of (someone) "cause to appear ridiculous" is from 1620s (make fool "to deceive, make (someone) appear a fool" is from early 15c.). Feast of Fools (early 14c., from Medieval Latin festum stultorum) was the burlesque festival celebrated in some churches on New Year's Day in medieval times. Fool's gold "iron pyrite" is from 1829. Fool's paradise "illusory state of happiness based on ignorance or erroneous judgment" is from mid-15c. (foles paradyce). Fool-trap is from 1690s. Foolosopher, a useful insult, is in a 1549 translation of Erasmus. Fool's ballocks is described in OED as "an old name" for the green-winged orchid. Fool-killer "imaginary personage invested with authority to put to death anybody notoriously guilty of great folly" is from 1851, American English.

Fools rush in where angels fear to tread is a (shortened) line of Pope's "Essay on Criticism" (1711) popularised in Burke's "Reflections on the Revolution in France" (1793).

fool(verb); mid-14c., "to be foolish, act the fool," from fool (n.1). The transitive meaning "make a fool of" is recorded from 1590s. Sense of "beguile, cheat" is from 1640s. Also as a verb 16c.-17c. was foolify. Related: Fooled; fooling. Fool around is 1875 in the sense of "pass time idly," 1970s in sense of "have sexual adventures."

Also from c. 1200; fool(noun);  type of custard dish, 1590s, of uncertain origin. The food also was called ''trifle'', which may be the source of the name (via verb and noun senses of fool). 

Raspberry Fool Recipe - one version

Ingredients (5)
150g (1 punnet) raspberries
1 300ml container thickened cream
1 tbsp icing sugar, sifted
1 1/2 tsp finely grated orange rind
8 custard swirl biscuits or similar (Unibic brand)

Method

Step 1: Set aside 12 raspberries. Place the remaining raspberries in a bowl and use a fork to roughly mash.

Step 2: Use electric beaters to whisk the cream, icing sugar and orange rind in a small bowl until firm peaks form. Fold the mashed raspberries into the cream mixture to create a swirled effect.

Step 3: Spoon the mixture into four 125ml (1/2-cup) serving glasses and place in the fridge for 10 minutes to develop the flavours.

Step 4: Top the fools with the reserved raspberries and serve with the biscuits, for dipping.

A fool is an English dessert. Traditionally, fruit fool is made by folding puréed stewed fruit (classically gooseberries) into sweet custard. Modern fool recipes often use whipped cream instead of custard. Additionally, a flavouring such as rose water may be added.

Raspberry Fool

The reason the word "fool" is used for this fruit dessert is unclear. Several authors believe it derives from the French verb fouler meaning "to crush" or "to press" (in the context of pressing grapes for wine). Food writer Alan Davidson argues that it is 'reasonable to suppose that the idea of mashed fruit was there from the start' but also points out that Norfolk fool, a type of bread pudding, contained no fruit. This derivation is dismissed by the Oxford English Dictionary as baseless and inconsistent with the early use of the word. The name trifle was also originally applied to the dish, with the two names being used, for a time, interchangeably. In the late 16th century, a trifle was 'a dish composed of cream boiled with various ingredients'. Davidson suggests that this is 'also the description one could give of a fool'. In support for this theory, Davidson quotes John Florio from his dictionary of 1598: 'a kinde of clouted cream called a fool or a trifle'.

'Foole' is first mentioned as a dessert in 1598, a 'kinde of clouted cream called a fool or a trifle', although gooseberry fool may date back to the 15th century. One early recipe for gooseberry fool dates to the mid-17th century. The soft fruits used in fools in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries were often boiled and pulped before being mixed with the cream. It was considered the most 'prudent' way to eat fruit at the time as there was a fear that raw fruit was unhealthy. Fruit fools and creams, argues food historian C. Anne Wilson, 'succeeded the medieval fruit pottages. They were based on the pulp of cooked fruits beaten together with cream and sugar. Gooseberries, and later orange juice combined with beaten eggs, were made up into fools.' The cream in earlier fools was often unwhipped. The process of whipping cream before forks were adopted in the late 17th century was long and difficult. The eggs used in many earlier fool recipes became less common, and now most fools are made without them. 

Blackberry Fool

Originally, the most common fruit ingredient in fools was gooseberries, although other fruits and berries are known from early recipes, e.g., apples, strawberries, rhubarb and raspberries. Modern recipes may include any seasonal fruit readily found.[8] In Anglo-Indian cuisine, mango fool is a popular variation.

Norfolk fool is an old local variation of the fruit fool, often containing minimal or no fruit. It is seasoned with spices, such as mace and cinnamon, and thickened with eggs and boiled.

An early recipe can be found in The Accomplisht Cook (1660) by Robert May:

To make a Norfolk Fool. Take a quart of good thick sweet cream, and set it a boiling in a clean scoured skillet, with some large mace and whole cinnamon; then having boil'd a warm or two take the yolks of five or six eggs dissolved and put to it, being taken from the fire, then take out the cinnamon and mace; the cream being pretty thick, slice a fine manchet into thin slices, as much as will cover the bottom of the dish, pour on the cream on them, and more bread, some two or three times till the dish be full, then trim the dish side with fine carved sippets, and stick it with slic't dates, scrape on sugar, and cast on red and white biskets.

- from Wikipedia

Grattan on Friday: November 11 1975 – watching history being made, from the best seats in the house

Opposition Leader Malcom Fraser, Lord Mayor of Melbourne Ron Walker and Prime Minister Gough Whitlam at the Lord Mayor’s Banquet in Melbourne on November 10, 1975. City of MelbourneCC BY
Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

In his just-released memoir, historian and former diplomat Lachlan Strahan recalls being picked up from his Melbourne primary school by a neighbour on November 11 1975, the day Gough Whitlam was sacked as prime minister. His politically active mother “was so upset she didn’t trust herself behind the wheel”.

Journalist Margo Kingston was a teenager and not political at the time. She remembers going to bed that night, pulling the covers over her head and listening on the radio. The next day, she organised a march around her Brisbane school.

Fifty years on, the Dismissal is one of those “memory moments” for many Australians who were adults or even children when it happened. They can tell you what they were doing when they heard the news. It was an event that embedded itself in the mind, like news of US President John F. Kennedy’s assassination more than a decade earlier.

This was a life-changing day for many who worked in Canberra’s Parliament House. For Labor politicians and staffers, it bordered on bereavement. Excitement and elation fired up the other side of politics. Those of us in the parliamentary press gallery knew we had front-row tickets for the biggest show in our federation’s history.

The Dismissal didn’t come out of nowhere. It followed extraordinarily tense weeks of political manoeuvring, after the opposition, led by Malcolm Fraser, blocked the budget in the Senate in mid-October, and Whitlam refused to call an election.

Pressure points were everywhere. Would Whitlam give in? Would some Liberal senators crack? What would happen if there was no resolution before the government’s money ran out? Would Governor-General John Kerr intervene?

On the morning of Remembrance Day, Whitlam prepared to ask Kerr for an election. Not a general election, but an election for half the Senate – a course that would have little or no prospect of solving the crisis. But Whitlam had fatally misjudged the man he’d appointed governor-general. Kerr was already readying himself to dismiss the prime minister. He gave Whitlam his marching orders at Government House at 1 pm.

That afternoon Whitlam, eyes flashing, deployed his unforgettable rhetoric on the steps of parliament house. “Well may we say God Save the Queen, because nothing will save the governor-general”, he told the crowd, denouncing Fraser as “Kerr’s cur”.

Demonstrators were pouring into Canberra; shredders were revving up in parliamentary offices. That night at Charlie’s restaurant, a famous Canberra watering hole, the Labor faithful and journalists gathered. Many still in shock and emotional, patrons were packed cheek by jowl.

On parliament’s steps, Whitlam had urged the crowd to “maintain your rage and enthusiasm through the campaign” (an exhortation later taken to apply more generally). In the subsequent weeks, Labor supporters did so. I spent much of the election campaign in the media contingent travelling with Whitlam: it felt like there was momentum for him.

The feeling was, of course, totally deceptive, in terms of the election’s outcome. As the opinion polls had shown before the sacking the voters, who had enthusiastically embraced the “It’s Time” Whitlam slogan and promise in 1972, had lost faith in Labor three years on.

Whitlam’s had been an enormously consequential, reforming government. It transformed Australia, with landmark changes in health, education, welfare and social policy. It inspired the baby boomers. But it had been shambolic administratively, disorganised and corner-cutting. Some ministers had run riot. Whitlam was charismatic and visionary, but he lacked one essential prime ministerial quality: the ability to run a well-disciplined team. Then, as things started to go wrong, the government’s media enemies became feral.

A combination of how he ran his government and how that government ended made Whitlam in later years both an example to be avoided by subsequent Labor governments and a martyr in Labor’s story.

Despite his huge electoral mandate, Fraser’s road to power in part defined how he was seen as prime minister, especially in his early years. Some believed it made him more cautious; many in the media viewed him in more black-and-white terms than the reality.

Kerr paid a high price. Leaving aside the partisans, many observers condemned his actions, particularly on two grounds: that he had intervened prematurely and, most damning, that he had deceived Whitlam, rather than warning him he’d be dismissed if he continued to hold out. Kerr’s fear (probably reasonably-based) that if he alerted him, Whitlam would ask Buckingham Palace to remove him, didn’t convince critics. He was branded as dishonourable and cowardly.

Even Fraser eventually thought Kerr should have warned Whitlam. Journalist Troy Bramston, who has just published a biography of Whitlam, uncovered a never-published obituary Fraser wrote of Whitlam decades after the tumultuous events.

Fraser wrote he had come to the view “the Governor-General should have consulted the Prime Minister more freely. He thought he must protect the Monarch to make sure the Queen could not become involved in domestic political battles fiercely fought. It was the cautious approach but, on reflection, I think there was a higher duty to consult the Prime Minister of the day and to warn of the consequences that could follow.”

Kerr’s personal behaviour, notably being drunk at the Melbourne Cup in 1977, ensured he became a figure of ridicule as well as a political target. Fraser took care in appointing the next governor-general. He chose a widely respected, unifying figure in Zelman Cowen.

The Dismissal left fractures in our politics for years and its legacies forever. But Labor recovered faster than many had expected (despite Whitlam being trounced again in 1977). It was back in office in under a decade.

Our constitutional arrangements remained basically the same, with the governor-general retaining the reserve powers to dismiss a government. There was one change, however: Fraser ran a successful referendum to prevent recalcitrant state governments from stacking the Senate by appointing rogue candidates to fill upper house vacancies. That loophole had enabled the blocking of supply. The Dismissal did not push Australia towards a republic.

Could we see a repeat? Who knows what may have happened by the time we reach the 100th anniversary. But as far ahead as we can see, the events of 1975 have inoculated the system against a rerun. And, as many have pointed out, to have the combination of three such characters as Whitlam, Fraser and Kerr, and similar circumstances, would be impossibly long odds.

The main characters are dead. Some of those still around from the time maintain their rage, which has lasted through the many years, long after that election campaign.

David Solomon, Whitlam’s press secretary in 1975, says: “I haven’t changed. I’ve become, in fact, even more concerned about what Kerr did, the more information we have about why Kerr acted as he did and the material that he had before him when he decided to do this.”

And what of the views of the young? Frank Bongiorno, professor of history at the Australian National University, says today’s students find the events “fascinating in the way political science and history students did in the late 1970s.

"But the high-stakes game that played out is a bit like ancient history for them. They would see it as if it was like contemplating Pericles of Athens or Caesar of Rome.”

Gough would be pleased enough with the comparison to Caesar Augustus. He did like to quote Neville Wran’s joking compliment: “It was said of Caesar Augustus that he found Rome brick and left it marble. It will be said of Gough Whitlam that he found the outer suburbs of Sydney, Melbourne and Brisbane unsewered, and left them fully flushed.”The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

New laws will force streaming giants to invest in local content – but it’s too soon to celebrate

Alexa ScarlataRMIT University

This week the Labor government announced it is poised to introduce a bill to parliament that will impose regulatory obligations on major subscription video-on-demand (SVOD) services operating in Australia.

The legislation will require services such as Netflix, Disney+ and Prime Video (any with at least one million Australian subscribers) to support the production of new local drama, as well as children’s, documentary, arts and educational programming.

They can choose to do so in one of two ways. They can either invest at least 10% of their total expenditure for Australia, or 7.5% of their total revenue generated in Australia in the year prior.

In 2024 the market leader, Netflix, reported a local revenue of A$1.3 billion and expenses of $1.25 billion. This would equate to spending A$125 million via the expenditure model, or AU$97.5 million via the revenue model. It’s unclear how the method of determining a model will be decided.

The quota will also apply to Stan and Paramount+ if they meet the subscriber threshold. This is the case even though these services have ownership ties to the commercial broadcasters Nine and Ten, which already have their own content obligations.

A long road to regulation

Major streaming services have been left to operate unregulated in Australia for more than a decade.

The European Union imposed a 30% European-content catalogue quota on streaming services operating in the EU back in 2018. It also provided the option for member states to impose additional investment obligations, levies and promotion requirements on these services.

Similarly, Canadian broadcast regulations were updated in 2023 to require online streaming services to contribute to and promote Canadian content.

In Australia, there have been eight official inquiries into whether, and how, to regulate streaming services. We’ve also seen a 2022 Labor election promise to act on this, a formal commitment in the government’s 2023 Revive National Cultural Policy, and a promised (and subsequently missed) July 2024 deadline.

During these long periods of uncertainly, streamers banded together to lobby hard against multiple proposed models.

Hope for a flailing sector

Rather than regulating streaming services, since 2016 consecutive federal governments instead opted for scaling back licence fees and local content obligations for commercial broadcasters. This has resulted in a significant decline in Australia’s screen production sector.

This week’s announcement provides assurance about how much money streaming giants will have to consistently inject back into the local industry. Early estimates suggest the legislation could guarantee contributions of more than A$300 million per year.

It’s also good news the legislation explicitly identifies and supports key genres of locally-produced content (drama and children’s, documentary, arts and educational programming), rather than letting the streamers decide.

Research has found Australian drama is facing an uncertain future – as is children’s content, which is no longer supported by broadcast TV regulation and has subsequently deteriorated.

The framework’s emphasis on specifically “local” programs is also promising. It will hopefully delineate the creation of Australian stories, rather than allowing streamers to meet their obligations by pumping out offshore productions made in Australian studios.

But some questions remain

What we won’t know until the bill is introduced is what this means for exactly how much content SVOD services will be required to make. Will they have to make a minimum number of local productions, or certain hours’ worth?

As part of their licensing requirements, commercial television broadcasters have long had to produce and screen a certain number of hours of new Australian content to reach a certain number of points per genre.

While these conditions have been relaxed in recent years, this model provided our production sector with a scale and consistency that could sustain jobs, nurture talent and provide industry training.

Currently, it’s unclear whether Netflix and its competitors could meet their obligations with a handful of titles per year. We might see a few big-budget productions popping up sporadically, rather than a larger quantity overall. What good is that for our flailing production sector?

We also don’t know whether there’s anything in the legislative package to ensure that what gets made by these streamers as part of their obligations will actually reach viewers via their algorithmically-personalised interfaces. A spokesperson for Save Our Arts said the collective would like to see “algorithmic prominence addressed so Australian content is not made then buried. It must be discoverable.”

Finally, as much as this overdue regulation is good news, it will no doubt leave broadcasters reeling. Last year, Free TV, the peak body for commercial free-to-air stations, argued the introduction of such legislation “risks creating unintended costs for local broadcasters”.

Broadcasters will struggle to compete with the high per-hour production spends streamers can afford. They will also face increased competition for production labour and facilities.

As is usually the case with such things, the devil is in the details.The Conversation

Alexa Scarlata, Lecturer, Digital Communication, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The future of rugby league in Australia, NZ and the Pacific is here – and it’s brown

Getty Images
Phil BorellUniversity of Canterbury and Dion EnariUNITEC Institute of Technology

The jerseys might be red or blue, green and gold, or black and white – but rugby league’s future is decidedly brown.

As the New Zealand Kiwis and Toa Samoa prepare to clash for the Rugby League Pacific Championship’s Pacific Cup on Sunday, it’s clear the top calibre Pacific players have catapulted the game to another level.

The throngs of Pacific fans behind them – including superstar Toa Samoa supporter Dwayne “The Rock” Johnson – are bringing their own force as this thrilling competition draws to a close.

That energy was on full display as Toa Samoa fended off Mate Ma'a Tonga in Brisbane two weeks ago, while the PNG Kumuls clinched their third straight Pacific Bowl with a commanding victory over Fiji Bati last week.

This weekend promises plenty more action: along with the men’s cup decider, the Kiwi Ferns will square off against the Australian Jillaroos in the women’s competition final on Sunday.

Launched by the National Rugby League (NRL), the Pacific Championships are the latest evolution of the Oceania Cup – which itself replaced the old ANZAC Test once played solely between Australia and New Zealand.

The shift reflects the code’s growing centre of gravity in the Pacific, where nations such as Samoa, Tonga and Papua New Guinea are now driving the game’s expansion – on and off the field.

Tonga supporters at Auckland’s Eden Park this month: the same intensity in the stands their players show on the field. Hannah Peters/Getty Images

Pacific pride in the stands

It’s no secret that Māori, Pacific and Indigenous Australian athletes have become a major presence in professional rugby league, with Polynesian players now making up more than half of NRL contracts.

What hasn’t attracted as much attention, however, is the impact of their fans.

Almost 45,000 diehard Samoan and Tongan supporters packed Brisbane’s Suncorp Stadium two weeks ago, creating an atmosphere the tier-one nations could only dream of.

As rugby league commentator Andrew Voss said on his morning show the day after the match:

What do we do with Samoa and Tonga? We have something here that is a jewel in the crown that rivals State of Origin.

It’s worth remembering the ancient rivalry between the island nations of Samoa and Tonga predates not only State of Origin, but also the Australian nation state itself.

When Mate Ma'a Tonga played the Kiwis at Eden Park on Sunday, Tongan fans – affectionately known as the “sea of red” – made up the clear majority of a record 38,144-strong crowd.

Their passionate support for a team that ultimately lost has seen the sea of red dubbed the “greatest show in sports”.

Pacific fans are arguably what make the game what it is today: unwavering in their support, patriotic to extremes and as visible as they are vocal. These fans have lifted rugby league up, rather than the other way around.

From our seats, as Māori and Pacific academics and sporting practitioners, Pacific rugby league not only rivals State of Origin, it has the potential to surpass it as a true global rivalry that extends beyond Australian states.

The New Zealand Kiwis celebrate their win over Australia in the 2023 Pacific Championship final. Phil Walter/Getty Images

League loyalty comes home

As more elite Pacific players join the exodus away from the green and gold or black and white jerseys of their host nations – including Payne Haas, Roger Tuivasa-Sheck, Jason Taumalolo and Isaiya Katoa, among others – it’s becoming even clearer the international game’s current growth depends heavily on Pacific talent.

The Australian Kangaroos will always be strong, with or without Pacific players: they have a seemingly endless conveyor belt of young people eager to play the game.

But that doesn’t mean they won’t feel the loss as their Origin superstars navigate their way back “home” to represent their heritage.

The real impact, however, may be felt most by the New Zealand Kiwis and New Zealand Rugby League as they work to redefine themselves. The Kiwis were once the first home-away-from-home for Pacific rugby league players.

Before Samoan and Tongan teams were playing test matches against tier-one nations, most of their NRL players had links to Aotearoa through birth or migration. This often led to them representing the Kiwis at the highest level.

Now, as Tongan and Samoan teams become serious contenders, New Zealand is likely to take the biggest hit. This isn’t a bad thing. If anything, it will open pathways for more Pacific athletes to earn higher honours.

But it does create uncertainty about what New Zealand and Australian teams might look like in a few years, after having had first choice of Pacific athletes for so long.

It’s clear the future of rugby league is brown – let’s nurture it.The Conversation

Phil Borell, Senior Lecturer (Above the Bar), Aotahi School of Maori and Indigenous Studies, University of Canterbury and Dion Enari, Associate Professor, Ngā Wai a Te Tūī (Maori and Indigenous Research Centre) and School of Healthcare and Social Practice, UNITEC Institute of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Brewery waste can be repurposed to make nanoparticles that can fight bacteria

Some compounds in waste produced in the brewing process could be repurposed for antibacterial drugs. Iuri Gagarin/iStock via Getty Images
Alcina Johnson SudagarWashington University in St. Louis

Modern beer production is a US$117 billion business in the United States, with brewers producing over 170 million barrels of beer per year. The brewing process is time- and energy-intensive, and each step generates large amounts of waste.

Solid components such as used grains and yeast from this waste end up in landfills, where harmful compounds can leach into the soil. Brewing wastewater that makes it into aquatic ecosystems can contaminate streams and lakes, decrease oxygen levels in those environments and threaten organisms.

To keep this waste from going into the environment, scientists like me are exploring how to manufacture beer brewing waste into useful products. I’m a chemist, and my research team and I are interested in figuring out how to recycle and repurpose brewery waste into tiny particles that can be used to make new types of prescription drugs.

The brewing process

The brewing process takes raw cereal grain – usually from barley – and converts its starch and proteins into simpler chemicals by malting. Brewers initiate this process by adding water, which wakes the seed from dormancy, and then keeping the seeds at a controlled temperature to sprout the grain.

During this time, important enzymes are released that can convert the starch and proteins in the grains to fermentable sugars and amino acids. They then heat up the resulting product, called the malt, to dry it out and stop further sprouting. After this malting process, they add hot water and mash the malt to release the compounds that give the beer its iconic flavor.

A diagram showing the stages of beer brewing -- and flagging four sources of waste: brewer's spent grains, hot trub, brewer's spent yeast and filtrate.
The brewing process produces waste at four main stages. Alcina Johnson SudagarCC BY-SA

The brewers then separate the sweet malt extract, called wort, and the leftover solid is removed as waste, called brewer’s spent grains. About 30% of the weight of the raw grain ends up as spent grain waste. This waste is either used as animal feed or discarded. About 30 million tons of spent grain is generated annually.

Brewers add a cone-shaped flower of the Humulus lupulus plant, called hops, to the wort, then boil and clarify it. The hops flower is the key ingredient that gives beer its bitterness and aroma. The undissolved hops and proteins get collected during clarification to form hot trub, the second major waste from breweries. Roughly 85% of the hops are removed as waste material.

The clear wort is then cooled and fermented by adding yeast. The yeast filtered out after fermentation, called brewer’s spent yeast, forms the third type of waste that breweries generate. The spent yeast is one of the major byproducts of the brewing industry. This waste has a large quantity of water and solid material: 100 liters of beer generate 2 to 4 kilograms (4.4 to 8.8 lbs.) of spent yeast.

Finally, the fermented beer is filtered before entering the production line, where the beer is bottled for consumption. The wastewater generated at this last stage forms the filtration waste. A medium-size brewery generates about 8 tons of dense sludge and five to seven times – or 40 to 56 tons – of wastewater as filtration waste monthly. Several tons of waste from breweries remain largely underused due to their low economic value.

The brewery waste problem

These wastes have several compounds, such as carbohydrates, proteins, amino acids, minerals and vitamins that can potentially be repurposed. Scientists have tried to reuse the wastes in creative ways by creating biofuels and vegan leather using either some compounds extracted from the waste or the entire waste.

Breweries can send their solid wastes to farms that repurpose it as soil fertilizercompost or animal feed, but a major fraction of it industrywide is discarded as landfill. The wastewater is discharged into the sewage lines, which can challenge sewage treatment systems, as they contain more than 30 times higher pollutants than the typical residential sewage.

Although breweries are becoming more aware of their waste and moving toward sustainable approaches, demand for beer has continued to rise, and a large amount of waste remains to be dealt with.

Repurposing waste in nanoparticles

In my research, I’m interested in determining whether compounds from brewery waste can help create nanoparticles that are compatible with human cells but fight against bacteria. Nanoparticles are extremely tiny particles that have sizes in the range of one-billionth of a meter.

A size scale going as small as 0.1 nm, the size of a molecule, up to 1 m, the size of a guitar. Nanoparticles are between 1 and 100 nm.
Nanoparticles are smaller than bacteria – they can be the size of viruses or even human DNA. Alcina Johnson SudagarCC BY-SA

In medicine, when the same antibiotics are used over and over, bacteria can evolve resistance against them. One potential use of nanoparticles is as an active component in certain antibiotic drugs. These nanoparticles could also work as disinfectants and cleaning chemicals.

My team and I developed nanoparticles coated with some of the compounds found in brewery waste – an invention which we have since patented but are not actively commercializing. We created the particles by adding waste from any stage of brewing to a metal source.

When we added a chemical containing silver – for example, silver nitrate – to the waste, a combination of processes converted silver compound into nanoparticles. One process is called reduction: Here, compounds found in the brewery waste undergo a chemical reaction that converts the silver ions from the silver nitrate to a metallic nanoparticle.

The other process, called precipitation, is similar to how chalky soap scum forms in your sink when soap reacts with minerals such as calcium in hard water. Oxide and phosphate from the brewery waste combine with a silver ion from the silver nitrate, causing the silver to form a solid compound that makes up the nanoparticle’s core.

The organic compounds from the brewing waste such as proteins, carbohydrates, polyphenols and sugars form a coating on the nanoparticles. This coating prevents any other reaction from happening on the surface of these particles, which is very important for making the nanoparticles stable for their applications. These nanoparticles prepared from brewery waste were made of three components: silver metal, silver oxide and silver phosphate.

The steps involved in the creation of green nanoparticles using brewery wastes from different stages of brewing
Nanoparticles preparation using one-pot method. Alcina Johnson SudagarCC BY-SA

Environmentally friendly processes that reduce the use of hazardous chemicals and minimize harmful side products are known as green chemistry. Because our procedure was so simple and did not use any other chemicals, it falls into this green chemistry category.

Nanoparticle safety

My colleague Neha Rangam found that the coating formed by the brewery waste compounds makes these nanoparticles nontoxic to human cells in the lab. However, the silver from these nanoparticles killed Escherichia coli, a common bacterium responsible for intestinal illness around the world.

We found that a special type of nanoparticle containing high amounts of silver phosphate worked against E. coli. It appeared that this silver phosphate nanoparticle had a thinner coating of the organic compounds from the brewery waste than silver metal and oxides, which led to better contact with the bacteria. That meant enough silver could reach the bacteria to disrupt its cellular structure. Silver has long been known to have an antimicrobial effect. By creating nanoparticles from silver, we get lots of surface area available for eliminating bacteria.

Several nanoparticles have been in clinical trials and some have been FDA approved for use in drugs for pain management, dental treatment and diseases such as cancer and COVID-19. Most research into nanoparticles in biotechnology has dealt with carbon-based nanoparticles. Scientists still need to see how these metal nanoparticles would interact with the human body and whether they could potentially cause other health problems.

Because they’re so tiny, these particles are difficult to remove from the body unless they are attached to drug carriers designed to transport the nanoparticles safely. Before doctors can use these nanoparticles as antibacterial drugs, scientists will need to study the fate of these materials once they enter the body.

Some engineered nanoparticles can be toxic to living organisms, so research will need to address whether these brewery waste-derived nanoparticles are safe for the human body before they’re used as a new antibacterial drug component.The Conversation

Alcina Johnson Sudagar, Research Scientist in Chemistry, Washington University in St. Louis

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Even in a simple game, our brains keep score – and those scores shape every choice we make

Malte Mueller/Getty Images
Denise MoerelWestern Sydney UniversityManuel VarletWestern Sydney University, and Tijl GrootswagersWestern Sydney University

There’s an optimal strategy for winning multiple rounds of rock, paper, scissors: be as random and unpredictable as possible. Don’t pay attention to what happened in the last round.

However, that’s easier said than done.

To find out how brains make decisions in a competitive setting, we asked people to play 15,000 games of rock, paper, scissors while recording their brain activity.

Our results, now published in Social Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience, found that those who were influenced by previous rounds really did tend to lose more often.

We also showed that people struggle to be truly random, and we can discern various biases and behaviours from their brain activity when they make decisions during a competition.

What we can learn from a simple game

The field of social neuroscience has mostly focused on studying the brains of individual people. However, to gain insight into how our brains make decisions when we interact with each other, we need to use a method called hyperscanning.

With this method, researchers can record the brain activity from two or more people while they are interacting with each other, providing a more real-world measure of social behaviour.

So far, most research has used this method to investigate cooperation. When cooperating with someone else, it’s useful to act as predictably as possible to make it easier to anticipate each other’s actions and intentions.

However, we were interested in decision-making during competition where unpredictability can give you a competitive advantage – such as when playing rock, paper, scissors.

How do our brains make decisions, and do they keep track of the previous actions of both ourselves and the other person?

To investigate this, we simultaneously recorded the brain activity from pairs of players as they played 480 rounds of rock, paper, scissors with each other on a computer. From the resulting 15,000 total rounds across all participating pairs, we discovered that players were not good at being unpredictable when deciding which option to play next.

Even though the best strategy is randomness, most people had a clear bias where they overplayed one of the options. More than half of the players favoured “rock”, followed by “paper”, and “scissors” was favoured least.

In addition, people tended to avoid repeating choices – they went for a different option on their next round more often than would be expected by chance.

Real-time decisions

We could predict a player’s decision about whether to choose “rock”, “paper”, or “scissors” from their brain data even before they had made their response. This means we could track decision-making in the brain, as it unfolds in real time.

Not only did we find information in the brain about the upcoming decision, but also about what happened in the previous game. The brain had information about both the previous response of the player and their opponent during this decision-making phase.

This shows that when we make decisions, we use information about what happened before to inform what to do next: “they played rock last time, so what’s my move?”

We can’t help but try to predict what’ll happen next by looking back.

Importantly, when trying to be unpredictable, it’s not helpful to rely on past outcomes. Only the brains of those who lost the game had information about the previous game – the brains of the winners did not. This means overreliance on past outcomes really does hinder one’s strategy.

Why does this matter?

Who hasn’t wished they knew what their opponent would play next? From simple games to global politics, a good strategy can lead to a decisive advantage. Our research highlights our brains aren’t computers: we can’t help but try to predict what’ll happen next, and we rely on past outcomes to influence our future decisions, even when that might be counterproductive.

Of course, rock, paper, scissors is one of the simplest games we could use – it made for a good starting point for this research. The next steps would be to move our work into competitive settings where it’s more strategic to keep track of past decisions.

Our brains are bad at being unpredictable. This is a good thing in most social contexts and could help us during cooperation. However, during competition, this can hinder us.

A good takeaway here is that people who stop overanalysing the past may have a better chance at winning in the future.The Conversation

Denise Moerel, Research Fellow in Cognitive Neuroscience, Western Sydney UniversityManuel Varlet, Professor in Cognitive Neuroscience, Western Sydney University, and Tijl Grootswagers, ARC DECRA Senior Research Fellow in Cognitive Neuroscience, Western Sydney University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Universal Music went from suing an AI company to partnering with it. What will it mean for artists?

Getty Images
Oliver BownUNSW Sydney and Kathy BowreyUNSW Sydney

Last week, artificial intelligence (AI) music company Udio announced an out-of-court settlement with Universal Music Group (UMG) over a lawsuit that accused Udio (as well as another AI music company called Suno) of copyright infringement.

The lawsuit was brought forward last year by the Recording Industry Association of America, on behalf of UMG and the other two “big three” labels: Sony Music and Warner Records.

The lawsuit alleged Udio – which offers text-to-audio music generating software – trained its AI on UMG’s catalogue of music.

But beyond agreeing to settle, the pair have announced a “strategic agreement” to create a new product, to be trained exclusively on UMG’s catalogue, that respects copyright. We don’t have any details about the product at this stage.

In any case, the agreement puts both Udio and UMG in powerful positions.

Uncertainty remains

Some notable copyright campaigners have trumpeted the outcome as a success for creators in the fight against “AI theft”. But since it’s a private settlement, we don’t actually know how compensation for artists will be calculated.

To seasoned observers, the agreement between UMG and Udio mainly reflects the realpolitik of music big business.

In a panel discussion at last year’s SXSW festival in Sydney, Kate Haddock, partner at the law firm Banki Haddock Fiora, anticipated many lawsuits between copyright holders and AI companies would end in private settlements that may include equity in the AI companies.

Such settlements and strategic partnerships will help major labels set the ground rules for developing AI-music ecosystems. And it seems they are becoming common. Last month, Spotify announced a deal with UMG, Sony and Warner to produce “responsible AI products” across a range of applications. Again, we have little detail as to what this will look like in practice.

Such arrangements could allow music giants to benefit financially from non-infringing uses of AI, as well as getting a cut from uses that attract a copyright payment (such as fan remixes).

How does this affect creators?

According to Drew Silverstein, co-founder and chief executive of AI-powered platform Amper Music:

the real headline is that with one of the biggest rights-holders now actively engaging with generative AI music products, smaller players can’t afford to sit on the sidelines.

However, any vision of how such a settlement might serve smaller individual creators remains murky.

Even with AI companies agreeing to do deals to get training data (rather than helping themselves to it), there’s no straightforward model for how attribution and revenue can be equitably distributed to creators whose work was used to train an AI model, or who opt in for future use of their works in generative AI contexts.

Several emerging companies such as ProRata are claiming to develop “attribution tracing” technologies that can mathematically trace the influence on an AI-generated output back to its sources in the training data. In theory, this could be used as a way to divide royalties, just as streaming services count the number of plays on a track.

However, such approaches would assign extraordinary economic power to algorithms that regular stakeholders don’t understand. These algorithms would also be contentious by their nature. For instance, if an output sounded like 1950s bebop, there is no “right way” to decide which of the thousands of bebop recordings should be credited, and how much.

A more blunt but practical approach has been used by Adobe’s Firefly image-AI suite. Adobe pays artists an “AI contributor bonus”, calculated in proportion to the revenue their work has already generated. This is a proxy measure because it doesn’t directly capture any value a work brings to the AI system.

When it comes to generative AI, it’s hard to find attribution and revenue solutions that aren’t highly arbitrary, difficult to understand, or both.

The results of this are systems that risk being easily exploited and inequitable. For example, if there’s a payment structure, attribution tracing could encourage artists to create music that maximises the likelihood of attracting attributions.

Artists are already struggling to understand complex rules of success defined by powerful digital platforms. AI seems poised to exacerbate these problems by “industrialising” the sector even further.

Music as a public good

As it stands, individual artists don’t have clear, globally agreed protection from having their work used to train AI models. Even if they’re able to opt out in the future, generative AI is likely to present major power imbalances.

A model legitimately trained on a catalogue as vast as UMG’s – a giant tranche of the world’s most significant recorded music – will have the ability to create music in many different styles, and with a wealth of conceivable applications. This could transform the musical experience.

To understand what risks being lost, academic research is now reinvigorating a view of music when considered at the scale of AI, as a collectively produced shared cultural goodsustained by human labour. Copyright isn’t suited to protecting this kind of shared value.

The idea that copyright provides an incentive for creators to produce original work is faltering with AI–recording industry licensing deals. Looking for other ways to support original music might be the solution we need.The Conversation

Oliver Bown, Associate Professor, UNSW Sydney and Kathy Bowrey, Professor, Faculty of Law, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

As retail workers brace for the silly season, this 20c solution could dial down customer verbal abuse

Gary MortimerQueensland University of TechnologyMaria Lucila Osorio AndradeTecnológico de Monterrey, and Shasha WangQueensland University of Technology

More than 1.4 million people are employed in Australian retail and fast food businesses. Sadly, it’s not always a happy or safe place to work.

A union survey of more than 4,600 frontline workers found 87% had experienced customer verbal abuse in 2023 – consistent since 2016.

But incidents have become more frequent: in 2023, 76% of those who’d been abused experienced it daily, weekly or monthly, compared with 54% just two years earlier.

Retailers have spent millions on beefed up staff security measures, including body-worn cameras.

The lead up to Christmas is a notoriously bad time for customer violence and abuse against workers. On Thursday, a large collective of retail groups launched a national “Be Kind in Retail” campaign, urging shoppers to be compassionate and patient over Christmas.

But there is one ultra-cheap solution, trialled since 2020, which our three-part study has now confirmed seems to significantly reduce customers’ intention to verbally abuse workers.

A name and a story

In late 2017, the Shop, Distributive and Allied Employees’ Association (SDA) union launched its “No One Deserves a Serve” campaign to reduce abuse of frontline staff.

Later, as part of this initiative, the union bought 500,000 adhesive plastic “under badges”, which were handed out for free from early 2020 to retail staff to stick to existing name badges.

An under badge is a small personal identifier attached below a name tag that can convey a short humanising message in a few words. Examples include “I’m a mother” or “I’m a son”.

The badges were trialled with retailers such as Woolworths, Target, Big W and KFC.



Around 2020, lead author Gary Mortimer’s daughter came home from her job at a supermarket wearing one of these under badges.

Surprisingly however, there’s been little research done into the evidence behind low-cost solutions to customer abuse, and whether such badges really could help curb customer abuse. So, we decided to investigate.

What our research found

In our recently published study, we began by speaking with 17 supermarket workers in late 2024, who had participated in the “No One Deserves a Serve” campaign.

Some said they’d felt awkward about wearing phrases like “I’m a son”.

But overall, participants said under badges seemed to reduce verbal abuse, created opportunities to chat and increased customers’ empathy.

A 39-year-old supermarket worker said:

[Customers] treat us like dirt. I recall this old fellow coming in and carrying on […] and then he just calms down when he sees that I’m a mother. He starts talking about his kids when they were younger. It was like I suddenly became a real person, not just a worker.

Another 22-year-old worker said:

I think badges made customers see us as equals.

Interestingly, none of the workers interviewed were still wearing their under badge. It was not always unclear why; one participant told us it had fallen apart, while others may have been lost.

How did almost 1,000 customers respond?

We also ran two experiments with a total of 940 customers.

First, we created a scenario where we described a poor service experience, which elicited anger.

We then presented artificial intelligence (AI) generated images of fictional retail workers. Some had just their name badge, while others disclosed personal information such as “I’m a daughter” on an under badge.

We then asked 600 respondents how likely a “reasonable” customer would be to shout, complain aggressively, become verbally abusive, or argue with the worker.

While the under badge didn’t completely deter verbal abuse, there was a statistically significant reduction in customers’ intention to engage in verbal abuse when the additional badge saying “I’m a mum/dad/daughter/son” was also worn.

Finally, we replicated the experiment with 340 different customers. We changed the under badges to read, “I’m a local”.

The same procedures were used, and we again confirmed that any form of self-disclosure – that is, revealing something about our “personal story” – reduced customer abuse.

How humanisation can reduce customer abuse

Two theories can help explain why revealing something about ourselves fosters greater levels of respect and empathy in others.

The first, social penetration theory describes the way we move from shallow, to deeper relationships with others.

It suggests we assess the “rewards” and “costs” attained from interacting with other people. Social rewards may include being liked. Social costs emerge from feelings of vulnerability.

The second, social exchange theory, suggests when the social rewards are greater than the costs of the interaction, exchanges will continue.

However, for self disclosure to work, these theories suggest the information shared must be perceived as “more than what is expected”, possibly of a personal nature.

This “extra” personal disclosure tips the balance in favour of the customer, simply: “I’ve learned something about this worker, without having to divulge anything in return.”

Our research demonstrates when workers disclose personal information, a social exchange takes place. Customers see the worker as a human – not just an extension of the retail brand.

shopkeeper handing customer a shopping bag.
Retailers around Australia are gearing up for sales season over the Christmas period. Happy Kikky/Getty

Trying to keep retail workers safer

Over the five years since the badges launched, we’ve observed far fewer worn in shops. However, the SDA told The Conversation it is still sharing them and they are still available.

But it’s something businesses of all sizes could experiment with. Looking online to gauge current costs, we found it could cost as little as 17 cents per badge (plus GST) for a large business with 10,000-plus employees, to 43 cents for a smaller order of fewer than 1,000 badges.

It seems a small price to help remind customers that retail workers deserve to be treated as equals.The Conversation

Gary Mortimer, Professor of Marketing and Consumer Behaviour, Queensland University of TechnologyMaria Lucila Osorio Andrade, Profesor investigador, Tecnológico de Monterrey, and Shasha Wang, Senior lecturer, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The Roman empire built 300,000 kilometres of roads: new study

Rosario Lepore / WikimediaCC BY
Ray LaurenceMacquarie University

At its height, the Roman empire covered some 5 million square kilometres and was home to around 60 million people. This vast territory and huge population were held together via a network of long-distance roads connecting places hundreds and even thousands of kilometres apart.

Compared with a modern road, a Roman road was in many ways over-engineered. Layers of material often extended a metre or two into the ground beneath the surface, and in Italy roads were paved with volcanic rock or limestone.

Roads were also furnished with milestones bearing distance measurements. These would help calculate how long a journey might take or the time for a letter to reach a person elsewhere.

Thanks to these long-lasting archaeological remnants, as well as written records, we can build a picture of what the road network looked like thousands of years ago.

A new, comprehensive map and digital dataset published by a team of researchers led by Tom Brughmans at Aarhus University in Denmark shows almost 300,000 kilometres of roads spanning an area of close to 4 million square kilometres.

A map of Europe and north Africa showing a huge network of roads.
The Roman road network circa 150 AD. Itiner-eCC BY

The road network

The Itiner-e dataset was pieced together from archaeological and historical records, topographic maps, and satellite imagery.

It represents a substantial 59% increase over the previous mapping of 188,555 kilometres of Roman roads. This is a very significant expansion of our mapped knowledge of ancient infrastructure.

A paved road stretching into the distance.
The Via Appia is one of the oldest and most important Roman roads. LivioAndronico2013 / WikimediaCC BY

About one-third of the 14,769 defined road sections in the dataset are classified as long-distance main roads (such as the famous Via Appia that links Rome to southern Italy). The other two-thirds are secondary roads, mostly with no known name.

The researchers have been transparent about the reliability of their data. Only 2.7% of the mapped roads have precisely known locations, while 89.8% are less precisely known and 7.4% represent hypothesised routes based on available evidence.

More realistic roads – but detail still lacking

Itiner-e has improved on past efforts with improved coverage of roads in the Iberian Peninsula, Greece and North Africa, as well as a crucial methodological refinement in how routes are mapped.

Rather than imposing idealised straight lines, the researchers adapted previously proposed routes to fit geographical realities. This means mountain roads can follow winding, practical paths, for example.

A topographical view of a town and hills showing a road winding through them.
Itiner-e includes more realistic terrain-hugging road shapes than some earlier maps. Itiner-eCC BY

Although there is a considerable increase in the data for Roman roads in this mapping, it does not include all the available data for the existence of Roman roads. Looking at the hinterland of Rome, for example, I found great attention to the major roads and secondary roads but no attempt to map the smaller local networks of roads that have come to light in field surveys over the past century.

Itiner-e has great strength as a map of the big picture, but it also points to a need to create localised maps with greater detail. These could use our knowledge of the transport infrastructure of specific cities.

There is much published archaeological evidence that is yet to be incorporated into a digital platform and map to make it available to a wider academic constituency.

Travel time in the Roman empire

A crumbling stone pillar in a desert landscape
Fragment of a Roman milestone erected along the road Via Nova in Jordan. Adam Pažout / Itiner-eCC BY

Itiner-e’s map also incorporates key elements from Stanford University’s Orbis interface, which calculates the time it would have taken to travel from point A to B in the ancient world.

The basis for travel by road is assumed to have been humans walking (4km per hour), ox carts (2km per hour), pack animals (4.5km per hour) and horse courier (6km per hour).

This is fine, but it leaves out mule-drawn carriages, which were the major form of passenger travel. Mules have greater strength and endurance than horses, and became the preferred motive power in the Roman empire.

What next?

Itiner-e provides a new means to investigate Roman transportation. We can relate the map to the presence of known cities, and begin to understand the nature of the transport network in supporting the lives of the people who lived in them.

This opens new avenues of inquiry as well. With the network of roads defined, we might be able to estimate the number of animals such as mules, donkeys, oxen and horses required to support a system of communication.

For example, how many journeys were required to communicate the death of an emperor (often not in Rome but in one of the provinces) to all parts of the empire?

Some inscriptions refer to specifically dated renewal of sections of the network of roads, due to the collapse of bridges and so on. It may be possible to investigate the effect of such a collapse of a section of the road network using Itiner-e.

These and many other questions remain to be answered.The Conversation

Ray Laurence, Professor of Ancient History, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

How The Rocky Horror Picture Show reveals the magic of cult cinema

Amy AndersonUniversity of Victoria 

I was lucky to encounter The Rocky Horror Picture Show early in life, when my mother tracked the DVD down at our local video store so we could watch it together from the comfort of our apartment.

My initial experience lacked some of the context and traditions which, over the last 50 years, have cemented Rocky Horror’s status as the quintessential cult film.

Ironically, in my mother’s case, introducing her child to Rocky Horror required her to remove it from the very setting which gave the film its social significance in the first place: the movie theatre.

While “cult cinema” remains a somewhat nebulous categorization, scholarship consistently ties the term directly to the social situation of audiences receiving films. For cult cinema studies vanguards like Danny Peary, a movie doesn’t achieve cult status by simply inspiring a collective fan base. A cult film is born through ritualistic traditions of audience attendance that must occur in a public, social screening setting like a movie theatre.

The Rocky Horror Picture Show — the Hollywood-funded screen adaptation of Jim Sharman and Richard O’Brien’s successful British stage musical — owes its cult success to independent, repertory cinemas.

Second life after box office flop

Considered a box office flop upon its 1975 release, the film soon found its second life as a midnight movie at New York City’s Waverly Theatre the following year.

At late night screenings, Rocky Horror drew audiences who were attracted to the film’s eclectic use of pastiche and radical depictions of queer sexuality.

Marking its 50th anniversary this year, the film continues to inspire a loyal following. Costumed fans still flock to local theatres, props in hand, to participate in performed traditions of audience participation, some of which have now been passed down for half a century.

Cult films and independent cinemas

One might argue that Rocky Horror’s expansion beyond the raucous, rice-strewn aisles of midnight movie screenings into personal, domestic settings (for example, my childhood living room) signals the precarious existence of both cult cinema and independent theatres.

One person dressed in fishnet stockings, a bustier and heavy makeup and another in a large blond wig.
People at the Waverly Theater, New York City, during a screening of ‘The Rocky Horror Picture Show.’ (Dori Hartley/Wikimedia Commons)CC BY

Indeed, the two phenomena have become increasingly codependent. On the one hand, the Rocky Horror experience cannot be authentically replicated at home, since the exciting novelty of cult film screenings lies in the somewhat unpredictable nature of public, collective viewing practices.

The survival of Rocky Horror as we’ve come to know it hinges on the continued existence of independent cinemas, which provide settings for inclusive self expression and queer celebration that corporate cinema chains are less hospitable to.

In turn, cult cinema’s ephemeral quality makes it resistant to the allure of private, individualized entertainment, hailed by technological developments like VHS and DVD and of course, most recently, online streaming services.

Movie-viewing changes

Throughout my time as the programmer for a non-profit repertory cinema in Victoria, B.C. in the face of post-pandemic attendance declines and online streaming competitors — not to mention Cineplex’s continued monopoly over the Canadian theatrical exhibition landscape — I saw first-hand the economic necessity of screening Rocky Horror.

When independent cinemas are looking for consistent sources of revenue, cult films like Rocky Horror are top of the list.

In my past cinema experience, the only other films that regularly had comparative popularity are now also considered cult titles: the early-aughts favourite The Room and more recently the Twilight movies.

Human experiences, together

Programming The Rocky Horror Picture Show for five years also revealed for me cult cinema’s important relationship to chance. One of the more embarrassing moments of my programming career came when a projectionist unknowingly screened an unappetizingly sepia-toned version of Rocky Horror to a sold-out theatre audience. What remains a mortifying mistake still, I think, captures the essential element of humanness that remains integral to public moviegoing traditions.

Cult cinema exemplifies the adventurous nature of collective viewing. While Rocky Horror screenings traditionally encourage the audience’s self-expression, as with all cinema, each showing is a unique occurrence. This reminds us that it’s sometimes beneficial to suspend our expectations (colour grading aside) of how a film is meant to be seen.

Cult cinema: a paradox of time

In my doctoral research, I examine how moving images continually influence our lived relationship to time. Cinema is, at its heart, a medium of time, since its signature illusion of lifelike movement is created by displaying a collection of still images (or pixels) in a process of successive duration. Film theorist Mary Ann Doane observes that cinema’s unique ties to temporality have profoundly structured many essential aspects of modern human experience.

Cult cinema poses an intriguing paradox with regards to time. At cinemas, we typically aspire to give films our undivided attention. We derive meaning — and hopefully, pleasure — through a concentrated and cohesive understanding of what is occurring on the screen in front of us.

Conversely, showings of Rocky Horror and other cult films require different levels of presence and engagement. The average theatrical Rocky Horror viewer’s focus is divided dramatically between virtual, onscreen space and the physical environment of the theatre, including the audience’s expressions.

Consequently, the spectator’s perception vacillates between the film as an unchanging record of time passed (what Doane calls “cinematic time”) and the more contingent, unpredictable nature of “real” time perceived from and within our physical bodies.

The audience’s movie

Perhaps the magic of cult cinema is formed where these two temporal frequencies meet: when Rocky Horror’s cinematic time occurs in tandem with the delightful unpredictability of a live audience.

This sentiment was maybe best articulated by the actor Barry Bostwick, who played the role of Brad Majors in The Rocky Horror Picture Show, in a documentary interview:

“The reason people think [Rocky Horror is] the greatest cult movie of all time is because it’s their movie, they own it. It’s as if they make it every time they go to the theatre.”The Conversation

Amy Anderson, PHD Student in Art History & Visual Studies, University of Victoria

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Jane Austen’s world ran on gossip – and she revelled in it

Anna WalkerThe Conversation and Jane WrightThe Conversation

Jane Austen’s Paper Trail is a podcast from The Conversation celebrating 250 years since Jane Austen’s birth. In each episode, we’ll be investigating a different aspect of Austen’s personality by interrogating one of her novels with leading Austen researchers. Along the way we’ll visit locations important to Austen to uncover a particular aspect of her life and the times she lived in.

As well as a sharp eye and an even sharper wit, Jane Austen was also, at times, in possession of a sharp tongue.

The burning of most of Austen’s letters by her sister Cassandra after her death has long been considered an unforgiveable act of literary vandalism. We know from her novels and the letters that did survive, that Austen did not suffer fools. She mercilessly exposed idiots, sycophants and narcissists to most enjoyable and satisfying effect. These letters probably contained evidence of Austen at her most shocking, for even the loftiest minds cannot fail to be entertained by a delicious piece of neighbourly tittle-tattle.

At a time when women were still considered chattels with very little agency, two pastimes could provide great relief from the interminable boredom that threatened to thwart an agile young mind: walking and gossip. Preferably at the same time. Or at the very least over a nice cup of tea sipped daintily from bone china in the presence of buns as large as one’s face.

The exterior of Sally Lunn's
Sally Lunn’s, where Jane Austen once ‘disordered her stomach’ on buns. Jane WrightCC BY-SA

Gossip in the world of Jane Austen served several important functions: entertainment, intel, communication, miscommunication and control. As reputations were fiercely guarded, one piece of misdirected or unfounded gossip could leave a young woman’s honour in tatters. Deployed strategically, that was often precisely the point.

Gossip is a subject which Austen explores in all these forms in her first novel, Sense and Sensibility. Published in 1811, it follows the lives of two very different sisters, Elinor and Marianne Dashwood, as they navigate the vagaries of love and romance in reduced circumstances after the death of their father.

In the first episode of Jane Austen’s Paper Trail, Jane Wright visits Sally Lunn’s tearoom in Bath – where Austen herself often took tea – with Andrew McInnes of Edge Hill University, whose work examines the notion of the “Romantic ridiculous”.

Over plates of large brioche buns smothered with cinnamon butter, McInnes is here to help us understand Austen’s relationship with gossip. “Taking tea was one of the main ways women could get together and talk privately,” he explains. “And though Jane had a wide circle of friends and acquaintances, she probably came here most with [her sister] Cassandra.”

A giant tea cake with cream and jam
The giant buns at Sally Lunn’s. Anna WalkerCC BY-SA

In Sense and Sensibility, there’s a sense that Austen both despised and enjoyed gossip. “There is undoubtedly a double edge to Jane’s writing,” says McInnes, “in that she does say some of these gossiping characters are ridiculous, silly and pathetic. But a lot of the fun and amusement and comedy comes from those same characters gossiping and spreading the news and driving the plot forward.”

Later on in the episode, Anna Walker takes a deeper dive into the subject of gossip in Sense and Sensibility with two more Austen experts. Lucy Thompson is a lecturer in 19th-century literature at Aberystwyth University, whose work examines how surveillance played out during the Austen period. Joining her around the table is Katie Halsey, professor of English studies at the University of Stirling, where she researches Jane Austen and the history of reading.

As Halsey explains, there are “lots of different roles for gossip in the book … Sometimes Jane uses it to suggest that a character a bad person. Sometimes it’s used to carry the plot. Sometimes it’s used to misdirect and point us in the wrong direction. It’s very often used for comic effect.”

But Halsey also sees an undeniable “dark edge” to the gossip in the novel. Being the subject of gossip, as Austen well knew, could “damage your marital prospects and also leave you ostracised from society,” Thompson explains.

Listen to episode 1 of Jane Austen’s Paper Trail wherever you get your podcasts. If you’re craving more Austen, check out our Jane Austen 250 page for more expert articles celebrating the anniversary.


Disclosure statement: Andrew McInnes, Lucy Thompson and Katie Halsey do not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and have disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

Jane Austen’s Paper Trail is hosted by Anna Walker with reporting from Jane Wright and Naomi Joseph. Senior producer and sound designer is Eloise Stevens and the executive producer is Gemma Ware. Artwork by Alice Mason and Naomi Joseph.

Listen to The Conversation Weekly via any of the apps listed above, download it directly via our RSS feed or find out how else to listen here.The Conversation

Anna Walker, Senior Arts + Culture Editor, The Conversation and Jane Wright, Commissioning Editor, Arts & Culture, The Conversation

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The White Stripes join the Rock & Roll Hall of Fame − their primal sound reflects Detroit’s industrial roots

Nathan FleshnerUniversity of Tennessee

In the opening scene of “It Might Get Loud,” a 2008 music documentary, musician Jack White appears surrounded by scrap wood and garbage. He hammers nails into a board, wraps wire around a glass Coca-Cola bottle as a makeshift guitar bridge, attaches a pickup, and plugs the contraption into a vintage Sears Silvertone amplifier – anything more modern or of better quality would never do.

White then uses his signature slide bar to play a distorted, electric riff on the rudimentary instrument. He declares, matter-of-factly, “Who says you need to buy a guitar?” and casually puffs a cigarette.

This scene of manufacturing innovation, crafting what is needed out of what is available, is a signature of The White Stripes, the influential rock band White co-founded in the late 1990s.

Drummer Meg White and guitarist/vocalist Jack White, originally Jack Gillis before taking Meg White’s name during their four-year marriage, make up The White Stripes. Hailing from Detroit, the band helped lead the garage rock revival, releasing six studio albums between 1999 and 2007.

Their recordings “Elephant,” “Get Behind Me Satan” and “Icky Thump” each won Grammys for Best Alternative Music Album. The White Stripes’ last televised performance together was “We’re Going to Be Friends” in 2009 on the final episode of “Late Night With Conan O'Brien.”

The band’s legacy of innovation has earned them a place in the Rock & Roll Hall Fame. They will be inducted in Los Angeles on Nov. 8, 2025, along with Outkast, Cyndi Lauper and Soundgarden.

As a professor who studies popular music as an expression of the human experience, I have written about a broad range of artists, from Townes Van Zandt and Maren Morris to Prince Paul and boygenius.

I find The White Stripes’ experiment in sonic complexity particularly impressive because it was created by just two performers. Their soundscape relied on instrumental and vocal manipulations of tone and timbre and on stylistic fusions of blues, folk music, garage rock and movements such as British punk and Dutch De Stijl art.

The White Stripes often expressed themes related to Detroit’s industrial struggle and innovation in their gritty, genre-bending sound and lyrical storytelling.

Battle between man and machine

Several songs directly reference Detroit icons. The jaunty 2001 single “Hotel Yorba,” which blends blues and folk while heavily featuring acoustic guitar, honors a Detroit hotel built in 1926. The music video was partially filmed outside the aging building, with indoor scenes filmed elsewhere.

Jack White said the band wanted to know more about the Hotel Yorba’s history but were chased out by an armed manager. In September 2025, the hotel was closed due to unsafe living conditions.

In contrast, the song “The Big Three Killed My Baby,” released in 1999, refers to Detroit’s major automakers at the time: Ford, General Motors and Chrysler. Infused with a punk style, the song discusses the conflict between gas and electric engines. With a tone of anguish, it serves as a biting critique of these companies’ lack of creativity and, as the song states, the use of “planned obsolescence,” which intentionally limits a product’s useful life cycle. The close of the song reveals that what has truly been killed is the consumer’s common sense.

The White Stripes relied heavily on timeless, vintage equipmentdisavowing technological advancements and heavy-handed production techniques. But even their primitive instruments are seen as a foe in the struggle between man and machine.

“I always look at playing the guitar as an attack. … It can’t be this wimpy thing where you’re pushed around by the idea, the characters, or the song itself,” Jack White said in a 2010 interview. “It’s every player’s job to fight against all of that.”

Likewise, spontaneity, lack of set lists and real-time creativity were hallmarks of their performances.

2002 live performance of “Dead Leaves and the Dirty Ground” begins with brief, chaotic, distorted guitar-wailing and a single, powerful strike of bass drum and cymbal. The performance features a blues-infused rock riff and sweet vocal melodies with high-pitched repetitions and steady cymbal beats punctuated by bass drum and tom hits. That’s the raw, unfiltered, unmitigated, underproduced, auto-tune-avoidant intensity and artistic sound for which The White Stripes strove.

The White Stripes perform “Dead Leaves and the Dirty Ground” on “Saturday Night Live” in 2002.

A sound forged by punk and blues

The White Stripes had many influences, including the Flat Duo Jets, who shared their instrumentation of drum, guitar and vocals, and similarly fused styles such as ’50s rockabilly and blues-inspired punk. They were also heavily ensconced in the Detroit garage rock and punk scenes, which included bands such as The Detroit Cobras, The Dirtbombs, The Paybacks and Rocket 455. Each act was unique in how it deployed its creative foundations, mainly a primal, raw, electric sound with consistent, pounding rhythms and edgy vocal timbres.

This sonic layering and stylistic fusion is carried on by many of the artists of Jack White’s Third Man Records in Detroit. The label’s satellite locations in Tennessee and England also connect The White Stripes to the blues traditions of the Mississippi region and the punk scenes of London.

Acknowledged delta blues influences included Blind Willie McTell and Son House, whose “Grinnin’ in Your Face” – Jack White’s favorite song – maintains a powerful simplicity echoed throughout many White Stripes songs.

A folklike acoustic sound is mirrored in The White Stripes’ tracks “You’ve Got Her in Your Pocket” and “It’s True That We Love One Another.” Similar acoustic simplicity is heard in “Your Southern Can Is Mine,” “Apple Blossom” and “This Protector,” which use imperfections of intonation, melodic repetition, prescribed harmonic structures and soulful sounds.

The harder edges of punk and garage rock are equally present in the opening riffs of the songs “Icky Thump,” “Blue Orchid,” “Fell in Love With a Girl” and midway through “Seven Nation Army.”

Meg White’s tom and bass drum pulsations – as recognizable and definitive of The White Stripes’ sound as Jack White’s electrified blues riffs – are heard in the openings of the songs “Jimmy the Exploder,” “Little Cream Soda,” “The Hardest Button to Button,” “Astro” and even “Seven Nation Army,” which became a popular sports arena staple.

More than a mere look backward, The White Stripes served as a catalyst of progress, raising the stature of the underground Detroit sound to the world’s stage.

Read more of our stories about Detroit and Michigan.The Conversation

Nathan Fleshner, Associate Professor of Music Theory, University of Tennessee

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Girlbands Forever: BBC documentary charts the highs and lows of British girl groups – with one glaring omission

Joel GraySheffield Hallam University

There can be no doubt that any conversation about British girlbands of the last 30 years would be dominated by Spice Girls.

In whichever corner of the globe you are, they were the defacto pop force of the late 1990s – and their impact has been long-lasting. From Adele to Beyonce Knowles-Carter, many contemporary world-class artists cite them as an inspiration.

However, new BBC documentary series Girlbands Forever focuses on many other girlbands who have emerged in British pop music from the early ’90s (Eternal) to the present day (Little Mix). It takes a broadly chronological overview, charting their development, releases and eventual splits in almost forensic detail.

As both a girlband fan and researcher, I was, though, disappointed that it offers little discussion of the impact these artists have had on their fans. Also absent from discussion is the link to queer audiences – something many girlband members have made specific reference to themselves.

One celebratory theme that is strong throughout this three-episode series is diversity and sisterhood. Eternal, All Saints, Atomic Kitten, Sugababes and Little Mix were all made up of racially diverse singers. And as each girlband passed the baton to the next generation, both media and society seemed more and more at ease with this concept.

Other topics of discussion include changes in the media (from newspapers to gossip magazines to reality television to social media) and society more broadly (rave culture, “Cool Britannia” and changing governments). This grounds the girlband discussions in a wider context.

Particular attention is paid to Little Mix as the girlband who won TV talent show The X Factor in 2011 – yet no mention is made that Girls Aloud did it nearly ten years earlier, when they won Popstars The Rivals in 2002.

Indeed, the fact Girls Aloud are not mentioned at all in the series is a glaring omission. While Little Mix faced abuse from anonymous social media trolls and the Spice Girls were constantly targeted by ’90s tabloid newspapers, Girls Aloud were the defining girlband of the celebrity gossip magazine era in the mid-2000s. Experts such as author Michael Cragg have written about the band’s impact on pop culture, and fans are likely to be disappointed by their omission.

The absence of a band which produced superstar (and later X Factor judge) Cheryl Cole highlights another area which a future series could go into: the solo career struggles and successes of these girlband members. Cole had two solo no.1 albums, and joins Spice Girl Geri Halliwell as one the most successful British female artists of all time.

Girls Aloud are a notable absence from the documentary.

The success of girlbands has always nurtured rich careers in the entertainment industries for its individual members. Both Jade Thirlwall and Perrie Edwards of Little Mix had top-five albums in the same month recently. Spice Girl Mel B is an international TV icon, judging talent shows on multiple continents; Atomic Kitten Natasha Hamilton has established her own record label; and Eternal’s Louise Redknapp had a top-10 album in 2025.

Spice Girl Melanie C and the All Saints’ offshoot Appleton (composed of sisters Natalie and Nicole Appleton) have been seen in the studio this year, with projects rumoured for 2026.

There are also plentiful non-music projects to mention. Many girlband members go on to support charities and philanthropic causes. Halliwell recently received an honorary doctorate from my university, Sheffield Hallam, for her work advancing rights for women and children on projects with the United Nations and Royal Commonwealth Society for Literacy. And Mel B has received awards for raising awareness of domestic abuse.

But for every number-one record and charity ambassadorship role, there is a member who may have not had the same luck. All Saints star Melanie Blatt, for example, has taken on a “chef residency” at a London pub which, while no bad thing, feels rather different to filming television shows in LA, or the solo efforts of her Girls Aloud and Spice Girls peers.

In contrast to the documentary’s omissions, I am glad it spotlights the brilliance of Atomic Kitten stalwarts Jenny Frost and Natasha Hamilton, who were quintessential noughties pop stars and gay icons.

In lieu of much Spice Girls and Girls Aloud discussion, their energy and charisma brings a welcome feeling of personal nostalgia – and a reminder of why the world needs fantastic popstars. Their cheeky charm, which first won me over 25 years ago, still makes me smile today.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.The Conversation


Joel Gray, Associate Dean, Sheffield Hallam University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why do giraffes have such long legs? Animal simulations reveal a surprising answer

Roger S. SeymourUniversity of Adelaide and Edward SnellingUniversity of Pretoria

If you’ve ever wondered why the giraffe has such a long neck, the answer seems clear: it lets them reach succulent leaves atop tall acacia trees in Africa.

Only giraffes have direct access to those leaves, while smaller mammals must compete with one another near the ground. This exclusive food source appears to allow the giraffe to breed throughout the year and to survive droughts better than shorter species.

But the long neck comes at a high cost. The giraffe’s heart must produce enough pressure to pump its blood a couple of metres up to its head. The blood pressure of an adult giraffe is typically over 200mm Hg – more than twice that of most mammals.

As a result, the heart of a resting giraffe uses more energy than the entire body of a resting human, and indeed more energy than the heart of any other mammal of comparable size. However, as we show in a new study published in the Journal of Experimental Biology, the giraffe’s heart has some unrecognised helpers in its battle against gravity: the animal’s long, long legs.

Meet the ‘elaffe’

In our new study, we quantified the energy cost of pumping blood for a typical adult giraffe and compared it to what it would be in an imaginary animal with short legs but a longer neck to reach the same treetop height.

This beast was a Frankenstein-style combination of the body of a common African eland and the neck of a giraffe. We called it an “elaffe”.

Images of a giraffe, an eland, and the half-giraffe half-eland 'elaffe', each with the location of its heart highlighted.
The imaginary ‘elaffe’, with the lower body of an eland and an extended giraffe neck, would use even more energy to pump blood from its heart all the way up to its head. Estelle Mayhew / University of Pretoria

We found the animal would spend a whopping 21% of its total energy budget on powering its heart, compared with 16% in the giraffe and 6.7% in humans.

By raising its heart closer to its head by means of long legs, the giraffe “saves” a net 5% of the energy it takes in from food. Over the course of a year, this energy saving would add up to more than 1.5 tonnes of food – which could make the difference between life and death on the African savannah.

How giraffes work

In his book How Giraffes Work, zoologist Graham Mitchell reveals that the ancestors of giraffes had long legs before they evolved long necks.

This makes sense from an energy point of view. Long legs make the heart’s job easier, while long necks make it work harder.

A herd of giraffes on a grassy plain
The ancestors of giraffes evolved long legs before their long necks. Zirk Janssen Photography

However, the evolution of long legs came with a price of its own. Giraffes are forced to splay their forelegs while drinking, which makes them slow and awkward to rise and escape if a predator should appear.

Statistics show giraffes are the most likely of all prey mammals to leave a water hole without getting a drink.

How long can a neck be?

The skeleton of a dinosaur in a museum, arranged with its extremely long neck almost vertical
In life, the Giraffatitan dinosaur would most likely have been unable to lift its head this high. Shadowgate / WikimediaCC BY

The energy cost of the heart increases in direct proportion to the height of the neck, so there must be a limit. A sauropod dinosaur, the Giraffatitan, towers 13 metres above the floor of the Berlin Natural History Museum.

Its neck is 8.5m high, which would require a blood pressure of about 770mm Hg if it were to get blood to its head – almost eight times what we see in the average mammal. This is implausible because the heart’s energy cost to pump that blood would have exceeded the energy cost of the entire rest of the body.

Sauropod dinosaurs could not lift their heads that high without passing out. In fact, it is unlikely that any land animal in history could exceed the height of an adult male giraffe.The Conversation

Roger S. Seymour, Professor Emeritus of Physiology, University of Adelaide and Edward Snelling, Faculty of Veterinary Science, University of Pretoria

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Peter Watson: Nominee for 2026 Senior Australian of the Year for NSW

Congratulations to Peter Watson, Founder of the Men’s Kitchen and President of the Men's Kitchens Association, who has been named as a nominee in the 2026 Senior Australian of the Year for NSW.

Peter Watson, Founder of the Men’s Kitchen

The nominees for NSW are among 134 people being recognised across all states and territories.

The NSW award recipients will be announced on Monday 10 November 2025 in a ceremony at the Royal Botanic Garden Sydney, which will also be available to watch online at australianoftheyear.org.au

They will then join other state and territory recipients as finalists for the national awards announcement on 25 January 2026 in Canberra. 

Peter is transforming thousands of lives with a simple act – teaching older men to cook in a supportive, social setting. What began as six men in a Forestville kitchen has grown into a thriving Australia-wide network, where each month 100 volunteers run sessions for 200 participants. 

It all started when Peter’s own father became a widower. He had no idea how to cook. From being a strong man all his life, his health slid into decline.  

Peter didn’t want to be in the same situation if his own wife were to pass away before him. He also understood the silent challenges faced by older men – particularly isolation and loss of confidence. 

More than a cooking class, Men’s Kitchen offers a caring environment to build practical skills and real camaraderie. There’s also access to a psychologist for participants who are struggling, such as from the loss of a partner. 

Under Peter’s stewardship over the past ten years, the Men’s Kitchen has grown and flourished thanks to the extraordinary contributions of so many people — especially Head Chef Chris Chandler, Finance Manager Mick Norsa, and the steady mentorship of Chair David Brettell. Their commitment, along with that of countless others, has enriched the organisation and helped build a strong and supportive community.

A special acknowledgment goes to the many, many Cooking Instructors — the backbone of the Men’s Kitchen. Without them, we simply couldn’t function. They’re the ones our members rely on each week, not just for culinary guidance but for the friendship, support, and encouragement that makes every session something to look forward to.

'' At the heart of it all are the older blokes who have joined to learn to cook, make great mates, and keep the Men’s Kitchen humming week after week. Many have been part of our story for years, helping to create the friendly, connected environment that defines us.'' Mens Kitchen said

''After nearly a decade of operations, we’re developing, improving, and expanding continuously and we warmly welcome any offers of support to help us grow the Men’s Kitchen across the nation.
It’s been an incredible journey — one built on community, camaraderie, and care — and this nomination is truly a reflection of everyone who’s been part of it.''

October 8 2025 marked the launch of the Men’s Kitchen Castle Hill kitchen with three brand new instructors and eight men participating. 

Congratulations Peter and the whole Men's Kitchen team.

Find out more in this week's Profile.

National Australia Day Council CEO Mark Fraser AO CVO said the NSW nominees are inspirational.

“The nominees for the NSW awards inspire others through extraordinary achievements and contributions,” said Mark.

“They remind us we are all capable of so much, whether it’s a simple act of care which creates a movement, a moment spent with someone in need that brings about change for many, fighting for what’s right or doing things differently.”

Scamps Urges Minns Government to Urgently Engage with NBH Medical Staff on Private Services

On Monday November 3, 2025 Federal Member for Mackellar, Dr Sophie Scamps MP called on the NSW Health Minister to urgently consult with medical specialists and staff at Northern Beaches Hospital (NBH) about the future of private services there, as the public component of the hospital transitions to public hands.

“Medical specialists and staff are being left in the dark, unable to plan for their patients, which is deeply concerning,” Dr Scamps said.

Specialists have reported a lack of consultation or communication from the Northern Sydney Local Health District and the NSW Health Minister Ryan Park regarding the hospital’s future model.

“The lack of consultation and communication with medical staff is understandably creating a great deal of uncertainty and consternation for the doctors,” Dr Scamps said.

Dr Scamps expressed concern that the complexity of the transition discussions has overlooked the vital role private services play in providing comprehensive medical access for the peninsula.

“Our healthcare system relies on both public and private healthcare, and our community benefits greatly from the world-class private services provided at NBH - including interventional cardiology, maternity, gynaecology, oncology and orthopaedic surgery.”

“The Minns Labor Government must ensure that the current private services offered at Northern Beaches Hospital are retained. They should not be interfered with as the public part of the hospital is transitioned to public hands,” Dr Scamps said.

Dr Scamps also raised concerns about the broader implications of a loss of private services.

“If the State Government removes private capacity from NBH, 77 per cent of people across the area who hold private health insurance will lose local options for their care,” Dr Scamps said.

“This has real consequences for timely access to critical services for many people. We must not allow a state decision to erase private healthcare access for an entire metropolitan region.

I call on the Minns Government to be open with their intentions for the private hospital services and to urgently meet with the specialists and staff at NBH to ensure their voices are heard in this transition.

Ultimately, it will be the community who are worse off if these private services are not retained.”

On October 10 the Australian Medical Association AMA (NSW) was also calling on the NSW Government to ensure Northern Beaches Hospital continues to provide private health services – as part of an original promise given to community members and doctors.

The hospital was established in 2018 with the intention that its operator would run public and private health services for 20 years. At the end of that time, public services would be handed back to the NSW Government and the operator would continue to provide private hospital services. That plan still has 13 years to run.  

“The community was promised it would have access to public and private health services for two decades. Doctors were promised they would have options in the way they delivered care to the patients of the Northern Beaches,” AMA (NSW) president Dr Kathryn Austin said.

Northern Beaches Hospital head of maternity Dr David Jollow said many staff now felt adrift.

“We know there must be change, but there are real fears many staff, who have been providing excellent care to the community for the past seven years, will now leave,” he said.

“Senior medical staff agree that Northern Sydney Local Health District should run the public component of the hospital, but more than 200 senior medical staff passed a resolution recently seeking the continuation of private services for the community.”

AMA (NSW) is calling for the NSW Government to make a commitment to the people of the Northern Beaches that they will continue to have choices in how they receive their healthcare.

NSW Health Minister, The Hon. Ryan Park, MP, stated this past week the government was still working out how the takeover would be implemented.

"Our intention is to try and make sure that there are private services available," Mr Park said.

"Once we move to that contract-signing stage, we'll then do a clinical services plan, which [staff] will be heavily involved in."

In October the state government reached an in-principle agreement with Healthscope. 

Under the $190 million agreement, yet to be finalised, the entire 494-bed hospital would return to public control by mid-2026.

See Week Two October 2025 (20-26) report:

Agreement reached to transition Northern Beaches Hospital to public ownership + Here’s why a plan to turn private hospital giant Healthscope into a charity is stirring debate

New digital inclusion stats show more to be done to ensure older Australians aren’t left behind

November 6, 2025
New data released yesterday shows that while digital inclusion is improving in Australia, more still needs to be done to ensure older Australians aren’t left behind, COTA Australia says.

The latest Australian Digital Inclusion Index reveals that while there has been steady progress, around one in five Australians still struggle to fully engage in the digital world.

Chief Executive Officer of COTA Australia, Patricia Sparrow, said that while the results are encouraging, the pace of change remains too slow for many older Australians.

“Digital inclusion is about more than just being online – it’s about having the right equipment, affordable connectivity, and the skills to engage safely and meaningfully,” Ms Sparrow said.

“For Australians aged 75 and over – and those aged 50 to 75 who are on low incomes, live regionally, or live with disability – the digital divide remains a very real barrier to full participation.

The index shows that of all the cohorts of Australians tracked, over 75’s are the people with the least digital abilities (-32.1 gap compared to national average), and 65-74 year olds (-15.5 gap to national average) are also in the top five. It also found that older people aged 75+ (12%), 55-64 (10%) and 65-74 (8%) are the age groups most likely to need to spend ‘more than 10% of their household income on internet access’.

Ms Sparrow said that as more services move online, the risk of exclusion is growing.

“If we don’t ensure older Australians are equipped and supported, we risk people being locked out of essential services – from healthcare and banking to social connection and aged care information,” she said.

“We must expand and properly fund digital literacy programs for older Australians, and ensure governments and industry work together on genuine affordability schemes.”

Ms Sparrow said it’s vital that non-digital options remain available.
“Digital-only doesn’t work for everyone. Forcing people online is inequitable – inclusion means having choice,” she said.

“Digital exclusion is social exclusion. We can’t afford to let older Australians who are offline or under-equipped get left behind.”

Payday super passage through Parliament a win for older Australians

November 4, 2025
The passage of the Federal Government’s payday super legislation through Parliament is a welcome move that will benefit the retirement incomes of older Australians, COTA Australia says.

The new law means that from 1 July 2026, employers will be required to pay their employees’ super at the same time as their salary and wages.

Chief Executive of COTA Australia – the leading advocacy organisation for older people – Patricia Sparrow, said paying super on time is an important change

“Paying super on payday will help more Australians retire with dignity,” Ms Sparrow said.

“This is a really positive reform that means people will finally get their super when they earn it – not months later. It’s a simple, fair change that will make a big difference over a lifetime.

“Australians work hard for their super. This change will particularly benefit women, older workers and those in casual or part-time roles who often miss out the most.

“We know there’s nearly $18 billion in lost super, including hundreds of millions belonging to older Australians. Paying super on payday will help close that gap and keep people in control of their savings.

“Of course this won’t solve all the problems people face when it comes to retirement income, but it’s a common-sense change that will benefit help more Australians retire with dignity, like they deserve to.”

Even a few thousand steps a day can reduce your risk of Alzheimer’s – new study

AYO Production/Shutterstock.com
Eef HogervorstLoughborough University

A new study suggests that even low levels of physical activity could protect the brain from Alzheimer’s disease – but not in the way scientists expected.

The researchers tracked almost 300 older adults with early brain signs of Alzheimer’s for nine to 11 years using pedometers. They found that physical activity didn’t reduce the toxic amyloid plaques that most Alzheimer’s treatments now target.

Instead, in people who already had these plaques, physical activity reduced the accumulation of misfolded tau proteins in specific brain areas. These proteins appear later in Alzheimer’s disease and are more closely linked to cognitive and functional decline. These signs of dementia were reduced by almost half in more active participants.

Benefits appeared at just 3,000 steps – roughly half an hour of walking at a moderate pace. The optimal range was 5,000 to 7,500 steps daily, after which the effect plateaued. More steps didn’t necessarily mean greater protection, which suggests a realistic target for older, sedentary people, rather than the often-cited 10,000 steps.

A digital tracker on a man's wrist showing step counts.
Benefits accumulate at just 3,000 steps. Allard One/Shutterstock.com

The study had limitations, however. It involved a fairly small group of mostly white, well-educated people in the US, and it didn’t take other lifestyle or health factors into account. Also, there may be other protective mechanisms of walking at play. But it does support other research suggesting that being physically active may lower the risk of dementia.

A UK study of 1,139 people over 50 found that those who were moderately to vigorously active had a 34-50% reduction in dementia risk when followed over eight to ten years. Among those who developed dementia, staying active reduced their memory decline, particularly in older women.

A larger 2022 UK study tracked 78,430 people for seven years using wrist accelerometers. It found a 25% reduction in dementia risk with just 3,800 steps daily, rising to 50% at 9,800 steps.

However, people who walked more also had better cardiovascular health – lower cholesterol, better sleep and blood pressure and reduced diabetes risk. Since these heart and stroke risk factors also increase dementia risk, the picture is complex.

Healthy habits often go together. People who exercise are more likely to eat well, not smoke, look after their heart health and have fewer financial stresses. This makes it hard to know which factor is having the biggest effect. The researchers tried to account for this, but because these habits are so closely linked, it’s difficult to say that exercise alone is responsible.

However, there is a strong case for this as there are multiple ways exercise might support the brain: improving cardiovascular health, increasing blood flow and boosting chemicals that promote brain-cell connections.

One such substance is irisin, a hormone produced by muscles that acts on almost all faulty brain mechanisms associated with Alzheimer’s, including inflammation. This and other chemicals, such as BDNF, associated with exercise, provide plausible biological pathways for how physical activity might directly influence brain health beyond its cardiovascular benefits.

But the relationship might work in reverse, too. People may become less active because of early Alzheimer’s symptoms. Those with hearing problems, for instance – itself a dementia risk factor – often report barriers that make them stop being active before other dementia symptoms appear.

Vicious circle

Reduced activity then accelerates memory decline. This creates a vicious circle. Early disease symptoms – such as not hearing – can affect self-esteem and reduce engagment in physical activity, which in turn worsens cognitive decline.

Brisk walking might be particularly beneficial. A small trial of 15 people with mild to moderate Alzheimer’s who did Nordic walking (an enhanced walking technique that uses poles to work your upper body as well as your legs) maintained brain function over 24 weeks, with some functions even improving.

The 15 who received only standard care showed decline or no improvement. Though small, the trial suggests that even people already diagnosed with Alzheimer’s might benefit from increased physical activity, including brisk walking.

Getting outside, particularly in nature, may be especially beneficial for preventing dementia – possibly because it improves mood and sleep while reducing isolation – all dementia risk factors. The combination of physical movement, natural light exposure and social interaction when walking outdoors may create multiple protective effects that complement each other.

The challenge now is helping people overcome barriers to outdoor activity, such as safety concerns, fear of falling, or simply preferring the comfort of the sofa – particularly during wetter, colder months. But the evidence suggests that even a few minutes of walking could make a difference, and that modest, achievable targets – a half-hour stroll rather than a marathon training regime – may offer substantial protection against cognitive decline.The Conversation

Eef Hogervorst, Professor of Biological Psychology, Loughborough University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Lonely? Here’s how to connect with old friends – and make new ones

Shannon Fagan/Getty
Anastasia HronisUniversity of Technology Sydney

Loneliness is quietly emerging as one of the most significant health issues in Australia, and it can affect people of all ages, backgrounds and life stages.

Long-term survey data released last month showed the number of Australians who agree with the statement “I seem to have a lot of friends” has fallen noticeably since 2010.

The way we feel about the quality and quantity of our relationships matters. Loneliness is a subjective experience: it’s the gap between the social relationships we desire, and our actual network.

So, what can we do about it?

Loneliness is often compounded by economic and social factors, which are not down to individuals to fix.

But if you feel like your friendship circle has shrunk in recent years – and it bothers you – it might be time to refresh your approach. Here’s what you can do, and why it’s good for your health.

How friends affect health

There is a strong relationship between loneliness and psychological distress.

In contrast, adult friendships – especially high quality ones that provide social support and companionship – can protect against mental health issues such as depression and anxiety.

Friendships can also reduce how strongly the brain reacts to stress, shown to help protect people’s mental health after experiences of adversity.

In fact, having friends and social connections has even been linked to physical health benefits such as lower blood pressure and a healthy BMI.

What you can do

As adults, we often find it harder to make friends than when we were kids.

We’re busier. But many of us also find it harder to trust new people and may fear rejection.

Illness, disability or reduced mobility – as well as financial stress – can also leave us more socially isolated.

So what can we do about it?

Get involved

Activities based around a shared community can be a great way to meet people with similar interests. You could join a local running group, yoga class, choir or language meet-up, or try dining with strangers via websites such as Timeleft and The First Round. Many book clubs and craft groups meet in person or online.

Volunteer

This can be a way to meet new people of different ages and make friends. Volunteering increases opportunities for social interactions and can positively influence your wellbeing, sense of identity and belonging. There are many ways you can volunteer without leaving the house.

Put in the time

Researchers in the United States have tried to quantify how long it takes to build a friendship, estimating it takes roughly 50 hours of shared contact to move from acquaintances to friends.

Most of us also know when we don’t spend quality time with a friend we may fall out of touch – even when we haven’t fallen out.

You can start by setting aside ten minutes a day to focus on nurturing your friendships or rekindling old ones. It can be something small: sending a text, forwarding a funny video, sending a voice memo or giving someone a quick call.

Be prepared to be vulnerable

Listening and sharing personal parts of your life can help strengthen your bond, and move you from talking about what you do to also talking about how you feel.

It’s a good idea to start slow, and gradually build emotional intimacy. Be attentive if someone shares something personal and follow up with questions to show you care. You might find yourself sharing similar experiences.

Take the leap and reach out

Research shows people are surprisingly hesitant to reach out to old friends. But they tend to overestimate the awkwardness of getting in touch, and underestimate the positive feelings it generates – both for them and the other person.

Most would prefer the other person initiate contact. So take the leap, and next time something reminds you of that person – a place, a song, a photo – send them a message. Or just try a simple: “Hi, how are you? It’s been a while since we’ve last spoken and you crossed my mind.”

Remember – not everyone has to be a ‘best friend’

While close friendships are important, don’t forget that day-to-day social interactions can also help us feel less lonely.

This might mean a quick chat with a neighbour, or greeting the regular barista at the local coffee shop.

Evidence shows these “microconnections” are also important for boosting mood and a sense of belonging, and even provide support when we’re struggling.

So, if loneliness feels overwhelming, and trying to make new friends feels too big, it can help to start small and be open to unexpected connections.

Loneliness is a normal, natural emotion, and we don’t need to feel ashamed of it. But it sends an important message: we need connection.The Conversation

Anastasia Hronis, Clinical Psychologist, Lecturer and Research Supervisor, Graduate School of Health, University of Technology Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Beware of scams targeting older people: Dept. of Health

November 7, 2025
The Australian Department of Health and Aged Care warns there have been reports of suspicious phone calls and visits from people claiming to be from My Aged Care or allied health services.

The Department asks everyone to please be cautious and remember:
  • aged care assessors will always schedule visits in advance and provide proof of identification
  • older people should refuse entry if they are concerned and not share personal or financial information
  • all legitimate aged care activity can be confirmed by calling My Aged Care on 1800 200 422 (8:00 am to 8:00 pm Monday to Friday, 10:00 am to 2:00 pm Saturday local time)
  • report any incidents to Scamwatch by visiting www.scamwatch.gov.au

Greens to chair Aged Care inquiries into cost of care and future of the system

November 4, 2025
The Senate has voted to establish two further Senate inquiries into Labor’s aged care reforms, amid concerns that the new Act which came into force on Saturday will fail older Australians. (See Greens background on the new Act here)

The previous Senate inquiry into  Aged Care Service Delivery , which explored the transition period leading up to the new Act on 1 November, revealed that the aged care waitlist was more than double what had previously been reported (with over 200,000 Australians waiting for care). That previous inquiry was instrumental in forcing the early release of 20,000 home care packages needlessly withheld by the government.

Now that the Act is in force, two new inquiries have been established today:

The first inquiry will investigate the government’s planned transition of the Commonwealth Home Support Program (CHSP), which currently serves more than 800,000 older Australians with at-home supports through “block funding” to providers like Meals on Wheels. 

The second inquiry will investigate the ability for older Australians to access care under the Support at Home program, including the impacts of new pricing mechanisms and co-payments.

The government intends to transition CHSP into Support at Home and has only funded the program up until 30 June 2027. The government has failed to answer previous questions about the impacts of closing CHSP on demand for Support at Home packages, leading to concerns that existing services will be forced to close their doors and waitlists for aged care will only blow out further.

As with the previous inquiry, both the newly established inquiries will be chaired by Greens Spokesperson for Older People, Senator Penny Allman-Payne.

Full terms of reference for the inquiries are below.

Greens Spokesperson for Older People, Senator Penny Allman-Payne stated:

“Older people across the country - hundreds of thousands of whom are on fixed incomes - are copping increased costs for their care at home so that privatised aged care providers can make bigger profits. That’s a broken system.”

“Labor’s Minister for Aged Care, Sam Rae, has tried to hide the truth of these aged care changes, but now the reality is setting in and older Australians are waking up to new care arrangements they cannot afford.”

“Older Australians are still dying waiting a year or more for care, and rather than boost needed supports like the Community Home Support Program, they’re planning to close them.”

“Our parents and grandparents need leaders who will fight for them and their right to care, but instead Labor and the Liberals are shaking pensioners down for cash while propping up the profits of privatised aged care.”

“The Greens will ensure older Australians and their advocates are heard, and fight to fix this system so that everyone can access the care they need at the time that they need it.”

Community Home Support Program Inquiry
That the following matter be referred to the Community Affairs References Committee for inquiry and report by 15 April 2026: the transition of the Community Home Support Programme to the Support at Home Program, with particular reference to:
  1. the timeline for the transition of the Community Home Support Programme to the Support at Home Program after 1 July 2027;
  2. the expected impact of this transition, including on:
    1. waiting periods for assessment and receipt of care;
    2. the lifetime cap of $15,000 on home modifications;
    3. the End-of-Life Pathway time limits; and
    4. thin markets with a small number of aged care service providers. 
  3. aged care provider readiness for the transition, including their workforce; and
  4. any other related matters.

Co-payments inquiry
That the following matter be referred to the Community Affairs References Committee for inquiry and report by the Tuesday of the last sitting week of November 2026: the Support at Home Program, with reference to:
  1. the ability for older Australians to access services to live safely and with dignity at home;
  2. the impact of the co-payment contributions for independent services and everyday living services on the financial security and wellbeing of older Australians;
  3. trends and impact of pricing mechanisms on consumers;
  4. the adequacy of the financial hardship assistance for older Australians facing financial difficulty; 
  5. the impact on the residential aged care system, and hospitals;
  6. the impact on older Australians transitioning from the Home Care Packages Program;
  7. thin markets including those affected by geographic remoteness and population size;
  8. the impact on First Nations communities, and culturally and linguistically diverse communities; and
  9. any other related matters.

Watered down cash mandate disappoints: National Seniors

November 6, 2025
Hope has turned to disappointment for cash supporters nationwide as consultation on the government’s ‘watered down’ cash mandate exposure draft regulations closed on Friday 7 November.

National Seniors Australia (NSA), the peak consumer advocacy body leading the KEEP CASH campaign, says cash supporters will be disappointed that the “Cash Acceptance” rules set out in the exposure draft apply to fewer businesses than previously outlined in the government’s earlier consultation paper.

“While we acknowledge this as a step forward, given there is currently no obligation on retailers to accept cash, we call on the government to enact a cash mandate that includes a greater number of businesses and government agencies to ensure that conditions for cash availability and accessibility are strengthened,“ NSA Chief Executive Officer Mr Chris Grice said.

“Keeping cash accessible and accepted is important to seniors, and the broader community, as a means of basic payment, a backup in emergencies, and for the stability of the broader financial system.

“NSA was disappointed by the number of exemptions set out in the initial consultation, as detailed in our first submission.

We have been further disappointed by the exposure draft, which applies only to a limited number of businesses – namely large grocery and fuel retailers.

“The promised mandate is more restrictive than initially proposed with medications, utilities, telecommunications services and other items no longer considered essential.

“The only retailers the mandate will apply to are supermarkets and petrol stations. This means consumers will be able to pay cash for a packet of Allen’s Snakes at Coles but not for Panadeine Forte at their local pharmacy.

“This mandate is an opportunity for government to show it listens to the needs of everyday Australians. The watered-down version we’ve been presented with is a start, but more is needed to ensure cash remains accessible and accepted throughout our country.”

Part of the National Seniors submission read:

Banks and cash transit critical parts of the cash puzzle
While NSA welcomes the recent developments towards a long-term pricing model for Armaguard, more effort is needed to ensure cash remains accessible through our banking system.

According to APRA, the number of bank branches in Australia has declined by almost 44% from June 2017 to June 2025, or 2,489 fewer branches. At the same time as bank branches have declined, so too have Bank@Post locations.

Again, according to APRA, there were 213 fewer Bank@Post locations in 2025 compared to 2017.

We need action to ensure banking services are readily available, especially in regional and rural communities. This could be achieved by applying a Community Service Obligation (CSO) on banks.

To read their full submission click here.

The Chanterelle String Quartet with special guest Ben Jacks – French horn

Wyvern Music Forestville is delighted to present an afternoon of evocative chamber music featuring the acclaimed Chanterelle String Quartet and special guest Ben Jacks - French horn.

This is Wyvern Music Forestville's final concert for 2025 and will run on Sunday 9th November at 3pm, at Our Lady of Good Counsel Catholic Church, Forestville. 

The program offers a compelling blend of classical refinement and contemporary vitality, opening with Mozart’s delightful String Quartet K168 in F Major followed by Mozart’s Rondo from the Concerto in E-flat for Horn and String Quartet – a sparkling arrangement that showcases classical elegance and virtuosity. The enchanting Three Preludes on Welsh Hymn Tunes for Horn and String Quartet by Ralph Vaughan Williams, blend pastoral lyricism with spiritual depth. A trio of passionate tangos by Astor Piazzolla – Libertango, Oblivion, and La Muerte del Ángel – bring the concert to a striking conclusion.

The Chanterelle String Quartet, with violinists Fiona Ziegler and Leone Ziegler, violist Jane Hazelwood and cellist Adrian Wallis, made its debut in 2010 performing at the Spring Festival Chamber Music Series for the Sydney Symphony Orchestra. The players are all accomplished and well-respected members of the SSO with extensive experience in chamber music.

Ben Jacks is one of the most accomplished horn players of his generation, celebrated for his artistry and technical excellence. For 25 seasons, he served as Principal Horn with the Sydney Symphony Orchestra. More recently Ben has performed with the London Symphony Orchestra under Sir Simon Rattle and Daniel Harding, the Hong Kong Philharmonic and the Australian World Orchestra.

Join us for an afternoon of vibrant and expressive music, performed by outstanding Australian musicians in an inviting and intimate setting.

Ben Jacks 

When: Sunday, 9th November, 2025 at 3:00pm
Where: Our Lady of Good Counsel Catholic Church, 9 Currie Rd, Forestville
Tickets: Full:$35, Concession:$25, Students:$20, Children under 16 Free
Enquiries: Wyvern Music Forestville Tel: 9416 5234

The Chanterelle String Quartet

Silver Surfers: at Manly + Palm Beach

Who is this lesson for?
Taking place at either Palm Beach or Manly Beach, Seniors and over 55s are invited to join a Bodyboarding and Ocean Safety Clinic, designed to help you connect with the ocean and boost your confidence in the water. This is a fantastic opportunity to learn from the best and join a welcoming community of ocean lovers.

What’s Included:
  • Lessons: Learn bodyboarding and essential ocean safety skills from experienced instructors.
  • All Equipment Provided: Wetsuits and bodyboards will be supplied for the session.
  • Morning Tea: Enjoy a delightful morning tea and connect with others after the session.
Important Info:
Arrive 30 minutes early to change into the provided wetsuits before the session starts.

Sponsored by Surfers for Climate, MWP Community Care, and Manly Surf School, you don’t want to miss these bi-weekly bodyboarding sessions. This is a great chance to meet others in the community, enjoy the surf, and embrace the ocean with confidence.


Lesson Times
Keep an eye out for upcoming FREE events on the calendar:
  • 14th November 2025 – Manly 10am
  • 28th November 2025 – Palm Beach 10am
  • 12th December 2025 – Manly 10am
Cost: FREE!


Silver Surfers group Photo: Manly Surf School

AvPals Term 4 2025

Avalon Computer Pals is back for another term of friendly, hands-on computer classes for seniors 55+. Whether you're a total beginner or keen to brush up your tech skills, we’ve got you covered. Learn at your own pace, meet great people, and feel more confident online.

Come along to Newport, where small groups make learning relaxed, social and fun!  To book in visit: www.avpals.com

New blood test could streamline Alzheimer's diagnosis and treatment access

Australian scientists have developed simpler, less invasive ways to detect Alzheimer’s, potentially helping more patients access emerging treatments.

Scientists at CSIRO, Australia’s national science agency, have identified simpler and less invasive methods to improve Alzheimer’s disease diagnosis, potentially making it easier for patients to access emerging treatments.

New treatments like Donanemab, recently approved by the Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA) for adults with early symptomatic Alzheimer’s, require confirmation of amyloid plaque in the brain.

Currently, the gold standard for detecting amyloid plaque involves costly PET scans or and invasive lumbar punctures to analyse cerebrospinal fluid.

In a new study published in Alzheimer’s and Dementia, scientists found that combining two blood tests – the Lumipulse plasma pTau217 test and the Aβ42/40 ratio test – could match the accuracy of the existing ‘gold standard’ methods.

Dr James Doecke, lead author on the paper and Research Scientist at CSIRO’s Australian e-Health Research Centre (AEHRC), said blood tests are vital to the triage process to develop appropriate treatment strategies and help understand where a person is on the disease trajectory.

“With treatments for Alzheimer’s disease biology becoming available, it’s critical we have accurate, scalable and less invasive tests to identify eligible patients,” Dr. Doecke said.

“Our findings show this blood test combination performs at the level needed to confirm Alzheimer’s pathology.”

CSIRO’s AEHRC, in partnership with Edith Cowan University, The Florey Institute, Labcorp and others, analysed blood samples from nearly 400 participants.

The samples were sourced from the Australian Imaging, Biomarker and Lifestyle (AIBL) Study of Ageing in two groups:

An Alzheimer’s Disease Continuum cohort, spanning cognitively healthy individuals through to those with Alzheimer’s disease
An Intention-to-Treat cohort, representing patients who would be eligible for new disease-modifying therapies such as Donanemab.
Results showed that the combined pTau217/Aβ42 ratio achieved over 93 per cent accuracy, similar to the current gold-standard cerebrospinal fluid tests.

In the Intention-to-Treat cohort, sensitivity reached 99 per cent, meaning the tests correctly identified nearly all cases.

Using the tests combined provided clinicians with highly reliable results, reducing the number of uncertain cases by nearly half.

“This is an important advance towards widespread adoption of blood tests in both clinical trials and everyday practice,” said co-author, Colin Masters, Professor of Dementia Research at The Florey Institute.

The study highlights the potential for blood-based biomarkers to reduce reliance on costly and invasive PET scans and lumbar punctures, making diagnosis more accessible to patients and healthcare systems worldwide.

Grattan on Friday: November 11 1975 – watching history being made, from the best seats in the house

Opposition Leader Malcom Fraser, Lord Mayor of Melbourne Ron Walker and Prime Minister Gough Whitlam at the Lord Mayor’s Banquet in Melbourne on November 10, 1975. City of MelbourneCC BY
Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

In his just-released memoir, historian and former diplomat Lachlan Strahan recalls being picked up from his Melbourne primary school by a neighbour on November 11 1975, the day Gough Whitlam was sacked as prime minister. His politically active mother “was so upset she didn’t trust herself behind the wheel”.

Journalist Margo Kingston was a teenager and not political at the time. She remembers going to bed that night, pulling the covers over her head and listening on the radio. The next day, she organised a march around her Brisbane school.

Fifty years on, the Dismissal is one of those “memory moments” for many Australians who were adults or even children when it happened. They can tell you what they were doing when they heard the news. It was an event that embedded itself in the mind, like news of US President John F. Kennedy’s assassination more than a decade earlier.

This was a life-changing day for many who worked in Canberra’s Parliament House. For Labor politicians and staffers, it bordered on bereavement. Excitement and elation fired up the other side of politics. Those of us in the parliamentary press gallery knew we had front-row tickets for the biggest show in our federation’s history.

The Dismissal didn’t come out of nowhere. It followed extraordinarily tense weeks of political manoeuvring, after the opposition, led by Malcolm Fraser, blocked the budget in the Senate in mid-October, and Whitlam refused to call an election.

Pressure points were everywhere. Would Whitlam give in? Would some Liberal senators crack? What would happen if there was no resolution before the government’s money ran out? Would Governor-General John Kerr intervene?

On the morning of Remembrance Day, Whitlam prepared to ask Kerr for an election. Not a general election, but an election for half the Senate – a course that would have little or no prospect of solving the crisis. But Whitlam had fatally misjudged the man he’d appointed governor-general. Kerr was already readying himself to dismiss the prime minister. He gave Whitlam his marching orders at Government House at 1 pm.

That afternoon Whitlam, eyes flashing, deployed his unforgettable rhetoric on the steps of parliament house. “Well may we say God Save the Queen, because nothing will save the governor-general”, he told the crowd, denouncing Fraser as “Kerr’s cur”.

Demonstrators were pouring into Canberra; shredders were revving up in parliamentary offices. That night at Charlie’s restaurant, a famous Canberra watering hole, the Labor faithful and journalists gathered. Many still in shock and emotional, patrons were packed cheek by jowl.

On parliament’s steps, Whitlam had urged the crowd to “maintain your rage and enthusiasm through the campaign” (an exhortation later taken to apply more generally). In the subsequent weeks, Labor supporters did so. I spent much of the election campaign in the media contingent travelling with Whitlam: it felt like there was momentum for him.

The feeling was, of course, totally deceptive, in terms of the election’s outcome. As the opinion polls had shown before the sacking the voters, who had enthusiastically embraced the “It’s Time” Whitlam slogan and promise in 1972, had lost faith in Labor three years on.

Whitlam’s had been an enormously consequential, reforming government. It transformed Australia, with landmark changes in health, education, welfare and social policy. It inspired the baby boomers. But it had been shambolic administratively, disorganised and corner-cutting. Some ministers had run riot. Whitlam was charismatic and visionary, but he lacked one essential prime ministerial quality: the ability to run a well-disciplined team. Then, as things started to go wrong, the government’s media enemies became feral.

A combination of how he ran his government and how that government ended made Whitlam in later years both an example to be avoided by subsequent Labor governments and a martyr in Labor’s story.

Despite his huge electoral mandate, Fraser’s road to power in part defined how he was seen as prime minister, especially in his early years. Some believed it made him more cautious; many in the media viewed him in more black-and-white terms than the reality.

Kerr paid a high price. Leaving aside the partisans, many observers condemned his actions, particularly on two grounds: that he had intervened prematurely and, most damning, that he had deceived Whitlam, rather than warning him he’d be dismissed if he continued to hold out. Kerr’s fear (probably reasonably-based) that if he alerted him, Whitlam would ask Buckingham Palace to remove him, didn’t convince critics. He was branded as dishonourable and cowardly.

Even Fraser eventually thought Kerr should have warned Whitlam. Journalist Troy Bramston, who has just published a biography of Whitlam, uncovered a never-published obituary Fraser wrote of Whitlam decades after the tumultuous events.

Fraser wrote he had come to the view “the Governor-General should have consulted the Prime Minister more freely. He thought he must protect the Monarch to make sure the Queen could not become involved in domestic political battles fiercely fought. It was the cautious approach but, on reflection, I think there was a higher duty to consult the Prime Minister of the day and to warn of the consequences that could follow.”

Kerr’s personal behaviour, notably being drunk at the Melbourne Cup in 1977, ensured he became a figure of ridicule as well as a political target. Fraser took care in appointing the next governor-general. He chose a widely respected, unifying figure in Zelman Cowen.

The Dismissal left fractures in our politics for years and its legacies forever. But Labor recovered faster than many had expected (despite Whitlam being trounced again in 1977). It was back in office in under a decade.

Our constitutional arrangements remained basically the same, with the governor-general retaining the reserve powers to dismiss a government. There was one change, however: Fraser ran a successful referendum to prevent recalcitrant state governments from stacking the Senate by appointing rogue candidates to fill upper house vacancies. That loophole had enabled the blocking of supply. The Dismissal did not push Australia towards a republic.

Could we see a repeat? Who knows what may have happened by the time we reach the 100th anniversary. But as far ahead as we can see, the events of 1975 have inoculated the system against a rerun. And, as many have pointed out, to have the combination of three such characters as Whitlam, Fraser and Kerr, and similar circumstances, would be impossibly long odds.

The main characters are dead. Some of those still around from the time maintain their rage, which has lasted through the many years, long after that election campaign.

David Solomon, Whitlam’s press secretary in 1975, says: “I haven’t changed. I’ve become, in fact, even more concerned about what Kerr did, the more information we have about why Kerr acted as he did and the material that he had before him when he decided to do this.”

And what of the views of the young? Frank Bongiorno, professor of history at the Australian National University, says today’s students find the events “fascinating in the way political science and history students did in the late 1970s.

"But the high-stakes game that played out is a bit like ancient history for them. They would see it as if it was like contemplating Pericles of Athens or Caesar of Rome.”

Gough would be pleased enough with the comparison to Caesar Augustus. He did like to quote Neville Wran’s joking compliment: “It was said of Caesar Augustus that he found Rome brick and left it marble. It will be said of Gough Whitlam that he found the outer suburbs of Sydney, Melbourne and Brisbane unsewered, and left them fully flushed.”The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Concession car parking at NSW Health public hospitals

Patients and carers may be eligible for concession rates on parking at NSW Health public hospitals. 

To be eligible you need to be:
  • requiring treatment over an extended period
  • attending hospital more than twice a week (including carers of long term patients who visit frequently). 
  • ongoing cancer treatment
  • treatment more than twice weekly
  • daily dressing changes
  • cardiac rehabilitation or health promotion classes
Concessions are also available for holders of a: 
  • Transport for NSW Mobility Parking Scheme permit
  • Pensioner Concession Card
  • Department of Veterans' Affairs Gold Card
  • Health Care Card.
Hospitals provide communication to patients, carers and visitors about the availability of concessional car parking rates, this includes:
  • clearly displaying and publicising concessional rates
  • streamlining the concession application process with designated points of access
  • validating concessional parking for the duration of a course of treatment. 
For detailed information on eligibility and concession fees, visit NSW Health webpage:

ASIO boss warns of ‘realistic possibility’ foreign government could attempt to kill a dissident in Australia

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

The Australia Security Intelligence Organisation believes there is a “realistic possibility” a foreign government will try to assassinate a “perceived dissident” in Australia, ASIO’s boss Mike Burgess has revealed.

Delivering the 2025 Lowy lecture on Tuesday, Burgess said: “This threat is real.

"We believe there are at least three nations willing and capable of conducting lethal targeting here. It is entirely possible the regimes would try to hide their involvement by hiring criminal cut outs, as Iran did when directing its arson attacks.”

He stressed he was talking about an “attempt to assassinate”.

“ASIO and our law enforcement partners are acutely alive to this threat and are working around the clock, using all our powers, to protect Australia and Australians,” he said.

Burgess said Australia had never faced simultaneously and at scale so many different threats.

There are multiple, cascading and intersecting threats to our social cohesion, fuelled by three distinct but connected cohorts:

  • the aggrieved,
  • the opportunistic, and
  • the cunning.

He said many Australians were feeling dispossessed, disaffected, and disenfranchised, with spikes in polarisation and intolerance.

Many of the foundations underpinning our security, prosperity and democracy were being tested.

Social cohesion was eroding, there was declining trust in our institutions and truth was being undermined by misinformation, disinformation and conspiracy theories.

“Similar trends are playing out across the Western world.

"Angry, alienated individuals are embracing anti-authority ideologies and conspiracy theories; engaging in uncivil debate and unpeaceful protest.

"Many of the aggrieved do not necessarily espouse violent views, but may still see violence as a legitimate way to effect political or societal change.”

Burgess said extremist organisations were skilled at exploiting fissures in cohesion and harvesting grievances.

“The way nationalist and racist violent extremists attempted to leverage the so-called March for Australia rallies is a case in point.

"The biggest neo-Nazi group, the National Socialist Network – or White Australia as it is rebranding itself – identified the demonstrations as a vehicle to raise its profile.

"It strategically and opportunistically exploited the organisers’ complaints about immigration and the cost of living,” Burgess said.

“Even if the organisation does not engage in terrorism, I remain deeply concerned by its hateful, divisive rhetoric and increasingly violent propaganda, and the growing likelihood these things will prompt spontaneous violence, particularly in response to perceived provocation,” he said.

“While nationalist and racist violent extremists make up the significant majority of our investigations into ideologically motivated extremism, events in the Middle East triggered a troubling increase in anarchist and revolutionary extremism, which is also straining cohesion.

"Since October 2023, we’ve seen more provocative protests and a notable uptick in intentionally disruptive and damaging tactics by anti-Israel activists, including multiple acts of arson, vandalism and violent protest against defence companies accused of supplying weapon components.”

Burgess said of the three cohorts he was canvassing, “the cunning is the most concerning”.

“Aggrieved individuals clawing at our social fabric is one thing. Extremist groups opportunistically undermining it is another.

"But cunning nation states deliberately trying to set the fabric alight and fan the flames is something else again in terms of threat.

"Regimes are operating in a security ‘grey zone – using non-traditional tools to interfere in decision-making, promote discord, amplify distrust and spread false narratives in Western democracies.

"Authoritarian regimes demonstrate a chilling willingness to exploit fault lines in countries they consider hostile.”

He highlighted ASIO’s identifying the Iranian regime being behind some of the anti-semitic attacks in Australia

Burgess said that in our region ASIO was tracking the spread of a strain of extremist propaganda.

“While the material purports to be from a transnational terrorist group, ASIO and our international partners suspect it is fake, and is actually being created and disseminated by a hostile nation state.

"The propaganda glorifies violent extremism and advocates attacks on specific targets, presumably to encourage violence, alarm communities, incite sectarianism and destabilise regional governments.”

He said ASIO had recently uncovered links between pro-Russian influences in Australia and an offshore media organisation that almost certainly received directions from Russian intelligence.

“The Australians publish and push extreme online narratives justifying the invasion of Ukraine and condemning Australia’s support for Kiev.

"Deliberately hiding their connection to Moscow – and the likely instruction from Moscow – the propagandists try to hijack and inflame legitimate debate. They use social media to spread vitriolic, polarising commentary on anti-immigration protests and pro-Palestinian marches.

"ASIO’s investigation is ongoing,” Burgess said.The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Young people are increasingly being killed or injured on e-bikes. It’s time for governments to act

Milad HaghaniThe University of Melbourne

In the span of just a few days, two children were killed in separate e-bike crashes in Queensland – one on the Sunshine Coast and another on the Gold Coast.

Not more than a week later, seven people were hospitalised in Queensland in a series of separate e-bike and e-scooter crashes across the state.

There have been four e-bike deaths involving children and teenagers in Australia since July. Three have been in Queensland.

What can be done to prevent injuries and deaths on e-bikes?

E-bikes in Australia

E-bikes are generally defined as pedal-assisted bicycles powered by small electric motors, limited to 250 watts and 25 kilometres per hour under Australian law. These bikes are either bought by consumers or rented and used on roads.

However, many of the bikes involved in recent crashes appear to exceed those limits. Some are modified and capable of far higher speeds.

Across Australia, there is no age limit for riding e-bikes.

However, shared mobility operators such as Lime and Beam require riders to be at least 16-18 years old, depending on the city and service.

Australia also has no formal mechanism for recording e-bike fatalities – itself a significant data gap. But the trend is hard to ignore: e-bike crashes involving young riders appear to be an escalating risk.

Evidence from e-scooter studies shows children aged under 18 are disproportionately involved in serious crashes, which is why most states have imposed age limits for e-scooter use.

The risks of riding e-bikes

For the general population, evidence shows e-bike riders face a higher fatal crash risk than pedal cyclists.

In the Netherlands for example, the rate of fatal crashes involving e-bike owners has far exceeded that of regular bicycles in recent years.

A large study in the United States analysed injury records for children involved in e-bike crashes – almost 4,000 cases – and compared them with nearly two million traditional bicycle injuries of children.

The findings were striking.

From 2011 to 2020, e-bike injuries among children increased, while regular bicycle injuries declined. And children injured on e-bikes were twice as likely to end up in hospital than those using regular bikes.

The most affected age group for e-bike injuries was 10–13.

Another study, from Israel, compared injuries among more than 500 children admitted to hospital after bicycle crashes – around one-third on e-bikes and the rest on traditional bicycles.

The results were consistent with the US study, but even more alarming: children on e-bikes had more severe injuries overall and a greater likelihood of being involved in collisions with motor vehicles. They were also more likely to experience loss of consciousness and nearly half required orthopaedic surgery.

More recent evidence reinforces the same picture.

A 2025 study of more than 700 young riders aged 10–25 found e-bike riders were twice as likely to suffer traumatic brain injuries as those on regular bicycles.

For risks specific to children and within the Australian context, the closest comparison that can be drawn comes from the adjacent mode: e-scooters.

My recent research shows one in three fatal e-scooter crashes in Australia involved a rider under the age of 18, a significant over-representation relative to this group’s share of the population.

In near parallel to what we are now seeing with e-bikes, more than half of these child fatalities on e-scooters occurred in Queensland.

There are many reasons why more accidents are happening in Queensland. The state was an early adopter of e-micromobility, has Australia’s most permissive e-scooter rules for children (allowing riders as young as 12 with supervision) and enjoys a warm climate and long riding season – all of which increase exposure.

A Queensland parliamentary inquiry into e-mobility safety is expected to deliver a report in the first half of next year.

Why children are more at risk

E-bikes expose young riders to a mix of physical and behavioural risks.

The machines are heavier and faster than regular bikes, often capable of speeds around 40–60km/h.

Research on hazard perception helps explain part of this risk.

In experimental settings, e-bike riders aged 16–18 were found to identify significantly fewer developing hazards and to respond later than adults when viewing real-world traffic scenes.

Their hazard awareness mainly improved with age and riding experience.

In Australia, many of the e-bikes children ride are technically illegal or modified.

Conversion kits sold online can remove speed limiters, turning a standard bike into one capable of highway speeds.

Online tutorials make these modifications accessible to teenagers, and enforcement is minimal.

Behavioural patterns add another layer.

News reports describe teenagers performing wheeliesracing through intersections and riding on the wrong side of traffic. These behaviours are often amplified by social media and peer imitation.

What should be done?

There’s already enough international evidence to guide our policy. We don’t need to wait for local tragedies to confirm what’s been shown elsewhere – that e-bikes pose distinct risks to children.

Many countries have already acted. Minimum age limits for e-bike use are common in some countries – typically 16 years – recognising these vehicles require cognitive and physical maturity comparable to those of motorcycles.

In Australia, the definition of a legal e-bike is already clear: capped at 250 watts of power and 25 km/h under pedal-assist.

The issue is not classification but enforcement and scope.

Current laws do little to prevent riders from accessing and riding high-powered or modified e-bikes that fall outside these limits.

What’s missing are age-based restrictions, controls on the import and sale of illegal conversion kits and targeted awareness campaigns for parents as well as retailers (by encouraging responsible point-of-sale behaviour).

Public awareness campaigns are particularly important ahead of the Christmas season, when e-bikes and conversion kits are increasingly marketed as gifts.The Conversation

Milad Haghani, Associate Professor and Principal Fellow in Urban Risk and Resilience, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Boys are still in the grip of crippling masculine stereotypes: 6 findings from a new survey

Michael FloodQueensland University of Technology

Rigid norms of manhood, based in manly confidence and toughness, emotional stoicism, disdain for femininity, and dog-eat-dog banter, are influential among boys and young men in Australia.

Between one quarter and one half of boys and young men endorse these norms. Over half feel pressure from others to live up to them, believing most people expect them always to be confident, strong and tough.

These are some of the findings from a new Australian survey of adolescents aged 14-18 years, conducted by The Men’s Project at Jesuit Social Services.

In a climate of heightened concern about boys and young men and so-called “toxic masculinity”, this study provides invaluable data on boys’ and young men’s own views. This includes the pressures they feel to live up to stereotypical masculine norms and the profound impact of those beliefs.

There are six key findings from this research.

1. Pressure to be manly remains strong

The pressure on males to be “manly” remains strong in Australian society, even in adolescence. Societal pressures on teenage boys to be “a real man” were equally observed by both boys and girls: between 60% and 63% of boys and girls believe most people expect teenage boys to be manly, confident, and strong at all times.

2. Most boys are open-minded about what it means to be a man

Despite this, most boys and young men themselves do not subscribe to stereotypical masculine norms. Like young adult men aged 18-30, most boys endorse more open-ended, inclusive models of manhood. Of the 27 “adolescent man box” rules – the rigid ideas of manliness – there was majority endorsement among boys for only three of them.

These findings should steer us away from two extremes in views of boys and young men. In one, all boys are painted as the flag-bearers for a rigid, sexist masculinity. In the other, the harms some boys and young men perpetrate against others are described as the problem of only a very small number of mad, bad males.

Neither is true.

In contradiction to the first, boys’ support for rigid masculine norms is weaker and more uneven. In contradiction to the second, between one in five and one in ten boys personally endorse attitudes that condone or support violence and control in sex and relationships. In addition, one in five boys reported engaging in some form of bullying, physical violence or sexual harassment in the previous month.

3. Boys are more likely than girls to believe in masculine norms

There is a large gender gap in adolescents’ support for stereotypical norms of manhood. Although boys and girls agree on the extent of societal pressure, boys are far more likely than girls to endorse these norms.

For example, the seven adolescent man box statements reflecting a constant effort to be manly receive support from 25% to 44% of boys, while the seven statements reflecting emotional restriction receive support from 7% to 34% of boys.

Far smaller proportions of girls endorse these statements: 8% to 15% for constant efforts to act manly, and 2% to 14% for emotional restriction. What impact will this gender gap have on young people’s relationships and friendships, when twice as many boys as girls feel that boys have to act manly, confident, and strong, avoid activities usually done by girls, and hide their feelings and fears?

4. More boys think boys have it harder than girls

While adolescents in general support gender equality, there is also ambivalence and backlash, particularly among boys. Nearly all adolescents agree it is “important for teenage boys to treat girls and women as equals in all areas of life”. However, 42% of boys (and 13% of girls) also agree that “in Australia today, boys have it harder than girls”.

This simultaneous support for gender equality as a general ideal while agreeing that men or boys are now disadvantaged relative to women or girls is visible in other Australian data too. It can be found, for example, in surveys conducted in 201820202021, and 2025.

Young men’s views of boys as disadvantaged may reflect recognition of genuine forms of male disadvantage such as in schooling outcomes, defensive backlash to shifts in gender relations, or the influence of the “manosphere”, the online network of anti-feminist groups.

5. Parents’ and peers’ views have a large effect

Parents and peers play influential roles in shaping boys’ and young men’s attitudes towards masculinity. Although this comes from males’ own reports, other data corroborate this, finding for example that fathers’ adherence to traditional masculine ideology is correlated with their sons’ adherence.

6. The stronger the masculine norms, the more harmful

Boys’ and young men’s endorsement of rigid masculine norms feeds into harm to boys and young men, and to the people around them. The more strongly adolescent boys hold rigid views about masculinity, the less likely they are to seek help for a personal problem or to report that anyone knows them well. For example, under one quarter (23%) of boys with the highest levels of support for the “man box” agreed that no one really knows them well, compared to 46% of boys with the lowest levels of support.

The stronger their personal endorsement of masculine norms, the more likely they are to blame victims of domestic violence, consume violent pornography, and cause harm to others. For example, 39% of boys with the highest level of support for the man box had used bullying, physical violence or sexual harassment in the past month, more than five times as many as the 7% of boys with the lowest level of support.

Although a range of valuable initiatives engaging boys and young men have sprung up around Australia, we are not doing anywhere near enough to shift entrenched masculine cultures of sexism and stoicism.

We must build gender-equitable approaches to masculinity into school curriculumsparenting programs, and initiatives in sportsworkplaces and online media. We must craft messages that encourage boys and men to resist harmful masculine norms. And we need to build on the positive, such as boys’ already substantial rejection of rigid norms of manhood. This will strengthen the protective factors that feed into healthier, more equitable ways of being.

We must balance attention to pain and privilege, addressing both how boys and young men suffer harm and how some do harm – to women and girls, gender-diverse people, and each other. Sexism is baked into the “man box”, particularly in the disdain and hostility for girls and femininity. It must be confronted head-on.

Above all, we must take the work to scale, moving from a handful of programs among boys in schools to systematic efforts across settings and communities.The Conversation

Michael Flood, Professor of Sociology, Queensland University of Technology

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Unpaid ‘women’s work’ is worth $427 billion, new research shows. See how much your unpaid labour is worth

Canva/The ConversationCC BY-SA
Leonora RisseUniversity of Canberra

All those thousands of hours that Australians put towards unpaid household work and care – cooking, cleaning and caring for family members – are an essential thread that keeps our economy stitched together.

But they’re not recognised in official economic statistics.

My new research puts a dollar value on what all this unpaid labour is worth to the economy: about A$688 billion. That’s equivalent to around one-third of gross domestic product – and is mostly contributed by women.

What happens when we count it in?

The System of National Accounts, which guides how countries worldwide define “production” and measure the size of their economy, is limited to activities that have a price tag or market wage.

Unpaid work and care falls outside this official definition.

In my new academic paper, published in the Economic Record, I calculate a dollar value of this unpaid productive activity by adding up how much it would cost if we were to pay someone an hourly wage do this work as their paid job.

For example, we can value each unpaid hour looking after children as the equivalent of a childcare worker’s average hourly wage.

Each hour spent on housework can be calculated by using a domestic cleaner’s wage as a proxy. And time spent on meal preparation can be proxied using a kitchen hand’s typical wage.

Women contribute the bulk (61.5%) of total time spent on unpaid work and care, based on data collected by the Australian Bureau of Statistics’ Time Use Survey.

The average time and type of unpaid work that women do, which tallies to 3 hours and 56 minutes per day, equates to A$771 worth of labour per week.

Men’s typical unpaid work and care, which averages 2 hours and 28 minutes per day, adds up to $493 weekly.

Tallying up for the population, women’s unpaid labour is worth the equivalent of $427.3 billion per year. Men’s unpaid work amounts to $261 billion. Yet none of this vital work is counted in our national accounts.



Women’s real contribution to the economy

Let’s imagine we add another column to our national accounts ledger which now counts this invisible labour and adds it to our measurement of paid labour.

We see that women’s share of total labour effort in the economy expands to 47.2%. This compares with just 36.8% when we only count paid work.

One problem with this “replacement wage” methodology is many of these proxy occupations used to value unpaid work and care are female-concentrated – and systematically undervalued on the basis of gender.

We can fix this by estimating a wage equation, using HILDA Survey data, to measure the extent by which an occupation is systematically paid less (or more) on the basis of its gender composition. While we’re at it, we can also estimate the wage premium enjoyed by men irrespective of their industry and occupation.

When we adjust for these sources of gender-based undervaluation, women’s share of total labour climbs to 50.5%.

In other words, women and men are contributing roughly equal labour effort to our economy. But it’s not reflected in the way we measure our economy, or in the gender gaps that persist in pay, wealth, assets and control over resources.

These findings have practical use in setting wages, dividing up household assets, and even measuring productivity.

The observed decline in measured productivity – occurring at the same time the care sector is rapidly swelling in size – could very well be due to an economic system that is failing to fully recognise the value of female-concentrated sectors.

This is about more than just numbers

The invisibility and under-recognition of “women’s work” – that is, the work that society assigns to women – is not just a matter of numbers.

It’s an erasure and diminishing of the value of women’s capabilities and contributions to our economy.

The gender biases embedded in conventional economic architecture are a marker, and driver, of women’s lower status, power and decision-making authority.

Feminist economics have long been pointing out the shortcomings of economic frameworks that centre on the productive activities traditionally assigned to men. As feminist academic Marilyn Waring bluntly observed:

The laws of economics and those that govern the UNSNA [United Nations Systems of National Accounts] are creations of the male mind and do not reflect or encompass the reality of the female world. The conceptual models are limited to the world that the economist knows or observes, and housework is most certainly not part of that world.

Counting unpaid work and care is now possible with the Australian Bureau of Statistics bringing back the Time Use Survey in 2020–21. The survey was previously last conducted in 2006.

This ongoing investment in Australia’s data infrastructure is crucial for applying a gender lens to our economic statistics and policy analysis, undoing gender biases, and shining a spotlight on uncounted “invisible” work.The Conversation

Leonora Risse, Associate Professor in Economics, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Cuts to key research facilities threaten Australia’s ability to be a global scientific leader

A view towards the particle injector of the Australian Synchrotron. Paul Moons/FlickrCC BY-NC-SA
Michael PreussMonash UniversityUniversity of Manchester and Maggie ZhaiRMIT University

There has been much excitement since Australia signed a landmark agreement with the United States last month to expand cooperation on critical minerals and rare earth elements.

These materials are essential for electric vehicles, wind turbines, and clean energy technologies. The deal promises to help Australia move beyond simply digging and shipping raw materials. Instead, we would refine and manufacture advanced, high-value products here at home.

But at the very moment we’re being asked to play a bigger role in global clean-tech supply chains, the science facilities that underpin these ambitions are under threat.

Making great science possible

The Australian Synchrotron in Melbourne and the Australian Centre for Neutron Scattering at Lucas Heights in Sydney are among Australia’s most important pieces of scientific infrastructure.

These facilities are operated by the Australian Nuclear Science and Technology Organisation (ANSTO). They house several instruments, including the infrared microscopy and terahertz/far-infrared beamlines which fire a high-intensity and continuous spectrum of X-ray light at samples. Researchers use these to probe materials at the atomic scale. This helps reveal how atoms are arranged, how they move, and how they interact.

These insights underpin everything from advanced batteries to pharmaceuticals, green hydrogen production, and new materials for defence and aerospace. They also allow researchers to study the chemistry of living cells and tissues in real time, develop lightweight fire-fighting suits, explore new cancer therapies and fight antibiotic resistance.

The tools also contributed to research that led to the 2025 Nobel Prize in Chemistry for metal-organic frameworks. These materials, invented in Melbourne, can capture carbon dioxide or filter PFAS contaminants from water.

Hundreds of projects and hundreds of PhD students and early-career researchers rely on these instruments for training and discovery.

In short, these facilities don’t just make great science possible – they make it possible in Australia.

A false economy

Despite this, ANSTO has recently proposed a series of “sustainability measures” – that is, funding cuts – for the Australian Synchrotron and Australian Centre for Neutron Scattering, as first reported by the Sydney Morning Herald. It says these cuts are needed to “support financial stability for the long term”.

The proposed cuts include the closure of the world-leading experimental beamlines that continue to make so much great science possible. As such, they would erode the very foundation of Australia’s scientific and industrial capability.

They would also result in the closure of a program that allows Australian scientists to use overseas synchrotron beamlines when local facilities can’t meet specific experimental needs.

A final decision on the proposed cuts will reportedly be made in December. They could be classified as a false economy: they will save little in the short term but undermine future innovation and growth.

Vital for the future economy

The recent US–Australia critical minerals partnership highlights how vital the scientific facilities that are in the firing line are for the future economy.

Processing and refining critical minerals such as lithium, nickel, cobalt and rare earths, requires deep understanding of how materials behave under complex conditions. That’s exactly the kind of insight neutron and X-ray scattering experiments can provide.

To do this sustainably, Australia must also innovate in “clean manufacturing”. This means developing processes that reduce emissions and waste, just as we are striving to create green steel and green hydrogen. These large-scale research facilities will be essential for making that transition real.

Many other major economies recognise that large-scale research infrastructure is a national asset. Europe is investing billions in the European Spallation Source, a major neutron scattering research facility, which will house initially 15 beamlines. Elsewhere, the USJapan and the United Kingdom continue to expand their neutron and synchrotron capabilities.

Australia has a much smaller budget than these countries. Yet it consistently produces world-class science and innovation outcomes. If we let these cuts proceed, we risk losing our competitive position.

We also risk losing the next generation of scientific talent these facilities train and inspire.

A moment for leadership

ANSTO’s neutron and synchrotron facilities are among the best-run and most productive parts of Australia’s research system. Their reported “deficits” stem not from mismanagement within these programs, but from broader financial pressures elsewhere at ANSTO. It would be a grave mistake to allow short-term accounting to jeopardise long-term national capability.

Scattering instruments are “enablers across disciplines”. That is, they accelerate innovation and deliver both scientific and commercial returns.

If we want to lead in fields such as clean energy, advanced manufacturing and health technology, we must keep our national research infrastructure strong.

Scientists are ready to find ways to save these irreplaceable facilities. In fact, many are already exploring cost-sharing models with universities and industry. They are also exploring mail-in and remote-access operations to cut travel costs, and sponsorship approaches.

Scientists are prepared to make changes to protect the foundations of our national science capability. But ANSTO and the Australian government will need to do their bit, too.The Conversation

Michael Preuss, Professor of Structural Materials, Monash UniversityUniversity of Manchester and Maggie Zhai, Associate Professor of Chemistry, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

End-of-life battery disposal scheme allowed to continue: ACCC

November 3, 2025
The Battery Stewardship Council (BSC) has been granted an exemption for the next five years by the ACCC to allow it to continue to operate its B-cycle Battery Stewardship Scheme (Scheme). Following the decision, BSC members and industry participants can continue to operate the Scheme without breaching competition laws.

The Scheme aims to significantly increase appropriate end-of-life battery disposal and recycling in Australia.

“We consider the Scheme is likely to result in environmental benefits by diverting batteries from landfill as well as reducing fire risks in the collection, transport, sorting, and processing of end-of-life batteries,” ACCC Deputy Chair Mick Keogh said.

“It should also support some increased research, development and innovation in the disposal and re-use of end-of-life batteries in Australia.”

The ACCC's role is to assess the application put before it and to determine whether the proposed conduct is likely to result in an overall public benefit, which was satisfied in this instance.

The ACCC recognises that in part, due to the voluntary nature of this Scheme, participation rates and therefore the number of batteries collected and recycled has been relatively low.

Interested parties have raised broader policy issues around battery stewardship, including that participation should be made mandatory, and the scope and operation of the Scheme.

“The ACCC recognises that higher rates of participation in battery stewardship would substantially increase public benefits from greater collection and recycling of batteries. However, it is not our role to develop such a scheme,” Mr Keogh said.

“It is also not the ACCC’s role to determine public policy outcomes or broader policy issues, including regulation reform to make battery stewardship mandatory. This is a matter for governments”.

“Minimising the safety risks associated with storing button batteries must continue to be a priority,” Mr Keogh said.

“Therefore, we have imposed a condition in our authorisation that the BSC continues its Button Battery Safety Strategy, which aims to educate consumers and mitigate the risks associated with button batteries, such as the serious injuries they can inflict on children when ingested.”

The ACCC recognises that the BSC has undertaken broad consultation with industry stakeholders on approaches to the Scheme’s design and protocols.

However, to ensure this dialogue continues, the ACCC has imposed a condition requiring the BSC to create, publish and implement a consultation protocol outlining the consultation process with Scheme participants should certain changes to the Scheme be made throughout the authorisation period.

To ensure sufficient transparency and effectiveness of the Scheme, the ACCC has also required an annual report on key Scheme outcomes and targets to be published by the BSC. An independent review of the Scheme’s performance, governance and financial position must be undertaken in three years’ time.

The ACCC considers a three-year timeframe to commence an independent review allows sufficient time for the BSC to implement its proposed improvements to the Scheme and for measurable outcomes to be assessed.

Interested parties have proposed a shorter authorisation period of two to three years due to uncertainty around the introduction of mandatory product stewardship legislation.

“The ACCC does not consider the authorisation replaces or diminishes government's role or ability to act in relation to product stewardship arrangements for batteries as the two processes are largely independent of each other” Mr Keogh said.

More information, including the ACCC’s draft determination, is available online on the ACCC’s public register at Battery Stewardship Council.

The ACCC is not an environmental regulator or policy agency. The ACCC’s role as Australia’s competition regulator includes assessing applications for authorisation. ACCC authorisation provides statutory protection from court action for certain conduct by competitors that might otherwise raise concerns under the competition provisions of the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth) (the Act).

The ACCC must not make a determination granting authorisation unless it is satisfied, in all the circumstances, that the conduct would likely result in a benefit to the public and that benefit would likely outweigh any potential detriment from the conduct. In this instance, authorisation is proposed in respect of Division 1 of Part IV (cartel conduct), section 45 and section 47 of the Act (contracts, arrangements or understandings that restrict dealings or affect competition, and exclusive dealing).

Background
Product stewardship is an environmental management strategy that means whoever designs, produces, sells or uses a product takes responsibility for minimising that product’s environmental impact through all the stages of its life cycle.

The BSC is a not-for-profit entity established to operate and oversee the Scheme, which promotes the safe collection, recycling, and disposal of end-of-life batteries. The Scheme does not cover automotive lead-acid batteries or batteries already included in other recycling programs.

The proposed conduct also adds an annual review process to set the levy and rebates using eco-modulated formulas based on battery type to cover the increased costs and risks of battery collection and recycling. The BSC’s proposal seeks to raise sufficient revenue that it can continue to implement public awareness campaigns to increase participation in battery recycling.

On 4 June 2025, the ACCC granted interim authorisation with a condition for the BSC to continue operating the Scheme with the ability to increase levies to reflect increases in the Consumer Price Index since the Scheme’s commencement. The BSC is also able to progress the development of new levy arrangements involving an eco-modulated levy to reflect the different costs of collecting and recycling different battery types, until the substantive authorisation comes into effect.

Regulatory developments
On 16 October 2025, the NSW Environment Protection Authority (NSW EPA) released the proposed regulation under the Product Lifecycle Responsibility Act 2025 (NSW) (PLR Act) for public consultation. The draft regulation provides the legal framework for the proposed mandatory NSW product stewardship scheme for end-of-life batteries, where brand owners who supply batteries into NSW will be required to be a member of a product stewardship organisation that has an agreement with the NSW EPA. The draft regulation would also require product stewardship organisations that enter into an agreement with NSW EPA to comply with that agreement (potentially with penalties for non-compliance) and:
  • prepare and publish an action plan detailing how they intend to meet requirements in the regulation and their agreement with the NSW EPA
  • keep records and report quarterly/annually on a range of performance and financial measures.
The battery types in scope of the NSW draft regulation include standard size batteries used to power household items, button and button cell batteries, removable rechargeable batteries weighing 5kg or less, and portable power banks weighing 5kg or less. The draft regulation also captures e-micromobility devices where it is not practicable to remove a regulated battery from an e-micromobility device. NSW EPA’s regulatory impact statement for the proposed draft regulation states that it has engaged extensively with other Australian states and territories to discuss opportunities to put in place similar legislative frameworks to achieve a nationally aligned approach and reduce the impact on the common market.

NSW EPA is seeking feedback on the proposed regulation by 14 November 2025 and expects the regulation to commence in mid-2026.

Dash cam and car audio supplier Connected Audio Visual admits to resale price maintenance: ACCC

Connected Audio Visual Pty Ltd has admitted to engaging in resale price maintenance. The company did this by communicating that it would not supply retailers who did not agree to terms requiring them to sell products at specified prices.

The ACCC accepted a court enforceable undertaking addressing this conduct.

In April 2025, the technology solutions provider sent emails to 258 retailers proposing changes to certain clauses in their distribution agreements. Connected Audio Visual asked these retailers to agree to advertising certain products online, such as dash cams and subwoofers, at the recommended retail price. Existing retailers who did not respond to the emails had their accounts put on hold and in one instance, when the retailer did not agree, closed.

Under Australia’s competition laws, it is illegal for suppliers to prevent, or attempt to prevent, retailers from advertising or selling goods below a specific price. This conduct is known as resale price maintenance.

Between April and September 2025, in response to Connected Audio Visuals conduct, 178 existing and 31 new retailers entered into agreements containing resale price maintenance clauses with Connected Audio Visual.

“Recommended resale prices are only suggestions, and suppliers are generally prohibited from trying to force distributors to adopt them,” ACCC Deputy Chair Mick Keogh said.

“As we have seen in this instance, suppliers often do this by pausing or cancelling accounts with businesses who refuse to comply.”

“We enforce these laws to protect consumers from higher costs, which can happen when retailers are prevented from competing on price,” Mr Keogh said.

“We will continue to take decisive action against companies who flout our competition laws utilising the full suite of enforcement actions available to us.”

The undertaking, which is in effect for three years, requires Connected Audio Visual to remove the clauses of concern from its distribution agreements and price lists and to inform its retailers it has done so. Connected Audio Visual is also required to implement a compliance program to help it comply with the Competition and Consumer Act.

A copy of the undertaking is available at Connected Audio Visual Pty Ltd.

Background
The ACCC first received a complaint about the conduct in April 2025.

In addition to providing entertainment, security and energy management solutions for homes and businesses in NSW, Connected Audio Visual also supplies car audio and dash cam products to independent retailers across the country. It is the exclusive Australian distributor of IROAD and MB Quart products – dash cam and car audio brands respectively.

Connected Audio Visual admits that it engaged in resale price maintenance and cooperated with the ACCC throughout the investigation.

It is illegal for businesses of any size to impose minimum prices for the resale of their goods or services. For example, suppliers must not:
  • set minimum prices in formal policies or agreements;
  • offer retailers a discount if they sell at or above a minimum price;
  • refuse to supply retailers that sell below a minimum price; or
  • punish retailers for selling below a set price, for example, by taking away a discount or sending a warning.
Suppliers can recommend appropriate prices including, for example, by providing a recommended resale price (RRP) list. More information on minimum resale prices can be found on our website.

Government begins illegal tobacconist shut down

November 5, 2025
Two stores in St Leonards are the first illicit tobacco stores to be closed under the Minns Labor Government’s new laws targeting illicit tobacco and illegal vaping.

These stores have been shut down immediately for 90 days under the laws targeting illicit tobacco and illegal vaping.

NSW Health now has substantial powers to make a short-term closure orders of up to 90 days for premises selling illicit tobacco, illegal vaping goods, or selling tobacco without a licence.

The Local Court may, on application by the NSW Health Secretary, make a long-term closure order of up to 12 months if satisfied a relevant breach has occurred.

NSW Health inspectors are being supported by NSW police to carry out raids and issue closure orders on offending businesses.

NSW Health inspectors found and seized 3,860 illicit cigarettes and 224 illegal vapes while implementing the Closure Order at two premises and during inspections of a further two premises. Further investigations will follow and further enforcement action including prosecution may take place.

In addition to the tough new closure powers, the Government’s changes to the Public Health (Tobacco) Act increased the maximum penalties for anyone caught selling products without a valid licence to $660,000 for individuals, and $880,000 for a corporation.

The Act also increased penalties for sale of illicit tobacco and introduced a new offence for the commercial possession of illicit tobacco, with these offences now carrying maximum penalties of up to $1.54 million, 7 years imprisonment, or both.

From 1 Jan 2025 to 27 October 2025, NSW Health Inspectors conducted around 1,260 retailer inspections and seized more than 11.8 million cigarettes, over 2,000kg of other illicit tobacco products and around 170,000 illegal vaping goods with a combined estimated street value of around $18.9 million

In the period 1 January to 27 October 2025, the NSW Ministry of Health has finalised 17 prosecutions with the courts imposing a total of $597,200 in fines related to e-cigarette and tobacco offences. There are currently 28 prosecutions inclusive of the District Court appeal before the Courts.

NSW retailers and wholesalers are now required to hold a valid licence to sell tobacco or non-tobacco smoking products as part of the new NSW Tobacco Licensing Scheme.

Businesses can apply for a licence online using their MyServiceNSW account via the Service NSW website.

Applicants are required to complete an annual online application, provide a recent criminal records check and pay the licence fee.

Businesses can get support to submit their licence application by calling the Tobacco Information Line on 1800 357 412.

More information on closure orders and penalties can be found on Tobacco retailing laws in NSW.

More information on the new Tobacco Licensing Scheme including how retailers and wholesalers can apply for a licence can be found on the NSW Health website: NSW tobacco licensing scheme.

Minister for Health, Ryan Park said:

“I can confirm that today we have begun raiding and temporarily shutting down a number of shopfronts suspected of not complying with our tough new tobacco and vaping laws.

“To be sure, this will take some time as we ramp up our closure activities, but this is just the beginning. More will follow in the coming days, weeks and months.

“If you’re doing the wrong thing, sooner or later we will come for you.”

Chief Health Officer, Dr Kerry Chant said:

“The new penalties and closure powers are an important step forward in reducing the appeal and availability of these products.

“Tobacco use remains one of the leading causes of preventable death and disease in our community. The new closure powers are another key tool to ensure we act swiftly and gain stronger oversight of the illicit tobacco and illegal trade to help protect public health.”

A roadmap for capital markets to grow our economy: ASIC

November 5, 2025
ASIC has released its roadmap to promote strong, efficient, and globally competitive capital markets in Australia.

The report, Advancing Australia’s evolving capital markets: Discussion paper response (REP 823), outlines a roadmap to unlock opportunities and tackle emerging risks in Australia’s public and private markets by embracing new capital flows and technologies, keeping pace with evolving investor needs, and making it easier for business and growth capital.

The roadmap draws on critical findings from ASIC’s new surveillance into the private credit sector (REP 820). The report builds on the private credit expert insights released in September (REP 814), along with industry and expert insight from submissions received from around 100 sources in response to ASIC’s discussion paper.

The roadmap also draws on expert insights from Dr Carole Comerton-Forde on the forces shaping the future of Australia’s capital markets (REP 822) and from EY Parthenon on international approaches to private markets reporting (REP 821).

ASIC Chair Joe Longo said most developed countries were grappling with the same changes and that there were significant opportunities for Australia.

‘This roadmap lays out the choices and future of Australia’s markets. We want our markets – private and public – to grow. That growth means stronger businesses, more jobs and a boost to our economy.

‘Strong markets have strong market integrity. We want to lay the foundations for managed investment schemes and private markets to sustainably thrive for the future benefit of business and investors.

‘We see enormous opportunity for public and private markets to thrive and grow together especially as they embrace new technology and innovation.

‘At the heart of this roadmap is a clear message, that Australia and ASIC want to be backers, not blockers of investment and capital.

‘This roadmap is the launchpad for action, not the finish line. Australia should be bold and seize the opportunities ahead, so that our markets remain strong, dynamic and globally competitive.’

ASIC strongly backs the modernisation of public markets to fuel growth and encourage participation, including support for new listing frameworks and robust trading platforms. The report details ASIC’s work to streamline IPOs and disclosure requirements, and the need for market operators and government to closely consider director responsibilities, free float requirements and facilitating more foreign listings.

In private markets, the report outlines that ASIC needs better tools from government for effective supervision of funds, including notification of wholesale funds in operation, data collection, and independent audited financial reports for wholesale funds.

The report also underscores the role private credit is playing in Australia’s financial system and sets out clear principles, grounded in the law, for private markets to lift practices to promote confident and informed participation by investors and borrowers.

In addition, for private credit, ASIC will:
  • issue a catalogue that summarises fund managers’ legal obligations and related ASIC regulatory guidance
  • refresh funds management regulatory guidance on a targeted basis
  • engage with industry bodies as they work to enhance industry standards.
ASIC Commissioner Simone Constant said the agency’s work had reinforced the significance of superannuation as a market shaping force in Australia and importance of the supervision of superannuation trustees and platforms through its market cleanliness, financial reporting and audit, and investment disclosure activity.

‘Our superannuation trustees are as systemically important as institutions like banks including in their role as stewards of other people’s money and market integrity,’ Commissioner Constant said.

‘As they expand and look for new areas to grow, we expect them to take on even greater importance in public investments and private credit, which in turn facilitates access for retail investors.

‘Our roadmap sets out a future where private credit grows from strong foundations to give access to opportunity for investors and to capital for business and growth.

‘Acting now to address poorer practices will help avoid future disruption. It is clear increased oversight of private markets is essential, and ASIC will continue its surveillance and enforcement work in private credit to ensure compliance with the law. If we do not see material improvements, we are prepared to pursue stronger regulatory action.

‘ASIC’s clear message is we want both options for Australia - settings that promote healthy, vibrant public and private markets - we want to hear your ideas, and we are watching to ensure opportunity and risk are appropriately balanced.’

Background
ASIC’s discussion paper on the evolving dynamics between public and private markets explored the shifting dynamics between public and private markets, and the feedback was clear: both markets are essential to a strong, efficient, and globally competitive economy.

To support healthy and attractive public markets, the agency announced changes to the IPO process in June, and recently made a number of moves to foster competition and create more opportunities for companies and investors, and to attract more foreign capital to Australia.

Today’s report addresses the fundamental questions the agency posed in its discussion paper at the start of the year about the future state of our markets, the risks and opportunities for productivity within them and the part that ASIC will continue to play.

Former CEO of AI marketing company Metigy pleads guilty to misleading investors and dishonestly using his position: ASIC

November 4, 2025
The former CEO of Metigy, David Fairfull, has pleaded guilty to one count of making false and misleading statements and one count of dishonestly using his position as a director to gain an advantage contrary to the Corporations Act 2001.

During 2018 to 2021, the Metigy group of companies developed a software product designed to harness advances in artificial intelligence to assist small to medium businesses with digital marketing strategies.

Mr Fairfull provided false information about the revenue and income of the companies to potential investors and used his position as a director to obtain a loan for his own personal benefit.

The statements related to:  

  • three capital raises between October 2018 and October 2020 which raised approximately $23.4 million from investors
  • a secondary share sale in July 2021 in which investors paid approximately $15.68 million for shares 
  • a planned capital raise of $50 million.
In November 2021, Mr Fairfull dishonestly used his position as a director of one of the Metigy companies to lend $7.7 million from Metigy to finance the purchase of real estate for himself.

Mr Fairfull first appeared in the Downing Centre Local Court on 8 November 2024.

The matter was committed to the Federal Court of Australia on 17 November 2025 for a first case management date.

The matter is being prosecuted by the Office of the Director of Public Prosecutions (Cth) (CDPP) following a referral from ASIC.

Background
Mr Fairfull pleaded guilty to one count of making false and misleading statements contrary to s 1041E(1) of the Corporations Act 2001 and one count of dishonestly using his position as a director to gain an advantage contrary to s 184(2) of the Corporations Act 2001.

ASIC cancels AFS licence of Ricard Securities

November 4, 2025
ASIC has cancelled the Australian financial services (AFS) licence of Ricard Securities Pty Ltd (Ricard) effective from 28 October 2025.

This follows Ricard’s failure to pay its industry levies or an instalment of levy for the Compensation Scheme of Last Resort, and to meet statutory audit and financial reporting lodgement obligations for itself.

The terms of the cancellation allow Ricard to continue to provide financial services until 24 December 2025 that are reasonably necessary or incidental to the winding up, transfer or day to day operations of any unregistered managed investment scheme for which it was the trustee on 24 October 2025.

During this period, Ricard is required to meet obligations, if applicable, to have a dispute resolution system and be a member of the Australian Financial Complaints Authority scheme and hold professional indemnity insurance cover.

Ricard may apply to the Administrative Appeals Tribunal for a review of ASIC's decision.

Background
Ricard held AFS licence number 299 812 since 05 May 2006.

ASIC understands Ricard is the trustee or issuer of at least eight investment vehicles including unregistered managed investment schemes. These include the Property Investment Fund, Ethical Development Fund Australia Pty Ltd, Mortgage Income Fund and Equity Income Fund, Baron Monthly Income Limited, Ricard Securities Property Fund and Investment Fund No 1, JPFM Unit Trust-01 and Australian Commercial Mortgage Fund Pty Limited.

Freezing orders against Gregory Cotton and First Mutual Private Equity continue: ASIC

October 31, 2025
Freezing orders over the assets (including bank accounts) of Gregory Raymond Cotton and his company, First Mutual Private Equity Pty Ltd (First Mutual), will continue following a Federal Court hearing. The orders were first made on 15 August 2025 following an ASIC application and then extended on 10 September 2025.

Mr Cotton and First Mutual are prevented from transferring money from any of the frozen bank accounts until further order.

ASIC has concerns that Mr Cotton and/or First Mutual appear to have raised approximately $131 million from around 400 investors between January 2020 and August 2025 for the purpose of investing in ASX-listed shares to generate interest payments, with ASIC’s investigation indicating that:
  • no investment of the funds appears to have taken place, whether in ASX-listed shares or elsewhere
  • investor funds have been largely spent on gambling (around $80 million, with losses of around $51 million) and payments to investors (around $67 million), and
  • only around $7 million in total assets can presently be identified.
The matter will return to the Court on 2 December 2025 for the hearing of ASIC’s application to appoint receivers to the Defendants’ property. ASIC’s investigation is ongoing.

Launch of DV Notify

Sunday November 2, 2025
The Albanese and Minns Labor Governments have announced they are working together to build a safer New South Wales, launching a new digital service that will strengthen protections for victim-survivors of domestic and family violence.

DV Notify is a first-of-its-kind Australian service that alerts victim-survivors when an alleged perpetrator is released from custody. The tool delivers real-time text and email updates from arrest through to final sentencing, helping victim-survivors make informed decisions about their safety.

This initiative delivers on a Minns Government election commitment and responds to a key recommendation from the Domestic Violence Death Review Team to improve timely information for victim-survivors.

Both governments have jointly contributed to the $3.9 million design, build and pilot of DV Notify. The NSW Government has committed a further $8.9 million in the 2025–26 Budget to expand and enhance the service over the next two years.

The 12-month pilot will begin across three locations:
  • Liverpool Police Area Command
  • Manning-Great Lakes Police District
  • Orana-Mid Western Police District
DV Notify has been developed with input from victim-survivors to ensure it is trauma-informed, victim-centred and culturally responsive. The service also connects users with local support and crisis services for safety planning, emergency accommodation and legal help.

NSW Police and domestic violence workers in the pilot locations have been trained to inform victim-survivors about the new service, explain how it works, and provide them with support if they receive notifications.

Notifications will be available in 10 community languages common in the pilot areas, Arabic, Assyrian, Chinese, Hindi, Italian, Nepalese, Serbian, Spanish, Vietnamese, Urdu. Users can opt out at any time.

Together, the Albanese and Minns Labor Governments are taking action to give victim-survivors the information, support and confidence they need to stay safe and rebuild their lives.


For more information about DV Notify, please visit: nsw.gov.au/dvnotify

Federal Minister for Social Services Tanya Plibersek said:

“The Albanese Labor Government is focussed on delivering real change, to break cycles of violence and keep women and children safe.  

“This pilot is a positive initiative, and highlights the importance of keeping victim-survivors safe and informed.

"It’s important that women’s safety is considered at every opportunity. This pilot program is another step we are taking to prioritise their needs.

“Our partnership with the states and territories along with the Albanese Government’s boost to frontline services, paid domestic violence leave, housing support for women escaping violence, programs to stop the violence at the start, and family law reform are making a life changing difference.”

NSW Minister for the Prevention of Domestic Violence and Sexual Assault Jodie Harrison said:

“The Minns Labor Government is working to build a safer New South Wales where every person can live free from violence and the fear of violence.

“DV Notify is about putting safety back in the hands of victim-survivors. Knowing when an alleged perpetrator is released from custody helps people make informed decisions, seek support, and put safety plans in place.

“This service has been co-designed with victim-survivors to ensure it is trauma-informed, culturally responsive and focused on real safety outcomes, connecting people directly to local, specialist support when they need it most.

“I want to thank the victim-survivors who shared their experiences to help us design a system that genuinely puts their safety first.”

NSW Attorney General, Michael Daley said:

“The NSW Government is listening to victim survivors and ensuring they have prompt access to information at every stage of the court process.

“The opt-out trial will provide an added layer of notification to ensure victim survivors receive real time updates about their alleged perpetrator’s custody status.

“DV Notify will help empower victim survivors as they seek justice and has been designed based on feedback from advocates.”

NSW Minister for Police and Counter-terrorism, Yasmin Catley said:

“Police play a vital role on the front line of addressing domestic violence, empowering individuals, protecting victims and confronting the full spectrum of behaviours that define this complex issue.

“No one witnesses the heartbreak and harm caused by domestic violence more closely than our police who are more often than not the first to knock on the door.

“The launch of this digital service will only strengthen and streamline the critical work of police, giving faster, more coordinated responses when victims need it.

“The NSW Government is deeply proud of the extraordinary dedication of our police. We will continue to give them the best systems possible to increase their ability to protect, support and serve our communities.”

NSW Minister for Customer Service and Digital Government Jihad Dib said:

“Timely access to information is vital to keeping people experiencing domestic and family violence, safe. DV Notify is a great step forward to achieving that goal.

“DV Notify is an example of how governments can use digital technology to make a real difference in people’s lives.”

NSW Women’s Safety Commissioner Dr Hannah Tonkin said:

“We know that many victim-survivors are living in a state of constant uncertainty and fear, not knowing when their alleged perpetrator will be released from custody.

“I am pleased to see the DV Notify pilot underway to address this problem.

“This new digital service will allow victim-survivors to know when their alleged perpetrator is being released from custody in real time, while also connecting them with local support services.

“This information will empower victim-survivors to plan for their safety with more confidence.

“Victim survivors have played a key role in helping to design the service to ensure that it is trauma informed and fit for purpose.”

Assistant Commissioner Peter McKenna, NSW Police Force Corporate Sponsor for Domestic & Family Violence said:

“Victim wellbeing is our highest priority.

“This initiative ensures that victim-survivors are kept informed throughout every stage of the legal process—from arrest to sentencing.

“Importantly, they will also be notified when an alleged perpetrator is released from custody.

“The 12-month district trial will be followed by a comprehensive evaluation, and we are hopeful it will deliver meaningful benefits to those who participate.”

Sarah*, DVNSW Lived Expertise Policy Advisory Committee:

“I am so grateful we not only had the opportunity to share our experiences about what was needed but also have our recommendations reflected in the final product."

*This victim-survivor of domestic and family violence is using a pseudonym to protect their privacy and safety.

Support:

If you or someone you know are in immediate danger, call the Police on Triple Zero / 000.

If you or someone you know is experiencing domestic and family violence, call the NSW Domestic Violence Line on 1800 65 64 63 for free counselling and referrals, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

For confidential advice, support, and referrals, contact 1800 RESPECT or 13 YARN on 13 92 76.

If you are worried about your own behaviour and use of violence, contact the Men's Referral Service on 1300 766 491.

Adult ADHD is diagnosed when you are ‘functionally impaired’. But what does that mean?

Tim Roberts/Getty Images
David CoghillThe University of Melbourne

Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) is a neurodevelopmental condition that affects around 2.5% of adults and 7% of children. It causes difficulties with attention, impulsivity and hyperactivity.

If unrecognised and untreated, ADHD can significantly impact educational and work achievements, and social and emotional wellbeing. It can also increase the risks of serious accidents and injuries, offending, mental illness and substance abuse.

When accurately identified and appropriately treated, these negative outcomes can be significantly reduced.

But as a recent article in the Medical Journal of Australia highlights, some people struggle to access and afford diagnoses and treatment the disorder.

Meanwhile, some popular social media channels that provide online “tests” for ADHD are sponsored by private clinics that, once you have screened positive, direct you to their sites for an online assessment. This has raised concern about potential over-diagnosis.

So, what is ADHD diagnosis actually based on? A key component is functional impairment. Let’s take a look at what that means.

Why a brief assessment isn’t enough

In Australia, there are reports of business models where clinics are charging several thousand dollars for a quick, brief online assessment and diagnosis.

These brief assessments don’t comply with evidence-based guidelines and are problematic because they:

  • focus solely on ADHD and don’t attempt to assess other aspects of a person’s difficulties

  • rely heavily on information from the person being assessed and don’t seek the opinions of significant others

  • rely heavily on information about symptoms, gathered through questionnaires, and don’t assess their impact on day-to-day functioning.

This is important because a core requirement for a diagnosis of ADHD is evidence that the:

symptoms must interfere significantly with social, academic, or occupational functioning.

No matter how many symptoms you have, if they’re not having an impact on your day-to-day life, a diagnosis of ADHD shouldn’t be made.

So what is a comprehensive assessment?

To make an accurate diagnosis of ADHD, a comprehensive assessment is needed. This includes a clinical interview to evaluate the current and past presence (or absence) of each of the 18 core ADHD symptoms and associated impairment.

While there are scales such as the Weiss Functional Impairment Rating Scale and the World Health Organisation Disability Assessment Schedule that can aid assessment, these are best used as conversation starters rather than stand-alone tools.

A comprehensive assessment also includes a broader assessment for current mental and physical health problems, developmental history, personal and family mental health, substance use, addiction and, where appropriate, interactions with the justice system.

This interview shouldn’t be conducted as a simple tick-box exercise, with yes and no answers. A detailed interview is needed to explore and identify symptoms, and evaluate their impact on functioning.

It’s also strongly recommended the clinician hears from one or more people who can speak to the person’s childhood and current functioning.

What counts as ‘functional impairment’ is very individual

The diagnostic manuals don’t give detailed accounts of what counts as significant enough impairment to be diagnosed with ADHD.

This has led some commentators to complain that lack of a standardised definition could lead to over-diagnosis.

But the impacts of ADHD are so broad it would be very difficult to formulate a clear, comprehensive and encompassing list of valid impairments.

Such a list would also fail to capture the very personalised nature of these impairments. What is impairing for me may not be for you and vice versa.

So a rigid definition would likely result in missed as well as mis-diagnoses.

How do clinicians determine if someone is impaired?

Clinicians are very used to assessing the impact of symptoms on functioning. They do so for many other mental and physical health conditions, including depression and anxiety.

Research has identified several common themes in ADHD:

  • impaired romantic, peer and professional relationships
  • parenting problems
  • impaired educational and occupational achievements
  • increased accidents and unintentional injuries
  • driving offences
  • broader offending
  • substance use and abuse
  • risky sexual behaviours.

ADHD symptoms are often associated with:

  • emotional dysregulation
  • exhausting levels of mental and physical restlessness
  • low self-esteem
  • fatigue
  • high stress levels.

One caveat is that some people are receiving a lot of support and scaffolding or have found ways to compensate for their difficulties. Whether or not this should count as impairment depends on the circumstances and requires considerable thought.

However, ADHD shouldn’t be ruled out on the basis of high levels of achievement in certain aspects of life like school or work. A person may be under-achieving relative to their potential, or having to put in extreme levels of effort to keep afloat.

An adult with ADHD, for example, may be excelling at work but by the end of the workday is too exhausted to do anything but sleep. They may also be experiencing impairments in other aspects of their lives that aren’t obvious unless specifically asked about.

Others will present multiple impacts that, when explored, aren’t true functional impairments.

So it’s crucial clinicians drill down into the details until they’re confident that it is or isn’t a genuine impairment related to the core ADHD symptoms.

Clinician training is essential

The skill of accurately assessing impairments in ADHD is not difficult to train or learn. This is done by observing experienced clinicians and practising with structured protocols.

Newly trained clinicians quickly become confident in assessing impairment and there is generally close agreement between different professionals about whether an ADHD diagnosis should be made.

However, few health professionals currently get high-quality training in ADHD either during their core or more advanced training. This must change if we’re going to improve the accuracy of assessment and reduce missed and mis-diagnoses.The Conversation

David Coghill, Financial Markets Foundation Chair of Developmental Mental Health, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Don’t dismiss kids’ sadness or anger. How to minimise family conflict over the social media ban

Cottonbro Studio/ Pexels
Catherine Page JefferyUniversity of Sydney

In just over a month Australia’s social media ban will begin.

From December 10, those under 16 will only be able to see publicly available content on platforms such as Facebook, Instagram, Snapchat, TikTok, X and YouTube. They will not be able to have their own accounts.

For example, they could look up Taylor Swift’s latest music video on YouTube, but they would not be able to post their own content.

There are no penalties for children who access an account on an age-restricted platform, or for their parents. Platforms face fines of up to A$49.5 million if they don’t take reasonable steps to implement the ban.

While the changes have been welcomed by some safety experts and parent advocates, eSafety acknowledges, “many parents and carers are worried about how under 16s will react to no longer having access to social media accounts”.

If you have a child or teen who loves social media, how can you help approach this change, while minimising conflict in your family?

Social media is already a source of conflict

My research shows young people’s social and digital media use is already a major source of conflict for families.

lot of the tension comes from parents not understanding the important role digital media plays in young people’s lives, and young people reacting to “unfair” restrictions imposed by parents.

So conflict around screen time rules and parents’ social media restrictions is common. Young people can put a lot of pressure on their parents for devices or access to certain platforms to fit in with their peers (“but all my friends have it”).

One of the federal government’s rationales for the social media ban is to help parents manage this situation – because people are already finding it hard.

So, potentially, some families may find relief in being able to say “this is just what the government says, this is the law”.

Uncertainty ahead

But we still don’t really know what’s going to happen come December 10. Some of the criticism of the ban has been that young people will find a way around it, such as by using a VPN (which can mask location and identity). Experts are also concerned about the reliability and privacy implications of age verification technology,

Meanwhile, some parents may also help their children circumvent the restrictions.

If a lot of parents in a friendship group are helping their children get around the ban, this could in turn create pressures on other parents and lead to conflict or resentment in families.

Parents need to remember there is no blanket right or wrong answer. All families and kids are different and its important to make decisions based on your family values and your child’s maturity.

Acknowledge it’s hard

Either way, if young people are used to social media and suddenly it’s gone, they might be really sad, annoyed or angry. And parents will have to manage the fall out.

We know young people can forge important connections with others over social media. It’s not just mindless scrolling, it’s a significant way to interact with peers. This is especially important for marginalised young people.

So young people will need to find other ways to connect – and parents should help their kids maintain their social connections.

It’s also important parents are not dismissive and acknowledge this may be a difficult time and transition.

Young people tend to respond much better to rules and regulations when they are given a clear rationale and a clear reason.

For example,

I know it’s hard. It’s out of my hands, this is a decision made by the government. We may not like it, but this is the way it is. Can I help you find another way to connect with your friends or participate in these communities?

You may also want to note how time away from social media, where young people may be doomscrolling or exposed to cyberbullying, can be healthy.

Don’t assume kids are now ‘safe’

One risk of the ban is parents will now think kids are “safe” online. We know children are likely to find other spaces online – and if they don’t, their friends will. And the ban only covers certain platforms.

Parents needs to keep talking to their children about what they see and do online.

Parents also need to keep providing opportunities for children to develop critical digital literacy skills – this means they can assess what they are reading and seeing and not just taking it on face value. Children also need help to navigate social relationships online as they grow up.

This means children under 16 need ongoing opportunities to explore online spaces with support and guidance. This doesn’t necessarily mean parents monitor everything their children do online. But they should show an interest in their children’s activities, and be available to help navigate any risks and tricky situations.The Conversation

Catherine Page Jeffery, Lecturer in Media and Communications, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The ‘doorman fallacy’: why careless adoption of AI backfires so easily

Weichao Deng/Unsplash
Gediminas LipnickasUniversity of South Australia

Artificial intelligence (AI) is rapidly becoming commonplace, despite statistics showing that only approximately 7% to 13% (depending on size) of companies have incorporated AI into their regular business workflows.

Adoption in specific business functions is far higher, with up to 78% of companies reporting use of AI tools in at least one business area. And more than 90% of companies plan to increase AI investment within three years.

This surge in adoption is underpinned by expectations of significant efficiency gains and cost reduction.

Widespread implementation of AI is also accompanied by layoffs. Estimates vary, but it’s clear that within the next decade, millions of jobs will be reshaped or even replaced thanks to AI.

However, despite the lofty promises of AI, many companies aren’t seeing the payoff. Data on productivity gains from AI use is murky at best, and many companies are facing costly implementation failures.

Organisations are falling for what is known as the doorman fallacy: reducing rich and complex human roles to a single task and replacing people with AI. This overlooks the nuanced interactions and adaptability humans bring to their work.

What is the doorman fallacy?

British advertising executive Rory Sutherland coined the term “doorman fallacy” in his 2019 book Alchemy. Sutherland uses the concept of the humble hotel doorman to illustrate how businesses can misjudge the value a person brings to the role.

To a business consultant, a doorman appears to simply stand by the entrance. They engage in small talk with those coming and going, and occasionally operate the door.

If that’s the entirety of the job, a technological solution can easily replace the doorman, reducing costs. However, this strips away the true complexity of what a doorman provides.

The role is multifaceted, with intangible functions that extend beyond just handling the door. Doormen help guests feel welcome, hail taxis, enhance security, discourage unwelcome behaviour, and offer personalised attention to regulars. Even the mere presence of a doorman elevates the prestige of a hotel or residence, boosting guests’ perception of quality.

When you ignore all these intangible benefits, it’s easy to argue the role can be automated. This is the doorman fallacy – removing a human role because technology can imitate its simplest function, while ignoring the layers of nuance, service and human presence that give the role its true value.

Doormen everywhere

As AI becomes increasingly common, many companies have started evaluating employees the way a consultant might evaluate a doorman. The judgement is based purely on the most visible, basic tasks they perform, such as taking food orders or answering phones.

The focus is on what can be automated and what costs can be reduced. What often gets overlooked is the broader value a person brings through context, judgement, and the countless invisible contributions that support a thriving workplace.

This narrow view leads straight into the doorman fallacy, assuming a role is simple because only the obvious parts are seen.

Earlier this year, the Commonwealth Bank of Australia fired 45 customer service staff and rolled out an AI voice bot, claiming the bot drastically cut call volumes.

After the workers’ union challenged the layoffs, the bank reversed its decision, admitting it “did not adequately consider all relevant business considerations and this error meant the roles were not redundant”.

In the United States, fast-food chain Taco Bell has been rolling out voice AI in its drive-throughs since last year, in hopes of cutting errors and speeding up service.

After a barrage of customer complaints and social media videos documenting various glitches, the company is now rethinking its AI use. Taco Bell’s chief technology officer conceded to the Wall Street Journal it might not make sense to only use AI at drive-through and that human staff might handle things better, especially during busy times.

These are not isolated examples. A recent report from software platform Orgvue states up to 55% of the companies that replaced employees with AI now acknowledge they moved too quickly. Some companies are rehiring the very people they let go.

On top of that, consumers dislike dealing with AI in customer service settings, and most say they’d likely choose a competitor that doesn’t use AI.

A job is more than a list of tasks

To avoid the doorman fallacy, companies must recognise jobs are more than the visible tasks listed on a job description.

Employees frequently contribute in subtle ways that leaders don’t see day-to-day, yet those contributions hold real value for customers and organisations as a whole.

Smart AI adoption requires a full understanding of the human elements inside every role. The concept of “efficiency” should be expanded to valuing customer experience and long-term outcomes as much as cost savings.

Before a company attempts to automate any roles and hand tasks over to AI, it must have a deep understanding of the roles in question. If the task needs human oversight and intervention, it’s not a good candidate for automation.

AI can be implemented in roles that don’t require human oversight, such as data entry, image processing, or even predictive maintenance that monitors the health of equipment – roles that are rule based and clearly measurable, freeing up people to do other things.

The evidence so far is clear: the best way to use AI is to pair it with human judgement. This approach preserves the parts of work where context, personal touch, and trust matter.

By supplementing human roles with AI, standardised and repetitive tasks can be completed efficiently, allowing individuals to focus on contextual work where a human touch is important.The Conversation

Gediminas Lipnickas, Lecturer in Marketing, University of South Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Even if heads roll at Optus, we may not know much about their executive payouts

Anish PurkayasthaUniversity of Sydney

Optus has promised its staff will be held accountable for September’s Triple Zero outage – but only after “the dust settles” on current investigations. Three deaths have been linked to the outage.

On Monday, the first day of hearings for a Senate inquiry into the incident, inquiry chair and Greens Senator Sarah Hanson-Young bluntly asked “who’s going to get the sack?” from inside Optus’ executive team.

Optus chairman John Arthur replied:

If you’re asking me whether or not there will be accountabilities here, and accountabilities not just for junior people, then I can assure you that there will be, when the dust settles.

Yet even if that happens, how much will Australians know about any future exit payouts for Optus executives? Probably less than Optus customers would like, thanks to it being a foreign-owned company.

When major corporate failures occur, Australians expect meaningful accountability – including on executive pay.

Why leaving a company can be worth more than staying

Modern executive pay extends far beyond salaries. Think of it as a financial layer cake. Base salary is often just the bottom layer.

On top of this can sit performance bonusesstock options worth millions, and restricted shares that “vest” over time. Vesting means the shares have completed a required waiting period and now fully belong to the employee.

There are also retention bonuses, designed to keep executives during uncertain periods, and severance agreements that can shield executives from the financial fallout of poor performance.

When an executive’s departure is described as “mutual”, rather than being fired “for cause”, they typically keep the rights to exercise stock options they have earned and claim severance payments.

They may even get accelerated access to restricted shares that hadn’t yet “vested”. This is the icing on the cake.

In some cases, leaving the company can be more financially rewarding than staying.

Leaders respond to incentives

Research shows executives who hold valuable stock and options can become reluctant to make decisions that might threaten that wealth, even when those decisions would benefit shareholders.

Yet, when failures occur, these holdings often survive their departure completely intact.

Research examining executive compensation has found the sensitivity of stock options to price changes can encourage executives to pursue strategies that increase volatility, regardless of long-term benefit to shareholders or the public.

Consider what happened at Qantas after the COVID pandemic. While the airline illegally dismissed ground workers and sold tickets on thousands of already-cancelled “ghost flights”, chief executive Alan Joyce departed with a substantial payout.

Despite widespread public outcry and major regulatory penalties, his compensation remained largely protected by contracts negotiated before the crisis.

Without visibility into compensation structures, we cannot determine whether pay arrangements appropriately align executive incentives with public safety – or whether compensation design itself contributed to corporate failures.

Why Optus is even more opaque

Despite being one of Australia’s largest telecommunications providers, delivering essential services to millions, the public has limited visibility into how Optus’ executives are compensated.

Optus, while wholly owned by Singapore’s publicly listed Singtel, operates as a private subsidiary in Australia.

This means it faces less stringent local disclosure requirements than a company listed on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX), such as Telstra.

For listed Australian companies, executive departures and remuneration details must be disclosed in their annual reporting, in the directors’ remuneration report. However, this may occur with a significant time lag.

As a proprietary company, Optus has no such duty.

While parent company Singtel reports to the Singapore Exchange, these disclosures rarely detail individual Australian executive payments.

This means Australians would likely never know the full financial details of any executive exit packages following the Triple Zero outage, despite the direct impact on public safety.

3 changes to boost accountability

When corporate failures compromise access to emergency services, three key changes would offer greater transparency. The Australian Communications and Media Authority (ACMA), Australia’s telecommunications regulator, would be the appropriate authority to enforce such requirements for companies like Optus.

1. Mandatory compensation disclosure

Companies providing essential services should be required to publicly disclose total compensation for departing executives following major failures, regardless of their listing status.

This should include the value of equity holdings, what was forfeited, what was retained, and any severance paid.

2. Automatic clawback provisions

Companies providing essential services should face automatic clawback provisions (where companies can recover compensation already paid) when corporate failures result in significant public harm, regardless of whether financial misreporting occurred.

3. Clear distinctions in public statements

There is a world of difference between being fired “for cause” and departing “by mutual agreement”. Yet companies routinely blur these lines in public announcements. The compensation treatment should match the reality, and both should be disclosed.

Whether an organisation is listed on the ASX, privately held, or operates as a subsidiary should not determine whether the public can assess if executives face real consequences for failures.The Conversation

Anish Purkayastha, Senior lecturer, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Earning more doesn’t lighten mothers’ mental loads – they do more regardless

Pexels/Kampus Production
Leah RuppannerThe University of MelbourneAna Catalano WeeksUniversity of Bath, and Helen KowalewskaUniversity of Bath

You work a full day, drive the kids to various after school activities, make a mad dash to the supermarket to pick up something for dinner, check emails … and then remember you need a gift for Aunty June’s birthday tomorrow.

Sound familiar?

Our new research shows the “mental load” of managing a household on daily basis falls disproportionately to mothers. This means all the remembering, planning, anticipating and organising that keeps family life running “sticks” to mothers in partnered, heterosexual couples even when they work full-time, earn high incomes, or are the family breadwinner.

While mothers who earn and work more do less of the physical domestic tasks, the mental load remains unmovable. This reveals a less recognised or seen – but nonetheless enduring – barrier to gender equality at home that persists across different work and income patterns.

What is the domestic mental load?

The domestic mental load is the essential emotional thinking work that keeps family life functioning. We measured it by 21 distinct tasks, ranging from keeping track of when children’s nails need clipping, to ensuring the fridge is stocked for the next meal. We asked more than 2,000 US-based parents living in a heterosexual couple which partner is mostly responsible for each task.

On average, mothers report being mainly responsible for 67% more household management than fathers. As the figure below shows, we observed the largest gaps for “core”, routine tasks that often crop up daily, including family scheduling, managing the cleaning, organising childcare, managing social relationships, and taking care of the food.

While fathers report greater responsibility for cognitive tasks related to household maintenance and finances, these gender gaps are comparatively small. These are also tasks that are typically less urgent and done less frequently.

So, while fathers are contributing to mental labour tasks, they are much less likely to say they are primarily responsible for them. This is an important distinction because primary responsibility means accountability – it’s who gets blamed when things go wrong or are forgotten.

But cognitive labour is only one piece. We also found that, on average, mothers are doing 85% more of the physical childcare and housework, too. These patterns are not just a US parent phenomenon - our interviews with Australian parents demonstrate a similar pattern. Mothers are carrying heavier domestic loads both in their physical labour and in their minds.

Mothers’ ‘sticky’ situation

We know from decades of research and the results from our own survey that mothers who work longer hours spend less time in housework and childcare on average. Earning more money is also a key bargaining tool for mothers to reduce their domestic contributions.

Crucially, though, we do not see these same patterns when it comes to the mental load. Instead, mothers who work and earn more still do significantly more than their fair share of the mental load, even as their physical workloads lighten.

We call this “gendered cognitive stickiness”: once the mental load is socially assigned to mothers – and, given gender expectations of mothers’ role as primary caregivers, it almost always is – it tends to “stick” to them regardless of their employment status or how much they earn.

This reflects how different the mental load is from physical childcare and housework. Cognitive domestic labour is not seen, acknowledged, or discussed in the same way as physical chores. This is precisely because it happens inside our heads — anywhere, anytime — and is usually only visible when something goes wrong, such as a forgotten appointment or a key ingredient missing from the cupboard.

The fact mothers do so much more of this cognitive labour than fathers even as employment and earnings increase reflects how much harder the mental load is to outsource, offload, or devolve to others than physical chores.

Because of this, no amount of money or career success frees mothers from the unseen and constant need to remind, anticipate, and coordinate everything that needs doing for the family.

The research found that fathers who earn more take on more of the mental load – but still nowhere near as much as mothers. Annushka Ahuja/Pexels

We do find that when fathers earn more, they take on more of this thinking work. For example, fathers earning more than $100,000 reported 17% more involvement in “core” mental tasks, such as arranging extracurricular activities. We suspect this reflects new norms that expect fathers to be more involved in the primary care of children as well as the flexibility more common in high-paying jobs.

However, fathers’ increased contributions do not offset mothers’ overall burden. Mothers are still shouldering the bulk of the mental load.

These findings indicate a plateau in progress towards gender equality. While women have achieved high rates of education and workforce participation, men’s participation in household work - especially the mental load - has not kept pace.

The enduring domestic mental load helps explain why mothers, including those working and earning healthy incomes, feel stretched thin, stressed, and short on time. They are holding down paid jobs and keeping on top of all the household needs in their heads. This has negative implications for women’s wellbeing, careers, and families.

Equalising the mental load is not just about fairness. It is also about ensuring that families can thrive and that progress toward gender equality continues rather than stalls.The Conversation

Leah Ruppanner, Professor of Sociology and Founding Director of The Future of Work Lab, Podcast at MissPerceived, The University of MelbourneAna Catalano Weeks, Associate professor in comparative politics, University of Bath, and Helen Kowalewska, Lecturer in Social Policy, University of Bath

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

View from The Hill: fractured Liberals drown net zero and themselves in a torrent of verbiage

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

Here is a statistic that tells you what a self-defeating funk the federal opposition is in. On Monday alone, as it wallowed in the crisis over energy policy, its parliamentarians indulged in more than 35 media appearances.

Opposition members  can’t resist talking about themselves, fighting their battles in the glare of the spotlight. In particular, Sky News is an irresistible honey pot.

All this is good for the media, but not for messaging. It amplifies the shambles.

Of course the Nationals, having dumped net zero on Sunday, don’t themselves feel in chaos. They’ve just been the prime cause of the chaos for the Liberals and the Coalition generally.

Here’s where the current state of things appears to stand within the Liberals.

The majority of the parliamentary party has shifted in favour of ditching net zero. Core conservatives wanted this all along. For less ideological Liberals  who’d like to keep net zero as an aspiration, that has become too hard.

But as of Tuesday, the hardcore moderates were fighting on, wanting to retain at least some reference to net zero. This group includes the deputy leader of the Liberals in the Senate, Anne Ruston, Angie Bell, and senators Andrew Bragg, Dave Sharma and Maria Kovacic.

The question is, how far would the moderates be prepared to go to push their point? Would they take their rout lying down, or would any consider resigning from frontbench positions in protest?

With her leadership on the line, Ley is pragmatic, willing to drop net zero altogether for the sake of preserving her position. Her deputy, Ted O'Brien, is in favour of ditching it. (His deputy position is bound to Ley’s survival: if she went, so would he.)

But Ley also has to anticipate whether the moderates would fight to the death. If they did, the fracas could bring her down.

That would pave the way for conservative aspirant Angus Taylor to become leader – a prospect that could stay the hand of the moderates.

The exact timetable for resolving the Liberals’ position remains fluid. The Coalition party room was told on Tuesday the finished review of energy policy by spokesman Dan Tehan was imminent.

Tehan is copping some criticism for not moving faster on the review at an earlier stage and for being overseas, inspecting nuclear facilities in the United States, when the government announced its 2035 emissions reduction target.

The current thinking appears to be that the Liberal Party will return to Canberra to consider its policy before the last parliamentary sitting week, which is at the end of this month.

Alex Hawke, Ley’s numbers man, in comments on Tuesday reflected the move away from net zero.

Asked  what his position was on whether the Liberals should remain  committed to net zero by 2050, Hawke said, “well,  like most of my colleagues, we have always  been concerned about  the cost of net zero. […] The cost  of net zero  is starting to hit  our economy.”

Hawke played down any threat to Ley’s leadership. “Colleagues are minded to land the policy. We’ll do that. […] Sussan will lead us.  There’s no one proposing anything different.”

Victorian Senator Jane Hume, who has previously strongly advocated the retention of net zero, said, “Let’s face it, net zero has become a new form of whether you believe in climate change or not – that’s crazy.”

Asked about Ley’s leadership Hume, who has been critical of Ley on occasion, said, “that’s not an issue”.

She said she “absolutely” had confidence in Ley.

“The most important thing  now, though, is that the leader takes a position on energy policy and does so with a matter of urgency, because we cannot allow this conversation to continue.”

That’s a statement hard for any Liberal to dissent from.  The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.

Week One November 2025: (October 27 - November 2)

Ollie - By Sadiel Gomez

Description:

After a year and a half of waiting to make my short film "Ollie" available for the general public, the moment has arrived to finally share it with all of you. It's remarkable how this project began as a school assignment without putting much effort into the production, but later, when I sat down to edit and weave the narrative together, a wave of appreciation washed over me. I fell in love with the way I had told the story and the powerful message it carried.

Working with my dog Charlie as the main character proved to be a challenge of its own. It took countless hours to coax him into the right positions, and when I think back on this process, I appreciate the dedication required of any filmmaker working with animal actors. While I know there are areas that can be improved, I take immense pride in what I have accomplished as a solo filmmaker. The unexpected reception of "Ollie" at numerous film festivals has astounded me, serving as a testament to the notion that one can create something meaningful with minimal equipment and still garner recognition.

The journey of creating "Ollie" has been a profound learning experience, reinforcing the belief that anyone with passion and determination can produce a piece of cinema that resonates deeply. I am grateful for the opportunity to share this film with the general public, inviting them to witness the magic that unfolds when we embrace the power of storytelling, even in the most humble of circumstances.

Synopsis:

Ollie tells the story of the daily life of a dog at the beginning of the first wave of the COVID-19 pandemic. The dog realises that his human has stopped leaving the house for work in the morning. He feels extremely happy that his human stays in the house all day, every day with him. But one day, the human becomes very sick and suddenly is gone. The dog stays alone for many days without knowing if his human will return.

13-year-old Maiia masters HSC Advanced Maths

Our youngest HSC student is an ace on the tennis court and in the maths class. Jim Griffiths reports.

October 28 2025

Narrabeen Sports High Year 10 student Maiia Salbieva ... brilliant on and off the court

At just 13 years of age, Narrabeen Sports High School student Maiia Salbieva is the youngest public school student to sit an HSC exam.

Currently in Year 10, having started at the school at the young age of 10, she now has HSC Advanced Maths under her belt.

Due to her parents being on a bridging visa at the time, Maiia was home schooled for her primary years, completing the curriculum at her own fast pace.

“Year 7 was a struggle, as I didn’t many friends at the very beginning of the year. I spent a lot of my time studying in the library and didn't do many extracurricular activities,” she said, noting she was the second shortest person in the whole school.

“But I gained confidence because I was at school and ended up blending in and made friends along the way.”

While Maiia appreciated the new experience of having teachers and other students in class learning with her, she found she was also well ahead in Year 7 maths.

“I realised I knew everything that they were talking about and I was bored. The school put me in the year 8 class, so then I was learning new stuff,” she said.

Then next year, Maiia joined an accelerated program, doing Year 9 maths in Year 8, and tackling HSC maths in Year 10.

However, Maiia is what deputy principal Tracy Postle describes as ‘talented across more than one domain’, as she excels academically and in tennis, requiring a High Potential and Gifted Education plan to enable her to succeed.

“We also meet regularly with the high potential gifted education team to make sure that things are working for Maiia,” Ms Postle said.

This plan, along with remarkable time management skills sees Maiia balance 20 hours a week of tennis training, leaving school at 12:30pm three days a week, with her studies.

“I train for five hours straight but also ensure that I keep up with all my schoolwork. I don't like to get behind on any work,” Maiia said.

With an interest in marine biology, Maiia is planning on studying science and playing college tennis in the US after finishing high school – when she will be 15.

NSW Win 2025 AJC Team Championships: Pittwater High School Student Captains Team + Wins his division

October 2025

NSW have rallied to take out the 2025 Australian Junior Championships Team Event in both divisions on the final day of competition at Ballarat Squash & Racquetball Fitness Centre.

It came down to the final session on Saturday morning for the Division Title to be decided with NSW and Queensland facing off on the Courts.

Worth noting is Pittwater High School's Jackson Wylie (Year 12) achieved outstanding success at the 2025 Australian Junior Squash Championships, winning the individual U19's event to become the Australian National U19's Junior Squash Champion, with an impressive undefeated record.

Additionally, Jackson captained the NSW Team to victory in the Australian Junior Teams event, securing wins in both Division 1 and Division 2, while maintaining an undefeated record in Division 1. This achievement marked a historic milestone, as Jackson led the first NSW team to win both divisions.

Squash Australia said:

''In the U19 Boys NSW representative Jackson W proved why he was the top seed in the U19s Boys draw. Yet to drop a game all tournament, fellow NSW rep Marcus Wang came close, before Wylie closed out the first game 12-10.''

''A proud member of the Elanora Squash Club, Wylie would go on to seal the championship tie to assert his dominance with a 3-0 (12-10, 11-9, 11-2) win in the Final.''

Congratulations Jackson - great stuff!

A competitive round of fixtures saw NSW holding on to defeat Queensland 9-7. Victoria locked up third place in the final day after dispatching South Australia 14-2.

NSW continued where they left off in their Division 2 tie against Victoria. Going on to take the title after defeating the Victorians 7-1.

In other matches on the final day, Queensland tied up second spot on the Division 2 ladder with a strong 7-1 win over the ACT.

One of the highlights of the competition came on the final day of play with Tasmania claiming points with a 5-3 victory over Western Australia. The 2025 edition of the Australian Junior Championships saw Tasmania make their return to the national stage at junior level and will be happy with their progress throughout their time in Ballarat.

Bungan Boardriders take out Womens Surf Tag Division: Congratulations to Longy(Mens) and NASA (Grommets)

The 2025 SURFTAG Finals ran last weekend and saw North Narrabeen Boardriders go back-to-back winning the 2025 SURFTAG SERIES at South Curl Curl Beach. The North Narrabeen Mens team of Nathan Webster, Christo Hall, Rhys Clark, Matt Hardy and Brett Bannister finished runners up to Long Reef Boardriders to narrowly finish on top of the Rankings ahead of Long Reef and Queenscliff. North Narrabeen Boardriders are the most successful Club in SURFTAG History.

2025 SURFTAG SERIES FINAL RANKINGS

  • 1st North Narrabeen   3615
  • 2nd Long Reef            3525
  • 3rd Queenscliff            3510
  • 4th Bondi                     2730
  • 5th North Steyne         2680
  • 6th Scarborough         2505
  • 7th Cronulla                2213
  • 8th North Avalon         2055
  • 9th Dee Why               2010
  • 10th Elouera               1875

 The Long Reef Mens team of Zahn Foxton (11.34), Arnie Grainger (12.55), Nick James (17.31), Tim Grainger (11.60) and Paul Groenendyke (10.61) held off the fast-finishing North Narrabeen team to win by less than one point with last year’s Masters Champions North Steyne finishing third and Queenscliff fourth. North Steyne’s Dayyan Neve won the Creatures of Leisure Highest Score in the Final with a two-wave total of 17.59.

2025 TITAN FORD MASTERS SURFTAG

  • 1st Long Reef                      67.41
  • 2nd North Narrabeen   66.58
  • 3rd North Steyne             61.19
  • 4th Queenscliff                 55.83

Earlier on Sunday North Avalon Surfriders Association finished ahead of Freshwater, Mona Vale and Scarborough Boardriders to win the GYG GROMMETS SURFTAG. The NASA Under 14 team of Ted Badgery (11.81), Loci Cullen (19.20), Maverick MacGugan (5.41), Kaoni Aguair (11.17) and Xavier Van der Wallen (9.21) dominated the Grommets Division winning all their heats on the way to the Final.

Grom sensation Loci Cullen won the Creatures of Leisure Highest Score in the Final (19.20) that included an 8.00-point ride. Jaques Callebaut was the standout for Freshwater scoring 13.80 with Henry Smith the top scorer for Mona Vale with 13.21. The third-place finish for Mona Vale was their first finals appearance in 24 years of SURFTAG.

2025 GYG GROMMETS SURFTAG

  • 1st North Avalon             59.80
  • 2nd Freshwater                 55.34
  • 3rd Mona Vale                    44.21
  • 4th Scarborough              43.25

On Saturday Bungan Boardriders won their first ever SURFTAG event with victory in the TITAN FORD WOMEN’S SURFTAG. The Bungan Women’s team of Molly Donohoe (9.53), Lucy Brown (13.30), Halina Morley (9.07), Mila Grainger (6.87) and Hunter Roberts (12.89) won the fifty-minute final by over 10 points with Ulladulla finishing second, North Narrabeen third and Jones Beach fourth. Lucy Brown was the standout for Bungan with fifth surfer Hunter Roberts securing the win with a 4.83 power wave on her second wave. Kat Nyholm was Ulladulla’s best scoring 11.03 with North Narrabeen’s Elle Northey winning the Creatures of Leisure Highest score in the Final with 13.67.

2025 TITAN FORD WOMEN’S SURFTAG

  • 1st Bungan                           55.66
  • 2nd Ulladulla                       45.64
  • 3rd North Narrabeen   45.48
  • 4th Jones Beach               33.14

North Narrabeen Boardriders Results 2025 SURFTAG SERIES

  • RJ THOMAS SOLICITOR MENS SURFTAG     7th
  • GYG JUNIOR SURFTAG                                   2nd
  • GYG GROMMETS SURFTAG                            5th
  • TITAN FORD WOMEN’S SURFTAG                  3rd
  • TITAN FORD MASTERS SURFTAG                 2nd

2025 SURFTAG SERIES Dates & Venues

  • 30th August – RJ Thomas Solicitor MEN’S SURFTAG – Queenscliff Beach, Sydney
  • 21st September – GYG JUNIOR SURFTAG – Juniors – Curl Curl Beach, Sydney
  • 18th & 19th October – GYG JUNIOR SURFTAG – Grommets – Curl Curl Beach, Sydney
  • 18th October – Titan Ford WOMEN’S SURFTAG – Queenscliff Beach, Sydney
  • 19th October – Titan Ford MASTERS SURFTAG – Curl Curl Beach, Sydney

The 2025 SURFTAG SERIES was proudly supported by Guzman y Gomez, RJ Thomas Solicitor, Titan Ford Brookvale, Jaecoo Brookvale, Dripping Wet Surf Shop, Creatures of Leisure, Swellnet, Sydney Surf Daily and Liveheats.

For all SURFTAG SERIES information visit www.surftag.au

For Social Media follow @surftagseries @sydneysurfdaily

For Live Scores visit www.liveheats.com/surftag

Founded in 2001 by Steve Harrison, SURFTAG is a tag team surfing series. Starting with a Men’s Division in 2001 and adding Women in 2008, the 2022 SURFTAG SERIES saw Grommets (Under 14’s), Juniors (Under 18’s) and Masters (Over 40’s) Divisions added with the overall SURFTAG SERIES Champions being determined by ratings points from each Division.

Also described as a surfing relay, the SURFTAG Format creates pressure surfing with wave selection and time management paramount, resulting in clutch finishes with surfers sprinting up the beach to beat the countdown clock. As such, SURFTAG is all about teamwork and representing your local community.

Bungan Boardriders Womens Team:

  • Molly Donohoe
  • Lucy Brown
  • Halina Morley
  • Mila Grainger
  • Hunter Roberts

Total: 55.66 - Won by 10.02

Bungan Womens Team


2nd:  Ulladulla Boardriders, 45.64 Comb. 13.03

3rd: North Narrabeen Boardriders, 45.48, Comb. 12.19

4th: Jones Beach Boardriders, 33.14, Comb. 23.53

North Narrabeen Boardriders Women's Team

  • Elle Northey
  • Sienna Hinwood
  • Belinda Hardwick
  • Kyla Whitfield
  • Annalise Wong

Men's Final

1st: Long Reef Boardriders; 67.41, Won by 0.83

2nd:  North Narrabeen Boardriders; 66.58, Needed 0.84

3rd: North Steyne Boardriders; 61.19. Needed 6.22

4th: Queenscliff Boardriders Club; 55.83 Comb. 13.59

Long Reef Boardriders

  • Zahn Foxton
  • Arnie Grainger
  • Nick James
  • Tim Grainger
  • Paul Groenendyke

Longy Men's Team. Photo: Surftag/Bernadette Johnson

North Narrabeen Boardriders

  • Nathan Webster
  • Christo Hall
  • Rhys Clark
  • Matt Hardy
  • Brett Bannister

North Steyne Boardriders

  • Beau Mitchell
  • Richie Lovett
  • Dayyan Neve
  • Thomas Cravarezza
  • James Mitchell

Queenscliff Boardriders Club

  • Austin Ware
  • Alex Macdonald
  • Danny Hamilton
  • Ryan Alagich
  • Mark Tickle

Grommets Division

1st: North Avalon Surfriders - 59.80, Won by 4.46

2nd: Freshwater Boardriders Inc - 55.34, Needed 4.46

3rd: Mona Vale Boardriders - 44.21, Comb. 16.6

4th: Scarborough Boardriders Club, 43.25, Comb. 19.56

North Avalon Surfriders

  • Ted Badgery
  • Loci Cullen
  • Mav Macgugan
  • Kaoni Aguair
  • Xavier Van Der Wallen

Freshwater Boardriders Inc

  • Harry Hodgson
  • Jaques Callebaut
  • Max Bakker
  • Xavier Cadzow
  • Jones Ceiriog

Mona Vale Boardriders

  • Byron Berrell
  • Casper Coulter
  • Henry Smith
  • Luke Munro
  • Riley Shulenburg

Scarborough Boardriders Club

  • Noah Kornek
  • Olli Keed
  • Sam Kornek
  • Cale Riegler
  • Logan Frost

Bungan girls Screenshots: Mila Grainger

Youth Advisory Board helps launch Support Services Traineeship

Two Support Services Traineeships have been funded through the NSW Department of Education’s 1,000 NSW Public Sector Apprentices and Trainees Program, thanks to the efforts of the district’s Youth Advisory Board (YAB).

The two-year program, which commenced in March 2025, is designed to support young people entering the workforce directly from high school.

It provides an alternative pathway into the health sector for those interested in non-clinical roles, with trainees completing a Diploma of Leadership and Management through SWC Training while rotating across various placements at NSLHD (Northern Sydney Local Health District).

Trainees Jessica Culhane and Caleb Perry have spent the year gaining a broad understanding of corporate and operational support functions, while also building foundational skills and experience in a dynamic health environment.

Caleb and Jessica

''This program is designed for young people who may find themselves in a similar position to what I was in post-school. It is realistic, achievable, and offers a fantastic opportunity for growth and development.'' said NSLHD Youth Advisory Board Co-Chair Rhi Campton

The district’s Youth Advisory Board, made up of staff aged 18–35, provides a platform to voice priorities and drive initiatives for young staff and community members, and played a major role in bringing this program to life at NSLHD.

NSLHD Youth Advisory Board Co-Chair Rhi Campton said the program is about creating opportunities for young people who may not follow a traditional education pathway.

“When I finished school, I had absolutely no idea what I wanted to do. I lived in public housing, came from a single-parent family, and no one in my family had ever attended university or completed any formal education,” she said.

“This program is designed for young people who may find themselves in a similar position to what I was in post-school. It is realistic, achievable, and offers a fantastic opportunity for growth and development.

“The success of this program is the result of strong collaboration between the Youth Advisory Board, NSLHD executives, and the Department of Education. I hope it will inspire more initiatives that open doors.”

Students across NSW upskill for an AI workforce of the future

October 29, 2025

The NSW Department f Education states more than 500 students from 134 schools across New South Wales have signed up to complete a week of work placement with Amazon Web Services (AWS) and industry partners on artificial intelligence (AI).

Students are taking part in a virtual work placement program that is overcoming the challenges of learning across distance to inspire the digital workforce of the future.

The 2025 Vocational Education and Training (VET) Virtual Work Placement Program is an initiative between the NSW Department of Education and four members of the NSW Digital Skills and Workforce Compact, AWS, CommBank, IBM ANZ and Accenture.

The organisations are working together to address the projected digital skills shortage, which is forecasted to be 85,000 digital workers by 2030.

With AI adoption in Australia accelerating at an unprecedented rate, the VET Virtual Work Placement Program aims to inspire students to pursue a career in AI through interactive seminars, hands-on workshops and collaborative group work under the guidance of industry mentors.

Research from AWS’ Unlocking Australia's AI Potential 2025 report indicates that AI is becoming increasingly mainstream across businesses’ operations, with over half of Australian businesses now using it in some form.

From 27-31 October, students learnt about AI applications in cybersecurity, problem-solving, responsible use and storytelling, accessed via virtual workshops from hubs across Wagga Wagga, Dubbo, Coffs Harbour and Sydney.

Students also gained industry insight and explore digital careers as they immerse themselves in an authentic, online corporate environment.

The learners are studying their Certificate II in Information and Digital Technology and will be completing their 35-hour work placement requirement for their qualification.

The program builds on five years of success between the NSW Department of Education and AWS, which has seen over 1,500 students graduate from the program.

This year, the program has expanded to include three other technology partners to provide a broader work placement program for students.

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education Steve Whan had the opportunity to speak with learners participating in the Virtual Work Placement Program today.

Minister for Skills, TAFE and Tertiary Education Steve Whan said:

“This collaboration between the NSW Government and four of the country’s leading digital technology pioneers and innovators is an investment into the digital workforce of the future.

“With a forecasted 85,000 digital workers shortfall by 2030, we are taking a proactive approach to inspiring the next generation of tech innovators who can maximise our economy’s potential.

“Experiences like the VET Virtual Work Placement Program are giving equitable access to students across the state, ensuring that local talent is invested in rural, regional and remote communities.

“I was delighted to see the students’ curiosity and passion for AI and am eager to see how they will shape the digital landscape.”

Amazon Web Services, Managing Director of ANZ Public Sector, Louise Stigwood, said:

“AI is one of the most transformative technologies of our generation.

“If Australia is going to unlock the full potential of cloud and AI, we need to ensure students are inspired about future careers in technology and the exciting opportunities that AI and cloud can bring to transform industry and business.

“We believe this is one of the largest virtual K-12 digital skills work placement programs in New South Wales, and we’re excited to be involved in making these learning opportunities as accessible as possible to students to promote technology literacy, confidence, and trust in technology.”

Accenture Australia and NZ CEO, Peter Burns, said:

“Emerging technologies like AI, cloud, and automation are reshaping jobs and industries faster than ever and accelerating the need for more digital skilling programs.

“Accenture is thrilled to join this important initiative to provide students across the state with hands-on learning opportunities and insights from our team of technology experts, which we hope will inspire them to build the skills and mindsets needed to thrive in a Gen AI-enabled future.

“As industry leaders, we can’t wait for the workforce we need in the future, we have to build it.”

IBM ANZ, Managing Director, Nick Flood, said:

"As an industry, we must continue to inspire, educate and upskill the future workforce that will play a pivotal role in the growth of our sector.

“IBM is proud that our AI experts will contribute to this program by providing hands-on learning opportunities to help inspire and educate the next generation of Australian technology professionals.

“Initiatives like this, which bring together government and the tech sector, are critical to ensuring we equip the next generation with the skills needed to be the digital workforce of the future.”

CommBank, Executive General Manager, Human Resources, Jane Adams, said:

"At CommBank, we believe that equitable access to digital learning helps young Australians gain the skills they need for the future.

“Through the VET Virtual Work Placement Program, we’re proud to help students from across NSW gain hands-on experience with AI and workforce relevant technologies, while connecting with mentors who reflect the diversity and innovation of Australia’s tech sector.

“This program is more than a placement – it’s a launchpad for the next generation of digital talent."

Youth Advisory Council for 2026: Members announced

October 31, 2025

The NSW Government states it is continuing work to put young people at the heart of decision making for issues impacting them with twelve passionate young leaders from across NSW appointed to the 2026 Youth Advisory Council (YAC).

The new Youth Advisory Council will convene its first meeting on the 9th of November and work directly with the Minister for Youth Rose Jackson on issues which are front of mind for young people across the state including mental health, cost of living, and climate change. 

The appointment of these young leaders follows the establishment of the first dedicated NSW Office for Youth in August this year

The Office for Youth is engaging young people on their terms and ensuring their leadership is formally recognised, respected, and integrated into decision-making processes across government. 

Each year, a dozen young people between the ages of 12 and 24 will be appointed to the YAC, giving them a platform to have their say on government policies, programs, and legislation concerning young people.  

Members of the inaugural Youth Advisory Council represent a diverse range of backgrounds and perspectives including Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander and CALD members, members living with a disability and members from both regional and metropolitan communities.  

The 2026 Members are:  

  • Fayra Petriaton, Tamworth
  • Hafsa Faizan, Leppington
  • Daphne Hutchison, Wollondilly
  • Amelia Hines, Maitland
  • Romone Dunlop, Port Macquarie
  • Ahmad Chatah, East Hills
  • Lara Ristic, Riverstone
  • Nathanael Guo, North Shore
  • Chloe Richards, Murray
  • Josua Relf, Castle Hill
  • Keziah Cameron, Epping
  • Thomas Norman, Junee  

Minister for Youth Rose Jackson said:

“The Government is committed to listening to young people – it’s why we established the Office for Youth and it’s why the Youth Advisory Council is so important. 

“When young people are genuinely empowered to shape the decisions that impact their lives, we can create programs that truly deliver real and relevant outcomes for the next generation of New South Wales. 

“I’m excited to work with the new members of the Youth Advisory Council and hear about the issues that are front of mind for them.” 

NSW Advocate for Children and Young People, Zoë Robinson said:

“I continue to support the YACs work across the state, ensuring that they are given opportunities to influence policy development.    

“Young people deserve a genuine seat at the table when it comes to the policies, laws, and services that shape their world. The YAC serves as a direct connection to government, amplifying young voices and empowering the next generation of leaders to create lasting change across NSW.” 

Palm Beach wharf at high tide. Photo: AJG/PON

Six young leaders join boards of NSW’s oldest cultural institutions

October 30, 2025

The state’s oldest cultural institutions, the Sydney Opera House, Art Gallery of NSW, Powerhouse Museum, Australian Museum, State Library of NSW and Museums of History NSW, have each added a new director aged 18-28 to their boards.

These appointments fulfil one of the NSW Government's key commitments in the Creative Communities policy to ensure the next generation of cultural leaders are at the decision-making table.

Selected through a rigorous Expression of Interest appointment process that received almost 1,000 submissions from nearly 400 candidates across NSW.

The inaugural six Cultural Institution Young Board Member appointees are:

  • Dylan Goh - Sydney Opera House: an independent street dancer, producer, and curator with a decade of experience in the creative industries. He is the Australian founder of Palette Session, a not-for-profit experimental dance collective in Sydney and Seoul.
  • Elijah Ingram - Museums of History NSW: a Wiradyuri digital artist, filmmaker, and cultural leader based in regional NSW, dedicated to First Nations storytelling, language revitalisation, and youth advocacy. He is the Co-Founder and Creative Director of Miil Miil Productions.
  • Hamani Tanginoa - Museum of Applied Arts and Sciences (Powerhouse): a proud Wiradjuri, Dharug, Gooreng Gooreng, and Tongan man, with Kinship connections to Dharawal, Yuin and Dhungutti Country, and currently resides on Dharawal Country, in Campbelltown, NSW. Hamani has a strong background in Community leadership, youth advocacy, and governance.
  • Melissa Applin - Australian Museum: an emerging arts and culture professional with a strong foundation in archaeology, museum education, youth leadership and performing arts.
  • Vivian Pham - State Library of NSW: a Vietnamese-Australian writer, educator, and literary advocate from Western Sydney, her debut novel The Coconut Children was published by Penguin Random House in 2020.
  • Will Cook - Art Gallery of NSW: strategic public relations professional with extensive experience in tourism, media relations, and stakeholder engagement. 

Each member will serve a three-year term. They will each receive training from the Australian Institute of Company Directors to undertake the Foundations of Directorship™ (Public Sector) course. The Advocate for Children and Young People will also support their onboarding process.

The six appointees will also take up a senior membership role in the Creative Youth Network to develop its future priorities. The Creative Youth Network advises key government Ministers directly on issues impacting young people engaged in the arts, culture and creative industries.

Minister for the Arts John Graham said:

“The overwhelming interest, and calibre of candidates is a testament to the important role our Cultural Institutions play in our state.

“I congratulate Will, Melissa, Vivian, Elijah, Hamani and Dylan on their appointments. Our Cultural Institutions, and everyone who loves the arts, will benefit from your ideas and perspectives.

“Young, next generation practitioners and audiences are essential to strengthen NSW’s arts, culture and creative industries for the long-term.

Minister for Youth Rose Jackson said:

“Young people are the future of our state’s oldest and revered Cultural Institutions so including them on governing boards just makes sense if we want them to thrive in years to come.

“We are delivering on our firm commitment to ensure the next generation of creative leaders are at the decision-making table, confirming NSW’s position as the national leader in cultural policy. 

“These young directors will bring new life to the state’s six iconic Cultural institutions with their unique insights, expertise and experience.

“We will all benefit from empowering the next generation of leaders to play a crucial role in shaping and strengthening the future of arts, culture and science in NSW.

NSW Advocate for Children and Young People, Zoe Robinson said:

“I look forward to supporting Will, Melissa, Vivian, Elijah, Hamani and Dylan, who will play a crucial role in shaping and strengthening the future of arts, culture and science in NSW.

“We know that young people are engaging in our cultural and creative industries, and having these incredible young people on these boards will ensure that their peers are represented in the spaces that matter.

“I commend the NSW Government for ensuring the voices and experiences of young people are heard in these spaces, and I look forward to providing ongoing support throughout the onboarding process.”

Four young women spark change in electrotechnology trades

A group of four young women are challenging stereotypes and lighting the way for future female tradies as they progress through their electrotechnology apprenticeships at TAFE NSW Hornsby.

Lily Bolton, Sarah Burke, Tayla Jones, and Katelyn Raftery are among a small but growing number of women pursuing careers in electrical trades, an industry still largely dominated by men.

For 22-year-old Lily Bolton, the pathway into the industry was a natural one. A third-generation electrician, Lily is following in the footsteps of her father and grandfather and currently works at Weidmuller, an industrial connectivity company for power, signal and data. “I’ve always been interested in what my dad does, and now I get to be a part of it too,” Lily said. “It’s really encouraging to come into class and see other girls doing the same thing. It makes it feel more normal, like we belong here.”

Seventeen-year-old Sarah Burke also followed her dad into the trade and now works in industrial electrical for EC Group, gaining experience on schools, warehouses and childcare centres. “I wasn’t really enjoying school, so I did two weeks of work experience and realised I loved it,” Sarah said. “My dad used to be an electrician and suggested I give it a go, now I can’t imagine doing anything else.”

Sarah admits she was nervous at first, but says the support from her team and teachers has made all the difference. “Everyone’s willing to help and I’ve learned so much already. I’d 100 per cent encourage other girls to consider a trade in electrotechnology.”

TAFE NSW Head Teacher of Electrotechnology, Craig Pollard, said having four women in one class is a welcome sign of change. “The electrical trade has long been male-dominated, but we’re seeing more women step up with real skill, determination, and passion,” he said. 

“These students are not only technically capable, but they’re also role models for other young women who might be considering a trade.”

With demand for skilled workers in the electrotechnology trade at an all-time high, there’s never been a better time for women to take the leap.

8 Student-Backed Study Tips To Help You Tackle The HSC

For those who may spend some of this Spring School holidays break prepping for exams.
Tips By University of Sydney

Our students have been through their fair share of exams and learned a lot of great study tactics along the way. Here they share their top study tips to survive and thrive during exam time.

1. Start your day right

Take care of your wellbeing first thing in the morning so you can dive into your day with a clear mind. 

“If you win the morning, you can win the day,” says Juris Doctor student Vee Koloamatangi-Lamipeti.

An active start is a great way to set yourself up for a productive day. Begin your morning with exercise or a gentle walk, squeeze in 10 minutes of meditation and enjoy a healthy breakfast before you settle into study.

2. Schedule your study

“Setting up a schedule will help you organise your time so much better,” says Master of Teaching student Wesley Lai.

Setting a goal or a theme for each study block will help you to stay focused, while devoting time across a variety of subjects will ensure you've covered off as much as possible. Remember to keep your schedule realistic and avoid over-committing your time.

Adds Wesley, “Make sure to schedule in some free time for yourself as well!”

3. Keep it consistent

“Make studying a habit,” recommends Alvin Chung, who was undertaking a Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Laws when we first ran this list.

With enough time and commitment, sitting down to study will start to feel like second nature rather than a chore.

“Do it every day and you’ll be less likely to procrastinate because it’s part of your life’s daily motions,” says Alvin.

4. Maintain motivation

Revising an entire year of learning can seem like an insurmountable task, which is why it’s so important to break down your priorities and set easy-to-achieve goals.

“I like to make a realistic to-do list where I break down big tasks into smaller chunks,” says Bachelor of Arts and Advanced Studies student Dannii Hudec.

“It’s also really important to reward yourself after you complete each task to keep yourself motivated.”

Treat yourself after each study block with something to look forward to, such as a cup of tea, a walk in the park with a friend or an episode of your latest Netflix obsession.

5. Minimise distractions

With so many distractions at our fingertips, it can be hard to focus on the task at hand. If you find yourself easily distracted, an “out of sight, out of mind” approach might do the trick.

“What helps me is to block social media on my laptop. I put my phone outside of my room when I study, or I give it to my sister or a friend to hide,” says Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Laws student Caitlin Douglas.

While parting ways with your phone for a few hours may seem horrifying, it can be an incredibly effective way to stay on task.

“It really helps me to smash out the work and get my tasks done,” affirms Caitlin.

6. Beware of burnout

Think of the HSC period as a marathon rather than a sprint. It might be tempting to cram every single day but pacing out your study time will help to preserve your endurance.

“Don’t do the work for tomorrow if you finish today’s work early,” suggests Daniel Kim, who is currently undertaking a Bachelor of Commerce and Advanced Studies.

 “Enjoy the rest of your day and save the energy for tomorrow,” he recommends.

Savouring your downtime will help you to avoid burning out before hitting the finish line.

7. Get a good night's sleep

Sleep is one of your greatest allies during exam season.

“I’ve found that a good night’s sleep always helps with concentration and memory consolidation,” says Bachelor of Science (Medical Science) student Yasodara Puhule-Gamayalage.

We all know we need to be getting around 8 hours of sleep a night to perform at our best, but did you know the quality of sleep also matters? You can help improve the quality of your sleep with some simple tweaks to your bedtime routine.

“Avoid caffeine in the 6 hours leading up to sleep, turn off screens an hour before going to bed, and go to bed at the same time every night,” suggests Yasodara.

8. Be kind to yourself

With exam dates looming and stress levels rising, chances are high that you might have a bad day (or a few!) during the HSC period.

According to Bachelor of Arts and Advanced Studies student Amy Cooper, the best way to handle those bad days is to show yourself some kindness.

“I know that if I’m in a bad state of mind or having a bad day, I’m not going to be able to produce work that I’m proud of,” she says.

For Amy, the remedy for a bad day is to take some time to rest and reset.

“It’s much more productive in the long run for me to go away, do some things I love, and come back with a fresh mind.”

Immerse yourself in a mentally nourishing activity such as going for a bushwalk, cooking your favourite meal, or getting stuck into a craft activity.

If you feel completely overwhelmed, know you're not alone. Reach out to a friend, family member or teacher for a chat when you need support.

There are also HSC Help resources available at: education.nsw.gov.au/student-wellbeing/stay-healthy-hsc

Thursday 16 October, 2025:  HSC written exams start. Friday November 7, 2025: HSC exams finish.

ReachOut has a range of support for students including for sleepexam stress and school and study.  ReachOut also has an Online Community for young people and peer support available via ReachOut PeerChat.  

Parents and carers can play an important role in helping their teens manage their sleep and exam and study stress. For tips, information and support parents and carers can visit ReachOut Parents

If you are experiencing negative thoughts or feelings, there are services out there to listen and help you out. They are free, confidential, and available 24/7. 
Please contact:
  • Lifeline – 13 11 14
  • Kids Helpline – 1800 55 1800
  • 13YARN – 13 92 76 to speak with an Aboriginal & Torres Strait Islander crisis supporter
  • If you are in immediate danger dial 000

Links To ReachOut Support Content 

For young people:
ReachOut’s Online Community - Sleep discussion

For parents and carers:
For schools:
About ReachOut
ReachOut is the leading online mental health service in Australia supporting young people during tough times.

ReachOut helps young people feel better about today and the future, no matter what challenge they’re facing. They provide a safe place where young people can openly express themselves, explore what’s happening in their lives, connect with people who understand their situation, and find the resources to help them manage their challenges now and in the future.

Anonymous, free and 100% online, ReachOut has been designed specifically for – and with – young people. From one-to-one support from experienced peer workers, to online forums, as well as tips, stories and resources, ReachOut offers a wide range of support options that allow young people to engage in the ways they want to, when they want to, and has been doing so for more than 20 years.

And, ReachOut Parents and ReachOut Schools provide valuable information, resources and advice to help parents, carers and educators to better understand the young people in their lives and to play an active role in their wellbeing.

Year 12 final exams: Here’s how to keep calm and stay positive

Klaus Vedfelt/ Getty Images
Kylie Trask-KerrAustralian Catholic University and Steven LewisAustralian Catholic University

Thousands of Year 12 students across Australia are getting ready to sit their final exams.

Students may be feeling a lot of things right now – from heightened pressure to excitement it will all be over soon. Families may be seeking strategies to help their young people to feel confident and stay calm.

Here are some research-backed strategies to help.

Reframe the narrative

Students, schools and the media often talk about Year 12 exams as the culmination of schooling. This may not be helpful to everyone, as not everyone will receive the results they want.

Stress tends to increase throughout the final year of school.

Although a moderate level of stress is normal, and some pressure may even be useful, too much worry about exams can affect performance and overall wellbeing.

Remember, one exam is not the whole story of your ATAR or your future.

It is healthier to think about the bigger picture. Education isn’t just about exams. They are one part of a bigger journey that includes the relationships you’ve formed with peers and teachers, all the things you learned and all the experiences you’ve had.

Students have already achieved a great deal in 13 years of school – regardless of what happens in their exams or ATAR.

What is ‘success’?

In our 2021 study, colleagues and I looked at how different ideas of “success” relate to young people’s wellbeing.

A review of existing studies suggests teenagers who focus on their connections to others and their personal growth may have greater wellbeing than those who focus on “extrinsic” goals or external approval.

Families can help students by emphasising the importance of life beyond the classroom.

You’ve got options!

Keep in mind, your future does not hinge on this result.

There are more alternative pathways into university or further study than ever before. This can include going to TAFE or non-ATAR entry schemes for university.

Reminding yourself – or your child – about these options may help to reduce stress.

Have a clear plan for your exams

As you near the end of your study revision period, think about your plan for certain exams.

You will likely already have done practice exams and revision questions, so you know what format to expect.

Remind yourself when you get into the exam room to take your time to read the instructions carefully and be aware of sections where there is a choice. Pay attention to the weighting of questions as this can help you to plan the time well.

And remind yourself to stop and understand the “command terms”. These are words that tell you what to do in a question, like “analyse”, “compare” or “discuss”.

What if something goes wrong?

You may come out of an exam feeling like you didn’t do your best or something didn’t go to plan. This is very common!

So having a strategy to manage when things do not go well can be important –especially when the setbacks happen early in the exam schedule.

Research tells us planning and persistence are key components of “academic buoyancy”, or students’ resilience in the face of a setback.

This means you should revisit your plan for the next exam, whether it is tomorrow or next week. Plan your timing and approach. Look at any feedback you received on the practice exams, or advice you have received from teachers. Feeling prepared for the next exam will increase your confidence.

Remember, resilience is not just an individual trait: it comes from relationships and contexts too.

You don’t have to handle setbacks alone. In fact, it’s better if you ask for help.

Talking with a trusted friend, teacher, family member or counsellor can put things into perspective or help reframe your approach for the next exam.

Keep some balance in your life

In among your revision and preparation, don’t forget to look after your health.

Get plenty of sleep, eat well, take breaks and spend time in nature – these will all help you maintain focus and wellbeing.The Conversation

Kylie Trask-Kerr, Senior lecturer, School of Education, Australian Catholic University and Steven Lewis, Associate Professor of Education Policy, Australian Catholic University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

 

Photographers of Early Pittwater: William Applegate Gullick – August 1st 1881 Visit by Princes Albert and George to Pittwater on Day Barrenjoey Lighthouse commenced to light the headland

A newly digitised by the State Library of NSW album of old photos contains images of Barrenjoey Lighthouse and the Broken Bay Customs station that may be familiar to others, and one of the First Royal Visitors to Pittwater aboard the steamer that took them up the estuary to Barrenjoey before heading up the Hawkesbury

Due to that digitisation work, William Applegate Gullick’s ‘A week on the Hawkesbury’ Album, allows us to identify their creator. 

Taken circa 1881-1886 a letter attached to the flyleaf, dated 8 May, 1917 from the donor W.A. Gullick (Government Printer 1896-1922, N.S.W. Public Service Lists, MLQ351.2/N) to W.H. Ifould, states that the photographs are 'nearly all of my own taking'. The cover is inscribed with the initials 'W.A.G.', dated 'June 1881' and titled 'A week on the Hawkesbury'. Nine of the mounts bear dates, in pencil, ranging between 1881 and all of the mounts bear titles in either ink and/or pencil.

Some of these photos feature Barrenjoey Lighthouse as it was then, and the building which had been completed and lit for the first time on Monday August 1st 1881, along with the Broken Bay Customs Station, then on Station beach, beneath Barrenjoey, during the time when Albert Black was head Coast Waiter and made vast improvements to the station and its buildings.

Those photos provide more than photographic evidence of the Princes on the steamer Pelican that took them from Newport, up to the Customs Station and Barrenjoey Lighthouse. There is even a photograph of the Collaroy beached on the stretch of sand that would soon be named for her they would have seen along the way on the Boulton coach to Newport – and this image too has been reused by many, in Abbott's book on NSW Steamers, and elsewhere, without crediting Mr. Gullick. This proves once more the worth of the State Library’s digitisation project, supported by the State Government, as in this instance they may well have restored the credit for the work done to whom did that work.

The high resolution version of the steamer Collaroy beached allows us to see what that stretch of sand from Collaroy and into the distance of Narrabeen was like, landscape wise, before the subdivisions and weekend shacks turned into filling the whole block with concrete or builds up to units multiple stories high, to the point where the shoreline is now supporting the concrete seawall of Collaroy to compensate for building your home on sand - which the Bible warned about, thousands of years before.

The second Royal visitors to our shores, Princes Albert and George, grandfather of Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II, came here in 1881 for a visit, boarding a steamer at Newport Wharf for a tour along the Hawkesbury River. They travelled overland in a coach they boarded at Manly – their uncle’s experience at Clontarf not deterring a chance to see the beauty of this place. 

Newport Wharf, the first version - which was then called ''Victoria Wharf' after these young princes grandmother, Queen Victoria- had just been completed, partly in anticipation of having these princes as guests and being able to take them on a scenic cruise around Pittwater and up the famed Hawkesbury aboard a steamer called the 'Pelican' owned by the gentleman who had also built the wharf and the first version of the Newport Hotel.

The year before those laying the foundation stone for Barrenjoey Lighthouse had embarked aboard Jenanerett's 'Florrie' from Boulton’s jetty, in ‘Old Mangrove Bay’ alongside that to the south of the hotel site:

But our steamer, the good ship Florrie, owned by Mr. Jeannerett, was in waiting, lying alongside a jetty at the head of the bay, so we immediately embarked for our destination, Barrenjoey, a distance of about eight miles. On the opposite side of the bay is New Port, the property of Messrs. Mills and Pile and Mr. Jeannerett, who are erecting an hotel, for the accommodation of visitors to the bay. It will have a fine situation ; and when the place becomes more widely known, as it deserves to be, the hotel will doubtless be largely availed of. 

The trip down the bay was greatly enjoyed ; and every point of interest critically scanned. Shortly before 1 o'clock, or about on hour after leaving the wharf, we steamed opposite the jetty, at the Customs-house landing, a short distance away-the depth of water not permitting us to go alongside, and soon Mr. Black, with his whaleboat, came along-side. The whole of the party were then transferred to her, and safely taken on shore, while the provisions, ice. &c, were conveyed in another boat. After a short stay at Mr. Black's house, we prepared to make the assent of the frowning rock upon which the lighthouse is to be erected. LAYING the FOUNDATION-STONE of a NEW, LIGHTHOUSE at BARRENJOEY. (1880, April 17). The Sydney Morning Herald(NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 7. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article13458288

This wasn't the Pelican's first encounter with royalty. The State Library of NSW also holds a painting of her when she was among those to farewell the first Royal Visitor to our shores.

H.M.S. Galatea passing the Sydney Heads with the Pelican and Emu in attendance, ca. 1868

This work depicts the departure of H.M.S. Galatea from Sydney (presumably April 1868). There are two steamers following the Galatea, which are the Emu and the Pelican. At the left of the work is North Head coastline. The South Head Old Macquarie Lighthouse is visible on the right, with the South Head Congregational Chapel, constructed in 1839 and demolished in 1910. There are several spectator boats viewing the departure, which are filled with people, in addition to small human figures on the South Head coast.

Prince Alfred, second son of Queen Victoria, was given command of the wooden steam frigate H.M.S. Galatea in 1866. He visited Australia as part of a world tour, going to Adelaide, Melbourne, Sydney, Brisbane and Tasmania. On 21 January 1868, the Duke of Edinburgh arrived in Sydney. His stay in Sydney lasted four months, departing in April 1868. On 12 March 1868 while attending a picnic at Clontarf, he was shot and wounded in an assassination attempt by Fenian sympathiser Henry James O'Farrell. The Duke of Edinburgh was the first royal visitor to arrive on Australian shores.

See: The First Royal Visitor to Australia: the Incident at Clontarf, March 12th, 1868 

The newspapers of then tells us they visited our area on Monday August 1st, 1881, the same day Barrenjoey Lighthouse was due to light up the point for the first time. That report reads:

Yesterday morning a party from Government House and the Detached Squadron made an excursion up the Hawkesbury, and fortunately the weather was so fine that every lovely scene on the river appeared to the best advantage.

The Royal Princes were of the party. At an early hour those engaging in the excursion left Man-o'-war Stairs, and proceeded in the steam launch Nea to Manly, whence they were conveyed by Mr. Boulton's coaches to Newport. There they were received by Mr. Jeannerett on board the steam launch Pelican. 

Barrenjoey was passed about 11 o'clock. At Barrenjoey Mr. A. T. Black and friends were invited on board the Pelican and the boat then proceeded up the river.

The day being beautifully clear, the scenery of the Hawkesbury was, seen to the best advantage, and was very much admired. Wiseman's Ferry was reached about 3 o'clock in the afternoon. The Pelican stopped at the wharf for a few minutes, and on the Princes appearing the residents assembled, and an address of royal welcome was read and presented to them by the master of the Public school, on behalf of the inhabitants of the village. The school children sang the " National Anthem," and those assembled then gave three hearty cheers for the Queen and the Princes. Prince Edward acknowledged the, compliment in a few appropriate words. The arrangements made by Mr. Jeannerett for the comfort and convenience of the party appeared to give great satisfaction. The Pelican resumed her journey, and we. up the river as far as Sackville Roach, at which spot the party disembarked, and drove thence to Windsor, returning from Windsor to Sydney by special train at night.

The Princes slept at Government House, and will probably remain guests of Lord Augustus Loftus for a few days, after which they will rejoin their old ship the Bacchante, which has now finished her coaling and provisioning..  THE DETACHED SQUADRON. (1881, August 2). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 5. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article13491533

Gullick's album contains a photo of the two young princes on the Pelican, indicating he and his camera were part of the trip, while Albert Black, head Coast Waiter at the Broken Bay Custom Station at Barrenjoey Headland, can be seen to the right in the background behind them, directly beside the tall man with the hat on mid-photo, indicating they have already left there and are heading up the river when this photo is taken:


HRH Prince Albert Victor Christian Edward, Duke of Clarence, and HRH Prince George Frederick Ernest Albert of Wales as midshipmen in the Royal Navy, 1881 / photographer J. Hubert Newman, Sydney - photos courtesy of the State Library of NSW

Albert Thomas Black in his early years, courtesy John Black, great grandson of A T Black.

Albert Thomas Black, who has relatives still living in Pittwater, commenced duties at Broken Bay Customs Station in the 1860’s, with all his children born there, and passed away in August 22nd, 1890 due to illness and at only fifty years of age, at his then home at Woollahra. His wife Kate did not leave the Customs Station until February 24th 1891, continuing her duties as postmistress during this time. 

In A Ride to Barranjoey this is described as:

Just under Barranjoey is the pretty cottage of the Customs officer, Mr Ross and the residences of those connected with the Customs station. There is evidence of taste in the gardens and the other cultivated ground around the station, and an air of peaceful comfort quite refreshing to those engaged in the turmoil of city life. From the station to the flagstaff on the top of the mount, the ascent is by a pretty walk, which must have taken to make and on either side are various shrubs so planted as to throw an acceptable shade over the road. The view from here is a fitting climax to those on the journey down  -to the south-west is a harbour that would hold the  fleets of Great Britain, to the west the mouth of the Hawkesbury, to the north Pyramid Island and the entrance to Brisbane Water, and the innumerable inlets that dent the land stretching far into the sea and forming the South Head of Broken Bay, and on the east the unbroken curve of the Pacific. The Ross's house had a pretty rustic appearance with its neatly painted front, and leaf covered verandah, but, as he informed me, the beauty was all in appearance, since the house, a timber erection, had been built so many years ago, that slabs and posts and weatherboards were now so far decayed as to make it doubtful on the occasion of every gale of wind, whether it would stand it out, or succumb before the blast. However, by dint of constant painting and repairing, it is kept in an apparently comfortable state, despite the rottenness that lurks below the surface, and what is worse, the leakage from the roof above. In front of the house is a small, but well kept garden, on a terrace, built up on the side of the hill evidently after a considerable amount of labour, and overlooking from the farther side the men's hut and the beach beyond. From the side of the house, a wicket gate opens upon a broad pathway leading down to the beach, formed into broad low steps, by means of protecting logs, behind which gravel and stones have been laid just sufficiently off the level to secure drainage. The men's hut is a large slab house with a shingle roof admitting wind and rain everywhere, since the lower ends of the slabs have completely rotted away, and they rock away crazily in the wind in all the helplessness of extreme old age; whilst the boat's crew have their slumbers protected from the pelting rain that would otherwise penetrate the leaky rotten roof, only by the large tarpaulin, or sail, or whatever it is, that is thrown over it. A large boathouse, under which was stored the new and crack boat of the station, stands to the right of the men's hut, with a workshop, in which was a very good and complete supply of tools, attached to it; and at the back, under a shed or lean-to, a little punt, sufficient to accommodate three or four persons, was in course of construction, for use on fishing expeditions.

Running out from the beach immediately in front of these is a long and well constructed jetty, built on piles, and carried into good deep water at the lowest tides. At the back of the cottage we were shown, with evident pride, the arrangements that had been made for supplying the station with water. These were effected by bringing the water of a beautifully clear and crystal spring, by means of long troughs from a dank, rocky gully in the mountain's side, whence it took its source, down to the bask of the premises, and within easy reach of the domestics. This stream, which has never been known to fail, even in the dryest season, is said to be deliciously cold and refreshing…A RIDE TO BARRANJOEY. (1867, March 23). Sydney Mail (NSW : 1860 - 1871), p. 9. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article166798985

Along with these photos, the collection includes views of the Hawkesbury River and District, the Colo River, the Macdonald River, the Warregamba River, the Nepean River, Sackville Reach, Wilsons Creek (Lane Cove), Greenwich Bay, Balls Head and Goat Island.

The full album is available at: collection.sl.nsw.gov.au/record/9PQ8RZ2n for those who want to look through the others.

Here are those of Barrenjoey and Pittwater (with a few sections from for details)and a few from the Hawkesbury, given Pittwater's historical and ongoing connection to that mighty river through the great volunteers of Marine Rescue Cottage Point.

Given the angle and aspects of these photos, it would appear HRH Prince Albert Victor Christian Edward, Duke of Clarence, and HRH Prince George Frederick Ernest Albert of Wales visited the lighthouse the day it commenced its duties, although no stone marker exists to attest to this on the headland, and no image of any ribbon cutting or any other celebrations is in the album, just the fact that they are taken of and from there, and on the same day, Monday August 1st, 1881.

A few notes from the Barrenjoey Lighthouse Construction history page run below on this opening day. Although no mention of any official opening by Royalty forms any part of those reports, archives held elsewhere, or even the journals and letters of the Princes, may mention their visit. 

Barrenjoey's Custom Station Wharf in August 1881

workmen's shed and tracks still in place

Some Hawkesbury ones:

Bar Glen or Island (?), Hawkesbury

Caption at base reads; 'Hawkesbury River near Wiseman's'.

Caption reads 'Sackville Reach'

The King and I on the Hawkesbury

This is not the only instance where a family member of the Royals have visited the Hawkesbury and Pittwater. Just last year Chris Hendrikson, Whale Beach SLSC Life Member and from the family who owned and ran the Whale Beach Kiosk, shared a photo from his family albums, from May 1966, of Prince Charles, the current King, visiting a fishing camp course. Chris calls this his 'King and I' photo.

Having received numerous requests from all over Australia for several years about if and when King Charles visited Pittwater as a young man and where he stayed while here, and only being able to track down a few threads, it was great to have previous Pittwater MP, the Hon. Rob Stokes, who has a deep interest in local history and a lot of knowledge of the same, confirmed:

''It was a headmaster who Prince Charles would stay with. His name was Rod West, and his wife was Janet.  
Rod was a housemaster at Timbertop before becoming Principal at Trinity in Sydeny.  They lived in Goodwin Street Newport.  
While Rod was a Liberal, his daughter, Katherine, went to Ravenswood in Gordon and is now a Labour MP in the House of Commons!''

The other gentleman in Chris' photo is Mr. West:

The news and confirmation by Rob was welcomed by Peter Bodman who set the news service the task of finding out more in October 2020. Peter had been holidaying at The Basin when the news flew all over Pittwater, as it does, that Prince Charles was here.

On 20 March 1983, the Prince of Wales, this time with the Princess of Wales, and their son Prince William, landed in Alice Springs for an official visit, 26 October – 8 November 1985 visiting Victoria for 150th anniversary of the state. This tour included visits to Brisbane and Canberra. The Prince and Princess of Wales also made a visit during the bicentenary celebrations in 1988.

On this visit the Prince and Princess of Wales had an afternoon on Pittwater, this time boarding a vessel at the historical Bayview Wharf. 

Brian Friend OAM, then part of the Water Police, shared during an interview for his Profile:

We drove Di’ and Charles from Bayview up to Gosford on a 60 footer.

So no blast up the Hawkesbury that time, but a return to the pristine waters of Pittwater, and a time of year in a place his senses would have remembered, even if Pittwater was a little changed in the 20 years between jaunts. 

Prince Charles on the Hawkesbury with Timbertop Housemaster Roderick West (1933–2016) in May 1966. Chris is in the dark top with white stripe down the side at the back. Photo: Chris Hendrikson

About William Applegate Gullick

William Applegate Gullick (September 19 1858 – April 27, 1922) was a publisher and inspector of stamps in New South Wales. He was an early photographer and is also known for having designed the coat of arms of New South Wales.

William A Gullick

William Applegate Gullick was baptised in Edington, Wiltshire in 1858, son of William Ransom Gullick and Matilda Hill Applegate. He and his family, including his sister Annie Matilda, emigrated to Sydney where his mother died in childbirth in 1864, the child, ‘Matty’ also not surviving. 

His father remarried in 1866, to Sarah Dust, and they went on to have another 3 boys and 2 girls.

William Ransom Gullick, who worked as a printer’s broker, was declared bankrupt in 1869 and 1880.

William A Gullick started his printing career around 1876 working for printing company John Sands and Co. This company published directories and also worked on heraldry. 

He married Mary Ann Pierce in 1886 in Balmain and the couple had five children, whom they named Zoe (born 1886), Marjorie, also spelt Marjory (born 1888), Chloe(born 1890), Dorothy (born 1893) and Noel (born 1899).

William A. Gullick was asked to create the coat of arms for New South Wales. The interpretation of the ideas that he had were published in 1907 and later a book on the seals in 1914. He was honoured to have his designs approved by the King, and Gullick expected these "emblems of distinction to be prized and guarded jealously". The motto of the arms had originally been devised for Sydney University, but it was Gullick who decided that his arms would bear the message “Orta recens quam pura nites” (Newly risen, how brightly you shine).

Mr. Gullick experimented with the early use of colour photography in Australia. The Lumière brothers' autochrome process that he used relied on using potato starch dyed to the three key colours of red, blue and green. The photo of his wife and daughters was taken with this process in about 1909 only two years after the process first went on sale. The three basic colours of the Lumière process is thought to be the reason why Gullick's family are wearing different coloured dresses. The photo is at their home in Killara.

 Zoe Gullick, Mary Gullick, Marjory Gullick and Chloe Gullick in an early colour picture. 

Intriguingly these were the same three colours as basic stamp denominations used across Australia. Gullick is thought to have influenced the heraldic nature of the stamp designs. His eldest daughter Zoe Gullick (in the red dress) helped Gullick as a laboratory assistant when he was working on his photography. 

A year before his ideas about coloured photos began to attract attention:

Mr. Gullick's Coloured Pictures.

The Hon. A. Norton, M.L.C., has received a letter from Mr W. A. Gullick, Government Printer, Sydney, in reply to an invitation extended to him to show his coloured pictures at the Science Association Congress, commencing on January 11 next. Mr Gullick states that he is awaiting the advent of a cargo steamer with the apparatus before anything further can be done. He has received invitations to exhibit his pictures at the Sydney University, the Royal Society, the Affiliated Photographic Societies of Victoria, the Royal Photographic Society of Great Britain, and the Dresden International Photographic Exhibition. 

Mr. Gullick states that the outfit will be capable of travelling and use wherever there is an electric current, and he hopes it will travel to Brisbane, Melbourne and Adelaide, and, at a later date, to the old country for immigration purposes Once practically started Mr Gullick anticipates that he will be able to detach himself from its details and take up some other avenue, such as the exemplification of the work on large posters, or for book or wall illustrations. In the meantime he is providing material for large pictures for framing on the carbon principle. He adds that he will advise Mr Norton when he gets things going on a large scale, but there is still a lot of work to do, even when the apparatus is to hand, before he will be able to go on night after night like the cinematograph. 

Mr Norton states that last month, when in Sydney, he was invited to attend a private exhibition of the pictures, and saw between eight and one hundred thrown upon the wall with perfectly natural colouring. The process, it is understood, is of German origin, but was not successful until taken in hand by Mr. Gullick. Mr. Gullick's Coloured Pictures. (1908, November 20). The Brisbane Courier (Qld. : 1864 - 1933), p. 2. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article19550320

Mr. Gullick died suddenly, and his will indicates that he did not leave his family the money they might have expected. His obituary lists his hobbies which included both coin and stamp collecting and he left a lathe, many woodworking tools and a camera.

Some insights from the newspapers of the past into his activities pre-photography and his tributes:

PRESENTATION TO MR. W. A. GULLICK.

Mr. W. A. Gullick, the new Government Printer, was yesterday afternoon the recipient of a handsome silver tea and coffee service from the employees of the firm of John Sands, printers and lithographers, George-street, with which firm Mr. Gullick has been associated for upwards of 20 years. 

The presentation was made in the George-street factory in the presence of about 150 employees of both sexes. Mr. Robert Sands, the head of the firm, presided over the gathering, and In stating the object of their meeting together spoke of the sterling qualities of Air. Gullick in connection with the trade. Mo was sure that that gentleman would make a success of his new work, as he had made a success of the business of John Sands during his managerial career. He thought they would all admit that their guest had attained the greatest position possible for any young man in Australia to attain in the trade. Mr. IT. Watsford (accountant), by whom the presentation was made, also spoke in flattering terms of Mr. Gullick. One could safely say that they all had golden opinions of Mr. Gullick, who had for so long managed the business with satisfaction to his employers and with credit to himself. (Applause.) 

Manliness, straightforwardness, and uprightness had at all times governed his actions, and It was with feelings of extreme regret that they said good-bye. He had won the "blue ribbon" of the trade. The firm of John Sands was the oldest-established business of its kind in Australia, notwithstanding that many other firms disputed the fact. It was established in 1827. He begged of Mr. Gullick to accept the tea and coffee service as a token of the esteem in which he was held by the employees of John Sands, and in doing so wished him long life and every happiness. (Loud applause.) The heads of the various departments also spoke in terms of eulogy of Mr. Gullick, who, In responding, said that he hardly knew how to thank them for their kindness. Their gift would ever recall fond recollections and remembrances and old acquaintances. The gathering dispersed with cheers for Mr. and Mrs. Gullick and the firm. PRESENTATION TO MR. W. A. GULLICK. (1896, November 14). The Daily Telegraph (Sydney, NSW : 1883 - 1930), p. 9. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article238553442 

GOVERNMENT PRINTER.

DEATH OF MR. W. A. GULLICK.

Mr. William Applegate Gullick, Government Printer of New South Wales, died suddenly on Thursday night at his home, Hillcrest, Pymble.

He was in his 64th year.

The late Mr. Gullick attended his office as usual on Thursday, and except for what he thought was merely an attack of indigestion he appeared to be in the best of health, leaving for his home at the usual time at the end of the day. He died at about 10 o'clock the same night. The late Mr. Gullick suffered from an attack of influenza some months ago and it was not for a considerable time that he recovered from it.

By his death the Public Service has suffered a severe loss. He entered the service 26 years ago as Government Printer, in succession to the late Mr. Potter. Before that Mr Gullick held an important post in the establishment of Messrs John Sands and Co., with whom his father had also been associated for a number of years.

Mr. Gullick was the type of man with never an idle moment. He was an enthusiastic philatelist and was no less keenly interested in the collection of old coins. Of heraldry he was a keen student. Other hobbies outside literature were photography, especially colour photography, in which he conducted many experiments, carpentering, and fishing. It was all these things, in association naturally with an artistic temperament, that made the late Mr Gullick one of the most delightful of companions. His versatility was seen also in his private workshop, for he was a mechanic of no mean order.

Although a strict disciplinarian, Mr. Gullick was well liked among the big body of men who served under him, and thus he won their loyal co-operation.

The funeral will leave his late residence at Pymble at 1.30 p.m. to-day for the Field of Mars Cemetery.

TREASURER'S TRIBUTE.

"The country has sustained a tremendous loss by the death of Mr. Gullick," said the

Treasurer (Mr A. A. C. Cocks) last night. "I knew Mr. Gullick personally. Besides his great qualifications as a printer he was possessed of those attributes that everywhere win respect and esteem from decent men. He was a high type of commercial man, and he applied to his department a greater amount of business knowledge than if he had grown up in the Government service. His was the kind of service and ability that the State can ill afford to lose."

GOVERNMENT PRINTER. (1922, April 29). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 12. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article16000204 

OBITUARY. MR. W. A. GULLICK.

The funeral of Mr. W. A. Gullick, Government Printer, took place at the Field of Mars Cemetery on Saturday afternoon. The com-mittal service was conducted by the Rev. A. C. Cutts. The chief mourners were Mr. Noel Applegate Gullick (son) and Messrs. R. C. King, K. Upward, and R. Peacock (son-in-law). The Government Printing Office was represented by Messrs. D. Campbell (superintendent), A. J. Kent (accountant), J. J. Hyde (chief overseer), C. Wilkey (linotype section), R. Woods, and C. Wilson (permanent composing staff), and A. E. Hocking and E. J. Bought-wood (representing the temporary chapel).

Amongst other present were Dr. C. Blackwell, Messrs. D. Millar (Country Press), W. D. Loveridge (Public Service Board), W. Franks (representing Mr. Robert Sands), E. G. Baker (Government Printer, Papua), C. J. Saunders, W. A. Gilder, B. Haigh, T. H. Jackson, C. E. Boyd, J. J. Bouse, W. Dixson, G. H. Partridge, E. J. Rouse, A. Wilson, and L. Upward. A great number of wreaths were sent by Government Printing Office departments, printing trades-unions, and by private persons. OBITUARY. MR. W. A. GULLICK. (1922, May 2). The Sydney Morning Herald (NSW : 1842 - 1954), p. 10. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article16000511 

The State Library of NSW States:

William Applegate Gullick (1858-1922) and his family epitomised those who settled in the upper North Shore at the turn of the 20th century. A prominent public servant, Gullick was New South Wales Government Printer and Inspector of Stamps from 1896 to 1922. He lived with his wife Mary and five children at Altoncourt, Killara, as well as a number of other houses in the area.

A 1925 description of Killara reads: 'this suburb may justly claim to be both attractive and select. There are many substantial residences, the homes of the well-to-do citizen; and altogether the dwellings are of a superior class'. (Wilson’s Authentic Directory. Sydney and Suburbs, Sydney: Wilson & Co., 1925, ML 981.1/W)

Gullick had a passionate interest in heraldry and designed the New South Wales coat of arms in 1906. He was also a keen amateur photographer and was one of the first people in Australia to experiment with autochrome plates, an early colour photography process. In 1909, his expertise in the area was acknowledged when he was invited by Sydney University's Science Society to give a lecture on colour photography.

The Library has a striking series of his autochrome colour plates depicting his family life at their home in Killara.

Reference: Library correspondence file

All photos and the painting courtesy Mitchell Library, State Library of New South Wales

Barrenjoey Lighthouse: 1881 Notes


Mr. John Kelly was Foreman of Works thereafter, and guided by Mr. E. S. W. Spencer, the then Clerk of Works. The stone used for the lighthouse, lighthouse keepers and assistant lighthouse keepers cottages was quarried from the headland itself, just below the site of the current assistant lighthouse-keeper cottages. The other materials required were brought by ship to the Customs Station Wharf and carried via the trolley devised by Mr Banks to the constructions site. The original estimate did not include the lights needed and by completion twenty thousand pounds had been spent. Build time was fourteen months, completion on July 20th, 1881.


Barrenjoey July 1881 - from Australian National Archives


Barrenjoey Lighthouse, circa 1881 - contractors and workers - courtesy AGNSW 

Of lighthouses the Colonial Architect has the completion of four under his direction. The principal one is that known as the Macquarie lighthouse, near South Head. Several months ago this reached its full height so far as the tower is concerned, but its completion has been delayed pending the arrival of the lantern from England, which has taken more time to prepare than was anticipated. This will be fitted with an electric light, which Mr. Douglas, of the Trinity Board, has written to state will be superior to any in the world. In order to make it as perfect as possible, Professor Tyndall, whose authority on light is unquestioned, was consulted. Mr. J. Elphinston is the contractor for the erection of the lighthouse, and the work is estimated to cost £11,300.

Barrenjoey lighthouse will be ready for use early in August, the building being nearly completed. A second-class red dioptric light, produced from oil, will be introduced. Mr. Banks is the contractor, and the work of erection is estimated to cost £18, 695. 

1877 -1879 Barnet Plan of the Assistant Keepers€™ cottages for Barrenjoey Lighthouse showing the underground water tanks inside the enclosed yards (Source: NAA 4957002 Series A9568)

At Montague Island the quarters of the lighthouse keeper are being roofed in. The tower of the  lighthouse, which is situated on a huge granite boulder, and is to be built of granite, is about ten feet out of the ground. When completed a lantern containing a first-class revolving dioptric light will be added to it.Mr. Jennings is the contractor, and the work is estimated to cost £16,950. The fourth lighthouse is situated at Green Cape, towards the southern boundary of the colony. Mr. Aspinall, the contractor, has just commenced operations, his first work being the formation of a tramway, about four miles long, from the beach to the site of the building, for the easy conveyance of materials. The lighthouse will be constructed of concrete ; the men's quarters of rubble. A first-class revolvingdioptric light will be introduced. The work is estimated to cost £12,936. Public Works in Progress. (1881, May 5). The Maitland Mercury & Hunter River General Advertiser (NSW : 1843 - 1893), p. 6. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article817064

The light shone for the first time on the 1st of August 1881. 

The New Lighthouse at Barrenjuey.

{From the S. M. Herald.)

The necessity for a lighthouse at Barrenjuey, the South Head of Broken Bay, was brought under the notice of the Government as far back as 1868, when the present site was selected as the best adapted for the purpose, the land being private property. Captain Hixson, R.N., President of the Marine Board, recommended the erection of two wooden buildings in which the lights might be exhibited. This recommendation was approved of by the then Colonial Treasurer, Mr. Geoffrey Edgar, the work being carried out by Messrs. Hudson Brothers of Sydney, under the superintendence of Mr. W. Coles, first clerk of works in the Colonial Architect's department, at a cost of about £300, including £85 for two lanterns, &c, completed in August, 1868. They were named the Stewart Lights, after Mr. Robert Stewart, the then member of Parliament for East Sydney, by whose efforts these lights were established, and they have been in use for the last thirteen years. 

In the year 1873, at a conference of the principal officers of the marine departments of the Australian colonies, held at Sydney, comprising Captain Hixson(chairman), representing this colony, Captain Heath, R.N., for Queensland, Captain Ferguson for South Australia and Western Australia, Captain Payne, for Victoria, and Mr. C. W. Maxwell, for Tasmania, it was resolved to recommend the erection of one lighthouse at Barrenjuey, to take the place of the two temporary lights, with lights of the second order of fixed dioptric red lights ; and in the year 1874 plans for a permanent lighthouse and quarters were prepared, and the sum of £5000 was also in that year voted towards the erection of the buildings. The matter, however, was postponed from time to time, and tenders were not accepted until October,1878. Those received being considered too high, they were declined. Ultimately in October, 1879, the tender of Mr. Isaac Banks, amounting to £13,695, was accepted, and preparations were at once made for commencing the work. 

This tender, however, did not provide for the lantern light, and the light rooms, &c. The lantern was obtained from Messrs. Chance Brothers, of England, at a cost of £2210. The entire work was completed by the contractor on the 20th instant. The lantern is capacious and well ventilated, having modern improvements, placed on a substantial iron light-room, the whole standing upon a strong tower, built with the excellent freestone of the locality. The height of the light is 371 feet over high-water mark, and is visible about 15 miles distant. The tower is fitted with an iron spiral stair, communicating with the upper floor. Adjoining the tower is an oil-room, with passage, and exterior stairway communicating with the principal quarters. The under-keepers' quarters' are placed slightly lower on the hill, to the south-west, and sheltered by the north-eastern cliff. The tower and the buildings are replete with every convenience for the efficient working of the light. 

These works were designed by Mr. James Barnet, the Colonial Architect, and under his direction they were carried out, the superintending officers being Mr. E. S. V. Spencer, clerk of works, and Mr. John Kelly, the mason foreman of the works. The latter left for Montague Island Lighthouse works in December, 1880, being succeeded by Mr. Archibald Murray, carpenter, from the South Solitary Lighthouse works. The light will be exhibited for the first time on the night of August 1st, by Mr. George Mulhall, the principal keeper, and his assistants. Mr. James Barnet and Captains Hixson, Broomfield, Jenkins, Robertson, M'Lean, and commander Lindeman paid an official visit to the new lighthouse on Friday, in order to inspect the works and to test the efficiency of the light from sea. They proceeded hence at noon in the Captain Cook (B.), and reached Broken Bay about 2.30 p.m., where the whole party disembarked, and made an inspection of the lighthouse and buildings, after which they re-embarked on the Captain Cook, and for the first time the lighthouse was  lighted up.It was viewed from various parts of the bay, and then from the sea. Mr. Barnet expressed himself highly pleased with the work and the manner in which Mr. Banks had carried out his contract, and expressions of a similar nature were made by the members of the Marine Board, The visitors got back to Sydney at half-past 9 o'clock on Friday night, after a rather rough trip. The New Lighthouse at Barrenjuey. (1881, August 2). The Maitland Mercury & Hunter River General Advertiser (NSW : 1843 - 1893), p. 6. Retrieved, from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article818977

On the Opening:

THE BARRENJUEY LIGHTHOUSE. 

The new lighthouse at Barrenjuey, an illustration of which appears in this issue, was  lit up for the first time on Monday night, August 1, by Mr. George Mulhall, the lighthouse-keeper. On Friday an official visit was made to the lighthouse by Mr. James Barnet, and Captains Hixson. Jenkins, Broomfield, Robertson, M'Lean, and Lieut. Lindeman, R.N. The party left in the Captain Cook during the afternoon, and returned to town about 10 o'clock after a somewhat rough passage. At a conference of though principal officers of the Marine Departments of the colonies held in 1870, at which were present Captain Hixson (chairman), representing this colony, Captain Heath, R.N., for Queensland; Captain Ferguson, for South Australia and Western Australia ; Captain Payne, for "Victoria; and Mr. C. W. Maxwell for Tasmania, it was resolved to recommend the erection of one lighthouse at Barrenjuey, to take the place of the two temporary lights, with lights of the second order of fixed diopiric red lights ; and in the year 1871 plans for a permanent lighthouse and quarters were prepared, and the sum of  £5000 was also voted towards the erection of the buildings. In October, 1879, the tender of Mr. Isaac Banks, amounting to £13 005, was accepted, and preparations were at once made for commencing the work. This tender, however, did not provide for the lantern light, and the light rooms, &c. The lantern was obtained from Messrs. Chance Bros., of England, at a cost of £2210. The entire work was completed by the contractor on the 20th ultimo. The lantern is capacious and well ventilated, having all modern improvements, placed on a substantial iron lightroom, the whole standing upon a strong tower, built with the excellent freestone of the locality. The height of the light is 371ft over high water mark, and is visible about 15 miles distant, latitudes 33deg 35 mins S., longitude 151deg 21min 

The tower is fitted with an iron spiral stair, communicating with the upper floor. Adjoining the tower is an oil-room with passage and exterior stairway communicating with the principal quarters. The underkeepers' quarters are placed slightly lower on the hill to the south-west, and sheltered by the north-eastern cliff. The works were designed by Mr. James Barnet, the Colonial Architect, and under his direction they were carried out, the superintending officers being Mr. E. S. V. Spencer, clerk of works, and Mr. John Kelly, the mason foreman of the works. The latter loft for Montague Island lighthouse works in December, 1880, being succeeded by Mr. Archibald Murray, carpenter, from the South Solitary lighthouse works. The members of the Marine Board and Mr. S Barnet express themselves as very pleased with the manner in which Mr. Banks has carried out his contract. THE BARRENJUEY LIGHTHOUSE. (1881, August 6).Australian Town and Country Journal (Sydney, NSW : 1870 - 1907), p. 37. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article70958591 

THE BARRENJUEY LIGHTHOUSE, BROKEN BAY.-OPENED ON MONDAY NIGHT. (SEE SHIPPING INTELLIGENCE.) THE BARRENJUEY LIGHTHOUSE, BROKEN BAY.”OPENED ON MONDAY NIGHT. (SEE SHIPPING INTELLIGENCE.). (1881, August 6).Australian Town and Country Journal (Sydney, NSW : 1870 - 1907), p. 32. Retrieved from http://nla.gov.au/nla.news-article70958799 

Research/report: A J Guesdon, 2025

Opportunities:

Greece and Crete named as destinations for 2026 Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship tour

Wednesday October 22, 2025

NSW Premier Chris Minns and Minister for Veterans David Harris today announced Greece and Crete as destinations for the 2026 Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship school study tour exploring Australia's military history of the Second World War.

The announcement comes a week after students from schools across NSW returned from the 2025 study tour to the Republic of Korea and Singapore.

The students visited the site of the Battle of Kapyong, the Demilitarised Zone and the UN First Battle Memorial in the Republic of Korea. In Singapore, the tour included visits to the Kranji War Memorial, Changi Prison Chapel and Museum, and the Fort Siloso and Surrender Chambers.

Sixteen students from across NSW will be selected to participate in next year’s study tour to Greece and Crete, with 2026 marking the 85th anniversary of the Greek and Crete campaigns of 1941.

Key locations on the tour include Athens, war cemeteries at Phaleron and Suda Bay, and the historic site of the Battle of Rethymno, where Australian and Greek troops faced a fierce German paratrooper assault. Of the more than 17,000 Australians who served in the campaigns, nearly 600 died and over 1,000 were wounded. Each site holds deep significance in the nation’s involvement in the Second World War.

Applications opened today for Accompanying Teachers for the 2026 tour that will take place in the Term 3 school holidays.

NSW teachers of Stage 5 History and/or Stage 6 Modern History are encouraged to apply for this unique professional development opportunity to enrich their understanding and teaching of Australian war time history.

Student applications will open in early 2026.

Applications for the role of Accompanying Teacher for the 2026 tour close at 11:59pm on 26 November 2025. Eligible teachers can apply here: https://veteransaffairs.smartygrants.com.au/PAMS2026Teachers.

Students who will be in Year 10 or 11 in 2026 are encouraged to register their interest. 

More information is available here: https://www.veterans.nsw.gov.au/education/premiers-anzac-memorial-scholarship/

NSW Premier Chris Minns said:

“The Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship is a wonderful opportunity for high school History students to further develop their understanding of the history of Australians at war.

“The 85th anniversary of the Greek and Crete campaigns of 1941 provides a unique opportunity to offer NSW high school students passionate about history a chance to commemorate and better understand the experience of Australian men and women who served in this important theatre of the Second World War.”

Minister for Veterans David Harris said:

“The PAMS tour presents a unique opportunity for teachers and students from all over New South Wales, and I highly recommend that history teachers consider applying.

“The 2026 tour will explore Australia’s military history during the Second World War, visiting locations that experienced the war’s impact first-hand. Students and teachers will hear the stories of those who served and sacrificed their lives in these campaigns that defined our nation’s involvement in the Second World War.

“The study tour is an important initiative in ensuring the legacy of our Second World War veterans is preserved. By connecting young Australians with the places where our veterans served, we honour their courage, service and sacrifice, while strengthening our commitment to remembrance.”

Elizabeth Farmer, Nowra High School teacher and 2025 PAMS accompanying teacher said:

"The Premiers’ Anzac Memorial Scholarship experience is more incredible than can be believed. From gaining experiential learning ideas on the ground where Australians have fought to deepening your understanding of syllabus content, the study tour was an outstanding opportunity to further my knowledge of HSIE content, but to also link my family history and service to locations vital to Australian history.

“The Scholarship offers more than a chance to walk in the footsteps of our past servicemen and servicewomen, it offers the chance to help shape the way future generations interact with our shared history and our past, present and future veterans."

Christian Bell, Christian Brothers' High School Lewisham teacher and 2025 PAMS accompanying teacher said:

"The Premiers’ Anzac Memorial Scholarship tour is one of the most rewarding professional development experiences a History teacher can undertake. It offers the rare chance to explore overseas sites of Australian service, memorials including museums, and battlefields, alongside expert historians, whose knowledge and storytelling bring history vividly to life.

“Equally inspiring is working with the students. A group of curious, respectful, and deeply engaged young people whose enthusiasm for learning about Australia’s military past makes every moment on tour meaningful. I strongly encourage teachers to apply.”

Biana Nguyen, 2025 PAMS Scholar, St George Girls High School:

"The Premier’s Anzac Memorial Scholarship tour to Korea and Singapore was a powerful experience that reshaped how I see history.

“Visiting sites of remembrance and learning about the impacts of war in both countries made the past feel real and immediate.

“Standing in places where Australians once served and hearing stories of resilience, loss and recovery gave me a deeper understanding of the legacy of military service.”

Liam Harrison, 2025 PAMS Scholar, Mereweather High School said:

"Participating in the PAMS tour was a transformative experience that deepened my understanding of history far beyond the classroom. Through immersive visits to significant sites and memorials, gained a significant appreciation for the complexities of war and the enduring legacy of those who served.

"I very much encourage other students to apply for the scholarship. It’s more than a tour, it’s an opportunity to grow, connect, and carry forward the memory of our shared past."

Avalon Sailing Club Try Sailing Day is Saturday 15th November.

It's an opportunity for members of the public to visit the club, explore the facilities and try sailing on a yacht or dinghy. Speak to members and experts about ways to get into sailing.

Sailing opportunities at Avalon for all ages from 8 years up to 88 !

Click here for details: www.revolutionise.com.au/avalonsailingclub/events/321427

Busk at The North Narrabeen NSHS P&C Boot Sale

Are you a budding musician? The NSHS P&C is turning up the volume at our November 30 Car Boot Sale with a brand-new initiative — Busk @ the Boot! 

Whether you’re an up-and-coming performer, a seasoned street musician, or just love to share your sound, we want YOU to help bring the vibe!

Here’s the deal:
  • Open to NSHS students and local community artists
  • Buskers keep 100% of the money collected during their set
Questions? Contact our CAPA Coordinator Katherine Moore at moore.moorefitness@gmail.com


The P&C Executive is committed to making every event more vibrant, inclusive, and fun — and we believe live music is the key to that energy! So, whether you’re acoustic, electric, solo, or in a group, come and help us make this Boot Sale sing!

Narrabeen SLSC Ocean Swim 2025

Our Annual Narrabeen Beach Challenge Ocean Swim kicks off Sydney’s Ocean swim season on Sunday 2 November 2025. It is a favourite for both local athletes and casual swimmers of all ages. This year, we are introducing a 300 metre Junior Swim alongside our regular 800-metre and 1.8-km races.

Everyone can enter this event via oceanswims.com website or via here. We are looking forward to a wonderful day for our swimmers.

Kevin Lee

Narrabeen Beach Challenge Ocean Swim Co-Organiser, Narrabeen Beach SLSC

Battle Of The Bands: opportunity to listen to great local music at Mona Vale

Every Friday in November
12 Bands | 4 Weeks | One Epic Showdown
At The Mona (Mona Vale Hotel - Park Street Mona Vale)
The Line Up has been finalised, and we're counting down the days! 
Get ready for an epic month of live music, incredible local talent and unforgettable Friday night at The Mona. 

FINAL LINE UP & DATES 
Week 1: Friday, 7th November 
  • Hour Language
  • Josh Evans 
  • Bangalley 
  • Necko 
Week 2: Friday, 14th November 
  • Ramstone 
  • There Goes me
  • Speaking Of Which 
  • Gilroy 
Week 3: Friday, 21st November 
  • Selene and The Strange 
  • Apocalypseboyo
  • Woodhill
  • Social Strangers 
Week 4: Friday, 28th November THE FINAL 
  • To be determined...

Financial help for young people

Concessions and financial support for young people.

Includes:

  • You could receive payments and services from Centrelink: Use the payment and services finder to check what support you could receive.
  • Apply for a concession Opal card for students: Receive a reduced fare when travelling on public transport.
  • Financial support for students: Get financial help whilst studying or training.
  • Youth Development Scholarships: Successful applicants will receive $1000 to help with school expenses and support services.
  • Tertiary Access Payment for students: The Tertiary Access Payment can help you with the costs of moving to undertake tertiary study.
  • Relocation scholarship: A once a year payment if you get ABSTUDY or Youth Allowance if you move to or from a regional or remote area for higher education study.
  • Get help finding a place to live and paying your rent: Rent Choice Youth helps young people aged 16 to 24 years to rent a home.

Visit: https://www.nsw.gov.au/living-nsw/young-people/young-people-financial-help

School Leavers Support

Explore the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK) as your guide to education, training and work options in 2022;
As you prepare to finish your final year of school, the next phase of your journey will be full of interesting and exciting opportunities. You will discover new passions and develop new skills and knowledge.

We know that this transition can sometimes be challenging. With changes to the education and workforce landscape, you might be wondering if your planned decisions are still a good option or what new alternatives are available and how to pursue them.

There are lots of options for education, training and work in 2022 to help you further your career. This information kit has been designed to help you understand what those options might be and assist you to choose the right one for you. Including:
  • Download or explore the SLIK here to help guide Your Career.
  • School Leavers Information Kit (PDF 5.2MB).
  • School Leavers Information Kit (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • The SLIK has also been translated into additional languages.
  • Download our information booklets if you are rural, regional and remote, Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander, or living with disability.
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Regional, Rural and Remote School Leavers (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for Aboriginal and/or Torres Strait Islander School Leavers (DOCX 1.1MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (PDF 2MB).
  • Support for School Leavers with Disability (DOCX 0.9MB).
  • Download the Parents and Guardian’s Guide for School Leavers, which summarises the resources and information available to help you explore all the education, training, and work options available to your young person.

School Leavers Information Service

Are you aged between 15 and 24 and looking for career guidance?

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337).

SMS 'SLIS2022' to 0429 009 435.

Our information officers will help you:
  • navigate the School Leavers Information Kit (SLIK),
  • access and use the Your Career website and tools; and
  • find relevant support services if needed.
You may also be referred to a qualified career practitioner for a 45-minute personalised career guidance session. Our career practitioners will provide information, advice and assistance relating to a wide range of matters, such as career planning and management, training and studying, and looking for work.

You can call to book your session on 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) Monday to Friday, from 9am to 7pm (AEST). Sessions with a career practitioner can be booked from Monday to Friday, 9am to 7pm.

This is a free service, however minimal call/text costs may apply.

Call 1800 CAREER (1800 227 337) or SMS SLIS2022 to 0429 009 435 to start a conversation about how the tools in Your Career can help you or to book a free session with a career practitioner.

All downloads and more available at: www.yourcareer.gov.au/school-leavers-support

Word Of The Week: fugue

Word of the Week remains a keynote in 2025, simply to throw some disruption in amongst the 'yeah-nah' mix. 

Noun

1. Music; a composition in which a short melody or phrase (the subject) is introduced by one part and successively taken up by others and developed by interweaving the parts. 2. Psychiatry; a loss of awareness of one's identity, often coupled with flight from one's usual environment, associated with certain forms of epilepsy.

In classical music, a fugue (/fjuːɡ/, from Latin fuga, meaning "flight" or "escape") is a contrapuntal, polyphonic compositional technique in two or more voices, built on a subject (a musical theme) that is introduced at the beginning in imitation (repetition at different pitches), which recurs frequently throughout.

Etymology: The English term fugue originated in the 16th century and is derived from the French word fugue or the Italian fuga. This in turn comes from the Latin fuga, which is itself related to both fugere ("to flee") and fugare ("to chase"). The adjectival form is fugal. Variants include fughetta ("a small fugue") and fugato (a passage in fugal style within another work that is not a fugue).

Compare Fug (Noun)

1. fustiness, staleness, dampness, fug, stuffiness, reek. 2. a strong unpleasant smell or stink.

Origin: People refer to the atmosphere somewhere as a fug when it is smoky and smelly and there is no fresh air. [mainly British]late 19th century (originally dialect and schoolchildren's slang): of unknown origin. 

Compare Fugitive

Noun

1. a person who has escaped from captivity or is in hiding.

Adjective

1. quick to disappear; fleeting.

From late Middle English: from Old French fugitif, -ive, from Latin fugitivus, from fugere ‘flee’.

The story of MTV: The downfall of music disrupter

The Buggles’ song “Video Killed the Radio Star” became the first video clip to be broadcast on MTV. Ilustrasi: Rino/The ConversationCC BY
Farhan MutaqinUniversity of Edinburgh and Naufal RafiansyahUniversity of Edinburgh

When The Buggles’ music video “Video Killed the Radio Star” aired on August 1, 1981, it marked a historic moment for both television and music. The day marked the launch of the Music Television channel (MTV).

MTV rapidly became a trendsetter and remained one for over two decades by offering something revolutionary: a nonstop stream of music videos, visual storytelling, and youth culture.

Just like The Buggle’s iconic song, MTV’s innovation disrupted radio. It became the tastemaker long before YouTube, TikTok, and artificial intelligence-based recommendations ever existed.

Everyone looked forward to the countdown and the MTV awards — shared rituals that shaped youth culture, music tastes, and even communities.

But that’s it for MTV. Last week, it announced its various UK music channels would be shutting down later this year. Only one reality show-based channel — MTV HD — will remain.

MTV wasn’t immune to the overall decline of TV viewership. Video jockeys (VJs) that once guided audiences through playlists have been replaced by algorithms. Consumers’ endless scrolling habits take away the excitement of waiting for the next fixed show.

MTV’s decline goes beyond a mere business downturn or the shutdown of some television channels. It is the end of an era when music videos brought people together in the same beat.

The golden age

MTV sparked excitement upon its launch. At the time, the public was captivated by how it transformed music into something that could no longer just be heard, but also seen and felt through videos.

Musicians also took advantage of the opportunity to show off through videos: combining music, fashion, and visual performance. The “King of Pop”, Michael Jackson, was a perfect example of what MTV’s influence did for his career.

Track songs like Thriller, Beat It, and Billie Jean brought Michael Jackson to the pinnacle of fame. Other artists such as Duran Duran and Madonna also got their long-lasting popularity from MTV.

Its dominance took shape after Viacom Inc. (now Paramount Global) acquired it for US$667.5 million in 1985.

Together with Paramount, MTV presented various variety of genre-based programs, such as Yo! MTV Raps and Headbangers Ball, which targeted youth cultural segments and fostered a sense of shared identity.

MTV created something more than just a television network. It also symbolised a shared culture, reflecting how people listened to music, dressed, and imagined their futures.

Its expansion turned out to be a massive success. Paramount polished MTV into one of the world’s most influential channels for decades. At some point, MTV annual revenue touched US$400 million and reached 112 million viewers in just one year.

Lost and slow adaptation

Technological advancements began disrupting the entertainment landscape at the start of the 21st century. The digital revolution beat up traditional television, and of course MTV itself.

People who used to watch TV shifted their attention to the internet. The emergence of music and video entertainment platforms offering on-demand services made MTV’s music channel outdated.

Through Spotify, Apple Music, and YouTube, people have instant and unlimited access to music without having to schedule their days.

This shift in viewing habits stems from changes in consumer behaviour, corporate pressures, and the evolution of digital media. The demise of MTV and the new disruption wave of on-demand platforms reflect a major shift in the global cultural landscape.

The pressure also came from MTV itself. Former MTV UK Head of Digital Matthew Kershaw said the management’s reluctance to break away from its old business model contributed to its downfall.

MTV’s vast network of channels was once seen as innovative. But its increasingly corporate approach shifted the focus toward reality shows like Jersey ShoreMTV Cribs, and Jackass. While these programs were popular for a time, MTV drifted away from its music roots.

But these innovations weren’t relevant anymore. Back then, these channels united audiences because everyone watched the same music videos, talked about them in school, and formed a collective identity.

Now, people enjoy music in more personal and customised ways — thanks to algorithms and AI.

As of July 2025, MTV Music only attracted around 1.3 million viewers. There is a huge gap from its heyday in the 1980s-90s which reached hundreds of millions.

Did nothing — and it Backfired

MTV’s downfall is a reminder that in the digital age, technological adaptation, time management and the ability to adapt to consumer behavior are crucial.

MTV certainly made history as a disruptor of the old model. Yet over time, MTV has now become the one being disrupted by the very thing it once used: technology.

People can now watch whenever and wherever they want with the current innovation. There’s no need to wait for a fixed schedule to enjoy the music from their favourite artists.

Still, Even today’s disruptors must stay vigilant. Slowly but surely, TikTok is the phantom manace. This Chinese social media platform has successfully captured the popular trend of dancing combine with music.

MTV basically has resources, even more, than platforms that now dominate music entertainment like Spotify and YouTube. It is all about consumer behaviour and needs mismatch. MTV’s lack of agility to meet next generation needs just paid off.

MTV was once a phenomenon built on the slogan “video killed the radio star.” Now it must admit that streaming has killed the video star.The Conversation

Farhan Mutaqin, PhD Researcher, University of Edinburgh and Naufal Rafiansyah, Marketing science, University of Edinburgh

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A white poet and a Sioux doctor fell in love after Wounded Knee – racism and sexism would drive them apart

Native American children ride bikes near the cemetery at Wounded Knee, the site of the Dec. 29, 1890, massacre of Sioux tribal members. Richmatts/iStock via Getty Images
Julie DobrowTufts University

Like many star-crossed lovers, Elaine Goodale and Charles Alexander Eastman came from different worlds.

Goodale, born in 1863 to a family claiming Puritan roots, grew up on a farm in a remote part of western Massachusetts. In 1858, a baby first named Hakadah, later called Ohíye S’a, who then became widely known as Charles Alexander Eastman for most of his adult life, was born near Redwood Falls, Minnesota. A Wahpeton Santee Dakota, he fled to Manitoba, Canada, with tribal members during the 1862 Dakota War between the U.S. military and several bands of Dakota collectively known as the Santee Sioux.

In December 1890, the two unexpectedly met each other while working at the Pine Ridge Agency in the newly declared state of South Dakota. Even more improbably, they fell in love.

Just weeks later, booming Hotchkiss rifles 15 miles away signaled the start of the Wounded Knee Massacre. Federal troops ended up killing at least 250 Lakota Sioux men, women and children; the traumatic event, historian David Martínez writes, sparked “the abrupt transformation of Indian nations from geopolitical powers … to symbols of conquest.”

It also transformed Goodale and Eastman’s nascent relationship: They resolved to marry and to work together for Native American causes.

Wounded Knee, however, would also prove an unfortunate metaphor for their marriage.

In the research for my new dual biography, “Love and Loss After Wounded Knee: A Biography of an Extraordinary Interracial Marriage,” I dove into letters, photographs and hundreds of newspaper articles documenting this high-profile, late-19th-century relationship.

I came to understand that their marriage failed not only because of interpersonal tensions and a clash of values, but also because of some of the ways in which ideas about gender, race and Indigenous identity were rapidly changing in the U.S.

From writer to teacher

At 13, Goodale started publishing poetry in St. Nicholas Magazine, a popular children’s periodical. Her poems generated attention from the press, in addition to fan mail from notable men of letters, including Henry Wadsworth Longfellow. By the time she was 20, she had published five books.

Black-and-white portrait of young woman.
Elaine Goodale Eastman in 1890, when she worked as the Supervisor of Education for the Dakotas. South Dakota Historical Society

But because poets without family fortunes needed other means to support themselves – and because women in the late 1800s had few career options – Goodale turned to teaching. She accepted a job at Virginia’s Hampton Institute, a boarding school that was founded to teach newly emancipated Black students. It later became part of the government’s program to assimilate Native Americans.

Goodale became convinced that Indigenous children would benefit more from schools in their own communities, rather than at government- or church-run boarding schools. She traveled to the Dakota Territory and opened a day school. She also turned from poetry to prose, documenting her observations of “Indian life and education” in dozens of articles.

By the time she came to Pine Ridge Agency, the administrative offices at the Oglala Lakota Indian Reservation, she had been appointed the first supervisor of education for the Dakotas.

The ideal ‘assimilated Indian’

Ohíye S’a’s early years were marked by family trauma and U.S. government policies aimed at seizing land and displacing and assimilating Native people. His mother died shortly after he was born, and during the Dakota War it was widely believed that his father and brothers had perished. His grandmother and uncle raised him until his mid-teenage years.

A dark-skinned, expressionless man wearing a suit and tie.
Charles Eastman was often praised in the press for his academic accomplishments – and his willingness to assimilate. Wikimedia Commons

In 1873, the 15-year-old was surprised to discover that his father was, in fact, alive. Jacob Eastman had taken a European-American name and converted to Christianity. He was convinced that only a formal English-language education could provide a path forward for Native people.

At his father’s urging, Ohíye S’a became “Charles Eastman,” and he also converted to Christianity. He attended a series of boarding schools before landing at Dartmouth College and then Boston University Medical School.

His white mentors saw Eastman – the only Native person in his class at either institution – as the ideal “assimilated Indian.” His achievements often appeared in newspapers with headlines like “He’s a Winner: Sioux Indian Who Got a Boston University Degree,” an allusion to the fact that “Ohíye S’a” translated to “winner.”

It isn’t clear whether Eastman ever thought of himself in that way. But throughout his life, he straddled the world in which he was raised and the one in which he was educated. His first job, as agency physician at Pine Ridge, placed him at the nexus of these two cultures.

An unlikely pair, a media sensation

After the shots rang out near Wounded Knee Creek, Eastman’s medical education was put to the test. Called into service as a nurse, Goodale also tended the wounded and dying in the makeshift hospital at a nearby church.

Six months later, Elaine and Charles were married in New York City in June 1891, much to the consternation of her family.

The couple’s nuptials appeared in hundreds of newspapers, partially due to the rarity of an interracial marriage in the 19th century. Much of the coverage was rife with racist stereotypes.

The Watertown Times in New York proclaimed, “Poetess Marries a Big Injun’”; the San Francisco Examiner ran a front-page story declaring “Fair Bride of An Indian: Elaine Goodale Weds the Red Man of Her Choice.”

Sometimes, articles focused on Charles’ educational background, often misrepresenting it by suggesting he had attended Cornell, Harvard or Yale. He was referred to as a “specimen,” with racialized language discussing his physical attributes: “He is of medium height … with all the peculiarities of his people in his features. His eyes are small and glittering, his face and nose are broad and his cheek bones very pronounced,” according to the San Francisco Examiner.

This type of media coverage – highlighting the differences between Elaine and Charles’ backgrounds, while pointedly describing Charles in stereotyped ways – would dog them throughout their marriage.

Professional travails, personal problems

Charles attempted to set up his own medical practice in St. Paul, Minnesota. But white patients proved reluctant to see “an Indian doctor,” while Native patients were hesitant to patronize a physician dispensing unfamiliar medicines. The practice failed.

Financial pressures increased over the next decade as Elaine and Charles became parents of six children. They moved frequently: Charles took on a series of jobs, including recruiting for the YMCA, lobbying on behalf of the Santee Sioux, and working as an “outing agent” at the Carlisle Indian Industrial School, which involved finding summer placements for Native students with white families in a further attempt to Americanize them.

Because Charles left behind few personal papers, it’s difficult to know if he believed in this program. But it’s easy to see how it could have created an identity crisis of sorts.

At other points in his life, Charles seemed to put his Dakota identity front and center. For example, he was one of the co-founders of the Society of American Indians, an organization that worked on behalf of self-determination for Native Americans. He even served as its president in 1918. Meanwhile, his wife remained a staunch believer in assimilation.

At Elaine’s urging – and likely, under her editorial stewardship – Charles began publishing stories and then books about his “Indian Boyhood.” While Elaine continued writing and was able to publish a few books, his literary career took off and hers stalled out.

Cursive text.
A signature from a copy of one of Charles Eastman’s books, in which he uses both his Christian name and his Native American name, Ohíye S’a. Wikimedia Commons

Even their children weren’t spared from the headlines. An article in the St. Paul Globe wrote, of one of the Eastman children, “… the child had not inherited any of the attractiveness of the mother. It was a veritable old squaw miniature.”

In her personal writing, Elaine never acknowledged her children as biracial. The public stereotyping and private dismissal of the Eastman children’s identities were undoubtedly another stressor in an already-stressed marriage.

Pictures worth a thousand words

After many moves, the Eastmans landed in Amherst, Massachusetts. But Charles did not stay put, embarking upon a vigorous new career on the lecture circuit.

He became one of the best-known Native Americans of his era, as well as one of the most photographed.

Sepia-toned portrait of man wearing a headdress and traditional Native American clothing.
Charles Eastman alternatively posed in Western dress and traditional Sioux regalia. Amherst College

Sometimes Charles chose to appear in a Victorian suit and cravat. Other times he posed in traditional Sioux regalia. Often the coverage of his talks focused more on what he was wearing than the content of his lecture. Historian Kiara Vigil suggests that Charles knew that his dress functioned as an advertisement for his work, arguing that his choice of attire was strategic: “Eastman’s ability to dress up as an Indian, or not, enabled him to address diverse audiences and their expectations.”

He was away from home more than he was present, further fueling Elaine’s resentment. In personal letters, she described her bitterness at Charles leaving the children and household to her sole care, and her belief that he was reinforcing the gender roles she’d railed against. While she certainly understood that his posing in buckskin and feathered headdress was good marketing, she probably never realized what reclaiming his Indigenous identity meant to Charles; she, too, thought of him as the product of successful assimilation.

It all falls apart

The personal and professional pressures on the Eastmans continued through the early years of the 20th century.

They reached a breaking point after their second daughter, Irene Taluta, died in the 1918 influenza pandemic. The tragic loss of a beloved child continued to unravel an already frayed marriage.

Elaine and Charles separated in 1921, though they never formally divorced.

I’ve been interested in the Eastmans and their unlikely marriage since I first learned of it years ago. As I pieced together parts of this complex relationship, I became convinced that while their compelling story reveals much about late 19th and early 20th century America, it’s also a story for today.

At a time of profoundly unsettling controversies around race, immigration and identity, the marriage of Elaine Goodale and Charles Eastman underscores why it can be so challenging for people from different backgrounds to truly understand each other.

But their story – how their mutual commitment to improve life for Native American people brought them together, how their quest to educate the nation about a marginalized people gave them purpose, and the ways in which they melded the personal and the political – also suggests the importance of trying.The Conversation

Julie Dobrow, Distinguished Senior Lecturer of Child Study and Human Development, Tufts University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

OpenAI’s Atlas browser promises ultimate convenience. But the glossy marketing masks safety risks

Uri GalUniversity of Sydney

Last week, OpenAI unveiled ChatGPT Atlas, a web browser that promises to revolutionise how we interact with the internet. The company’s CEO, Sam Altman, described it as a “once-a-decade opportunity” to rethink how we browse the web.

The promise is compelling: imagine an artificial intelligence (AI) assistant that follows you across every website, remembers your preferences, summarises articles, and handles tedious tasks such as booking flights or ordering groceries on your behalf.

But beneath the glossy marketing lies a more troubling reality. Atlas is designed to be “agentic”, able to autonomously navigate websites and take actions in your logged-in accounts. This introduces security and privacy vulnerabilities that most users are unprepared to manage.

While OpenAI touts innovation, it’s quietly shifting the burden of safety onto unsuspecting consumers who are being asked to trust an AI with their most sensitive digital decisions.

What makes agent mode different

At the heart of Atlas’s appeal is “agent mode”.

Unlike traditional web browsers where you manually navigate the internet, agent mode allows ChatGPT to operate your browser semi-autonomously. For example, when prompted to “find a cocktail bar near you and book a table”, it will search, evaluate options, and attempt to make a reservation.

The technology works by giving ChatGPT access to your browsing context. It can see every open tab, interact with forms, click buttons and navigate between pages just as you would.

Combined with Atlas’s “browser memories” feature, which logs websites you visit and your activities on them, the AI builds an increasingly detailed understanding of your digital life.

This contextual awareness is what enables agent mode to work. But it’s also what makes it dangerously vulnerable.

A perfect storm of security risks

The risks inherent in this design go beyond conventional browser security concerns.

Consider prompt injection attacks, where malicious websites embed hidden commands that manipulate the AI’s behaviour.

Imagine visiting what appears to be a legitimate shopping site. The page, however, contains invisible instructions directing ChatGPT to scrape personal data from all open tabs, such as an active medical portal or a draft email, and then extract the sensitive details without ever needing to access a password.

Similarly, malicious code on one website could potentially influence the AI’s behaviour across multiple tabs. For example, a script on a shopping site could trick the AI agent into switching to your open banking tab and submitting a transfer form.

Atlas’s autofill capabilities and form interaction features can become attack vectors. This is especially the case when an AI is making split-second decisions about what information to enter and where to submit it.

The personalisation features compound these risks. Atlas’s browser memories create comprehensive profiles of your behavior: websites you visit, what you search for, what you purchase, and content you read.

While OpenAI promises this data won’t train its models by default, Atlas is still storing more highly personal data in one place. This consolidated trove of information represents a honeypot for hackers.

Should OpenAI’s business model evolve, it could also become a gold mine for highly targeted advertising.

OpenAI says it has tried to protect users’ security and has run thousands of hours of focused simulated attacks. It also says it has “added safeguards to address new risks that can come from access to logged-in sites and browsing history while taking actions on your behalf”.

However, the company still acknowledges “agents are susceptible to hidden malicious instructions, [which] could lead to stealing data from sites you’re logged into or taking actions you didn’t intend”.

A downgrade in browser security

This marks a major escalation in browser security risks.

For example, sandboxing is a security approach designed to keep websites isolated and prevent malicious code from accessing data from other tabs. The modern web depends on this separation.

But in Atlas, the AI agent isn’t malicious code – it’s a trusted user with permission to see and act across all sites. This undermines the core principle of browser isolation.

And while most AI safety concerns have focused on the technology producing inaccurate information, prompt injection is more dangerous. It’s not the AI making a mistake; it’s the AI following a hostile command hidden in the environment.

Atlas is especially vulnerable because it gives human-level control to an intelligence layer that can be manipulated by reading a single malicious line of text on an untrusted site.

Think twice before using

Before agentic browsing becomes mainstream, we need rigorous third-party security audits from independent researchers who can stress-test Atlas’s defenses against these risks. We need clearer regulatory frameworks that define liability when AI agents make mistakes or get manipulated. And we need OpenAI to prove, not simply promise, that its safeguards can withstand determined attackers.

For people who are considering downloading Atlas, the advice is straightforward: extreme caution.

If you do use Atlas, think twice before you enable agent mode on websites where you handle sensitive information. Treat browser memories as a security liability and disable them unless you have a compelling reason to share your complete browsing history with an AI. Use Atlas’s incognito mode as your default, and remember that every convenience feature is simultaneously a potential vulnerability.

The future of AI-powered browsing may indeed be inevitable, but it shouldn’t arrive at the expense of user security. OpenAI’s Atlas asks us to trust that innovation will outpace exploitation. History suggests we shouldn’t be so optimistic.The Conversation

Uri Gal, Professor in Business Information Systems, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

When you click on an ad in sales season, retailers get to harvest your data

Aayushi BadhwarRMIT University

Earlier this year, the consumer watchdog fined three retailers, Michael Hill, MyHouse and Hairhouse Online, almost A$20,000 each for advertising “site-wide discounts” that allegedly never applied to all items on the website.

At first glance, this might look like a straightforward case of using allegedly misleading advertising for an economic benefit. Yet the implications go further.

Years of exposure to constant promotions have trained shoppers to chase a bargain, promoting “clickbaiting”: tactics designed to lure consumers into browsing.

Businesses spend heavily to secure the spot on your social media feed, and that investment has to be recouped. The most effective way is through personalised, persistent ad campaigns that quietly push consumers to buy more.

The way these ad campaigns currently collect data leaves consumers exposed. They also feed into broader concerns about overproduction, which in turn drives overconsumption. That benefits the retailers, but it fuels waste.

Bargains and the data you give away

When you click on an ad, whether it is on a brand’s website or its social media feed, you are not just interacting with the campaign. Behind the scenes, these platforms are collecting your data, analysing your behaviour, and using it to shape personalised ads designed just for you.

Australia’s discount season kicks off in November and extends through to January. With Australians ready to consume, buying gifts for family and themselves, marketing teams go into overdrive. They flood websites and social media feeds with discount banners.

Every time a consumer clicks on an ad, they are revealing something about their shopping patterns. This information is collected through data harvesting (gathering user data) and data mining (analysing patterns in that data). The platform records and shares this information with the business to show the effectiveness of the campaign and whether it led to a conversion (a purchase, sign-up, or other intended action).

Behind this, tracking runs much deeper. Ads use “cookies”, which are tiny digital files that remember your browsing activity such as which sites you visit and how often. “Tracking pixels” quietly collect details such as your IP address, geo-location, time zone, and the type of device used. Together, these build a profile that helps predict your preferences and target you with similar ads later.

A long list of companies have access to your data

Advertisers also gather demographic and behavioural data, such as, your age, gender, interests and browsing history. They can tap data from other apps in your phone that share information through “third parties”. This is one of the vaguest terms in privacy policies. It sounds harmless, but usually hides a long list of unnamed companies getting access to your data.

This information creates a pool of bigger data which allows brands to “re-target” consumers, showing the same or related ads repeatedly. This triggers what psychologists call the “mere exposure effect”: the more you see something, the more familiar and trustworthy it feels. Over time that familiarity can nudge consumers towards buying, not because they needed it but simply because they had seen it so often. This subconsciously promotes overconsumption.

Although marketing campaigns are designed to make consumers buy, even if they do not, they still give away something of great value. Every click, scroll, or view generates data that is later used or sold to monetise; shaping targeted advertising, influencing consumer behaviour and creating economic value.

US authorities described a “vast surveillance network” run by social media platforms.

Did we really consent to this?

government survey in 2023 showed that Australians do not fully understand the data privacy implications.

The Privacy Act 1988 forms Australia’s main legal framework, and is currently under review. But it only applies to businesses with an annual turnover above A$3 million. While most large retailers easily surpass the threshold, what’s less clear is whether the third parties in the privacy policies do.

In Australia, implied consent is often considered sufficient. If a website states in its privacy policy that it collects data, simply browsing the site is considered consent. A site provides little control over individual cookies unless the user manually adjusts their browser settings. Clicking an ad on social media can also be taken as agreeing to data collection.

In Australia, you either do not see a consent box at all or instead encounter a line stating that “by browsing this site, you agree to our privacy policy”. In both cases, consent is implied.

Stricter rules

In contrast, a website regulated under European Union regulations must clearly explain what data it collects. Only essential cookies are active by default. Marketing and tracking cookies are switched off unless consumers actively choose to allow them.

The difference is stark. The EU imposes stricter rules on data ownership, profiling and behavioural tracking, with no tolerance for vague implied consent. In Australia, behavioural tracking and targeted advertising depend on implied consent, typically hidden in lengthy, jargon-heavy privacy polices that few consumers can navigate.

While data privacy laws are still catching up, educating consumers is crucial to helping them understand how their data is used to influence them into overconsuming.

So now you know what really happens behind every click or “agree” button; the question is, will you still fall for the trick?The Conversation

Aayushi Badhwar, Lecturer in Enterprise and Technology, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

A 2,000-year history of chucking a sickie

Dallas and John Heaton/Getty
Konstantine PanegyresThe University of Western Australia

One of the earliest figures known to have faked an illness for personal advantage was Odysseus.

Odysseus was the hero of Homer’s Odyssey, which was probably written around the 8th century BC, but based on much older legends.

According to one version of the story, Odysseus pretended to be mentally ill to avoid taking part in the war of the Greeks against Troy.

To show he was not sane enough to go to war, Odysseus ploughed sand instead of soil, and did other wild deeds. However, his lie was exposed.

Palamedes, one of the leading figures on the Greek side of the war, threw Odysseus’ baby son, Telemachus, in front of Odysseus’ plough. Odysseus stopped to protect his son, showing he was not mentally ill.

Pretending to be ill to gain some personal benefit – such as trying to avoid work or war – is something ancient and modern people have in common.

As we’ll see, “taking a sickie” has a long history.

The Roman slave with a ‘sore knee’

Botanical drawing of the poisonous plant Thapsia garganica.
A slave used an ointment made with Thapsia garganica to fake an injury. Poss Ferdinand Bauer/Wikimedia Commons

The Greek physician Galen of Pergamum (129–216 AD) was familiar with the phenomenon of people pretending to be sick.

In one of his many books, he provides the most detailed ancient account we have of a doctor with a patient who fakes an illness.

Galen describes how a Roman slave boy tries to get out of doing his work by claiming he has severe pain in his knee.

As part of his deception, the slave smears poisonous ointment over his knee to make it look like it is swollen and bruised:

The slave boy had a large swelling at the knee which would frighten people who know nothing about medicine, but someone with medical expertise knows clearly that it was produced by the drug called ‘thapsia’.

This was Thapsia garganica, a poisonous plant that causes inflammation and swelling.

Galen could also tell this was a fake injury from the slave’s contradictory accounts of his pain. The slave said, at one point:

‘I feel tension in my whole joint’ and at another: ‘I feel a throbbing inside it’, and yet another: ‘it feels like there is an arrow stuck in it’ or: ‘it feels like it was pricked with needles’ or: ‘it feels heavy like a stone’, then ‘I feel pain in my whole leg in this way’ and then ‘the bone feels weak’.

Galen also gives the slave a fake cure to see how he responds:

I said to him: ‘I am going to rub a drug on your knee, and the pain you have will stop immediately’. I then rubbed a drug on it that does not at all relieve pain but usually only cools the heat generated by the thapsia. That slave confirmed after just a short while that his pain had gone completely. Had this pain really been caused by a hot swelling brought about by an internal cause, this cooling medicine would have intensified the pain and certainly not relieved it.

After the slave boy’s lie was exposed, he had to go back to work.

How to spot a faker

Galen also advised doctors on how to find out whether a patient was faking their illness. This included instructing doctors to tell their patients what they would have to give up to get better:

Some people are fond of drinking wine, some are fond of food, […] some are fond of bathing at the baths and some are fond of sex.

Clearly, Galen thought people wouldn’t want to pretend to be sick if they had to give up doing their favourite things or eating their favourite foods and drinks while receiving treatment.

Is faking an illness ever justified?

People in ancient times are shown faking all kinds of illnesses for personal advantage, mainly to get out of work, military service, or to conceal an affair.

However, in extreme cases lying may have been justified.

In Xenophon of Ephesus’ novel The Ephesian Tale (2nd–3rd century AD), the heroine Anthia avoids being sold into prostitution by faking an epileptic fit.

She then lies by saying she has always suffered from epilepsy, and is set free.

Modern sickies

In modern times, “taking a sickie” has become a well known phenomenon.

We’ve all seen the stories about people calling in sick and then their bosses seeing them on TV or social media boozing at the cricket or footy.

If the phenomenon of “taking a sickie” tells us anything, it’s that illness generates sympathy, and sympathy causes us to allow sick people time away from their duties – but this sympathy can be exploited for personal gain.

Galen knew that well, some 2,000 years ago.The Conversation

Konstantine Panegyres, Lecturer in Classics and Ancient History, The University of Western Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

New images reveal the Milky Way’s stunning galactic plane in more detail than ever before

Silvia Mantovanini (ICRAR/Curtin) & the GLEAM-X Team
Silvia MantovaniniCurtin University and Natasha Hurley-WalkerCurtin University

The Milky Way is a rich and complex environment. We see it as a luminous line stretching across the night sky, composed of innumerable stars.

But that’s just the visible light. Observing the sky in other ways, such as through radio waves, provides a much more nuanced scene – full of charged particles and magnetic fields.

For decades, astronomers have used radio telescopes to explore our galaxy. By studying the properties of the objects residing in the Milky Way, we can better understand its evolution and composition.

Our study, published today in Publications of the Astronomical Society of Australia, provides new insights into the structure of our galaxy’s galactic plane.

Observing the entire sky

To reveal the radio sky, we used the Murchison Widefield Array, a radio telescope in the Australian outback, composed of 4,096 antennas spread over several square kilometres. The array observes wide regions of the sky at a time, enabling it to rapidly map the galaxy.

A view of the Murchison Widefield Array antenna layout.

Between 2013 and 2015, the array was used to observe the entire southern hemisphere sky for the GaLactic and Extragalactic All-sky MWA (or GLEAM) survey. This survey covered a broad range of radio wave frequencies.

The wide frequency coverage of GLEAM gave astronomers the first “radio colour” map of the sky, including the galaxy itself. It revealed the diffuse glow of the galactic disk, as well as thousands of distant galaxies and regions where stars are born and die.

With the upgrade of the array in 2018, we observed the sky with higher resolution and sensitivity, resulting in the GLEAM-eXtended survey (GLEAM-X).

The big difference between the two surveys is that GLEAM could detect the big picture but not the detail, while GLEAM-X saw the detail but not the big picture.

A beautiful mosaic

To capture both, our team used a new imaging technique called image domain gridding. We combined thousands of GLEAM and GLEAM-X observations to form one huge mosaic of the galaxy.

Because the two surveys observed the sky at different times, it was important to correct for the ionosphere distortions – shifts in radio waves caused by irregularities in Earth’s upper atmosphere. Otherwise, these distortions would shift the position of the sources between observations.

The algorithm applies these corrections, aligning and stacking data from different nights smoothly. This took more than 1 million processing hours on supercomputers at the Pawsey Supercomputing Research Centre in Western Australia.

The result is a new mosaic covering 95% of the Milky Way visible from the southern hemisphere, spanning radio frequencies from 72 to 231 MHz. The big advantage of the broad frequency range is the ability to see different sources with their “radio colour” depending on whether the radio waves are produced by cosmic magnetic fields, or by hot gas.

The emission coming from the explosion of dead stars appears in orange. The lower the frequency, the brighter it is. Meanwhile, the regions where stars are born shine in blue.

These colours allow astronomers to pick out the different physical components of the galaxy at a glance.

The new radio portrait of the Milky Way is the most sensitive, widest-area map at these low frequencies to date. It will enable a plethora of galactic science, from discovering and studying faint and old remnants of star explosions to mapping the energetic cosmic rays and the dust and grains that dominate the medium within the stars.

The power of this image will not be surpassed until the new SKA-Low telescope is complete and operational, eventually being thousands of times more sensitive and with higher resolution than its predecessor, the Murchison Widefield Array.

This upgrade is still a few years away. For now, this new image stands as an inspiring preview of the wonders the full SKA-Low will one day reveal.The Conversation

Silvia Mantovanini, PhD Candidate, Astronomy, Curtin University and Natasha Hurley-Walker, Radio Astronomer, Curtin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Let’s celebrate nature’s spookiest and freakiest animals this Halloween

Bildagentur-online/Getty
Euan RitchieDeakin University

Beyond ghoulish costumes and mountains of lollies, Halloween is rooted in celebrating nature. It originated in the Celtic pagan tradition of Samhain, marking the bounty of the autumnal harvest and transition to the dark depths of winter.

Fast forward to 2025, and Halloween is a commercial juggernaut expected to exceed $A19 billion in spending in the US alone.

It’s also one that can cause serious environmental harm, generating masses of plastic and food waste, and disturbing and harming wildlife.

This year, let’s celebrate nature’s spookiest and most gruesome wildlife with an environmentally-friendly Halloween.

Move aside werewolves, headless horsemen, witches and warlocks, here are ten of the most marvellous and macabre animals that will truly turn heads.

1. Vampire and ghost bats

Dracula had nothing on vampire bats. These flying mammals use razor-sharp teeth to puncture their prey’s bodies and grooved tongues then lap up the blood. Vampire bats are restricted to Central and South America.

But Australia has the aptly-named ghost bat, although they don’t drink blood. This species hunts mammals, birds, lizards, frogs, and other prey, but is itself sadly listed as vulnerable to extinction.

Australia’s ghost bat is an impressive predator of the night.

2. Horned lizards

Rather than being blood suckers, some animals squirt blood to protect themselves!

Horned lizards can control and constrict the blood flow in their heads, causing pressure to build up and, ultimately, rupture blood vessels around their eyes.

Rapid and repeated squirts of blood — laced with noxious chemicals from their venomous ant prey — are shot with remarkable precision over several feet at unsuspecting would-be predators, including coyotes.

Few can squirt blood as accurately and as far as horned lizards.

3. Dementor wasps

The dementor wasp is truly the stuff of nightmares, especially if you’re a cockroach. They inject venom into cockroach brains, turning them into compliant zombies.

Once in control, wasps lead the zombie cockroaches back to their nests, lay their eggs in or on them, and the young wasps eat them alive.

Dementor wasps turn cockroaches into zombies.

4. Goblin sharks

The ocean depths are renowned for bizarre animals, including the wolf-fish, the fang-tooth fish, the vampire squid … and the goblin shark!

These sharks have distinctly goblin-like pointed snouts and long sharp teeth. Perhaps their most shocking feature is their mouth, which can be rapidly shot out from their head when feeding.

Goblin sharks have a unique appearance and feeding behaviour.

5. Assassin bugs

Assassin bugs kill ants for a living. But that’s not all.

Once they’ve liquefied and sucked their prey dry, they pile the lifeless bodies onto their backs. This is thought to be a way to confuse living ants and avoid their attack.

Assassin bugs, nature’s body collectors.

6. Slow lorises

Beware cute first appearances. The slow loris is capable of turning living creatures into visions of the walking dead.

Glands in their armpits produce a noxious oil, which oozes out and is licked by the loris. Combining this oil with their saliva produces a powerful cocktail that can be delivered through strong jaws and grooved teeth capable of piercing bone.

A bite from a slow loris can cause flesh to gradually rot away.

Looks can be deceiving: beware the bite of a slow loris! CC BY

7. Sea cucumbers

The film The Exorcist is famous for its vomiting scene, but the humble sea cucumber delivers a far more unnerving performance.

When threatened they self-evisercate, spilling their guts out of their head or rear end (cloaca) and putting off would-be predators who prefer “live prey” from their meals.

Some have additional sticky and toxic filaments able to entangle, immobilise and even kill some attackers. Once danger has passed they can retreat and over several days they will remarkably regenerate their internal organs.

Sea cucumbers literally spill their guts in self defence.

8. Skipper caterpillars

Living in confined spaces can pose many problems, including how to avoid soiling your home. Skipper caterpillars that live in curled leaves have a solution – explosive defecation!

They fire their waste via a hatch and under elevated blood pressure, meaning their flung dung can travel as far as 1.5 metres. It’s believed this trick has evolved to reduce scent building up that could attract predatory wasps.

Skipper caterpillars are expert poop projectors.

9. Gordian worms

Gordian worms are another body-snatching species.

When their encysted larvae are eaten by unsuspecting grasshoppers or crickets, they develop inside their host and ultimately control their behaviour.

They lead them to water and cause them to drown themselves, whereupon the worm that has been growing inside them hatches out and completes the parasite’s life cycle. Ridley Scott’s iconic chest-bursting scene in Aliens comes to mind.

The Gordian (horsehair) worm is a parasitic body-snatcher.

10. Shrews

Like the slow loris, cute and furry can hide a darker side for shrews. Many shrew species are venomous, using their bite to subdue their prey.

But they don’t always eat their victims immediately. Instead, they engage in “live hoarding”, where they stow their incapacitated, comatose meals away until hunger calls.

What they lack in size, shrews make up for with fight and powerful venom.

Halloween horrors

Far scarier than any animal’s appearance or bizarre behaviour, is the toll Halloween takes on the environment.

Halloween sees a surge in the sale of single-use polyester and plastic costumes and decorations, as well as individually-wrapped sweets.

One of the most popular but dangerous Halloween decorations are fake spider webs. These synthetic fibres regularly entangle and kill wildlife. They’re often blown away, ending up in waterways – where they can cause the same issues for aquatic life.

Halloween bright lights and loud noises also confuse and disorient nocturnal animals.

Making Halloween wildlife and environmentally friendly

This Halloween, try these ideas to celebrate without harming animals and the environment.

  1. Instead of buying lollies, bake Halloween-themed biscuit treats. (Make sure people with allergies know the ingredients).

  2. Use biodegradable and recyclable materials like twigs, feathers, leaves and paper to make decorations. Cardboard makes excellent nature-inspired Halloween cutouts and stencils.

  3. Carve a pumpkin! But eat what you scoop out to reduce food waste and compost your pumpkin afterwards to prevent adding to landfill, methane production and climate change.

  4. Visit your local opportunity shop or repurpose old clothes to make a Halloween costume. It’s better to reuse and recycle than give in to fast fashion.

Bake treats to avoid using plastic-wrapped lollies. CC BY

Why not let some of our wonderful native wildlife, like ghost bats or peacock spiders, inspire your Halloween costume and theme this year!The Conversation

Euan Ritchie, Professor in Wildlife Ecology and Conservation, School of Life & Environmental Sciences, Deakin University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Samhain: the true, non-American origins of Halloween

Photo by Matt Cardy/Getty Images
Pamela O'NeillUniversity of Sydney

We all know how commercial Halloween has become, with expensive dress-ups, trick-or-treat “candy” and fake cobwebs (please don’t – they kill birds!).

But if you’ve ever dismissed Halloween as an American invention, you might want to rethink that.

For at least the past couple of millennia, the changing of the seasons has been marked among Celtic peoples with festivals at recognised times of year.

One of these was known by the Irish and Scottish Gaels as Samhain (pronounced “sah-win”), celebrated at the onset of winter. In the northern hemisphere, this falls around the end of October, although the tradition predates our modern calendar.

Samhain and the rhythms of the farming year

At Samhain, the harvest would be over, the last livestock would be brought back from the summer pastures, and people would prepare for the winter.

The old Gaelic saying “Oidhche Shamhna theirear gamhna ris na laoigh” (on Samhain night, calves become stirks) shows us how closely the idea of Samhain is tied to the rhythms of the farming year. (A stirk is a beast aged between six and 12 months.)

Summer in Gaelic culture meant outdoor life – young family members staying up in the hills watching the grazing livestock, renewal of the thatch on the family home, growing and harvesting crops.

Winter meant long hours inside the house, rationing the food that had been stored.

Samhain became an opportunity for one last celebration of nature before the long period indoors.

Seasonal duties were completed. Beasts unlikely to survive would be butchered, with part of the meat preserved and part used in a shared meal.

Bonfires would be lit for a last outdoor party, also providing warmth, invoking protection and fertility.

Fires were probably a way of mimicking the warmth and light of the Sun – holding back the winter darkness a little longer, protecting against evil by appeasing the old gods or new saints.

There’s also a long-held Celtic belief that at liminal times like Samhain – on the cusp between summer and winter – the veil between the human and spirit worlds was especially thin.

This meant otherworldly beings or spirits, particularly those of the ancestors, might be found roaming in our world.

A man representing the Winter King holds a flaming sword as he takes part in a ceremony as they celebrate Samhain
Bonfires are a big part of Samhain. Photo by Matt Cardy/Getty Images

The forerunners of our modern trick-or-treaters

Various Samhain activities, recorded from the early 18th century, reflect uneasiness about the possibility of encountering spirits, but also the fun of the bonfire party.

Many involved divination: attempts to predict a future spouse or otherwise foretell the future, are particularly widely recorded.

Acts of mischief by perpetrators unknown (likely teenagers), not all of them benevolent, were also common at Samhain in parts of Scotland and Ireland.

Gates might be removed and hidden, meaning livestock might stray. Chimneys might be blocked with turnips, trapping smoke in the house. Houses might be pelted with vegetables, wheels taken from carts, boats pulled up above the waterline, or chamber pots tied to doors.

Some people carved ghoulish faces into turnips, into which a light (usually a smouldering peat or ember in the rural areas, but sometimes a candle) would be inserted. It may originate from the practice of carrying a smouldering peat to light the way, or it may originate from the idea of pre-emptive frightening of any spirits wandering abroad. This is the likely origin of today’s pumpkin carving.

Perhaps the peculiar combination of uneasiness and fun led to the most widespread Samhain activity: guising.

Guisers might be considered the forerunners of our modern trick-or-treaters, but this was not a matter of dressing as your favourite character, or donning a fetching witch’s hat.

Guisers could be genuinely terrifying, especially for young children.

On the island of South Uist, for example, masks made from sheepskin with features painted on them were often paired with wigs of straw and old clothes or animal skins that concealed the form of the person inside. Sometimes a sheep’s skull might be added.

YouTube/The National Trust for Scotland Foundation USA.

Guisers would visit neighbouring houses, challenging the householders to guess their identities, perhaps reciting rhymes, riddles or songs, before accepting a scone or other food and going on their way.

There are two explanations of why guising began.

One is that by obscuring their identities, guisers would evade any hostile spirits seeking to harm them.

The other is that guisers were themselves imitating the ancestor spirits, and trying to frighten others.

Both are possibly true. The idea that the evening would morph into a sharing of songs, stories and food, surely holds the kernel of modern trick-or-treating.

All traditions change over time

In the 18th and 19th centuries, during the infamous Highland Clearances and Great Irish Famine, a great deal of the rural populations of Scotland and Ireland were relocated – often against their will – to North America.

In those relocated settlements, what could be more natural than to reproduce these familiar, and perhaps comforting, rituals of home?

The name Halloween refers to the Christian tradition of All Souls’ Day falling on November 1: the night before is All Souls’ (or All Hallows’) Eve, which became Halloween. As happened with many other significant dates, it seems to have been layered with the pre-existing festival of Samhain.

Halloween as we now know it has certainly been heavily influenced by North America, but if we look closely enough, we can still see the traces of much older Celtic beliefs.

We can embrace the idea of marking the turning of the seasons without having to adopt the whole package.The Conversation

Pamela O'Neill, Sir Warwick Fairfax Lecturer in Celtic Studies, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

60 years ago, supermodel Jean Shrimpton’s Cup outfit shocked the nation – but few know the full story

The Australian Women's Weekly, November 17 1965 issues (page 3).
Pauline HastingsMonash University

Today marks 60 years since English photographic model Jean Shrimpton, dubbed “The Shrimp”, caused a stir among conservative racegoers at the Melbourne Cup.

On October 30 1965, the then 22-year-old wore a “swinging 60s” minidress that would go on to become the stuff of legend.

Shrimpton ventured to Flemington Racecourse in a simple dress, minus the trappings of 1960s conservative female attire: hat, gloves and stockings. She was also flashing a few extra inches of bare thigh which would have been deemed unseemly for the occasion.

This dress, a mere 10cm above the knee, would hardly turn heads in 2025.

Shrimpton was one of the world’s most photographed faces at the time, and her Derby Day appearance has been credited with driving a cultural shift in Australian sartorial style – one that marked the dawn of casual dressing and the rise of youth fashion culture.

However, as my research highlights, Shrimpton did not come to Australia with the intention to shock or disrupt. In fact, her influence on fashion was more a result of the reach of one particular big business.

Why did Jean Shrimpton come to Australia?

Ahead of the 1965 Melbourne Cup, the Victoria Racing Club (VRC) invited a number of locally active textile fibre producers to bring an international model to the event dressed in their product.

The VRC hoped a bit of extra glamour and pizzazz (at no cost to them) might stem waning attendance numbers and generate more interest in the relatively new Fashions on the Field event.

But apart from the Australian Wool Board, the only party to take up the offer was multinational chemical and textile giant DuPont de Nemours Inc (DuPont). DuPont hired Shrimpton under a sponsorship contract, and arranged to fly her to Australia to wear and promote one of its synthetic fibres called Orlon.

At the time, Orlon’s reputation in the fashion market was practically non-existent. What better way to increase its profile than to have it associated with a famous face?

An image of the front cover of the Australian Women's Weekly magazine from 1965, featuring Jean Shrimption in a orange bandeau-like top and hair done up in a bundle with flowers.
‘The Shrimp’ on the front cover of the Australian Women’s Weekly August 25 1965 edition. Trove

Rumours of a tussle over fabric

Shrimpton was sent lengths of woven Orlon fabric in advance, and given free rein in having her racewear made in designs of her choice in London.

Stories abound about her having insufficient fabric to work with – hence the short hemline. In her 1990 autobiography, Shrimpton blamed DuPont for shortchanging the fabric allowance, but then affirmed she would have worn similar styles to any other race meeting in the world, as short skirts were “in” in 1965. DuPont also knew about those “mini” London styles Shrimpton was famous for wearing.

If the company had erred, or if Shrimpton had really craved a more traditional hemline, supplying additional fabric would not have been a problem for the large, well-resourced multinational.

When Shrimpton and her boyfriend, English actor Terence Stamp, touched down at Essendon Airport on Derby Day, they were 24 hours late.

A welcome party planned for the evening before Derby Day at Melbourne’s Top of the Town restaurant was cancelled at the last minute when DuPont got word around 6pm that the guest of honour was still in Sydney. The “big shrimp” ice carving prepared as a party centrepiece was left to melt.

Shrimpton was lucky to have made it to the Derby Day meeting at all. With no time to freshen or change, DuPont representatives hastily bundled her and Stamp into waiting vehicles at the airport, and headed straight to Flemington Racecourse.

What happened next is, shall we say, history.

Fallout from a fashion faux pas

Many have recalled the indignation among racegoers when Shrimpton entered the members’ enclosure on Derby Day — as well as the furore that erupted later and was enthusiastically fanned by the media.

Strict dress codes ruled supreme in the members’ enclosure. It was a space of conspicuous consumption, and one where haute couture traditionally took centre stage.

The promotional buildup to Shrimpton’s Australian arrival had been robust thanks to DuPont’s marketing efforts, so some of the public’s indignation and anger was likely tinged with disappointment.

The magic of a much-anticipated celebrity appearance was quickly dashed by the reality of a young model with unruly, windswept hair, wearing a simple, synthetic dress.

An old newspaper page shows seven panel images of models attending Melbourne Cup events in 1965. To the top-left is a small text panel with the headline 'Fashion Drama in 3 Acts'.
On November 17 1965, The Australian Women’s Weekly published a photo spread of outfits worn by Jean Shrimpton and Parisian model Christine Borge during the cup. Trove

Critics blasted Shrimpton’s supposed lack of etiquette, manners and fashion choice, while Australia’s provincialism was called out internationally.

And while Shrimpton maintained her right to dress in her own style, she went home nursing bruised feelings over her public dressing-down. Meanwhile, DuPont’s involvement in the incident was all but forgotten.

Six decades on, Shrimpton retains her status as an icon who delivered Australian youth from the stifles of conservative dressing. But it’s also worth remembering the big business sponsorship behind her famous appearance.

After DuPont’s initial attempt at damage control – which involved supplying Shrimpton a hat and stockings for the Cup Day meeting – the company’s marketers quickly embraced the controversy as “absolutely sensational!”

It seems they followed the logic of 19th century showman P.T. Barnum, who reportedly said “there is no such thing as bad publicity”.The Conversation

Pauline Hastings, Affiliate, School of Philosophical, Historical & Indigenous Studies (SOPHIS), Monash University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

90 years of Monopoly: how the ‘new craze’ morphed from socialist critique to capitalist dream

© Hulton-Deutsch Collection/CORBIS/Corbis via Getty Images
Lisa J. HackettUniversity of New England

Monopoly is the best-selling licensed board game of all time, popular since its 1935 release when “the new craze” swept the world.

It has remained a staple, with over 390,000 copies sold in Australia to date.

Its transformation from an economic critique to a capitalist icon highlights its historical evolution and adaptability.

A game with a message

Monopoly’s roots trace back to The Landlord’s Game (1903), created by Elizabeth Magie to critique monopolistic land ownership.

It featured two sets of rules – one emphasising wealth accumulation, the other wealth distribution. The aim was to demonstrate how different policy levers, taxing income versus taxing land, affect economic outcomes of players.

It was based on economist Henry George’s proposition for a “land value tax” or “single tax”. Under this regime, people would keep all they earned, with public funds raised from land ownership instead.

An old board game.
The board for Elizabeth Magie’s 1906 version of The Landlord’s Game. Wikimedia Commons/LandlordsGame.Info

The two sets of rules in the Landlord’s Game demonstrate how wealth is either concentrated in the hands of landlords (taxing income) or is more fairly distributed across society (taxing land).

In 1935, a man named Charles Darrow removed the game’s socialist critique (the version that taxed land), renamed it Monopoly and sold it to Parker Brothers. The game was now focused on the accumulation of real estate until one player remained, having bankrupted their fellows.

The game thrived during the Great Depression, offering an escapist fantasy of financial success.

Photograph of an old man with a Monopoly board.
In 1935, Charles Darrow reworked the game to become Monopoly. The Salem News Historic Photograph Collection, Salem State University Archives and Special CollectionsCC BY

In 1935, Parker Brothers paid Magie US$500 (US$11,800 today) for the rights to her game, ensuring their ownership of Monopoly was unchallenged. As part of the deal, they released her original game, but it failed to gain traction with players.

Not everyone welcomed its capitalist themes – Fidel Castro famously ordered all Monopoly sets in Cuba destroyed in 1959

Playability and house rules

Philip Orbanes, former vice president of research at Parker Brothers, argued a good board game must have clear rules, social interaction and an element of luck. Monopoly ticks all three boxes.

Despite this, Monopoly is notorious for causing arguments. Hasbro (who bought out Parker Brothers in 1991, acquiring Monopoly in the process) found that nearly half of Monopoly games end in disputes, often over rule interpretations. Monopoly is the game most likely to be banned, or see a particular player banned, on game nights.

Four men around the board.
A group of sunbathers having a smoke and playing a game of monopoly at an open air pool, 1939. Fox Photos/Getty Images

Monopoly’s rules have been adjusted and manipulated as players have sought to overcome the inequities in the game. Another of Hasbro’s surveys found 68% of players admitting to not having read the rules in their entirety, and 49% said they had made up their own rules.

These “house rules” include things like cash bonuses on Free Parking or modifying auctions to make the game more engaging.

Identity and nostalgia

Monopoly’s use of real-world locations makes it adaptable to local markets.

The original version reflected Atlantic City’s socio-economic hierarchy. When Waddingtons released the English version in 1936 under license (the same version which would go on to be released in Australia in 1937), Atlantic City’s wealthy Boardwalk and working class Mediterranean Avenue became London’s Mayfair and Old Kent Road, respectively.

The game can also serve as a bridge to former geographies. The 1980s Yugoslav edition remains a link to the past for those who lived through that era, recording changing political geographies and cultural shifts.

People at tables on train platforms.
More than 240 players compete for the British Monopoly title at Fenchurch street station, London, in 1975. WATFORD/Mirrorpix/Mirrorpix via Getty Images

Monopoly is a flagship brand for Hasbro, worth an estimated US$272m in 2018. Part of Monopoly’s success lies in its licensing strategy. The board layout is extremely flexible, allowing for localised adaptations to be made to suit different markets, without any substantial change to the game play.

There are believed to be over 3,400 different versions of Monopoly issued, from classic city street layouts to popular culture imaginings.

It is this aspect that attracts collectors; world record holder Neil Scanlon owns 4,379 sets of Monopoly (he is still searching for the Cronulla Sharks set).

Monopoly reflects the world’s economic systems, embodying both the dream of wealth and the realities of financial inequality.

It has been studied by economists and educators as a tool for understanding capitalism, wealth accumulation and market control.

The game originally meant to critique monopolistic practices became a celebration of them. Each player has the opportunity to accumulate vast wealth, reflecting the promise of capitalism: where anyone can enjoy riches as long as they work hard enough.

Magie’s message was leveraged by Federal MP Andrew Leigh in his 2023 critique of the growing concentration of business monopolies in Australia. Leigh noted how monopolies affected Australian families and how the Albanese government had “increased penalties for anti-competitive conduct, and banned unfair contract terms” with the aim of creating a fairer society.

Enduring popularity

In 2025, Hasbro introduced digital banking versions – though many players lament the feel of physical wads of cash.

The game continues to be a favourite, ranking as the top childhood game among Baby Boomers, Gen X and Millennials – and fourth for Gen Z. The sense of nostalgia was strong among all groups, not surprising as board games were found to be an integral part of family bonding.

Monopoly has evolved from an anti-capitalist critique into a commercial juggernaut. While it has faced criticism for erasing its socialist origins and its reliance on luck, its ability to reinvent itself has ensured its lasting appeal.

As both a cultural artefact and a competitive game, Monopoly remains firmly embedded in board game culture.The Conversation

Lisa J. Hackett, Senior Lecturer, Sociology & Criminology, University of New England

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Sam Fender wins Mercury prize: ‘Geordie Springsteen’ is voice of a UK ravaged by industrial decline

Mike JonesUniversity of Liverpool

The Mercury prize almost always produces surprises – among them, Gomez not The Verve in 1998, and English Teacher not Charli XCX in 2024 – but perhaps the biggest surprise is that the prize has survived for so many years. That it has been won this year by Sam Fender in his native Newcastle speaks very much of the time that has passed in those 34 years.

Conceived as a kind of credible alternative to the Brit Awards – a prize for those beyond the razzamatazz of mainstream pop music – the (then) Mercury Music prize was introduced in 1992.

This was the year of a general election which, while won by the Conservative party, did not see the re-election of Margaret Thatcher. But Thatcher’s work had been done: the introduction of neoliberal policies which ravaged many UK industries and the regions in which they were located.

Fender can be understood as a voice of that ravaged Britain. He was born two years after John Major’s election victory, and grew up in a disintegrating family in a disintegrating former industrial region. He survived the chaos and has written about that collective suffering with great skill and passion over three albums.

It is telling, too, that the (renamed) Mercury Prize lost its corporate sponsorship along the way. Being publicly allied with music is no longer the marketing “must have” it once was. This year’s award event was paid for jointly by Newcastle City Council and the regional authority.

As Britain attempts to cope with the evaporation of major industries and the suffering that permanent loss of employment infrastructure induces, many UK regions now foreground the creative abilities of their residents as a reason to invest in their particular area. Demand for music, and for the creativity it carries and expresses, has become a key feature of social and economic as well as cultural life.

This begs the question: what is it that creative people actually contribute? The 2025 Mercury prize shortlist gives us some clues, especially if we look at three of the nominees who missed out on the prize: Pulp, Wolf Alice and Martin Carthy. Both Pulp and Wolf Alice are previous winners (1996 and 2018 respectively), but Carthy has won very few awards over the 84 years of his life.

“Notable” musicians tend to be of their time. This is partly because their choice of instruments and combinations of keys, notes and tempos resonate with the moments they and their audiences are living through. But there is more to being a musician than this.

Real, affecting performance draws on and mobilises symbolic information far beyond musical soundmaking – even though that demands skill and ability. Fender, for example, is unequivocally a Geordie, even as he fits the mould of a kind of Bruce Springsteen for his times.

Both Pulp and Wolf Alice are challenging to discuss. Where Jarvis Cocker is concerned, the word “uncompromising” comes to mind, but what does that mean? Here is someone who is unique – yet what his vision of the world is, is never quite apparent. Cocker is “about something”, and he is about it so strongly that people stand back and admire him for it.

Wolf Alice are something different: a successful rock band in a time when rock bands have gone into decline. It is almost the band’s own self-awareness that, somehow, “they shouldn’t be” that gives them their energy – mining rock’s extensive back catalogue to support essentially introspective lyrics about (mainly singer Ellie Rowsell) self-adjusting to the demands of an evermore turbulent world.

In this, there are shades of Cocker. And with Fender singing about negotiating this turbulence too (only with a more explicit set of references to a world beyond his interior), so the core strengths of contemporary music begin to emerge.

Popular musicians go on providing a soundtrack for our lives because they express themselves through the idioms of the moment. If we take Fender’s previous album, Seventeen Going Under, as a point of reference, every aspect of the recording and its video speaks to his growing up in the northeast of England and his continuing loyalty to the place.

His moving acceptance speech and rapport with the audience were evidence of this. His performance of People Watching was almost pure Bruce Springsteen – mainstream rock inflected and defined by a hometown sensibility.

Which brings us to Martin Carthy. It is impossible to capture Carthy’s significance in words, because his voice cannot be heard on the page – and it is so powerfully distinctive that it needs to be heard.

Carthy was the soul of English folk music in the 1960s and ’70s. His brand of folk music speaks to a resilience through suffering – the suffering of pre-industrial society articulated through song. Now, Fender is speaking to the suffering of post-industrial society. They both should have won.The Conversation

Mike Jones, Course Director MA (Music Industries), University of Liverpool

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The medieval folklore of Britain’s endangered wildlife ‘omens’ – from hedgehogs to nightjars

A hedgehog illustration from a medieval bestiary (1270) by an unknown illuminator. Courtesy of Getty’s Open Content ProgramCC BY-SA
Jessica Lloyd MayUniversity of Nottingham and Matthew JonesNottingham Trent University

As the seasons turn and the nights draw in, the countryside of the British Isles seems alive with omens: an owl’s screech, or a bat above the hedgerows.

For centuries, such creatures were cast as messengers of fate, straddling the boundary between the natural and the supernatural. Yet today, the omens these animals bring are no longer warnings of ghosts or witchcraft, but of something far more tangible: their own survival.

The very species that once haunted our imagination and foretold ill-fated futures are now haunted by habitat loss, climate change and pressure from urbanisation. In the stories of these creatures, we glimpse both our fear of the wild past and our responsibility for the future. Now is the time to revisit some of Britain’s iconic “omen animals”, tracing their folklore and asking what their fate tells us about our shared environment.

Hedgehogs

Hedgehogs, though voted Britain’s favourite mammal, were previously deemed to be milk thieves.

A medieval illustration of a hedgehog
A hedgehog in the medieval Recueil des Croniques d'Engleterre (1471-1483). Quirk Books

A widespread folkloric belief of the early modern period, likely exacerbated by the European witch hunts, was that witches would transform into hedgehogs to steal milk from cows’ udders. This belief was so prevalent that a campaign to hunt and eradicate hedgehogs was backed by English parliament, with a bounty of a tuppence placed on the head of each hog.

Though their public image has recovered in recent years, hedgehogs are now classed as “vulnerable” to extinction in the UK. Their key threats are linked with habitat loss and fragmentation. Their natural prey, insects and invertebrates, are also in decline due to increased use of pesticides.

Declines in hedgehogs have been particularly steep in rural habitats, with populations reduced by 30–75% since 2000. Conservation priorities focus on restoring lost habitats for hedgehogs and understanding how best to protect them.

Adders

As the only venomous snake in the UK, it is unsurprising that the adder would attract some negative publicity over the years. The species is increasingly a conservation concern and now locally extinct across much of England due to habitat loss.

An “adder’s fork” was a spell ingredient listed by the witches in Shakespeare’s Macbeth (1606). He invoked them too in A Midsummer Night’s Dream (1600) as a way for one character to accuse another of treachery and deceit.

A man fighting a snake
Snakes frequently appear in medieval manuscripts. British Library Harley MS

Even more sinister, finding an adder on your doorstep was considered a death omen. It is now unlikely for your threshold to be crossed by an adder, as they are now mostly found in small, isolated populations. Even they could be lost by 2032.

Conservation efforts are focusing on the creation, restoration and management of suitable grassland, but are not currently widely implemented. Increasing public awareness and appreciation of the species is a key goal for adder preservation.

Wildcats

Once widespread across Britain, wildcats are now considered our most endangered animal species. They have a long reputation in Scottish folklore for being untameable, serving as the namesake of the Pictish province of Cataibh when it was formed in 800BC. They were often adopted as symbolic emblems or mascots in early clan lore due to their fierce fighting spirit. Their ominous cry is thought to have inspired ghost stories across the ages.

two cats hunting mice in a medieval illustration
Cats hunting mice in a 13th-century manuscript. British Library, Royal 12 C XIX

Deforestation and persecution, especially by Victorian gamekeepers, eradicated wildcats from England, Wales and much of Scotland. In 2019, experts concluded that breeding with feral domestic cats has compromised their genetic integrity and that the remnant populations are too small, isolated and genetically degraded to have a long-term future.

But some hope does remain for the wildcat. Saving Wildcats, a European partnership project dedicated to wildcat conservation, is leading efforts to breed the species in captivity. As of 2023, a number of wildcats have been reintroduced back into the wild in Scotland’s Cairngorms.

Mountain hares

The mountain hare is the UK’s only native member of the hare and rabbit family. Once widespread across Britain, mountain hares are now confined to upland regions of Scotland and the Peak District.

An illustration of a hare hunt
Dogs shown hunting a hare in an illustration from a medieval Bestiary manuscript. The Medieval Bestiary

Hares have a long history of superstitious and folkloric attachments. They were seen as shape-shifters, or familiars of witches, which would bring doom and misfortune to any person unfortunate enough to have their path crossed. Their shape-shifting abilities were referenced in The Mabinogion, a collection of Welsh stories compiled in the 12th and 13th centuries, across Celtic folklore before. Numerous regional hare-witches were referenced across England.

While fear of wronging a witch historically offered hares some protection, they have faced decline and range reduction from competition with brown hares, hunting pressures and land use change. Recent surveys suggest a 70% crash in the Peak District population over just seven years. Under current rates of decline, the mountain hare will become extinct from the region within five years.

Nightjars

Summer visitors to the UK, nightjars were once thought to drink milk from goats and in doing so poison them and cause their udders to wither away. These birds were also said to snatch up lost souls wandering between worlds with their unearthly call.

illustration of a bird drinking from a goat's udder
A nightjar drinks from a goat’s udder in an illustration from a medieval Bestiary manuscript. The Medieval Bestiary

Nightjars suffered a catastrophic population decline in excess of 50% and range contraction of around 51% during the latter half of the 20th century. However, surveys conducted in 1992 and 2004 saw welcome population increases of 50% and 36% respectively. Nightjar were recorded making use of new clear-felled and young conifer plantations and benefiting from long-term habitat management projects in their southern strongholds. Although recent recoveries offer hope, nightjars have reclaimed only a fraction of their former range – around 18%.

These species, and far more besides, have been instrumental in the stories people have woven across time. So the next time you hear the screech of an owl outside your bedroom window or glimpse the wings of a bat flapping over your garden, pause to think about the omens of our wild country – and how their stories might yet continue.


Looking for something good? Cut through the noise with a carefully curated selection of the latest releases, live events and exhibitions, straight to your inbox every fortnight, on Fridays. Sign up here.The Conversation


Jessica Lloyd May, PhD Candidate in History, University of Nottingham and Matthew Jones, PhD Candidate in Conservation and Biodiversity, Nottingham Trent University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

New ‘miniature T rex’ rewrites the history of the world’s largest predator

A pack of Nanotyrannus attacks a juvenile T rex Anthony HutchingsCC BY-NC-ND
Abi CraneUniversity of Southampton

A new specimen of one of the most controversial species of dinosaur has the potential to overturn decades of research on the T rex.

Nanotyrannus, the “miniature T rex”, has been the centre of one of the fiercest debates in palaeontology. Scientists have long argued over whether the Nanotyrannus is a separate species or just a young T rex.

The controversy was ignited in 1999 when the only known fossil of a Nanotyrannus was found to belong to a juvenile. More complete fossils have since failed to produce any conclusive answers because they were all also found to be juvenile.

But the debate surrounding the identity of Nanotyrannus may finally be settled. A new fossil specimen, described in the journal Nature, is the smoking gun researchers have been looking for: an adult Nanotyrannus.

Woman sitting on large dinosaur fossil
Lindsay Zanno, associate research professor at North Carolina State University, with the dueling dinosaurs fossil. N.C. State UniversityCC BY-NC-ND

Known as the duelling dinosaurs, this fossil preserves an almost-complete Nanotyrannus and Triceratops entombed together. They seem frozen in combat (whether they were actually fighting when they became buried in the Earth’s sediment remains to be tested).

Although the fossil was discovered in Montana, US back in 2006, it was under private ownership until the North Carolina Museum of Natural Sciences purchased it in 2020. Now accessible to scientists, the true nature of this remarkable fossil can be revealed for the first time.

The researchers have confirmed that Nanotyrannus is a separate miniature type of tyrannosaur by demonstrating this specimen belonged to a near fully-grown adult. The age and maturity of dinosaurs can be assessed by looking at the inside of their bones.

Dinosaurs grew in cycles of faster and slower growth which produced distinct layers of bone. When cut open and examined under a microscope, these marks can be counted like rings in a tree.

Using this method, the researchers could determine that the Nanotyrannus in the duelling dinosaurs was at least 14 years old when it died. The researchers also found its rate of growth had slowed significantly in its final years, indicating that this individual was nearly at full body size.

So just how small was this miniature T rexNanotyrannus is only around one tenth of the size of a fully grown T rex. Being one of the largest predators to ever walk the Earth, however, T rex would make most animals look small. The duelling dinosaurs Nanotyrannus is over four metres long and estimated to have weighed over 700kg – that’s as heavy as some of the very largest polar bears.

Other specimens of Nanotyrannus are even bigger. The almost complete skeleton known as Jane, discovered in 2001 also in Montana, is estimated at over a ton, larger than any land predator alive today.

Fossil dinosaur skull
Nanotyrannus lancensis skull shows its teeth are not serrated. N.C. Museum of Natural SciencesCC BY-NC-ND

The researchers have found enough differences in the shape of bones in the skulls of the duelling dinosaurs fossil and the larger Jane to separate them into two different species: Nanotyrannus lancensis and the newly-named Nanotyrannus lethaeus.

Other than small size, another feature that the researchers have used to distinguish Nanotyrannus from T rex is the number of teeth. Despite its much smaller mouth, Nanotyrannus could no doubt pack a powerful bite with its over 60 teeth. T rex had 40-50 teeth in its jaws.

The teeth themselves are also different. Nicknamed “lethal bananas”, the teeth of T rex are curved and serrated like steak knives. These unique teeth are perfect for slicing into flesh and could crush bone. By contrast, some of the teeth of Nanotyrannus are straight, chisel-like and without serrations, more closely resembling those of other types of carnivorous dinosaur.

T rex had famously tiny arms, the source of many jokes and dinosaur impressions. Nanotyrannus does not share this feature. Its arms are almost the same size as those of T rex, despite belonging to an animal ten times smaller.

Nanotyrannus is overall more lanky than the stout T rex, with proportionally longer legs to match its longer arms. The foot bones of the small duelling dinosaurs Nanotyrannus are nearly as long as those of the largest known T rex. Research suggests that, while T rex couldn’t manage anything much faster than a walkNanotyrannus was well adapted to run and chase after its prey.

Image comparing _Nanotyrannus_ and _T rex_ arms side by side
Nanotyrannus had long arms compared to the T rex. NC Museum of Natural SciencesCC BY-NC-ND

Aside from confirming the existence of this long-controversial dinosaur species, this discovery overturns decades of T rex research. Much of what scientists think about the life and growth of T rex is based on the assumption that many gangly “teen” tyrannosaurs fossils would have grown up into the well-known bulky giants. In light of this discovery, scientists must reevaluate what life was like for a young T rex and go back on the hunt for genuine juvenile T rex fossils.

It has been widely assumed that T rex was the only dinosaur of its type living in the US in the last days of the dinosaurs. Some researchers have proposed that T rex was so dominant that other large predators could not live alongside it, with its own juveniles outcompeting any other medium-sized predators. This total dominance is now called into question.

T rex has now been joined by not one but two species of smaller carnivorous dinosaur, hinting at a more complex and diverse ecosystem thriving in the US towards the end of the reign of the dinosaurs.

Despite being arguably the most well-known and best studied dinosaur, T rex and its close relatives continue to surprise us from beyond the grave. There is still much left to learn about the largest and fiercest predators ever to walk the Earth.The Conversation

Abi Crane, Postgraduate Researcher in Palaeontology, University of Southampton

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Why we used to sleep in two segments – and how the modern shift changed our sense of time

Albert Joseph Moore/Shutterstock
Darren RhodesKeele University

Continuous sleep is a modern habit, not an evolutionary constant, which helps explain why many of us still wake at 3am and wonder if something’s wrong. It might help to know that this is a deeply human experience.

For most of human history, a continuous eight-hour snooze was not the norm. Instead, people commonly slept in two shifts each night, often called a “first sleep” and “second sleep.” Each of these sleeps lasted several hours, separated by a gap of wakefulness for an hour or more in the middle of the night. Historical records from Europe, Africa, Asia and beyond describe how, after nightfall, families would go to bed early, then wake around midnight for a while before returning to sleep until dawn.

Breaking the night into two parts probably changed how time felt. The quiet interval gave nights a clear middle, which can make long winter evenings feel less continuous and easier to manage.

The midnight interval was not dead time; it was noticed time, which shapes how long nights are experienced. Some people would get up to tend to chores like stirring the fire or checking on animals. Others stayed in bed to pray or contemplate dreams they’d just had. Letters and diaries from pre-industrial times mention people using the quiet hours to read, write or even socialise quietly with family or neighbours. Many couples took advantage of this midnight wakefulness for intimacy.

Literature from as far back as ancient Greek poet Homer and Roman poet Virgil contains references to an “hour which terminates the first sleep,” indicating how commonplace the two-shift night was.

How we lost the ‘second sleep’

The disappearance of the second sleep happened over the past two centuries due to profound societal changes. Artificial lighting is one of them. In the 1700s and 1800s, first oil lamps, then gas lighting, and eventually electric light, began turning night into more usable waking time. Instead of going to bed shortly after sunset, people started staying up later into the evening under lamplight.

Biologically, bright light at night also shifted our internal clocks (our circadian rhythm) and made our bodies less inclined to wake after a few hours of sleep. Light timing matters. Ordinary “room” light before bedtime suppresses and delays melatonin, which pushes the onset of sleep later.

The Industrial Revolution transformed not just how people worked but how they slept. Factory schedules encouraged a single block of rest. By the early 20th century, the idea of eight uninterrupted hours had replaced the centuries-old rhythm of two sleeps.

In multi-week sleep studies that simulate long winter nights in darkness and remove clocks or evening light, people in lab studies often end up adopting two sleeps with a calm waking interval. A 2017 study of a Madagascan agricultural community without electricity found people still mostly slept in two segments, rising at about midnight.

Woman sleeping on sofa wearing silk dress.
Dreaming of a second sleep? John Singer Sargent/Shutterstock

Long, dark winters

Light sets our internal clock and influences how fast we feel time passing. When those cues fade, as in winter or under artificial lighting, we drift.

In winter, later and weaker morning light makes circadian alignment harder. Morning light is particularly important for regulating circadian rhythms because it contains a higher amount of blue light, which is the most effective wavelength for stimulating the body’s production of cortisol and suppressing melatonin.

In time-isolation labs and cave studies, people have lived for weeks without natural light or clocks, or even lived in constant darkness. Many people in these studies miscounted the passing of days, showing how easily time slips without light cues.

Similar distortions occur in the polar winter, where the absence of sunrise and sunset can make time feel suspended. People native to high latitudes, and long-term residents with stable routines, often cope better with polar light cycles than short-term visitors, but this varies by population and context. Residents adapt better when their community shares a regular daily schedule, for instance. And a 1993 study of Icelandic populations and their descendants who emigrated to Canada found these people showed unusually low winter seasonal affective disorder (SAD) rates. The study suggested genetics may help this population cope with the long Arctic winter.

Research from the Environmental Temporal Cognition Lab at Keele University, where I am the director, shows how strong this link between light, mood and time perception is. In 360-degree virtual reality, we matched UK and Sweden scenes for setting, light level cues, and time of day. Participants viewed six clips of about two minutes. They judged the two minute intervals as lasting longer in evening or low-light scenes compared with daytime or brighter scenes. The effect was strongest in those participants who reported low mood.

A new perspective on insomnia

Sleep clinicians note that brief awakenings are normal, often appearing at stage transitions, including near REM sleep, which is associated with vivid dreaming. What matters is how we respond.

The brain’s sense of duration is elastic: anxiety, boredom, or low light tend to make time stretch, while engagement and calm can compress it. Without that interval where you got up and did something or chatted with your partner, waking at 3am often makes time feel slow. In this context, attention focuses on time and the minutes that pass may seem longer.

Cognitive behavioural therapy for insomnia (CBT-I) advises people to leave bed after about 20 minutes awake, do a quiet activity in dim light such as reading, then return when sleepy.

Sleep experts also suggest covering the clock and letting go of time measurement when you’re struggling to sleep. A calm acceptance of wakefulness, paired with an understanding of how our minds perceive time, may be the surest way to rest again.The Conversation

Darren Rhodes, Lecturer in Cognitive Psychology and Environmental Temporal Cognition Lab Director, Keele University, Keele University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Politics with Michelle Grattan: Sam Rae on big changes to aged care

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

This weekend, the aged care sector will see a major shakeup that’s been a long time coming. The reforms include a statement of rights for older people who are receiving publicly funded care, as well as putting the system on a more sustainable financial basis, given the growing demands of an ageing population.

The Albanese government’s reforms have been broadly welcomed. But there are questions about the impact of the changes, including increased costs for better-off retirees.

To talk about how the new changes will affect older Australians, we’re joined by the Minister for Aged Care and Seniors, Sam Rae. He explains why the funding overhaul was needed, as well as what some pensioners will now have to pay for.

We’ve seen an 800% growth in government expenditure on in-home aged care over the last decade. And so as we transition to support at home, we bring in the co-contribution model.

Now, people who are already receiving care and who are part of that care system prior to September 2024 will have their arrangements grandparented, such that they won’t change.

But people who are newer to the system – that is, since September 2024 – they are going to be asked, where they have the means to do so, and that will be means-tested, to make a co-contribution to some of the care.

Now the government will continue to pay for 100% of the clinical care for every single Australian. But when it comes to independence-related care, a full pensioner will be asked to make a 5% percent co-contribution to the cost of those services provided. But we will have very strict and robust guardrails around that, including provision for hardship if people aren’t unable to make those payments to ensure they have continuity of care always.

Showering and gardening are among the “independence-related” care services that some pensioners will be asked to help pay for. Asked why showering isn’t being entirely funded as a necessity, Rae says:

We’ll be monitoring this very closely […] We want to make sure that every single older person gets the care that they need and that they deserve. So there are very modest co-contributions associated with some services, such as showering, that we are asking people who have the means to contribute to to do so.

On the long waiting list for home care packages, Rae says around 120,000 Australians were waiting for a package in September this year – and “that has been rising” over recent months.

Nevertheless, 99% percent of those people who are currently within the national priority system are either already receiving a home care package at a lower level than they are necessarily waiting for at this stage, or they’re eligible to receive home care assistance under the Commonwealth Home Support Program.

[…] Many of the people who are waiting for aged care assessments may not ever require home care. They may either require a lesser level of care or a greater level of care. There are also many who are already in the home care system, but who are also waiting for additional assessment for one reason or another, depending on their evolving circumstances.

Rae says the changes are designed to try to keep up with Australia’s ageing population.

Five years ago we had about 150,000 people receiving in-home care. We now have over 300,000 people receiving in-home care. So that’s a doubling in just five years.

As you would be aware, we’re in the process at the moment of rolling out 83,000 additional home care packages just this financial year, in order to try and address some of that increasing demand.

[…] One of the really important features of the new support at home program, which comes into effect from Saturday, is that it has an inbuilt growth component to it. So it draws upon the Treasury modelling of our ageing population and demand for in-home care and has an annualised growth component associated with it, so that we don’t have to rely on ad hoc increases to the supply of home packages. We will be able to meet that demand moving forward.The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Minister Rae celebrates Aged Care profits while older Australians pay more: Greens

November 1 2025
From today, Labor’s new Aged Care Act comes into force, meaning older Australians will pay more for essential care, including up to $50 just for help with a shower, and some will have to forgo care altogether.

This week, Labor’s Minister for Aged Care, Sam Rae, celebrated rising aged care provider profits in an interview with the ABC. To celebrate rising profits for providers while introducing big new co-payments is a slap in the face to older Australians.

The Greens were the only party to vote against the financialisation of care when the bill moved through the Parliament last year, and have called on Labor to reconsider, reverse the care-for-profit system and instead focus on ensuring every Australian can get the care they need at the time that they need it.

Home care co-payments risk losing care
Under the new Support at Home program, new co-payments mean that older Australians will be forced to pay up to $50/hour for help with showers, meals, and basic care at home, based on Department of Health data.

While participants in the old program prior to last September were promised they would be no worse off, but in practice older Australians are facing increased prices and fees resulting in lower levels of service. There is no limit on the amount providers can charge for home care fees until 1 July 2026. Aged care economic advisor Stewart Brown has advised providers to increase their fees by between 30 and 38 per cent.

Residential care costs increase while inequity rises
Under the new Act, half of all older Australians will pay more to enter residential aged care, including 3 in 10 full pensioners and 75% of part-pensioners. 

Labor have already raised a cap on residential aged care deposits from $550,000 to $750,000, which has driven up prices overnight. Providers can also now keep up to 10% of a residents so called ‘Refundable’ Accommodation Deposit

As Uniting NSW & ACT has warned, aged care residents who can afford this increased upfront deposit (usually from selling their family home) may be worth twice as much in revenue to an aged care facility as an older person who is living week to week, meaning older renters and poor people will find it harder to access care.

Waitlist continues to grow
In last Senate Estimates, it was revealed that as at the end of September, the waitlist for aged care only continues to grow. 

The total combined number of people waiting for care (either for an assessment, or for an aged care package) is up from approx 217,000 in June-July to 238,248 at the end of September. Just 63,000 new packages will be released between 1 November and the end of the financial year.

The only reason for a shortage in the availability of home care is that the government chooses to release fewer home care packages than the community needs each year. The Greens-led Senate inquiry, as well as the Royal Commission, recommended ended the ‘rationing’ of care and instead moving to a ‘demand driven’ system, but Labor have rejected this in favour of enforced shortages.

Senator Penny Allman-Payne, Greens spokesperson for Older People said:

“Under Labor’s new Aged Care Act, the worse your health, the more you’ll pay for care.

“From today, a tsunami of co-payments will break on older Australians.”

“Minister Rae is celebrating increased profits for aged care providers, while under Labor’s plan 1 in 3 people on a full pension are paying more for residential care, and others will be charged up to $50 every time they need help with a shower. That’s shameful.”

“Our parents and grandparents deserve to be looked after in their old age, not forced to choose between a shower each day and a meal.”

“Aged care should not be for profit.” 

“While 1 in 3 big corporations pay no tax, but older Australians can’t get basic help they need, something is seriously wrong.”

“The Greens will fight to reverse care for profit, to end the shortage of care, and to make sure every older person in this country can get the help they need at the time they need it.”

Price-gouging tactic used by private health insurers must end: AMA

October 28, 2025
Regulatory loopholes must be closed to put an end to private health insurance product ‘phoenixing’ — a sneaky tactic used by insurers to price gouge new customers, the AMA has stated.

The Australian Medical Association said it welcomes proposed amendments to legislation to outlaw this deceptive practice, which involves insurers closing an existing product offering before opening an almost identical one at a higher price outside the regulated premium round process. This is done to circumvent the requirement for ministerial approval of the higher-priced premiums.

In a submission on the proposed amendments, the AMA supports changes that would force insurers to use only the annual premium round to seek approval for the pricing of new products, unless in exceptional circumstances.

The AMA argues those “exceptional circumstances” must be clearly defined in legislation to prevent any possibility of insurers finding loopholes to implement product phoenixing. The term “public interest” — already used in the legislation to guide ministerial decisions on premium increases — should also be clearly defined.

AMA President Dr Danielle McMullen said private health insurers had enjoyed extraordinary profits for many years with few consequences for poor behaviour.

“Private health insurance premiums have outpaced wages and inflation in recent years, all while insurers’ management expenses and profits continue to soar,” Dr McMullen said.

“The widespread practice of phoenixing is a major factor in consumers struggling to access the level of cover that meets their needs, and it is eroding public confidence in the private health system.

“Private hospitals play a vital role, especially as more Australians seek care outside the overwhelmed public sector. But unacceptable conduct from insurers threatens the integrity of our entire healthcare landscape.”

The AMA welcomes the federal government’s commitment to outlaw product phoenixing, which Health Minister Mark Butler described as an “underhanded” and “sneaky” practice in December 2024. 

The AMA calls for serious penalties to apply for insurers that continue product phoenixing once legislative changes are implemented.

“There are just a few insurers that dominate the market in Australia, and given their extraordinary financial resources and profitability, severe penalties must be in place to deter illegal behaviour,” Dr McMullen said.

Dr McMullen said the issue also highlighted the need for a Private Health System Authority to better regulate the sector and drive long-term reform. 

“There are multiple bodies involved in regulating the private health sector, and the absence of a coherent approach has clearly been a contributing factor in allowing this practice to go on for far too long,” she said.

Silver Surfers: at Manly + Palm Beach

Who is this lesson for?
Taking place at either Palm Beach or Manly Beach, Seniors and over 55s are invited to join a Bodyboarding and Ocean Safety Clinic, designed to help you connect with the ocean and boost your confidence in the water. This is a fantastic opportunity to learn from the best and join a welcoming community of ocean lovers.

What’s Included:
  • Lessons: Learn bodyboarding and essential ocean safety skills from experienced instructors.
  • All Equipment Provided: Wetsuits and bodyboards will be supplied for the session.
  • Morning Tea: Enjoy a delightful morning tea and connect with others after the session.
Important Info:
Arrive 30 minutes early to change into the provided wetsuits before the session starts.

Sponsored by Surfers for Climate, MWP Community Care, and Manly Surf School, you don’t want to miss these bi-weekly bodyboarding sessions. This is a great chance to meet others in the community, enjoy the surf, and embrace the ocean with confidence.


Lesson Times
Keep an eye out for upcoming FREE events on the calendar:
  • 14th November 2025 – Manly 10am
  • 28th November 2025 – Palm Beach 10am
  • 12th December 2025 – Manly 10am
Cost: FREE!


Silver Surfers group Photo: Manly Surf School

AvPals Term 4 2025

Avalon Computer Pals is back for another term of friendly, hands-on computer classes for seniors 55+. Whether you're a total beginner or keen to brush up your tech skills, we’ve got you covered. Learn at your own pace, meet great people, and feel more confident online.

Come along to Newport, where small groups make learning relaxed, social and fun!  To book in visit: www.avpals.com

The Chanterelle String Quartet with special guest Ben Jacks – French horn

Wyvern Music Forestville is delighted to present an afternoon of evocative chamber music featuring the acclaimed Chanterelle String Quartet and special guest Ben Jacks - French horn.

This is Wyvern Music Forestville's final concert for 2025 and will run on Sunday 9th November at 3pm, at Our Lady of Good Counsel Catholic Church, Forestville. 

The program offers a compelling blend of classical refinement and contemporary vitality, opening with Mozart’s delightful String Quartet K168 in F Major followed by Mozart’s Rondo from the Concerto in E-flat for Horn and String Quartet – a sparkling arrangement that showcases classical elegance and virtuosity. The enchanting Three Preludes on Welsh Hymn Tunes for Horn and String Quartet by Ralph Vaughan Williams, blend pastoral lyricism with spiritual depth. A trio of passionate tangos by Astor Piazzolla – Libertango, Oblivion, and La Muerte del Ángel – bring the concert to a striking conclusion.

The Chanterelle String Quartet, with violinists Fiona Ziegler and Leone Ziegler, violist Jane Hazelwood and cellist Adrian Wallis, made its debut in 2010 performing at the Spring Festival Chamber Music Series for the Sydney Symphony Orchestra. The players are all accomplished and well-respected members of the SSO with extensive experience in chamber music.

Ben Jacks is one of the most accomplished horn players of his generation, celebrated for his artistry and technical excellence. For 25 seasons, he served as Principal Horn with the Sydney Symphony Orchestra. More recently Ben has performed with the London Symphony Orchestra under Sir Simon Rattle and Daniel Harding, the Hong Kong Philharmonic and the Australian World Orchestra.

Join us for an afternoon of vibrant and expressive music, performed by outstanding Australian musicians in an inviting and intimate setting.

Ben Jacks 

When: Sunday, 9th November, 2025 at 3:00pm
Where: Our Lady of Good Counsel Catholic Church, 9 Currie Rd, Forestville
Tickets: Full:$35, Concession:$25, Students:$20, Children under 16 Free
Enquiries: Wyvern Music Forestville Tel: 9416 5234

The Chanterelle String Quartet

90 years of Monopoly: how the ‘new craze’ morphed from socialist critique to capitalist dream

© Hulton-Deutsch Collection/CORBIS/Corbis via Getty Images
Lisa J. HackettUniversity of New England

Monopoly is the best-selling licensed board game of all time, popular since its 1935 release when “the new craze” swept the world.

It has remained a staple, with over 390,000 copies sold in Australia to date.

Its transformation from an economic critique to a capitalist icon highlights its historical evolution and adaptability.

A game with a message

Monopoly’s roots trace back to The Landlord’s Game (1903), created by Elizabeth Magie to critique monopolistic land ownership.

It featured two sets of rules – one emphasising wealth accumulation, the other wealth distribution. The aim was to demonstrate how different policy levers, taxing income versus taxing land, affect economic outcomes of players.

It was based on economist Henry George’s proposition for a “land value tax” or “single tax”. Under this regime, people would keep all they earned, with public funds raised from land ownership instead.

An old board game.
The board for Elizabeth Magie’s 1906 version of The Landlord’s Game. Wikimedia Commons/LandlordsGame.Info

The two sets of rules in the Landlord’s Game demonstrate how wealth is either concentrated in the hands of landlords (taxing income) or is more fairly distributed across society (taxing land).

In 1935, a man named Charles Darrow removed the game’s socialist critique (the version that taxed land), renamed it Monopoly and sold it to Parker Brothers. The game was now focused on the accumulation of real estate until one player remained, having bankrupted their fellows.

The game thrived during the Great Depression, offering an escapist fantasy of financial success.

Photograph of an old man with a Monopoly board.
In 1935, Charles Darrow reworked the game to become Monopoly. The Salem News Historic Photograph Collection, Salem State University Archives and Special CollectionsCC BY

In 1935, Parker Brothers paid Magie US$500 (US$11,800 today) for the rights to her game, ensuring their ownership of Monopoly was unchallenged. As part of the deal, they released her original game, but it failed to gain traction with players.

Not everyone welcomed its capitalist themes – Fidel Castro famously ordered all Monopoly sets in Cuba destroyed in 1959

Playability and house rules

Philip Orbanes, former vice president of research at Parker Brothers, argued a good board game must have clear rules, social interaction and an element of luck. Monopoly ticks all three boxes.

Despite this, Monopoly is notorious for causing arguments. Hasbro (who bought out Parker Brothers in 1991, acquiring Monopoly in the process) found that nearly half of Monopoly games end in disputes, often over rule interpretations. Monopoly is the game most likely to be banned, or see a particular player banned, on game nights.

Four men around the board.
A group of sunbathers having a smoke and playing a game of monopoly at an open air pool, 1939. Fox Photos/Getty Images

Monopoly’s rules have been adjusted and manipulated as players have sought to overcome the inequities in the game. Another of Hasbro’s surveys found 68% of players admitting to not having read the rules in their entirety, and 49% said they had made up their own rules.

These “house rules” include things like cash bonuses on Free Parking or modifying auctions to make the game more engaging.

Identity and nostalgia

Monopoly’s use of real-world locations makes it adaptable to local markets.

The original version reflected Atlantic City’s socio-economic hierarchy. When Waddingtons released the English version in 1936 under license (the same version which would go on to be released in Australia in 1937), Atlantic City’s wealthy Boardwalk and working class Mediterranean Avenue became London’s Mayfair and Old Kent Road, respectively.

The game can also serve as a bridge to former geographies. The 1980s Yugoslav edition remains a link to the past for those who lived through that era, recording changing political geographies and cultural shifts.

People at tables on train platforms.
More than 240 players compete for the British Monopoly title at Fenchurch street station, London, in 1975. WATFORD/Mirrorpix/Mirrorpix via Getty Images

Monopoly is a flagship brand for Hasbro, worth an estimated US$272m in 2018. Part of Monopoly’s success lies in its licensing strategy. The board layout is extremely flexible, allowing for localised adaptations to be made to suit different markets, without any substantial change to the game play.

There are believed to be over 3,400 different versions of Monopoly issued, from classic city street layouts to popular culture imaginings.

It is this aspect that attracts collectors; world record holder Neil Scanlon owns 4,379 sets of Monopoly (he is still searching for the Cronulla Sharks set).

Monopoly reflects the world’s economic systems, embodying both the dream of wealth and the realities of financial inequality.

It has been studied by economists and educators as a tool for understanding capitalism, wealth accumulation and market control.

The game originally meant to critique monopolistic practices became a celebration of them. Each player has the opportunity to accumulate vast wealth, reflecting the promise of capitalism: where anyone can enjoy riches as long as they work hard enough.

Magie’s message was leveraged by Federal MP Andrew Leigh in his 2023 critique of the growing concentration of business monopolies in Australia. Leigh noted how monopolies affected Australian families and how the Albanese government had “increased penalties for anti-competitive conduct, and banned unfair contract terms” with the aim of creating a fairer society.

Enduring popularity

In 2025, Hasbro introduced digital banking versions – though many players lament the feel of physical wads of cash.

The game continues to be a favourite, ranking as the top childhood game among Baby Boomers, Gen X and Millennials – and fourth for Gen Z. The sense of nostalgia was strong among all groups, not surprising as board games were found to be an integral part of family bonding.

Monopoly has evolved from an anti-capitalist critique into a commercial juggernaut. While it has faced criticism for erasing its socialist origins and its reliance on luck, its ability to reinvent itself has ensured its lasting appeal.

As both a cultural artefact and a competitive game, Monopoly remains firmly embedded in board game culture.The Conversation

Lisa J. Hackett, Senior Lecturer, Sociology & Criminology, University of New England

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

People with this rare visual condition see illusory faces more often, new study shows

BitsAndSplits/Getty
Jessica TaubertThe University of Queensland

When you look at clouds, tree bark, or the front of a car, do you sometimes see a face staring back at you? That’s “face pareidolia” and it is a perfectly normal illusion where our brains spot faces in patterns that aren’t actually faces.

For most of us, these illusions are harmless. But my new research, published in Perception, suggests people with visual snow syndrome – a rare neurological condition that causes constant “visual static” – experience this phenomenon more strongly and more often.

This finding offers a unique window into how an overactive brain may amplify the erroneous illusory patterns it sees in the world. It also shows how perception isn’t a perfect mirror of reality.

What is visual snow syndrome?

Visual snow syndrome is characterised by the persistent perception of flickering dots, like television static, across the entire field of vision. People with the condition often report the dots never go away, even in the dark.

The cause of this syndrome remains unclear, but recent evidence points to hyperexcitability in the visual cortex, the region of the brain that interprets what we see. In essence, the neurons responsible for processing visual information may be firing too readily, flooding perception with noise.

Many individuals with visual snow syndrome also experience migraines, light sensitivity, afterimages or visual trails that linger after motion. These symptoms can make everyday visual experiences confusing and exhausting. Yet, despite growing awareness, the condition remains under-diagnosed and poorly understood.

Testing how ‘visual snow’ shapes perception

To test whether this hyperactive visual system changes how people interpret ambiguous visual input, our research team invited more than 250 volunteers to complete an online experiment.

Participants first completed a short questionnaire to determine whether they experienced symptoms of visual snow. They were then shown 320 images of everyday objects, from tree trunks to cups of coffee, and asked to rate, on a scale from 0 to 100, how easily they could see a face in each image.

In total, 132 people met the criteria for visual snow syndrome, while 104 formed a control group matched for age. We also tracked whether participants experienced migraines, allowing us to compare four subgroups.

A collection of fruit and vegetables, half of which are covered in static.
People with visual snow often report the dots never go away, even in the dark. Francesca Puledda, Christoph Schankin, & Peter J. Goadsby/WikipediaCC BY-NC

The brain that sees too much

The results were striking. People with visual snow consistently gave higher “face scores” to each and every image than those without the condition. This suggests they were more likely to see faces in random textures and objects.

Those with both visual snow and migraines scored highest of all.

This pattern was remarkably consistent. In general, the groups agreed on which images looked most like faces, but the visual snow group reported seeing illusory faces more vividly.

In other words, the same objects triggered a stronger illusion.

The results align with earlier theories that the visual snow brain is hyper-responsive. Normally, our visual system generates quick, low-level “guesses” about what we’re seeing, followed by slower checks to confirm those guesses.

When that feedback loop is disrupted by excessive neural activity, an early “false alarm”, such as mistaking an object for a face, may be amplified rather than corrected.

Why migraine makes it stronger

Migraine and visual snow have been frequently linked, and both involve abnormally high levels of cortical activity. During a migraine, visual neurons can become hypersensitive to flicker, light and contrast.

Our data suggest that when migraine and visual snow occur together, the brain’s sensitivity to illusory faces increases even further. This may reflect a shared neural pathway underlying both conditions.

Future research could use this relationship to develop new diagnostic tools. Face pareidolia tests are quick, accessible, and could be adapted for children or nonverbal patients who can’t easily describe what they see.

A new way to understand perception

Face pareidolia isn’t a disorder — it’s a side effect of a perceptual system that prioritises social information. Evolution has biased our visual system to spot faces first and ask questions later.

For people with visual snow, that system may be dialled up too high. Their brains may “connect the dots” in visual noise, interpreting ambiguous input as meaningful patterns.

This finding supports the idea that visual snow is not just a vision problem but a broader disturbance in how the brain interprets visual input.

By understanding why some people see too much, we can learn more about how all of us see at all.

Why it matters

Visual snow syndrome is often dismissed or misdiagnosed, leaving patients frustrated. Linking the condition to a measurable illusion such as face pareidolia gives clinicians a tangible sign of the altered brain activity behind the symptoms.

It also humanises the experience. People with visual snow aren’t imagining their perceptions – their brains are genuinely processing the world differently.

Beyond diagnosis, this research contributes to a bigger question in neuroscience: how does the brain strike a balance between sensitivity and accuracy? Too little activity, and we miss the signal. Too much, and we start to see faces in the snow.The Conversation

Jessica Taubert, Associate Professor, School of Psychology, The University of Queensland

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

New Aged Care Act starts Saturday

The new Aged Care Act marks the start of a new chapter in aged care. The Federal Department of Health, Disability and Ageing stated this week: ''We are here to support you during the transition.''

The new Aged Care Act begins Saturday, 1 November.

The new Act puts older people at the centre of aged care, creates a safer and fairer system for everyone and ensures they have the quality of life they deserve.

What’s different on 1 November
The new Act addresses 58 recommendations from the Royal Commission into Aged Care Quality and Safety. It does this through:
  • a Statement of Rights ensuring older people remain active care system participants in their own care
  • the new Support at Home program, improving access to services, products, equipment and home modifications
  • strengthened Aged Care Quality Standards improving the quality of care
  • new regulatory model encouraging stronger working relationships, transparency and engagement
  • simplifying the registration process and giving clear provider obligations
  • funding culturally safe, trauma-aware and healing-informed services for older Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people
  • updating our digital systems to support high-quality, better-connected care.
We are staging out the reforms from 1 November. This will minimise disruption to how you operate and guarantee continuity of care for older people.

What you can do
There are actions providers can complete before and after 1 November. You can:
  • review the Priority Actions List so you know what you need to do after 1 November
  • complete any mandatory reporting in the Government Provider Management System, My Aged Care Service and Support Portal and Aged Care Provider Portal
  • talk to your workers and older people, their families and carers to reassure them.
We will continue to support you throughout the reform journey. There are eLearning materials and other resources tailored to you available on our website.

New Aged Care Act marks important turning point for older Australians

October 31, 2025
The new Aged Care Act, taking effect on 1 November, represents an important step towards a system that finally recognises and upholds the rights of older Australians, COTA Australia says.

COTA Australia Chief Executive, Patricia Sparrow, said the introduction of the Act is a defining moment in aged care reform – one that must now deliver meaningful change on the ground.

“The new Aged Care Act provides a solid foundation to build the quality aged care system all Australians deserve,” Ms Sparrow said.

“The Statement of Rights is a key element of the new Act. For the first time, older people are placed firmly at the centre of the system – not as passive recipients of care, but as individuals whose rights must be respected and upheld.”

“We will also see strengthened standards and the commencement of the Support at Home Program which offers more packages, higher levels of support, and features such as restorative care pathways.

Ms Sparrow said bringing the Act into effect was a vital step, but what matters now is its impact – and COTA will be watching that very carefully.

“No system is perfect from day one, and change of this scale takes time, but this Act gives us the tools to create a care system that truly supports older Australians,” Ms Sparrow said.

“We will be monitoring the changes closely to ensure the new system delivers on its promise to older Australians.

“Older Australians need confidence that the Government’s commitment – that no one will be worse off – will be honoured.

“We remain deeply concerned that showering has been excluded from clinical care under the new Support at Home program. We’ve raised this directly with Government and will continue to advocate strongly for this to be addressed.”

“The Government has a clear mandate to ensure the new system delivers care that is accessible, affordable, and equitable for every older Australian – regardless of background or postcode.

“The introduction of this Act is a cornerstone reform – providing the strong foundation needed to deliver the aged care system Australians deserve. The focus now must be on making sure the implementation works for everyone.”

20,000 fast-tracked home care packages delivered

October 20, 2025
The Australian Government states it has delivered on its promise to allocate 20,000 new Home Care Packages before the next step in the once-in-a-generation aged care reforms on 1 November.

As of today (October 20), the Government has now assigned every single one of the 20,000 Packages being brought forward ahead of 1 November, when the new Support at Home program begins, an issued release states. 

''A further 63,000 new packages will be allocated before the end of this financial year, helping thousands more older people to continue living in their homes and communities with confidence and the dignity they deserve.'' the government said

Just as 1 November does not mark the end of the Government’s reforms to aged care, it won’t be the end of additional packages rolling out to those that need them.

With the start of the Support at Home program, the Government will continue to help more older Australians to get a higher level of care and support so they can live at home for longer, close to loved ones and community.

This Saturday marks a huge step in the transformation to deliver rights-based, dignified aged care that works for older Australians, for workers and for providers – but we know there’s more to do.

After the new Act comes into effect, we’ll continue to make sure aged care is meeting the demands of an ageing Australian population and delivering truly equitable, sustainable and high-quality care.

Minister for Aged Care and Seniors, the Hon Sam Rae said: 

“These packages are giving thousands of older Australians and their families the support they need to live at home for longer with dignity and joy. 

“The countdown to the new Aged Care Act and the Support at Home program is on – and only Labor is delivering it.”

Aged care at home is changing. Here’s what you’ll pay for and how to plan

Maskot/Getty Images
Anam BilgramiMacquarie University

A growing number of Australians want to stay at home rather than moving to a residential aged care facility when they need extra support.

But availability of home care packages has slipped far behind demand. As a result, more than 120,000 older Australians are already waiting to be assessed for aged care at home. Another 87,000 have approval but no package yet.

After a delayed start, a new Support at Home program will begin on November 1 2025. It aims to improve care at home, with more categories of support and 83,000 new places being added over the next year.

contested component of the new system is that older Australians will be required to pay for more of their non-clinical care. This includes support for personal care such as showering, as well as everyday living costs such as cleaning, gardening and meal delivery.

Here’s what’s changing, what you will pay and how to prepare.

What’s changing?

Support at Home will have eight budget levels, called “classifications”. This is up from four package levels under the current system.

More levels should mean support that better matches needs, including for higher care needs.

This table shows the budget for each of the eight new packages
There will now be eight classification levels, up from four. Department of Health 2025

You will receive quarterly budgets that can be used across three broad service groups:

1. clinical care. This includes services such as nursing, occupational therapy and physiotherapy

2. independence support. This includes personal care such as showering, getting dressed and help with hygiene, transport and social support such as assistance to participate in social interactions (in-person or online)

3. everyday living assistance. This is for cleaning, gardening, shopping assistance and meal delivery.

You can save any unused funds between quarters to cover unplanned needs. The carryover cap is 10% of your quarterly budget or A$1,000, whichever is higher.

In addition to the eight levels, there will also be three short-term, needs-based funding options:

  • Restorative Care Pathway. This aims to help maintain or improve independence after an illness or injury, mainly through allied health support ($6,000 for 16 weeks, or up to $12,000 if eligible for extra support)

  • End-of-Life Pathway. This helps older Australians remain at home in the last three months of life ($25,000 over 12 weeks)

  • Assistive Technology and Home Modifications scheme. This is separate funding for products, equipment and home changes. It has three tiers: low (under $500), medium (up to $2,000) and high (up to $15,000). More may be available with a prescribed need.

The Department of Health has published the list of services that Support at Home will fund, and the items covered under the Assistive Technology and Home Modifications scheme.

So what will you have to pay for?

Clinical care will be fully funded by government. You will not pay for clinical care.

If you get a Support at Home package for the first time after November 1, you will contribute to any independence support and everyday living services you use.

These new fees replace the current basic daily fee and income-tested care fee.

Your percentage contribution will depend on your income and assets and on the type of service. Everyday living services will have the highest contribution amounts.

This table shows contribution different groups will pay for the three categories of care.
Independence support includes personal care (showing) and transport, while idependent living support is for cleaning, gardening and meal delivery. Department of Health 2024 and 2025

Around 75% of Support at Home recipients will be full pensioners. If you are one, you will contribute 5% toward independence support costs and 17.5% toward everyday living.

Around 4% of recipients will be self-funded retirees without Commonwealth Seniors Health Cards. If that is you, you will contribute 50% to independence support and 80% for everyday living.

There is a lifetime cap of $130,000 on your contributions across aged care to protect people who receive care for a long time. This cap includes non-clinical contributions in residential aged care.

What if I’m already receiving a home care package?

Current Home Care Package (HCP) recipients will move across automatically. From November 1, you will shift to a “transitioned Support at Home classification” and keep the same funding you receive now.

This table shows the amount those in the transition scheme will receive.
Current recipients will keep the same funding. Department of Health 2025

The ‘no worse off’ rule

If you already receive a Home Care Package or were approved for one before 12 September 2024, your fees under Support at Home will be the same or lower. You will not be worse off, even if you are later re-assessed as needing a higher Support at Home classification.

If you had no fees on your Home Care Package as at September 12 2024, you will never pay fees under Support at Home. Your lifetime Home Care Package cap of $82,018, indexed, will also remain.

5 ways to plan for these changes

The new system starts on 1 November 2025. Here are some simple steps to prepare now.

1) Know how your budget will be managed

Under Support at Home, your budget will be held by Services Australia, so you won’t need to manage expenses yourself. Your provider will work with you to decide how to use it across approved services.

2) See what your monthly statement will look like

Download the official Support at Home monthly statement template so you know how budgets, services and carryover will be shown.

3) Look at some case studies

The government has published some case studies for what cost contributions could look like for:

4) Estimate your own potential out-of-pocket costs

Use My Aged Care’s Support at Home fee estimator to see likely contributions based on your income and assets, to help budget ahead of time.

5) Check indicative service prices

The Department of Health has released a summary of indicative Support at Home prices for common services such as nursing, personal care and domestic assistance. This can help you understand typical hourly rates and compare what different providers charge.

If you can’t afford to pay your fees or contribute to your aged care costs, financial hardship arrangements are available.The Conversation

Anam Bilgrami, Senior Research Fellow, Macquarie University Centre for the Health Economy, Macquarie University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Grattan on Friday: Albanese government hasn’t walked its talk about accountability and integrity

Michelle GrattanUniversity of Canberra

The government used to be quite cosy with independent ACT senator David Pocock. That was back at the start, when it needed his vote.

In its second term, Labor only requires the Greens or the Coalition to pass contested legislation in the upper house. Now Pocock has become an irritant for Labor, as he and other crossbenchers need to demonstrate their relevance in changed circumstances.

Pocock is calling out the government’s gross lack of transparency. “When the numbers were crunched on the last parliament they were more secretive than the Morrison government,” he says, describing this as “one of the most secretive governments in the last 30 years”.

On Wednesday Pocock led a spectacular revolt that united, in a rare display, the Coalition, Greens and other crossbenchers.

The immediate trigger issue was the government’s refusal to release a report by former public service commissioner Lynelle Briggs into jobs for mates. The government commissioned the report in 2023 – spurred by the fact one of the “teals”, Sophie Scamps, was planning a private member’s bill.

The report, titled Review of Public Sector Board Appointments Processes, was completed the same year. But it has been sat on ever since, presumably because it is embarrassing for Labor. Finance Minister Katy Gallagher says, improbably, that the government is still working on the report. If it is, it must have started the work very late and presumably will be accelerating it.

On Wednesday the non-government senators passed a motion to extend the Senate’s hour-long question time, until the issue is resolved, by about half an hour, with the additional questions all to be asked by non-Labor senators. (In a chaotic Thursday afternoon, question time ran three and a half hours.)

The government reacted furiously. The opposition said the Leader of the House of Representatives Tony Burke told Manager of Opposition Business Alex Hawke the government was considering depriving Coalition lower house members of their positions as deputy chairs on various committees.

Liberal frontbencher James Paterson said “the government’s response is more like that of a petty authoritarian government than a democratic one”.

Environment Minister Murray Watt lashed Pocock, on Thursday accusing him of “a dummy spit”. “David Pocock was always in here lecturing the rest of us about the importance of Senate tradition and Senate convention, and he’s just gone and chucked the toys out of the cot yesterday. So he should have a good, hard think about that.”

This incident is not just a bit of byplay. It’s a test of strength between the Senate and the executive. Politically it is important because it highlights a concerning feature of the Albanese government – its penchant for secrecy. While governments generally have secrecy as their default position, Labor came in promising to behave differently.

Observers believe Anthony Albanese is the main driver of limiting information. We know for certain he is not a fan of freedom of information – the current bill for changes to FOI that the government has before parliament would (further) inhibit access to information about what is happening at senior levels of government.

The inclination to secrecy is part of the government’s disappointing record more generally on integrity issues, highlighted this week by the Centre for Public Integrity, an independent research institute chaired by Anthony Whealy, a respected legal figure.

The CPI issued “The Albanese Government’s Integrity Report Card”, which showed poor results on various fronts.

The centre urges the government to “reset course – to honour its commitments to transparency, respect for parliament, robust checks and balances, and action to stamp out corruption and undue influence”.

The CPI accuses the government of “leaning into a culture of secrecy”, highlighting the flawed freedom of information bill.

It says the government has failed to rein in the power of lobbyists. One big thing that compromises both sides of politics is how political parties sell access to their senior figures, for large sums. Labor has its Federal Labor Business Forum; the Liberals their Australian Business Network. Companies sign up for meetings at party conferences and other events to get into decision-makers ears. It is surely a distortion of democracy.

For an opposition to hold a government to account requires resources. The CPI report criticises the government’s cut in the staff allocation it has provided to the opposition.

Albanese has been particularly arbitrary when it has come to resources for Senate crossbenchers. Instead of a general rule, some crossbenchers (including Pocock) have received more staff than others, according to prime ministerial preference. Labor defector Senator Fatima Payman was given minimal staff.

The CPI criticises that the scrutiny of Indigenous Affairs has been reduced by removing the previous dedicated day at Senate estimates to examine this area. The government also “continues to exempt major executive instruments from parliamentary review”.

On the issue of “frank and fearless advice” from the public service, the CPI points to the government ignoring key recommendations from the Thodey review, which reported under the Morrison government – notably recommending changes to the appointment and tenure of departmental secretaries. These would strengthen the independence of the public service, the CPI says.

And what of jobs for mates? The CPI says the government has made little progress on, and has little appetite for, “one of Australia’s most pressing integrity reforms”.

It quotes Gallagher’s words when she announced the Briggs inquiry – she said it was “all about putting an end to the jobs for mates culture that defined the previous Morrison government’s public sector appointments”.

Under the Albanese government “appointments continue to be made without sufficient guardrails”, the CPI says. It points to the recent choice of the new head of the Office of National Intelligence, Kathy Klugman, who went straight from the Prime Minister’s Office. (The government is enraged by this, seeing it as a slur, because she was a deputy secretary in the Department of Foreign Affairs seconded to the Prime Mnister’s Office.)

The CPI also notes legislation for the Australian Centre for Disease Control “establishes a major public office with no provision for merit-based appointment”.

The CPI calls for the release of the Briggs report and for the government to “legislate transparent, merit-based appointment processes across the public sector”.

The ball’s in the government’s court.The Conversation

Michelle Grattan, Professorial Fellow, University of Canberra

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

When you click on an ad in sales season, retailers get to harvest your data

Aayushi BadhwarRMIT University

Earlier this year, the consumer watchdog fined three retailers, Michael Hill, MyHouse and Hairhouse Online, almost A$20,000 each for advertising “site-wide discounts” that allegedly never applied to all items on the website.

At first glance, this might look like a straightforward case of using allegedly misleading advertising for an economic benefit. Yet the implications go further.

Years of exposure to constant promotions have trained shoppers to chase a bargain, promoting “clickbaiting”: tactics designed to lure consumers into browsing.

Businesses spend heavily to secure the spot on your social media feed, and that investment has to be recouped. The most effective way is through personalised, persistent ad campaigns that quietly push consumers to buy more.

The way these ad campaigns currently collect data leaves consumers exposed. They also feed into broader concerns about overproduction, which in turn drives overconsumption. That benefits the retailers, but it fuels waste.

Bargains and the data you give away

When you click on an ad, whether it is on a brand’s website or its social media feed, you are not just interacting with the campaign. Behind the scenes, these platforms are collecting your data, analysing your behaviour, and using it to shape personalised ads designed just for you.

Australia’s discount season kicks off in November and extends through to January. With Australians ready to consume, buying gifts for family and themselves, marketing teams go into overdrive. They flood websites and social media feeds with discount banners.

Every time a consumer clicks on an ad, they are revealing something about their shopping patterns. This information is collected through data harvesting (gathering user data) and data mining (analysing patterns in that data). The platform records and shares this information with the business to show the effectiveness of the campaign and whether it led to a conversion (a purchase, sign-up, or other intended action).

Behind this, tracking runs much deeper. Ads use “cookies”, which are tiny digital files that remember your browsing activity such as which sites you visit and how often. “Tracking pixels” quietly collect details such as your IP address, geo-location, time zone, and the type of device used. Together, these build a profile that helps predict your preferences and target you with similar ads later.

A long list of companies have access to your data

Advertisers also gather demographic and behavioural data, such as, your age, gender, interests and browsing history. They can tap data from other apps in your phone that share information through “third parties”. This is one of the vaguest terms in privacy policies. It sounds harmless, but usually hides a long list of unnamed companies getting access to your data.

This information creates a pool of bigger data which allows brands to “re-target” consumers, showing the same or related ads repeatedly. This triggers what psychologists call the “mere exposure effect”: the more you see something, the more familiar and trustworthy it feels. Over time that familiarity can nudge consumers towards buying, not because they needed it but simply because they had seen it so often. This subconsciously promotes overconsumption.

Although marketing campaigns are designed to make consumers buy, even if they do not, they still give away something of great value. Every click, scroll, or view generates data that is later used or sold to monetise; shaping targeted advertising, influencing consumer behaviour and creating economic value.

US authorities described a “vast surveillance network” run by social media platforms.

Did we really consent to this?

government survey in 2023 showed that Australians do not fully understand the data privacy implications.

The Privacy Act 1988 forms Australia’s main legal framework, and is currently under review. But it only applies to businesses with an annual turnover above A$3 million. While most large retailers easily surpass the threshold, what’s less clear is whether the third parties in the privacy policies do.

In Australia, implied consent is often considered sufficient. If a website states in its privacy policy that it collects data, simply browsing the site is considered consent. A site provides little control over individual cookies unless the user manually adjusts their browser settings. Clicking an ad on social media can also be taken as agreeing to data collection.

In Australia, you either do not see a consent box at all or instead encounter a line stating that “by browsing this site, you agree to our privacy policy”. In both cases, consent is implied.

Stricter rules

In contrast, a website regulated under European Union regulations must clearly explain what data it collects. Only essential cookies are active by default. Marketing and tracking cookies are switched off unless consumers actively choose to allow them.

The difference is stark. The EU imposes stricter rules on data ownership, profiling and behavioural tracking, with no tolerance for vague implied consent. In Australia, behavioural tracking and targeted advertising depend on implied consent, typically hidden in lengthy, jargon-heavy privacy polices that few consumers can navigate.

While data privacy laws are still catching up, educating consumers is crucial to helping them understand how their data is used to influence them into overconsuming.

So now you know what really happens behind every click or “agree” button; the question is, will you still fall for the trick?The Conversation

Aayushi Badhwar, Lecturer in Enterprise and Technology, RMIT University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Major rezoning for Gosford

Tuesday October 28 2025
The Minns Labor Government has announced it is fast-tracking a major rezoning of Gosford City Centre to unlock approximately 1,900 new homes. The Precinct per the document is bounded by Dwyer street, Henry Parry Drive, Rumbalara Reserve, Frederick Street, Albany Street, Duke Street, Gosford Waterfront, Central Coast Highway and Racecourse Road. 

The government states the rezoning aligns with the Central Coast Regional Plan 2041 and the Gosford Urban Design Framework and will update and consolidate planning controls for Gosford City Centre and West Gosford.

The government states the 283-hectare rezoning builds on major NSW Government’s investments in Gosford, including:
  • $348 million for the redevelopment of Gosford Hospital
  • $20 million for the construction of a clinical school and research institute
  • $40 million for planning the Gosford Bypass to improve transport connections.
The rezoning is being progressed under the State Significant Rezoning Policy, which promotes faster decisions.

The proposal seeks to rationalise planning controls within the Gosford City Area and incentivise new development through building height and floor space ratio bonuses.

The NSW Government states it will continue working with local stakeholders to ensure the city centre’s growth reflects the needs and aspirations of the Gosford community, however Public Exhibition of the proposal, approved on September 12 2025, is not expected to be made available until 2026.

Gosford City Centre planning proposal webpage  the governments State significant rezoning projects is available at: www.planningportal.nsw.gov.au/ppr/pre-exhibition/gosford-city-centre

On Saturday October 25 the government announced it has accelerated the delivery of $298,239 to undertake a pothole and road repair blitz on the state road network across the Central Coast.

In addition to the accelerated state network pothole and road repair blitz, $147 million of funding through block grants has been committed to helping regional councils struggling with high road maintenance costs, with Central Coast Council allocated $8,130,104 over two years. 

On the same date, October 28, the government announced 'Locals will now have easier access to community and housing services with the official opening of the new Department of Communities and Justice (DCJ) Service Centre in Tuggerah'.

The custom-designed facility on Reliance Drive, Tuggerah, brings together a range of community and housing services to support vulnerable families such as child protection casework, family support programs and social housing and homelessness.

The new centre will accommodate around 250 staff and replaces several existing offices in Gosford and Wyong, ensuring staff can deliver quality and integrated support to the communities they serve. It features modern, trauma-informed spaces including family rooms, a dedicated yarning space, an all-new concierge service model complimented with accessible self-service booths.

Prior to this building these frontline services were fragmented across the Central Coast meaning multiple trips between Gosford and Wyong for local families accessing frontline services.'

Minister for Housing and Homelessness Rose Jackson said:

“This change will remove the guesswork for families on the Central Coast, who can now have confidence they will be able to access the help they need at this centre.

“When people have to jump through hoops to access support, it adds unnecessary stress and delays. The no wrong door approach is vital to delivering better quality care for people seeking community and housing support.”

Microsoft in court for allegedly misleading millions of Australians over Microsoft 365 subscriptions

Monday October 27, 2025
The ACCC has commenced proceedings in the Federal Court against Microsoft Australia and its parent company Microsoft Corporation for allegedly misleading approximately 2.7 million Australian customers when communicating subscription options and price increases, after it integrated its AI assistant, Copilot, into Microsoft 365 plans. 

The ACCC alleges that since 31 October 2024, Microsoft has told subscribers of Microsoft 365 Personal and Family plans with auto-renewal enabled that to maintain their subscription they must accept the integration of Copilot and pay higher prices for their plan, or, alternatively, cancel their subscription.

The ACCC alleges this information provided to subscribers was false or misleading because there was an undisclosed third option, the Microsoft 365 Personal or Family Classic plans, which allowed subscribers to retain the features of their existing plan, without Copilot, at the previous lower price.

Microsoft’s communication with subscribers did not refer to the existence of the “Classic” plans, and the only way subscribers could access them was to begin the process of cancelling their subscription. This involved navigating to the subscriptions section of their Microsoft account and selecting “Cancel subscription”. It was only on the following page that subscribers were given the option to instead move to the Classic plan. See a screenshot of the cancellation page revealing the Classic plan.

“Following a detailed investigation, we will allege in Court that Microsoft deliberately omitted reference to the Classic plans in its communications and concealed their existence until after subscribers initiated the cancellation process to increase the number of consumers on more expensive Copilot-integrated plans,” ACCC Chair Gina Cass-Gottlieb said.

“The Microsoft Office apps included in 365 subscriptions are essential in many people’s lives and given there are limited substitutes to the bundled package, cancelling the subscription is a decision many would not make lightly.”

“We’re concerned that Microsoft’s communications denied its customers the opportunity to make informed decisions about their subscription options, which included the possibility of retaining all the features of their existing plan without Copilot and at the lower price,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

“We believe many Microsoft 365 customers would have opted for the Classic plan had they been aware of all the available options.”

Following the integration of Copilot, the annual subscription price of the Microsoft 365 Personal plan increased by 45 per cent from $109 to $159. The annual subscription price for the Microsoft 365 Family plan increased by 29 per cent from $139 to $179.

Microsoft sent two emails and published a blog post to inform auto-renewing subscribers (as of 31 October 2024) about the Copilot integration and the impending price increase that would apply at their next renewal. These three pieces of communication are central to the ACCC’s case.

“We allege that Microsoft’s two emails to existing subscribers and the blog post were false or misleading as they conveyed that consumers had to accept the more expensive Copilot-integrated plans, and that the only other option was to cancel,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

“All businesses need to provide accurate information about their services and prices. Failure to do so risks breaching the Australian Consumer Law,” Ms Cass-Gottlieb said.

In establishing its investigation into this matter, the ACCC drew on a significant number of consumer reports, as well as commentary in online forums such as Reddit. Information provided by consumers to the ACCC’s Infocentre was critical to alerting the ACCC to the alleged conduct, particularly in identifying the availability of the Classic plan through subscribers’ cancellation flows.

The ACCC is seeking orders including penalties, injunctions, declarations, consumer redress, and costs.

Consumer response
The ACCC believes the millions of Australian consumers who were allegedly misled by Microsoft about the availability of the Classic plan may have suffered economic harm through the automatic renewal of their subscription with Copilot integration at a higher price.

The ACCC is seeking consumer redress in this case for Microsoft 365 Personal and Family subscribers affected by the alleged conduct.

Existing Microsoft 365 Personal and Family subscribers who have not had their subscription renewed since 8 July 2025 and would like to revert to their previous plan may be able to select the cancel option and follow the steps in the cancellation process until the Classic plan is offered. However, the ACCC notes that the subscription options and prices offered are entirely in Microsoft’s control and could be subject to change at any time.

Example timeline for a subscriber on a Microsoft 365 Personal plan
  • On 19 April 2024, a consumer purchased an annual Microsoft 365 Personal subscription for $109 and enabled auto-renewal for one year’s time.
  • On 31 October 2024, Microsoft published a blog post in which it stated:
    • “To reflect the value we’ve added over the past decade and enable us to deliver new innovations for years to come, we’re increasing the prices of Microsoft 365 Personal and Family. The price increase will apply to existing subscribers upon their next renewal.”
  • On 9 January 2025, the consumer received an email informing them that AI features were being added to their plan and the price of the annual subscription would increase from $109 to $159 starting on 19 April 2025. See a screenshot of the first email sent to the consumers about the price increase.
  • On 13 April 2025, 7 days before their renewal date, the consumer received a second email in which Microsoft stated:
    • “We want to let you know about a change to the amount of your next payment. Unless you cancel two days before Saturday, April 19 2025, we’ll charge AUD 159.00 including taxes every year… We’ll tell you if this price ever changes. Cancel any time to stop future charges or change how you pay by managing your subscription in your Microsoft account.
  • On 19 April 2025, the consumer's subscription was automatically renewed at the increased price of $159.  The consumer was not aware that switching to the Classic plan at the existing subscription price of $109 was possible.

Screenshots showing the communications with subscribers

Email sent to subscribers informing them of the Copilot integration and price increase:

The page late in the cancellation process revealing the Classic plan:

A subscriber only saw this screen once they had navigated to the subscriptions section of their Microsoft account, selected “Cancel subscription”, and continued with the cancellation process.

Background
Microsoft Pty Ltd (Microsoft AU) is an Australian proprietary company, and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Microsoft Corporation (Microsoft US), a US-based technology conglomerate. Microsoft AU is the supplier of Microsoft’s proprietary software in Australia, including Microsoft 365 plans.

The ACCC alleges Microsoft US was responsible for preparing and publishing the communications to Australian Microsoft 365 subscribers containing the misrepresentations alleged by the ACCC. The ACCC alleges that Microsoft AU adopted the communications as the seller of Microsoft 365 subscriptions to Australian consumers.

The ACCC’s case only relates to Microsoft 365 Personal and Family plans, which are designed for home use. The case does not involve Microsoft 365 subscriptions for business or enterprise.

Microsoft 365 Personal and Family offerings are supplied on a monthly or annual subscription basis, and are comprised of:
  • software products, such as Word, Excel, PowerPoint and OneNote
  • collaboration and communication applications like Outlook, Teams and SharePoint
  • cloud-based services through OneDrive.
Microsoft launched Copilot as its consumer-facing generative AI product in 2023. Copilot was integrated into Microsoft 365 Personal and Family subscriptions in Australia on 31 October 2024.

In January 2025, the Copilot integration was rolled out across Microsoft 365 worldwide, with varying subscription price increases applying to each jurisdiction.

Competition, product safety, consumer and fair trading issues in the digital economy is a current ACCC compliance and enforcement priority.

Maximum penalties
For corporations, the maximum penalty for each breach of the Australian Consumer Law is the greater of:
  • $50 million
  • three times the total benefits that have been obtained and are reasonably attributable, or
  • if the total value of the benefits cannot be determined, 30 per cent of the corporation’s adjusted turnover during the breach turnover period.
Any penalty that might apply to this conduct is a matter for the Court to determine and would depend on the Court’s findings. The ACCC will not comment on what penalties the Court may impose.

Concise statement

This document contains the ACCC’s initiating court documents in relation to this matter. We will not be uploading further documents in the event these initial documents are subsequently amended.

ACCC opposes keg pooling supplier MicroStar's proposed acquisition of Konvoy assets

October 23, 2025
The ACCC has decided to oppose MicroStar Logistics LLC’s (MicroStar) proposed acquisition of the assets of Konvoy Holdings Pty Ltd (Receivers and Managers Appointed) (Konvoy), both of which supply keg pooling services to brewers across Australia.

MicroStar, which operates under the name Kegstar in Australia, and Konvoy are the only suppliers of keg pooling services, which enable brewers to rent kegs on a short-term basis to supply alcoholic drinks on tap to licensed venues.

“Our investigation has found that MicroStar acquiring the assets of Konvoy, the only other provider of keg pooling services in Australia, would be likely to substantially lessen competition,” ACCC Commissioner Dr Philip Williams said.

While independent brewers can use their own kegs or leased kegs, the ACCC considers that these options generally serve different purposes and would not be a viable alternative should keg pooling prices increase.

For example, owning kegs or renting them under long-term leases may be suitable when independent brewers are located close to the licensed venues, but these models are unlikely to be viable when servicing venues located further away.

“Without competitors, MicroStar could increase prices above a competitive level and reduce services or quality of service for customers,” Dr Williams said.

“Higher prices for keg pooling would have a significant impact on many independent brewers.”

The ACCC noted that Konvoy is in receivership and that its assets may ultimately be liquidated.

“Our view is that if the proposed acquisition does not proceed, the Konvoy business is likely to continue, whether under new or existing ownership; however, we recognise that liquidation of the assets is also a potential outcome,” Dr Williams said.

“If Konvoy’s assets are liquidated, they would likely remain in the market and be available to new or emerging rivals to MicroStar, or to independent brewers.”

More information can be found on the ACCC public register: MicroStar Logistics, LLC - Konvoy Holdings Pty Limited.

Background
MicroStar is the largest independent keg services company in the United States with operations in the UK, Europe, Australia and New Zealand. It entered the Australian market in 2021 via the acquisition of the Kegstar business from Brambles.

In Australia, Kegstar handles the activities and costs relating to a brewery’s keg use (for example, keg capital costs, reverse logistics, repair and maintenance, and keg management labour) under a pay-per-fill (PPF) model.

Under the PPF model, a brewery will order the number of kegs it requires, these are then delivered to the brewery for them to clean, fill and ship to the brewery’s customers. The brewery provides information on full keg deliveries to Kegstar who then tracks the kegs to the brewery’s customers (i.e. licensed venues), and then Kegstar arranges to collect the empty kegs for further use by its PPF customers. Brewers will pay for this PPF service based on the number of kegs that the brewery refills.

Konvoy operates a keg services business in Australia where it provides keg rentals on a short-term basis, known as “keg pooling”; and it leases kegs on a long-term basis, for a period of 12-60 months, known as “keg leasing”. Under its long-term keg leasing, brewers can lease kegs for their brewery for a monthly fee.

For its keg pooling, Konvoy stores and maintains a fleet of serviced kegs which are delivered to brewers as needed in exchange for a fixed fee. The brewers will then clean, fill and distribute the kegs. Konvoy tracks the kegs and arranges a pickup from the brewer’s customers, usually licensed venues, once they are empty.

In addition to these leasing services, Konvoy offers separate keg maintenance and repair and branding services. It also sells kegs to customers and supplies a tracking technology, known as ‘Katch’, as part of its logistics offering which assists with tracking kegs across the supply chain.

Konvoy entered receivership and administration on 11 March 2025. The Receivers determined that a sales process for Konvoy’s assets would provide the best return to creditors.

OpenAI’s Atlas browser promises ultimate convenience. But the glossy marketing masks safety risks

Uri GalUniversity of Sydney

Last week, OpenAI unveiled ChatGPT Atlas, a web browser that promises to revolutionise how we interact with the internet. The company’s CEO, Sam Altman, described it as a “once-a-decade opportunity” to rethink how we browse the web.

The promise is compelling: imagine an artificial intelligence (AI) assistant that follows you across every website, remembers your preferences, summarises articles, and handles tedious tasks such as booking flights or ordering groceries on your behalf.

But beneath the glossy marketing lies a more troubling reality. Atlas is designed to be “agentic”, able to autonomously navigate websites and take actions in your logged-in accounts. This introduces security and privacy vulnerabilities that most users are unprepared to manage.

While OpenAI touts innovation, it’s quietly shifting the burden of safety onto unsuspecting consumers who are being asked to trust an AI with their most sensitive digital decisions.

What makes agent mode different

At the heart of Atlas’s appeal is “agent mode”.

Unlike traditional web browsers where you manually navigate the internet, agent mode allows ChatGPT to operate your browser semi-autonomously. For example, when prompted to “find a cocktail bar near you and book a table”, it will search, evaluate options, and attempt to make a reservation.

The technology works by giving ChatGPT access to your browsing context. It can see every open tab, interact with forms, click buttons and navigate between pages just as you would.

Combined with Atlas’s “browser memories” feature, which logs websites you visit and your activities on them, the AI builds an increasingly detailed understanding of your digital life.

This contextual awareness is what enables agent mode to work. But it’s also what makes it dangerously vulnerable.

A perfect storm of security risks

The risks inherent in this design go beyond conventional browser security concerns.

Consider prompt injection attacks, where malicious websites embed hidden commands that manipulate the AI’s behaviour.

Imagine visiting what appears to be a legitimate shopping site. The page, however, contains invisible instructions directing ChatGPT to scrape personal data from all open tabs, such as an active medical portal or a draft email, and then extract the sensitive details without ever needing to access a password.

Similarly, malicious code on one website could potentially influence the AI’s behaviour across multiple tabs. For example, a script on a shopping site could trick the AI agent into switching to your open banking tab and submitting a transfer form.

Atlas’s autofill capabilities and form interaction features can become attack vectors. This is especially the case when an AI is making split-second decisions about what information to enter and where to submit it.

The personalisation features compound these risks. Atlas’s browser memories create comprehensive profiles of your behavior: websites you visit, what you search for, what you purchase, and content you read.

While OpenAI promises this data won’t train its models by default, Atlas is still storing more highly personal data in one place. This consolidated trove of information represents a honeypot for hackers.

Should OpenAI’s business model evolve, it could also become a gold mine for highly targeted advertising.

OpenAI says it has tried to protect users’ security and has run thousands of hours of focused simulated attacks. It also says it has “added safeguards to address new risks that can come from access to logged-in sites and browsing history while taking actions on your behalf”.

However, the company still acknowledges “agents are susceptible to hidden malicious instructions, [which] could lead to stealing data from sites you’re logged into or taking actions you didn’t intend”.

A downgrade in browser security

This marks a major escalation in browser security risks.

For example, sandboxing is a security approach designed to keep websites isolated and prevent malicious code from accessing data from other tabs. The modern web depends on this separation.

But in Atlas, the AI agent isn’t malicious code – it’s a trusted user with permission to see and act across all sites. This undermines the core principle of browser isolation.

And while most AI safety concerns have focused on the technology producing inaccurate information, prompt injection is more dangerous. It’s not the AI making a mistake; it’s the AI following a hostile command hidden in the environment.

Atlas is especially vulnerable because it gives human-level control to an intelligence layer that can be manipulated by reading a single malicious line of text on an untrusted site.

Think twice before using

Before agentic browsing becomes mainstream, we need rigorous third-party security audits from independent researchers who can stress-test Atlas’s defenses against these risks. We need clearer regulatory frameworks that define liability when AI agents make mistakes or get manipulated. And we need OpenAI to prove, not simply promise, that its safeguards can withstand determined attackers.

For people who are considering downloading Atlas, the advice is straightforward: extreme caution.

If you do use Atlas, think twice before you enable agent mode on websites where you handle sensitive information. Treat browser memories as a security liability and disable them unless you have a compelling reason to share your complete browsing history with an AI. Use Atlas’s incognito mode as your default, and remember that every convenience feature is simultaneously a potential vulnerability.

The future of AI-powered browsing may indeed be inevitable, but it shouldn’t arrive at the expense of user security. OpenAI’s Atlas asks us to trust that innovation will outpace exploitation. History suggests we shouldn’t be so optimistic.The Conversation

Uri Gal, Professor in Business Information Systems, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Were you on Facebook 10 years ago? You may be able to claim part of this $50 million payout

Graham GreenleafMacquarie University and Katharine KempUNSW Sydney

Right now, more than 311,000 Australian Facebook users can apply for a slice of a A$50 million compensation fund from tech giant Meta – the largest ever payment for a breach of Australians’ privacy.

But the clock is ticking. Even if you’re eligible, you only have until December 31 2025 to make your claim. Similar payouts have already begun in the United States.

From who’s eligible, to how to make a claim, to how much the eventual payout might be: here’s what you need to know.

Why so many Australians can apply

The landmark settlement arose from Meta’s involvement in the Cambridge Analytica scandal: a massive data breach in the 2010s, when a British data firm harvested private information from 87 million Facebook profiles worldwide.

It led to a record-breaking US$5 billion penalty (about $A7.7 billion today) in the US against Meta as Facebook’s parent company, and the creation of a US$725 million (A$1.1 billion) compensation scheme for affected Americans.

Here in Australia, an investigation by the national privacy regulator – the Office of the Australian Information Commissioner – found Cambridge Analytica used the This Is Your Digital Life personality quiz app to extract personal information.

That investigation found just 53 Australian Facebook users installed the app. But another 311,074 Australian Facebook users were friends of those 53 people, meaning the app could have requested their information too.

In December 2024, the Information Commissioner announced she had settled a court case with Meta in return for an “enforceable undertaking”, including a record A$50 million payment program.

Claims opened on June 30 this year and close on December 31.

Who can apply?

You can apply if you:

  • held a Facebook account between 2 November 2013 and 17 December 2015 (the eligibility period)

  • were in Australia for more than 30 days during that period, and

  • either installed the Life app or were Facebook friends with someone who did.

How to apply – but watch for scams

The Facebook Payment Program is being administered by consultants KPMG. (Meta has to pay KPMG to run it; that doesn’t come out of the $50 million fund.)

That website is where to go with questions or to lodge a claim.

Meta has sent all Australians it knows may be eligible this “token” notification within Facebook:

You may be entitled to receive payment from litigation recently settled in Australia. Learn more.

Try this link to see if the company has records of you or your friends logging into the Digital Life app. If there are, you should be able to use the “fast track” application.

If you didn’t get that notification but you think you were affected, you can make a claim using the standard process by proving:

  • your identity, such as with a passport or driver’s licence
  • you held a Facebook account and were located in Australia during the eligibility period.

But watch out for scammers pretending to be from Facebook or to be helping with claims.

Which payout could you be eligible for?

You need to choose to apply for compensation under one of two “classes”, requiring different types of proof.

Class 1: the harder option, expected to get higher payouts

To claim for “specific loss or damage”, you’ll need to provide documented evidence of economic and/or non-economic loss or damages. For example, this could include out-of-pocket medical or counselling costs, or having to move if your personal details were made public.

You’ll also need to show that damage was caused by the Cambridge Analytica data breach. For many people, proving extensive loss or damage may be difficult.

Class 1 claims will be decided first. There are no predetermined payout amounts; each will be decided individually.

If your class 1 claim is unsuccessful, but you’re otherwise eligible for a payout, you will be able to get a class 2 payout instead.

Class 2: the easier option, likely to get smaller payouts

Alternatively, you can choose to claim only for loss or damage based on “a generalised concern or embarrassment” caused by the data breach.

It’s a much easier process – but also likely to be a much smaller payment.

All class 2 claimants will receive the same amount, after the class 1 payouts.

These claimants only need to provide a statutory declaration that they have a genuine belief the breach caused them concern or embarrassment.

In Meta’s enforceable undertaking with the Information Commissioner, it states KPMG is able to apply a cap on payments to claimants. It also says if there is money left after all the payouts, KPMG will pay that amount to the Australian government’s Consolidated Revenue Fund.

Meta told The Conversation:

There is not a pre-determined cap on payments. The appropriate time to determine whether any cap should apply to payments made to claimants is following the end of the registration period [December 31].

So it’s not yet clear how much of the $50 million fund will go to Australian claimants versus how much could end up going to the federal government.

Payments are expected to be made from around August 2026.

How much are payouts likely to be?

Payouts from similar settlements by Meta elsewhere have been very small. For example, US Facebook users eligible for their US$725 million compensation scheme have expressed surprise at the size of their payouts. One report suggests the average US payment is around US$30 (A$45) each.

Here in Australia, a lot will depend on how many people bother to register between now and December 31.The Conversation

Graham Greenleaf, Honorary Professor, Macquarie Law School, Macquarie University and Katharine Kemp, Associate Professor, Faculty of Law & Justice; Lead, UNSW Public Interest Law & Tech Initiative, UNSW Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

‘Wait with me until it’s over’: what teens want you to know about dissociation

Bronwyn MilkinsThe Kids Research Institute Australia and Helen MilroyThe University of Western Australia

You call your teen’s name, but they don’t respond. They’re staring past you. You call again, louder this time. Nothing – how rude.

But what if they’re zoning out?

For some teens, this can be a sign of dissociation, a temporary disconnection from thoughts, feelings, body or surroundings. It’s the brain’s way of protecting itself from overwhelming stress or emotion.

Dissociation is often linked to trauma – experiences that feel deeply distressing or life-threatening.

But because dissociation is quiet and invisible, it often goes unnoticed. A withdrawn or “spacey” teen draws less attention than one who’s anxious or acting out. Misunderstanding this response can lead to frustration and strained relationships.

In two recent studies, we interviewed teens who dissociate, as well as their parents and clinicians. We wanted to understand better what it feels like when it happens – and what would help.

What is dissociation?

Dissociation is the brain’s safety switch. When emotions or memories feel too intense, the brain creates distance, like mentally stepping out of the room.

It’s common to experience mild forms of dissociation, such as zoning out during a boring meeting. But for teens who’ve experienced trauma, it can feel more intense and be more disruptive.

Many people underestimate how common trauma is for young people.

Worldwide, almost three in four teens have experienced at least one traumatic event, such as violence, serious accidents, or the death of a loved one. In Western countries, this may be closer to one in two.

Distressing content is also streamed directly to teens’ devices. Violent videoscyberbullying or hate-based online abuse can all trigger overwhelmed feelings.

When feelings become too much to handle, dissociation offers immediate relief. But over-use of dissociation to cope can disrupt learning, relationships and daily life.

Surveys suggest this clinical form of dissociation affects 7–11% of high school students, making it as common as anxiety disorders.

Yet dissociation in young people is still not well understood, even by professionals.

What we wanted to find out

To better understand dissociation, our research team spoke with dissociating teens about what the experience feels like, what triggers it and what helps.

Seven teenagers who had experienced significant trauma and were receiving care at a Western Australian mental health service shared their experiences. Given dissociation can affect memory and awareness, we also interviewed each teen’s parent and primary clinician.

While our study involved a small number of teens, their reflections gave us powerful insight into the lived experience of dissociation in adolescence.

What teens told us

Teens described dissociation as feeling disconnected from their body or as though reality had gone blurry.

Lisa* (age 17) said:

I could look in the mirror and not feel like it was me […] I knew it was me, but I didn’t feel like it was me.

Verity* (age 14) explained:

I’m zoned out and don’t notice what’s going on around me. […] People could be calling my name or waving in my face, and like, I don’t notice.

Parents told us their teens could sometimes become completely unresponsive – unable to move or talk – or have emotional outbursts they later couldn’t remember.

Dissociation was most likely when teens felt strong emotions triggered by reminders of trauma, conflict or peer rejection.

What helps

Many teens said the most helpful thing was knowing a trusted person was nearby. They often didn’t want advice or questions – just reassurance someone would stay close.

Lisa said:

I like having company because I don’t cope on my own […] it’s helpful to have someone just wait with me until it’s over.

Sometimes, they wanted more active help with strategies.

Amy* (age 16) said calming techniques can help:

if someone else is there and they’re telling me what to do […] I can’t really do it on my own when I’m like that [dissociating].

Others said retreating to quiet spaces helped them come back to the present.

But when they didn’t feel able to reach out for support, some teens turned to less helpful strategies, like disappearing into fantasy worlds for hours.

Our research suggests that to reduce the chances of this, it’s important for teens to know you’re there.

Woman tucks hair behind her daughter's ear as they stand next to a river.
Some teens may just want company, and some might want help with calming techniques. Maskot/Getty

What parents can do

Bullying, rejection or failure can all feel catastrophic to a developing mind. Teens may also experience traumas adults don’t know about.

If a teen seems distant or unresponsive, stay curious rather than frustrated. Ask yourself what might be happening beneath the surface.

When dissociation happens, stay physically present and calm. Offer to help them with activities like going for a walk, breathing slowly, or doing something sensory, such as holding a warm drink.

If dissociation happens frequently or severely, consider reaching out to a mental health professional or GP for support.

Why it matters

Dissociation isn’t bad behaviour – it’s a coping response to trauma and stress, and can be a sign a teen is overwhelmed. When adults recognise this, they can respond with empathy instead of frustration.

We’d like to see trauma-informed approaches in homes and schools. This means building safety and trust with young people and supporting collaboration.

Offering choice (for example, taking a short break or choosing where they sit in the classroom) can empower them to have some control over their environment. Calm, sensory-friendly spaces can also help kids feel safe and ready to learn.

Recognising dissociation and responding with patience and compassion can help your teen and strengthen your relationship in the process.

*Names have been changed to protect privacy.


If this article has raised issues for you, or if you’re concerned about someone you know, call Lifeline on 13 11 14 or Kids Helpline (ages 5–25 and parents) on 1800 55 1800.The Conversation

Bronwyn Milkins, Postdoctoral Researcher in Youth Trauma and Dissociation, The Kids Research Institute Australia and Helen Milroy, Professor & Director, Centre for Aboriginal Medical and Dental Health (CAMDH), The University of Western Australia

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Your gluten sensitivity might be something else entirely, new study shows

Daisy-Daisy/Getty
Jessica BiesiekierskiThe University of Melbourne

Social media and lifestyle magazines have turned gluten – a protein in wheat, rye and barley – into a dietary villain.

Athletes and celebrities have promoted gluten-free eating as the secret to better health and performance.

But our review in The Lancet published today challenges that idea.

By examining decades of research, we found that for most people who think they react to gluten, gluten itself is rarely the cause.

Symptoms but not coeliac

Coeliac disease is when the body’s immune system attacks itself when someone eats gluten, leading to inflammation and damage to the gut.

But people with gut or other symptoms after eating foods containing gluten can test negative for coeliac disease or wheat allergy. They are said to have non-coeliac gluten sensitivity.

We wanted to understand whether gluten itself, or other factors, truly cause their symptoms.

What we did and what we found

Our study combined more than 58 studies covering symptom changes and possible ways they could arise. These included studying the immune system, gut barrier, microbes in the gut, and psychological explanations.

Across studies, gluten-specific reactions were uncommon and, when they occurred, changes in symptoms were usually small. Many participants who believed they were “gluten sensitive” reacted equally – or more strongly – to a placebo.

One landmark trial looked at the role of fermentable carbohydrates (known as FODMAPs) in people who said they were sensitive to gluten (but didn’t have coeliac disease). When people ate a low-FODMAP diet – avoiding foods such as certain fruits, vegetables, legumes and cereals – their symptoms improved, even when gluten was reintroduced.

Another showed fructans – a type of FODMAP in wheat, onion, garlic and other foods – caused more bloating and discomfort than gluten itself.

This suggests most people who feel unwell after eating gluten are sensitive to something else. This could be FODMAPs such as fructans, or other wheat proteins. Another explanation could be that symptoms reflect a disorder in how the gut interacts with the brain, similar to irritable bowel syndrome.

Some people may be truly sensitive to gluten. However, current evidence suggests this is uncommon.

People expected symptoms

A consistent finding is how expecting to have symptoms profoundly shapes people’s symptoms.

In blinded trials, when people unknowingly ate gluten or placebo, symptom differences almost vanished.

Some who expected gluten to make them unwell developed identical discomfort when exposed to a placebo.

This nocebo effect – the negative counterpart of placebo – shows that belief and prior experience influence how the brain processes signals from the gut.

Brain-imaging research supports this, showing that expectation and emotion activate brain regions involved in pain and how we perceive threats. This can heighten sensitivity to normal gut sensations.

These are real physiological responses. What the evidence is telling us is that focusing attention on the gut, coupled with anxiety about symptoms or repeated negative experiences with food, has real effects. This can sensitise how the gut interacts with the brain (known as the gut–brain axis) so normal digestive sensations are felt as pain or urgency.

Recognising this psychological contribution doesn’t mean symptoms are imagined. When the brain predicts a meal may cause harm, gut sensory pathways amplify every cramp or sensation of discomfort, creating genuine distress.

This helps explain why people remain convinced gluten is to blame even when blinded studies show otherwise. Symptoms are real, but the mechanism is often driven by expectation rather than gluten.

So what else could explain why some people feel better after going gluten-free? Such a change in the diet also reduces high-FODMAP foods and ultra-processed products, encourages mindful eating and offers a sense of control. All these can improve our wellbeing.

People also tend to eat more naturally gluten-free, nutrient-dense foods such as fruits, vegetables, legumes and nuts, which may further support gut health.

The cost of going gluten-free

For the approximately 1% of the population with coeliac disease, avoiding gluten for life is essential.

But for most who feel better gluten-free, gluten is unlikely to be the true problem.

There’s also a cost to going gluten-free unnecessarily. Gluten-free foods are, on average, 139% more expensive than standard ones. They are also often lower in fibre and key nutrients.

Avoiding gluten long term can also reduce diversity in your diet, alter your gut microbes and reinforce anxiety about eating.

Is it worth getting tested?

Unlike coeliac disease or a wheat allergy, non-coeliac gluten sensitivity has no biomarker – there’s no blood test or tissue marker that can confirm it.

Diagnosis instead relies on excluding other conditions and structured dietary testing.

Based on our review, we recommend clinicians:

  • rule out coeliac disease and wheat allergy first

  • optimise the quality of someone’s overall diet

  • trial a low-FODMAP diet if symptoms persist

  • only then, consider a four to six-week dietitian-supervised gluten-free trial, followed by a structured re-introduction of gluten-containing foods to see whether gluten truly causes symptoms.

This approach keeps restriction targeted and temporary, avoiding unnecessary long-term exclusion of gluten.

If gluten doesn’t explain someone’s symptoms, combining dietary guidance with psychological support often works best. That’s because expectation, stress and emotion influence our symptoms. Cognitive-behavioural or exposure-based therapies can reduce food-related fear and help people safely reintroduce foods they once avoided.

This integrated model moves beyond the simplistic “gluten is bad” narrative toward personalised, evidence-based gut–brain care.The Conversation

Jessica Biesiekierski, Associate Professor of Human Nutrition, The University of Melbourne

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Should drug companies be allowed to run ‘awareness’ ads for conditions their drugs treat? We asked 5 experts

Anna Shvets/Pexels
Barbara MintzesUniversity of SydneyDavid MenkesUniversity of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata RauFiona WillerQueensland University of TechnologyJennifer PowerLa Trobe University, and Ray MoynihanBond University

Unlike in the United States and New Zealand, it’s illegal in Australia to advertise prescription medicines directly to the public.

The main idea is to avoid demand for a drug that may not be appropriate, but which doctors may feel under pressure to prescribe.

But drug companies can get around this restriction by running “awareness” ads that indirectly promote their products.

For instance, we’re currently seeing ads raising awareness about weight loss that don’t mention the names of specific Ozempic-style drugs. Instead, these ads recommend you speak to your doctor about your weight.

The main argument for such awareness ads is they encourage people to seek help from their doctor, rather than suffer from symptoms they might have been embarrassed about, or have not been able to address themselves.

For instance, Novo Nordisk and Eli Lilly – which make weight-loss drugs – told the ABC recently their campaigns were trying to raise awareness of obesity as a chronic disease.

The main counterargument is that awareness ads act as drug promotion in disguise.

So, should pharmaceutical companies be allowed to run awareness ads for diseases or conditions their drugs treat?

We asked five experts. Four out of five said no. Here are their detailed answers.

The Conversation

Barbara Mintzes, Professor in Pharmaceutical Policy, School of Pharmacy and Charles Perkins Centre, University of SydneyDavid Menkes, Associate Professor in Psychological Medicine, University of Auckland, Waipapa Taumata RauFiona Willer, Lecturer, Dietitian and Bioethicist, Queensland University of TechnologyJennifer Power, Principal Research Fellow, Australian Research Centre in Sex, Health and Society, La Trobe University, and Ray Moynihan, Senior Research Manager, University of Sydney and Honorary Assistant Professor, Bond University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Most Australian government agencies aren’t transparent about how they use AI

Beckett LeClairCC BY
José-Miguel Bello y VillarinoUniversity of SydneyAlexandra SinclairUniversity of Sydney, and Kimberlee WeatherallUniversity of Sydney

A year ago, the Commonwealth government established a policy requiring most federal agencies to publish “AI transparency statements” on their websites by February 2025. These statements were meant to explain how agencies use artificial intelligence (AI), in what domains and with what safeguards.

The stated goal was to build public trust in government use of AI – without resorting to legislation. Six months after the deadline, early results from our research (to be published in full later this year) suggest this policy is not working.

We looked at 224 agencies and found only 29 had easily identifiable AI transparency statements. A deeper search found 101 links to statements.

That adds up to a compliance rate of around 45%, although for some agencies (such as defence, intelligence and corporate agencies) publishing a statement is recommended rather than required, and it is possible some agencies could share the same statement. Still, these tentative early findings raise serious questions about the effectiveness of Australia’s “soft-touch” approach to AI governance in the public sector.

Why AI transparency matters

Public trust in AI in Australia is already low. The Commonwealth’s reluctance to legislate rules and safeguards for the use of automated decision making in the public sector – identified as a shortcoming by the Robodebt royal commission – makes transparency all the more critical.

The public expects government to be an exemplar of responsible AI use. Yet the very policy designed to ensure transparency seems to be ignored by many agencies.

With the government also signalling a reluctance to pass economy-wide AI rules, good practice in government could also encourage action from a disoriented private sector. A recent study found 78% of corporations are “aware” of responsible AI practices, but only 29% have actually “implemented” them.

Transparency statements

The transparency statement requirement is the key binding obligation under the Digital Transformation Agency’s policy for the responsible use of AI in government.

Agencies must also appoint an “accountable [AI] official” who is meant to be responsible for AI use. The transparency statements are supposed to be clear, consistent, and easy to find – ideally linked from the agency’s homepage.

In our research, conducted in collaboration with the Office of the Australian Information Commissioner, we sought to identify these statements, using a combination of automated combing through websites, targeted Google searches, and manual inspection of the list of federal entities facilitated by the information commissioner. This included both agencies and departments strictly bound by the policy and those invited to comply voluntarily.

But we found only a few statements were accessible from the agency’s landing page. Many were buried deep in subdomains or required complex manual searching. Among agencies for which publishing a statement was recommended, rather than required, we struggled to find any.

More concerningly, there were many for which we could not find the statement even where it was required. This may just be a technical failure, but given the effort we put in, it suggests a policy failure.

A toothless requirement

The transparency statement requirement is binding in theory but toothless in practice. There are no penalties for agencies that fail to comply. There is also no open central register to track who has or has not published a statement.

The result is a fragmented, inconsistent landscape that undermines the very trust the policy was meant to build. And the public has no way to understand – or challenge – how AI is being used in decisions that affect their lives.

How other countries do it

In the United Kingdom, the government established a mandatory AI register. But as the Guardian reported in late 2024, many departments failed to list their AI use, despite the legal requirement to do so.

The situation seems to have slightly improved this year, but still many high-risk AI systems identified by UK civil society groups are still not published on the UK government’s own register.

The United States has taken a firmer stance. Despite anti-regulation rhetoric from the White House, the government has so far maintained its binding commitments to AI transparency and mitigation of risk.

Federal agencies are required to assess and publicly register their AI systems. If they fail to do so, the rules say they must stop using them.

Towards responsible use of AI

In the next phase of our research, we will analyse the content of the transparency statements we did find.

Are they meaningful? Do they disclose risks, safeguards and governance structures? Or are they vague and perfunctory? Early indications suggest wide variation in quality.

If governments are serious about responsible AI, they must enforce their own policies. If determined university researchers cannot easily find the statements – even assuming they are somewhere deep on the website – that cannot be called transparency.


The authors wish to thank Shuxuan (Annie) Luo for her contribution to this research.The Conversation

José-Miguel Bello y Villarino, Senior Research Fellow, Sydney Law School, University of SydneyAlexandra Sinclair, Postdoctoral Research Fellow, Sydney Law School, University of Sydney, and Kimberlee Weatherall, Professor of Law, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

The Art Gallery of NSW has transformed into a space to cook, play, do laundry and linger

Sanné MestromUniversity of Sydney

Children’s screams echo off concrete walls as they navigate bright-painted monkey bars. Families huddle around a sausage sizzle. Teenagers lounge on borrowed towels near a palm grove. Washing machines hum quietly in the corner.

But we are inside the Art Gallery of New South Wales.

Mike Hewson’s The Key’s Under the Mat is one of the most ambitious and intelligent works of public art created in Australia in recent years.

What makes this work so remarkable is how completely it succeeds on multiple registers simultaneously. It’s a functioning neighbourhood park, a sculptural tour de force, and a sophisticated meditation on what we mean by “public space”.

Hewson has thought through every detail with extraordinary care. Inside the gallery’s cavernous underground tank gallery, brass spoons are hammered into custom concrete pavers. Steel rails are hand-painted rather than powder-coated, giving them a casual, approachable quality. Trinkets and tiles are embedded throughout like hidden treasures. Look down at the ground and the pavers read like abstract paintings.

The craft is exquisite – but it doesn’t announce itself. Instead, it creates an environment where people feel genuinely welcome to cook, play, do laundry and linger.

And they do. Watching families engage with this space – not in hushed gallery tones but with the comfortable ease of a neighbourhood park – reveals the work’s most radical achievement: most people using it (primarily children under 12, on the day I visit) have no idea they’re in an artwork.

‘Hopeful embellishment’

The work emerged from the artist’s experience of the 2011 Christchurch earthquake. Witnessing the collapse of structures that had seemed permanent, Hewson became fascinated by provisional repair, improvised solutions, and the community-building gestures that emerge from disaster.

Hewson’s subsequent projects have celebrated what curator Justin Paton calls “defiant repair and hopeful embellishment”: the beauty of making-do with care and resourcefulness.

The Key’s Under the Mat brings this ethos into dialogue with institutional space in ways that are both generous and thought-provoking.

A kid swings while a bucket drops water.
Visitors in Mike Hewson: The Key’s Under the Mat in the Nelson Packer Tank at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. Artworks © Mike Hewson, image © Art Gallery of New South Wales, Mim Stirling

The vast tank at the Art Gallery of NSW was built urgently in 1942 to hold fuel for the war effort, then abandoned for decades before being drained, cleaned and opened to the public in 2022. Here, it becomes the perfect container for Hewson’s vision of repurposed, reimagined public infrastructure.

The work’s intelligence lies not just in what it provides, but in what it reveals about the nature of “public” space itself. The gallery is a public institution, and entry is free. Yet accessing the tank still requires certain conditions: geographic proximity, availability during gallery hours, cultural confidence to enter a major art institution, and the knowledge that this remarkable space exists at all.

By creating functioning public amenities – laundromat, barbecue, playground – Hewson makes visible something we often overlook: “public” always comes with conditions. Laundromats require proximity, mobility and often money. Park barbecues require time, transport and sometimes booking systems. No public space is universally accessible, even when it’s genuinely free and open.

Green, curving monkey bars.
Visitors in Mike Hewson: The Key’s Under the Mat in the Nelson Packer Tank at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. Artworks © Mike Hewson, image © Art Gallery of New South Wales, Mim Stirling

The project illuminates this with remarkable clarity. In trying to create the most welcoming, functional and generous public space possible within a gallery, Hewson reveals both what institutions can achieve and where their reach inevitably stops. It’s a paradox the work holds lightly but meaningfully.

Institutional critique; joyful amenity

There’s something profound about how the work operates for different audiences.

Children climb and play without needing to understand they’re experiencing art. Art-literate visitors notice the handmade pavers, the embedded spoons, the deliberate aesthetic choices.

Both experiences are valid; both are intended. The work makes room for multiple ways of engaging – from pure use to deep analysis.

This multiplicity extends to a question Hewson leaves deliberately open: should there be more interpretive signage explaining the work’s intentions and extraordinary craft? The current approach lets the art disappear into life, functioning without demanding recognition. But it also means the labour and thought remain visible primarily to those already versed in contemporary art’s vocabularies. There’s no single right answer – and the work’s refusal to choose feels intentional.

Hewson has described children as his “first ambassadors and interpreters” for this work. Watching kids genuinely inhabit the space confirms his instinct. They don’t need permission or explanation – they simply use what’s there.

Three children play near a perilously angled plinth.
Visitors in Mike Hewson: The Key’s Under the Mat in the Nelson Packer Tank at the Art Gallery of New South Wales. Artworks © Mike Hewson, image © Art Gallery of New South Wales, Mim Stirling

The Key’s Under the Mat achieves something rare: it is simultaneously a sophisticated institutional critique and a genuinely joyful public amenity.

The work’s title captures its spirit perfectly. It is an invitation, a gesture of trust and openness. That the mat sits within an institution with its own forms of access doesn’t negate the generosity of the gesture – it contextualises it. Hewson has created the most open, welcoming, thoughtfully crafted public space he can within the given parameters, and in doing so, has made us think more carefully about what “public” means in all contexts.

The Key’s Under the Mat doesn’t solve the contradictions inherent in institutional public space. It doesn’t need to. Its achievement is making those contradictions visible, tangible and surprisingly joyful to experience. In a cultural landscape often divided between art that’s critically sophisticated and art that’s genuinely popular, Hewson has created something that brilliantly refuses to choose.

The Key’s Under the Mat is now open at the Art Gallery of New South Wales.The Conversation

Sanné Mestrom, Senior Lecturer, DECRA Fellow, Sydney College of the Arts, University of Sydney

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Foreign spies are trying to steal Australian research. We should be doing more to stop them

Ross Tomei/ Getty Images
Brendan Walker-MunroSouthern Cross University

When we think of spies, we may go to images of people in trench coats and dark glasses, trying to steal government papers. Or someone trying to tap the phone of a senior official.

The reality of course can be much more sophisticated. One emerging area of concern is how countries protect their university research from foreign interference. And how we safely do research with other countries – a vital way to ensure Australia’s work is cutting edge.

This week, research security experts including myself will meet in Brussels to talk about how to conduct free and open research in the face of growing security risks around the world.

What does Australia need to do to better protect its university research?

What is research security?

Research security means protecting research and development (R&D) from foreign government interference or unauthorised access. It is especially important in our universities, where the freedom to publish, collaborate, and work together is seen as a virtue.

Australia’s universities face escalating, deliberate efforts to steal commercially or militarily valuable research, repress views critical of foreign regimes, and database hacking.

As my July 2025 report found, adversaries are no longer just stealing data or cultivating informal relationships. We’re seeing deliberate efforts to insert malicious insiders, target researchers and exploit data and cyber vulnerabilities.

ASIO head Mike Burgess has stressed there is an incredible danger facing our academic community from spies and secret agents.

In 2024, Burgess warned of an “A-team” of spies targeting academia:

leading Australian academics and political figures were invited to a conference in an overseas country, with the organisers covering all expenses […]. A few weeks after the conference wrapped up, one of the academics started giving the A-team information about Australia’s national security and defence priorities.

But Australia can’t just stop collaborating with foreign nations. Some are far more scientifically advanced than we are, and we risk cutting ourselves off from developments in the latest technology.

In other cases, we might be unfairly discriminating against researchers from other countries.

The international research landscape is changing

Since January, US President Donald Trump has slashed university funding, banned foreign students and orchestrated a campaign of lawsuits and investigations into campus activities.

This has a huge flow-on effect to Australia, as we have tied ourselves strongly to the US for science and technology funding.

So Australia is looking to the EU as a more reliable and sustainable funding partner.

It has reactivated talks to join the €100 billion (A$179 billion) Horizon Europe fund. Australia abandoned its original attempt in 2023 citing “potential cost of contributions to projects”.

Horizon Europe isn’t just a massive pot of money for Australian researchers. It’s also a way to bring Australia closer to the EU on other initiatives, like the EU Science Diplomacy Alliance, which ensures scientific developments are pursued for the safety, security and benefits for all people.

Yet if Australia wants to join Horizon Europe, it will need to prove it takes research security as seriously as other EU nations. In April 2024, Australia and the EU agreed to strengthen research security and

measures to protect critical technology and to counter foreign interference in research and innovation.

Australia does not have an adequate policy

But Australia does not have a proper national policy on research security. It also does not have a proper guide for our 43 universities in how they should approach it or what the minimum standards are.

The guidelines we have for “countering foreign interference” are entirely voluntary, and not centrally monitored for compliance in any way.

A 2022 federal parliamentary report detailed a litany of attempts by foreign agents to get access to our universities. It made 27 recommendations about improving that situation. To date, the federal government has not yet acted on about three quarters of these.

These included a recommendation to ban involvement in “talent recruitment programs”, where academics are offered vast sums of money or other benefits to duplicate their research in countries like China.

The EU approach

Australia’s approach is in stark contrast to the EU, which has made research security a priority.

In May 2024, the European Commission directed all 27 member states to adopt laws and policies to “work together to safeguard sensitive knowledge from being misused”.

Germany has since adopted “security ethics committees” – modelled on human and animal ethics committees – to scrutinise potential projects for dangerous or high-risk research.

The NetherlandsDenmark and United Kingdom all set up government contact points to help academics answer questions about research security practices.

It will take more than just policies

Australia needs clearer, stronger national policies for research security. But if we are going to take this seriously, we need more than just policy guidance.

To properly scrutinise and set up research, universities need time, support and information. This also means they need more funding.

In some universities there might be one person responsible for research security, and this may not be their sole job.

So we also need funding to give academics a way to identify and manage risks in research and support information sharing across institutions.

Through these measures we will be able to demonstrate to the world we are doing research securely – and it is safe to fund and work with Australia.The Conversation

Brendan Walker-Munro, Senior Lecturer (Law), Southern Cross University

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Government to ensure Australia is prepared for future copyright challenges emerging from AI

Monday October 26, 2025
The Hon Michelle Rowland MP, Attorney General
The Albanese Government has announced it is consulting on possible updates to Australia’s copyright laws – while reiterating that this will not include a Text and Data Mining Exception.

Some in the technology sector called for the introduction of a broad Text and Data Mining Exception in Australian copyright law.

Under such a proposal, Artificial Intelligence (AI) developers would be able to use the works of Australian creators for free and without permission to train AI systems.

The Government stands behind Australia’s creative industries and, by ruling out a Text and Data Mining Exception, is providing certainty to Australian creators.

While the Government is not considering a Text and Data Mining Exception, work is underway to ensure that Australia is prepared for future copyright challenges emerging from AI – so that Australian creators are protected and supported while unlocking new uses of copyright material.

The Government is convening our Copyright and AI Reference Group (CAIRG) over the next two days to discuss three priority areas:
  1. Encourage fair, legal avenues for using copyright material in AI; Examining whether a new paid collective licensing framework under the Copyright Act should be established for AI, or whether to maintain the status quo through a voluntary licensing framework.
  2. Improve certainty; Explore opportunities to clarify or update how copyright law applies to material generated through the use of AI.
  3. Avenues for less costly enforcement; Make it easier to enforce existing rights through a potential new small claims forum to efficiently address lower-value copyright infringement matters.
Artificial Intelligence is an exciting technological frontier full of opportunities, and we should be harnessing these opportunities for the benefit of local industries like our creative and media sectors, working with them, rather than at their expense.

The Government will continue to work with creators and technology companies on ways to unlock AI innovation which benefits everyone.

 Attorney-General, Hon Michelle Rowland MP stated:
“Artificial Intelligence presents significant opportunities for Australia and our economy, however it’s important that Australian creatives benefit from these opportunities too.

“Australian creatives are not only world class, but they are also the lifeblood of Australian culture, and we must ensure the right legal protections are in place.

“This Government has repeatedly said that there are no plans to weaken copyright protections when it comes to AI.

“The tech industry and the creative sector must now come together and find sensible and workable solutions to support innovation while ensuring creators are compensated.

“The Government will support these next steps through the renewed focus tasked to the Copyright and AI reference group.”

Friday essay: tai chi helped me navigate grief and loss. Its story spans ancient China to Lou Reed

Carol LefevreUniversity of Adelaide

Between the end of a summer that had been going on too long and the beginning of a too-warm autumn that would crank up my climate change anxiety to ten, I joined a tai chi class.

I had noticed a sign when I was out walking. Immediately, I went online, paid some money and put my name down for the first available session. Looking back, I wonder why I thought this evening class, held in a suburban community centre, might soothe the assorted anxieties I was carrying. Signing up was an impulsive act, prompted by some deep, yet inarticulate knowing that the way I was feeling would not be eased by words; something different was needed, something physical.

I’d had two big bereavements: first my mother, then a beloved aunt. They had been the two most important women in my life, and suddenly they were gone. Meanwhile, I was under ongoing surveillance following surgery for cancer, caught in that uneasy post-treatment period that tests one’s nerve – because there is nothing to be done but wait.

Carol Lefevre. Affirm Press

At certain moments, usually in the middle of the night, a niggling voice would whisper that the cancer might be gone but it could return, that even as I lay there in the dark trying to sleep, some small, festering body part might be plotting treason. Sometimes the voice was that of the naturopath I’d consulted, who’d warned since my body had made a cancer, I needed to avoid the conditions that had allowed that to happen. Which, of course, I would – if only I knew what they may have been.

It was a time when at least once a day I would find myself on the verge of crying; sometimes, inconveniently, the tears broke through. It could happen anywhere – when I was out walking, or in the supermarket; sometimes it happened when I was driving, and I’d have to pull over until I was able to quieten my thoughts enough to drive on.

Inconvenient weeping

I’d almost progressed to feeling tearful about being tearful, when I came across the first of Deborah Levy’s trilogy of autobiographical writings, Things I Don’t Want to Know. In it, Levy documents her bouts of inconvenient weeping. It was riding on escalators at train stations that set off Levy’s tears, especially the upward escalator. She writes: “By the time I got to the top and felt the wind rushing in, it took all my effort to stop myself from sobbing.”

I recognised that effortful feeling of trying to control the sobs. Like Levy, I also knew something had to change. Her solution had been to book a flight to Palma, Majorca, where she was met at the airport by a taxi driver with white clouds floating in both his eyes. On arrival, Levy had bought Spanish cigarettes with the intention of taking up smoking again and when the driver abandoned her on the road to her hotel, she sat on a rock and lit the first cigarette.

It was also somewhat comforting to read, in Joan Didion’s essay Goodbye to All That, how as a young woman in New York, she had found herself crying in elevators and taxis and Chinese laundries. There were certain parts of the city she had to avoid, including Times Square in the afternoons, or the New York Public Library at any time, for any reason.

Her solution was to get married. But I was sorry to learn her crying continued even after her marriage to fellow writer John Gregory Dunne. Didion cried, she writes, “until I was not even aware when I was crying and when I was not”. It was a year in which, she tells us, she understood the meaning of the word “despair”. A doctor expressed the opinion she appeared to be depressed. He wrote down the name and number of a psychiatrist for her, but Didion did not go.

A friend had given me the name of a psychologist who she said had helped her, but I had given up on psychology. Or at least, the psychologists I had consulted when things had been going badly in the past had left me poorer without improving matters.

Now, everything was conspiring to cast me low, including that ever since the cancer surgery, my hair had been shedding – hair I had patiently nurtured through the transition from chemical dyes to natural health, hair I had joyously grown halfway down my back for the first time since childhood. My hair was everywhere in the house and in the car; it even migrated into our food. I knew I had been fortunate to have avoided chemotherapy, with its side serve of hair loss, but now it appeared I was to lose it anyway, albeit more slowly.

I read that both surgery and stress can contribute to thinning hair, and concluded although I had been anaesthetised when surgeons re-sectioned my colon, my body had been present and remained deeply shocked.

In signing up for the tai chi class, I was throwing myself upon the mercy of the universe.

A kind of poetry

The only time I had ever actually seen tai chi involved one of those surreal moments that occasionally occur in life. About five years earlier, I had been driving along the southern terrace that borders Adelaide’s parklands and the car radio was playing a piece of classical music by a Japanese composer.

The sound was spare and melancholy, and when I glanced across to the park I saw a tai chi class in progress. That was not in itself unusual – people use the parklands all the time for various fitness activities. What made time swerve to a halt was that the slow movements of the tai chi people were perfectly in time with the music coming out of my radio.

I had stopped the car to watch. The group practising tai chi couldn’t hear the music, of course, but the synchronicity of movement and sound produced a kind of poetry. Perhaps, then, when I saw the sign advertising “tai chi for health and wellbeing” outside my local community centre, it was this memory of the unexpected beauty I’d witnessed that had nudged me over the hump of my inertia to join.

Tai chi is a form of mind-body exercise that originated in China. Its history is somewhat shadowy, with contributions attributed to various monks and masters reaching back as far as the 12th century, and possibly beyond. In T’ai Chi Ch’uan and I Ching: a choreography of body and mind, Da Liu, a tai chi master, credits the most complete foundations of tai chi to a famous Taoist, Chang San-feng, an ardent follower of Confucius who was known as “The Immortal”.

Da Liu writes that Chang San-feng famously observed a fight between a crane and a snake, and from the way the two animals moved he realised “the value of yielding in the face of strength”. He studied the behaviour of wild animals, clouds, water and trees moving in the wind and “codified these natural movements into a system of exercise”. Da Liu concedes: “We owe the present forms of T’ai Chi to numerous masters […] over many centuries.”

Tai chi has been influenced by Confucian thought, and by traditional Chinese medicine, but its roots lie deep in the ancient Chinese philosophy of Taoism, which emphasises the natural balance in all things. In Taoist thinking, everything is composed of two opposite but complementary elements: yin and yang. The Chinese philosopher Lao Tzu wrote eloquently of the principles of yin and yang in his famous work the Tao Te Ching.

In tai chi, the polarities of yin and yang are expressed through the form’s shifts of weight and balance, through hardness yielding to softness, tension releasing to relaxation, and moving the body in ways that expand and contract. Gentler and more meditative than the Chinese martial arts it evolved from, its slow, dance-like postures flow into one another, combining concentration, physical balance, stretching and relaxation, with natural, peaceful breathing.

Chang San-feng codified the natural movements of wild animals, clouds, water and trees moving in the wind into a system of exercise, in the 12th century. Gisling/WikipediaCC BY

There are different schools of tai chi. Chen, Yang, Wu and Sun styles are named after the Chinese families who developed them, and the skills are passed orally through the generations.

The form I was learning had been developed by a Taoist monk, Master Moy Lin Shin. The tai chi he brought to the West is a modified version of Yang style’s 108-move set. Its elements are borrowed from the Chinese internal arts of XingYi (a bare-handed fighting form), Bagua (a complex system of eight trigrams, which in tai chi relate to movement and body parts), and Liuhebafa, or “water boxing”, a form characterised by its flowing, fluid movements.

Taoist tai chi has been criticised for these modifications, which are sometimes seen as a dilution of classical tai chi. Criticism focuses on the fact Master Moy removed the “fighting” aspects from his form in favour of emphasising its health benefits. His decision was most likely influenced by the health difficulties of his own early years, as well as by the needs of the people he trained after he emigrated to Canada.

Lou Reed, legendary musician, songwriter and founding member of rock band the Velvet Underground, credits tai chi with saving him after years of self-destructive substance abuse. Reed began a martial arts practice in the 1980s; he came to love the fighting aspect of Chen style, but he was also in awe of tai chi’s power to heal. In a letter published by The New York Times in 2010, Reed wrote:

I wish I could convince you to change your life and save your body and soul. I know it sounds too good. But truly: Tai Chi – why not?“

A lesson in humility

My first class was a lesson in humility. Never a sporty type, never even an adequate dancer, awkward hardly does justice to the feeling of finding myself in the centre of a group of people who, at the instructor’s command, began a series of complex moves they seemed to know by heart. Later, I would learn ushering beginners into the middle is a kindness; it means when they turn, there is someone they can follow.

At the halfway point of that first class, Chinese pu’erh tea was served in tiny porcelain cups. Brewed from the leaves of a variety of tea plant native to Yunnan Province, pu’erh tea goes through a complex fermentation process and is reputed to have many health benefits. After the tea break, it was back to the centre of the floor for more repetitions of the move we’d been working on.

That night, we were practising move 18: Carry Tiger to Mountain. It evolves out of move 17, Cross Hands, which even I could manage. The body turns with the arms bent as if cradling a heavy bundle. Yes, I thought, this sorrow and anxiety I’d been holding was my tiger; a creature burning bright with memories that had become too painful, a body darkly striped with grief.

It felt as wild and dangerous in its way as a real live tiger, but if I could only master the correct way to carry it to the mountain, perhaps I would be able to leave it there and move on.

Tai chi requires complete focus, making it almost impossible to think about anything else. So when I came across American beat poet Alan Ginsberg’s poem about tai chi, it struck me as a somewhat inaccurate portrayal of what happens during tai chi practice. Ginsberg is in his kitchen in New York, the only place in his apartment with enough space to do tai chi, but his moves are interspersed with domestic concerns:

the Crane spreads its wings have I paid the electric bill?

White Crane Spreads its Wings is one of tai chi’s most subtly exhilarating moves. It involves a simultaneous rising and turning, a spine-expanding stretch that, for me, somehow generates a feeling of hope. What it doesn’t do is allow any room for thoughts of "the electric bill”. What was Ginsberg up to, I wonder, as his white crane spread its wings in his kitchen? I can only conclude his electricity bill was a pressing matter in his life at that particular moment.

Studies have shown tai chi can modulate the regions and networks in the brain associated with depression, with mood regulation and processing emotions, and with stress and distress.

A focus on life force

Of the Chinese martial arts, tai chi belongs to the internal arts known collectively as neijia. The focus is on mental, spiritual and “qi” (chi) – or life-force – aspects, rather than the physiological nature of the external martial arts.

The Eight Methods are qi, bone, shape, follow, rise, return, retain, conceal. At this early stage of my study of tai chi, they remain a mystery. But the principles of the Six Harmonies are evident in a muted way in the class teachings, where emphasis is placed on movement with intent, and on developing an awareness of what one is feeling during the moves – internally as well as externally.

For those of us who lose touch with what our bodies are doing and feeling, neglecting to pay attention until they threaten our wellbeing, or even our lives, this fusing of mind and body, spirit and movement, intent and qi, feels like an important survival skill.

For example, every year almost 7,000 women in Australia are diagnosed with a gynaecological cancer. These cancers are characterised by low survival rates and are notoriously difficult to detect. Something like ovarian cancer can show up in many different ways and spread quite widely before being correctly diagnosed.

Increased awareness of our bodies could help us bring the information to our doctors that might assist in earlier diagnoses and better outcomes for these and many other conditions.

In 2020, tai chi was added to UNESCO’s Intangible Cultural Heritage list. There have been claims for the practice’s beneficial effects on people living with Parkinson’s disease and multiple sclerosis: conditions that come with a debilitating loss of coordination and balance.

One year-long study of women with MS, carried out between 2019 and 2020, showed measurable improvements in the areas of their balance, gait, mood, cognition – and also in their quality of life.

Tai chi brings increased awareness of our bodies – which could help us bring important information to our doctors. Khan Do/Unsplash

Cancer as betrayal

My experience of cancer has been that it feels like a betrayal. For decades, my body has carried me through every kind of weather, both actual and emotional. It has reliably bounced back from every health breakdown. No words can adequately describe the sense of loss engendered by a cancer diagnosis, even one that is not yet deemed terminal.

I was fortunate to be diagnosed early, but I was still blindsided by my body’s deceitfulness, its silent treachery; even after surgery, it was a shock to realise the bounce-back appeared provisional. Was this payback for all the times I’d wished for a different physiology – longer legs, straighter hair, slimmer hips? Or for the times I’d just plain hated the way I looked, hated my own clumsiness in the world so much I’d mistreated my closest ally?

Tai chi asks us to turn our awareness to the body with gentleness and precision; to become better at hearing what it has to say. I have felt let down, so when tai chi’s difficult “separations” sequence requires the whole of my weight to be supported by one ankle, one foot, five toes, I ask my body: Will you hold me? Will you keep me from falling? Can I count on you effortlessly as I once did, as a child, as a young woman?

And each time I do not wobble, or have to save myself from falling, it feels like a baby step in a gradual rebuilding of trust, perhaps even of finding forgiveness for the betrayal, a re-bonding with the self at a profound level.

The Taoist Tai Chi logo is the circular yin and yang symbol, with the light and dark sections reversed. It is said to symbolise tai chi’s ability to reverse bad habits and the ageing process, and thus to promote good health. During practice, I hope to reverse the conditions, whatever they may have been, that prompted my body to turn against itself.

But I understand it is a gradual process, as slow and continuous as the movement and pace of tai chi itself, sometimes compared to pulling a silk thread from a cocoon. Pull it too quickly and it breaks; pull it too slowly and it won’t unwind. Slow and gentle doesn’t equate to “weak” or “ineffectual”. Fundamental to tai chi is the concept of “effortless effort”, in which relaxation enables the important inner work to take place.

In tai chi, relaxation helps important inner work to take place. Monica Leonardi/Unsplash

Less inclined to tears

For me, two months into the practice, my emotions felt more under control; I was less inclined to tears. Week by week, I was discovering that grief and loss are not only held in the heart and mind, but also in the body; muscles and tendons, all the complex systems of nerves and blood and lymph that circulate our distress, are open to being soothed by the language of movement.

As winter set in, I began taking extra classes, going two or three times a week. Pitching up at draughty memorial halls in outlying townships where huge stages were framed by crimson curtains, and where in one case, rows of two-bar electric heaters high up on the walls appeared to be the only heating.

Physically, I found the constant shifting of weight, the expansion and contraction of parts of the body, the striving for a sense of flow, the need to focus, all generated a tangible feeling of wellbeing – though I still felt like an awkward beginner.

In Taoist Tai Chi’s 108-move “set”, some moves – like White Crane Spreads Wings, and Hands Like Clouds – occur multiple times. Learning involves sharpening one’s observational skills, as each move is demonstrated three times by the instructor.

Another subtle aspect of the art is being helped by following those around you who are more skilled, and by their patience in “treading water” for a time while beginners settle in. In this way, tai chi becomes both an individual and a communal endeavour: expressing, through effortless effort, the Taoist ideal of service to others.

To practise the set outside class, the moves must be memorised. It requires patience, persistence and possibly years-long commitment, but studies show the benefits are well worth the effort, especially as we age. Even a tai chi practice of only 24 weeks has demonstrated improved cognitive function in older adults with mild cognitive impairment.

‘I don’t want to seem mystical …’

Lou Reed’s book The Art of the Straight Line: My Tai Chi, edited by his wife, artist Laurie Anderson, was published after Reed’s death. It contains his writings on tai chi and conversations with fellow musicians, artists and tai chi practitioners.

“I have often thought of tai chi as some kind of physical unity to the universe itself, some strange ancient methodology that could link us to the basic energy wave of existence,” he writes. “I don’t want to seem mystical, but something does happen to you when you practice this ancient art.”

Lou Reed credits tai chi with saving him.

Reed became a devotee of Master Ren Guangyi, practising Chen style tai chi for up to two hours a day, and for six or seven days a week. He took Ren on a world tour with him, eventually putting him on stage to do a tai chi set while improvising music to complement the form. The two performed together and engaged in tai chi with the public at Sydney’s 2010 Vivid Festival, which was curated by Reed and Anderson.

In The Art of the Straight Line, in a transcribed conversation between Laurie Anderson and Yongey Mingyur Rinpoche (with whom Reed had studied meditation), Anderson movingly recounts how

as Lou died, he was completely conscious. And he was doing Cloud Hands, a tai chi movement, while he died.

Reed had had cancer of the liver and hepatitis, and had undergone a liver transplant six months earlier.

In Things I Do Not Want to Know, Deborah Levy concludes it was the past, specifically her childhood in Africa, that had returned to her when she was sobbing on escalators. After weighing things up in Majorca, she settles down to write. In Goodbye to All That, Joan Didion leaves New York and returns to California. After a time, the moon over the Pacific Ocean and the pervasive scent of jasmine make her tears in New York seem “a long time ago”.

Even so, after the death of her mother, Didion wrote: “There is no real way to deal with everything we lose.” For a long time I had shared that view, but now, as I progressed with tai chi, I was beginning to think there might be ways.

For me, grief for the past has been as much a factor in my tears as my anxiety about the future. Helplessly poised between the two, I found in tai chi a way to manage this position – not by looking back, nor forward, but expanding and contracting into the present moment, shutting out the world’s noise and finding peace within myself through movement and mindfulness. If this sounds too mystical, I can only agree with Lou Reed: “Something does happen to you when you practice this ancient art.”

What is the “something” that happens? It’s difficult to define, and I suspect you feel it almost immediately if you’re going to feel it at all. I’ve noticed that people who’ve never done tai chi come to a first class and they either never return or, like me, embrace it with the zeal of missionaries. In searching for a way to explain the “something”, I can’t find a better place to start than the opening move.

‘I’m confident it’s happening’

The opening to tai chi appears the simplest of movements. The hands, from hanging at the sides with the palms open, rise in front of the body and then slowly float down. It’s the motion one uses when flinging a sheet over a mattress to make a bed, but so much slower. With the upward lifting of the hands, the body contracts; as the hands descend, the body expands and rises.

It is surprising how soothing this motion can be, how almost at once the mind and body calm. The upward lift is driven by pushing up from the floor, with the hands rising as if on puppet strings, but the downward drift comes from dropping the elbows. They are such subtle adjustments, yet the body responds with a palpable quietening.

There is a sense of return in this move, even though it is a beginning. It’s the feeling I get at the end of a long walk when I open the gate from the street and step into our garden. Or when I close the front door behind me and breathe in: home.

In The Art of the Straight Line, Anderson writes that after more than 25 years of practising tai chi, Lou Reed “could actually feel chi. He could pinpoint it, describe it, and trace the way it moved through his body”. She describes how Reed would demonstrate chi by passing one hand over the other.

When I felt that for the first time, I was electrified. I was holding a ball of unbelievably powerful energy and realizing that it could move through me and that this is also what I was made of.

I have not felt the chi moving through me, but it is early days yet. Eight months in, I remember to straighten my spine as I go about my day; I am calmer and have better balance. While I can’t actually see the new neural pathways forming in my brain, I’m confident it is happening.

I continue each week to carry my tiger to the mountain. In the kitchen, while I wait for the kettle or the oven, my white crane spreads its wings. At night, visualising the first 17 moves sends me to sleep. When I practice the difficult cloud hands, I am reminded of Lou Reed: the way he brought his art and his capacity for devotion to tai chi, and was rewarded.

I approach each class with beginner’s mind, and am hopeful of one day experiencing chi’s electrifying energy.The Conversation

Carol Lefevre, Visiting Research Fellow, Department of English and Creative Writing, University of Adelaide

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Women folk healers were branded as witches, but their treatments may have been medically sound

AlexShevchenko78/Shutterstock
Anthony BookerUniversity of Westminster

“Hubble bubble toil and trouble” is a quote from Shakespeare’s Macbeth that conjures images of evil witches making potions in giant cauldrons. But the truth was that women persecuted as witches were probably legitimate healers of the time.

Prior to the 14th century, women healers were generally tolerated throughout Europe, offering one of the only kinds of medicine available at the time. But from the 14th to the mid-18th century, with the rise of university education, coupled with the increasing power of the church, women healers were often demonised.

University graduates were favoured insteadWomen folk healers were now commonly labelled as “witches” and subjected to torture and execution.

Valuable medicinal knowledge may have gotten lost along the way. To rediscover this ancient knowledge, researchers are looking in more detail at some of the major ingredients used in these medicines and assess their scientific worth through a modern lens.

Some of the most famous potions documented in records of medieval treatments were said to contain exotic ingredients such as eye of newt, toe of frog, wool of bat, tongue of dog and adder’s fork. But these were actually synonyms for plants and not animal parts.

Although, animal parts such as frogs and toads were indeed also used in other recipes used by the healers of the time, often for their psychoactive properties.

The majority of the plants folk healers used were native to Europe. But there were also some exotic ingredients, obtained through the spice tradewhich began as early as the fifth century.

Eye of newt is mustard seed, most likely the European species Sinapis albaModern research has shown it has anti-cough, anti-asthma, anti-inflammatory, anti-nerve damage, anti-androgenic, cardioprotective and anti-tumour effects.

The classical formulations containing dried mustard seed, handed down from ancient medical books or ethnic medical experience, are now widely used in herbal clinics.

Wool of bat is common holly leaves, and has been shown to reduce high levels of fats in the blood, including high cholesterol. It also contains some compounds that are toxic and so self-medication isn’t recommended.

Tongue of dog is actually a plant known as hound’s tongue, attributed to the long leaf shape. It has a history of use across the world for a variety of ailments including malaria, hepatitis and tuberculosis.

The presence of group of natural compounds called pyrrolizidine alkaloids render it highly toxic to the liver. This means that any research showing medicinal promise has to be viewed with some caution.

Plant with small blue flowers.
Hound’s tongue is really a wildflower. Giulumian/Shutterstock

Adder’s fork refers most likely to the fern, English adder’s tongue, primarily used in folk medicine for wound healing and for promoting healthy blood circulation. It has also been exploited for its skin-enhancing properties by the cosmetic industry.

Witches’ brews

Witchcraft and folk healing are two different arts. However, medieval folk healing did involve elements of superstition, astrological lore and even pagan ritual and so the line between compassionate healer and witch could easily be misrepresented by those in power.

Flight ointments, sleep potions and love potions are often mentioned both in historical records and fictional literature. Commonly containing a potent class of chemical compounds called tropane alkaloids (a class that also includes cocaine), these concoctions would have had some interesting effects.

Flight ointments were applied to a broomstick and to parts of the body with blood vessels close to the surface to aid absorption. There has been much colourful debate as to the exact parts of the body that these ointments were applied to, but the extremities are most frequently mentioned.

This could be viewed as an early form of transdermal application, now found in the delivery of some drugs such as nicotine patches.

These alkaloids, derived from plants of the Solanaceae (potato) family, including deadly nightshade and henbane have intoxicating psychoactive effects, including feelings of lightness, delirium and hallucinations. These effects could easily be experienced as feelings of flying.

Sleep potions often used extracts from foxglove and extracts from the plant Indian snakeroot, containing the drug reserpine, the world’s first drug treatment for high blood pressure. It was reportedly rediscovered after the founder of the Indian herbal medicine company, Himalaya, observed its calming effects on restless elephants during a trip to Burma in the 1930s, hundreds of years after its use in medieval times.

Foxgloves growing in forest
Foxgloves are more than a country garden flower. backcornermedia/Shutterstock

Together these plants and their compounds produce symptoms such as reduced heartbeat, inhibition of adrenaline release and drowsiness, all things that might aid in a restful night’s sleep.

Love potion recipes called for ingredients such as the mandrake plant Mandragora officinalis. The root is a rich source of the same alkaloids found in the sleep potions.

This may appear counter-intuitive but higher doses of these compounds are known to produce increased heartbeat, palpitations and sweating rather than drowsiness. Other plants such as Ephedra sinica (containing a stimulant called ephedrine) and psychoactive Areca catechu (betel nut) have stimulant and euphoric effects linked to increases in adrenaline and serotonin.

A sleep potion can be transformed into a love potion, and should love turn to hate, a further increase in dosage would transform these plants into poisons. So it’s unsurprising that accusations associated with poisoning and witchcraft were more commonplace during the heightened witch hunts of the 16th and 17th centuries as a means to prosecute women healers under the law.

Prosecutions for witchcraft didn’t come to an end in England until the early 18th century when the 1736 witchcraft act repealed earlier legislation and made it a crime to either pretend to be a witch or to accuse someone of practising witchcraft.

Following the 1736 act, the witches (and folk healers) were left alone for a while although still encountered difficulties from the church and establishment at times. Nonetheless the act of prescribing potions continued.

The practice of prescribing herbal pills, potions and salves as a herbal medicine practitioner eventually became a legitimate occupation. It’s one still dominated by women to this day.The Conversation

Anthony Booker, Reader in Ethnopharmacology, University of Westminster

This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons license. Read the original article.

Disclaimer: These articles are not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment.  Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of Pittwater Online News or its staff.